mozilla
/
gecko-dev
зеркало из https://github.com/mozilla/gecko-dev.git
1
0
Форкнуть 0
Код Задачи Пакеты Проекты Релизы Вики Активность
gecko-dev/layout/style/nsCSSParser.cpp

18303 строки
597 KiB
C++
Исходник Ответственный История

/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 2; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
/* vim: set ts=2 et sw=2 tw=78: */
/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
* License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
* file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
/* parsing of CSS stylesheets, based on a token stream from the CSS scanner */
#include "nsCSSParser.h"
#include "mozilla/Attributes.h"
#include "mozilla/ArrayUtils.h"
#include "mozilla/DebugOnly.h"
#include "mozilla/Maybe.h"
#include "mozilla/Move.h"
#include "mozilla/MathAlgorithms.h"
#include "mozilla/TypedEnumBits.h"
#include "mozilla/Unused.h"
#include <algorithm> // for std::stable_sort
#include <limits> // for std::numeric_limits
#include "nsAlgorithm.h"
#include "nsCSSProps.h"
#include "nsCSSKeywords.h"
#include "nsCSSScanner.h"
#include "mozilla/css/ErrorReporter.h"
#include "mozilla/css/Loader.h"
#include "mozilla/css/StyleRule.h"
#include "mozilla/css/ImportRule.h"
#include "mozilla/css/URLMatchingFunction.h"
#include "nsCSSRules.h"
#include "nsCSSCounterStyleRule.h"
#include "nsCSSFontFaceRule.h"
#include "mozilla/css/NameSpaceRule.h"
#include "nsTArray.h"
#include "mozilla/StyleSheetInlines.h"
#include "mozilla/css/Declaration.h"
#include "nsStyleConsts.h"
#include "nsNetUtil.h"
#include "nsCOMPtr.h"
#include "nsString.h"
#include "nsIAtom.h"
#include "nsColor.h"
#include "nsCSSPseudoClasses.h"
#include "nsCSSPseudoElements.h"
#include "nsCSSAnonBoxes.h"
#include "nsNameSpaceManager.h"
#include "nsXMLNameSpaceMap.h"
#include "nsError.h"
#include "nsMediaList.h"
#include "nsStyleUtil.h"
#include "nsIPrincipal.h"
#include "mozilla/Sprintf.h"
#include "nsContentUtils.h"
#include "nsAutoPtr.h"
#include "CSSCalc.h"
#include "nsMediaFeatures.h"
#include "nsLayoutUtils.h"
#include "mozilla/LookAndFeel.h"
#include "mozilla/Preferences.h"
#include "nsRuleData.h"
#include "mozilla/CSSVariableValues.h"
#include "mozilla/dom/AnimationEffectReadOnlyBinding.h"
#include "mozilla/dom/URL.h"
#include "gfxFontFamilyList.h"
using namespace mozilla;
using namespace mozilla::css;
typedef nsCSSProps::KTableEntry KTableEntry;
// pref-backed bool values (hooked up in nsCSSParser::Startup)
static bool sOpentypeSVGEnabled;
static bool sWebkitPrefixedAliasesEnabled;
static bool sWebkitDevicePixelRatioEnabled;
static bool sMozGradientsEnabled;
static bool sControlCharVisibility;
const uint32_t
nsCSSProps::kParserVariantTable[eCSSProperty_COUNT_no_shorthands] = {
#define CSS_PROP(name_, id_, method_, flags_, pref_, parsevariant_, kwtable_, \
stylestruct_, stylestructoffset_, animtype_) \
parsevariant_,
#define CSS_PROP_LIST_INCLUDE_LOGICAL
#include "nsCSSPropList.h"
#undef CSS_PROP_LIST_INCLUDE_LOGICAL
#undef CSS_PROP
};
// Maximum number of repetitions for the repeat() function
// in the grid-template-rows and grid-template-columns properties,
// to limit high memory usage from small stylesheets.
// Must be a positive integer. Should be large-ish.
#define GRID_TEMPLATE_MAX_REPETITIONS 10000
// End-of-array marker for mask arguments to ParseBitmaskValues
#define MASK_END_VALUE (-1)
enum class CSSParseResult : int32_t {
// Parsed something successfully:
Ok,
// Did not find what we were looking for, but did not consume any token:
NotFound,
// Unexpected token or token value, too late for UngetToken() to be enough:
Error
};
enum class GridTrackSizeFlags {
eDefaultTrackSize = 0x0,
eFixedTrackSize = 0x1, // parse a <fixed-size> instead of <track-size>
};
MOZ_MAKE_ENUM_CLASS_BITWISE_OPERATORS(GridTrackSizeFlags)
enum class GridTrackListFlags {
eDefaultTrackList = 0x0, // parse a <track-list>
eExplicitTrackList = 0x1, // parse an <explicit-track-list> instead
};
MOZ_MAKE_ENUM_CLASS_BITWISE_OPERATORS(GridTrackListFlags)
namespace {
// Rule processing function
typedef void (* RuleAppendFunc) (css::Rule* aRule, void* aData);
static void AssignRuleToPointer(css::Rule* aRule, void* aPointer);
static void AppendRuleToSheet(css::Rule* aRule, void* aParser);
struct CSSParserInputState {
nsCSSScannerPosition mPosition;
nsCSSToken mToken;
bool mHavePushBack;
};
static_assert(css::eAuthorSheetFeatures == 0 &&
css::eUserSheetFeatures == 1 &&
css::eAgentSheetFeatures == 2,
"sheet parsing mode constants won't fit "
"in CSSParserImpl::mParsingMode");
// Your basic top-down recursive descent style parser
// The exposed methods and members of this class are precisely those
// needed by nsCSSParser, far below.
class CSSParserImpl {
public:
CSSParserImpl();
~CSSParserImpl();
nsresult SetStyleSheet(CSSStyleSheet* aSheet);
nsIDocument* GetDocument();
nsresult SetQuirkMode(bool aQuirkMode);
nsresult SetChildLoader(mozilla::css::Loader* aChildLoader);
// Clears everything set by the above Set*() functions.
void Reset();
nsresult ParseSheet(const nsAString& aInput,
nsIURI* aSheetURI,
nsIURI* aBaseURI,
nsIPrincipal* aSheetPrincipal,
uint32_t aLineNumber,
css::LoaderReusableStyleSheets* aReusableSheets);
already_AddRefed<css::Declaration>
ParseStyleAttribute(const nsAString& aAttributeValue,
nsIURI* aDocURL,
nsIURI* aBaseURL,
nsIPrincipal* aNodePrincipal);
nsresult ParseDeclarations(const nsAString& aBuffer,
nsIURI* aSheetURL,
nsIURI* aBaseURL,
nsIPrincipal* aSheetPrincipal,
css::Declaration* aDeclaration,
bool* aChanged);
nsresult ParseRule(const nsAString& aRule,
nsIURI* aSheetURL,
nsIURI* aBaseURL,
nsIPrincipal* aSheetPrincipal,
css::Rule** aResult);
void ParseProperty(const nsCSSPropertyID aPropID,
const nsAString& aPropValue,
nsIURI* aSheetURL,
nsIURI* aBaseURL,
nsIPrincipal* aSheetPrincipal,
css::Declaration* aDeclaration,
bool* aChanged,
bool aIsImportant,
bool aIsSVGMode);
void ParseLonghandProperty(const nsCSSPropertyID aPropID,
const nsAString& aPropValue,
nsIURI* aSheetURL,
nsIURI* aBaseURL,
nsIPrincipal* aSheetPrincipal,
nsCSSValue& aValue);
bool ParseTransformProperty(const nsAString& aPropValue,
bool aDisallowRelativeValues,
nsCSSValue& aResult);
void ParseMediaList(const nsSubstring& aBuffer,
nsIURI* aURL, // for error reporting
uint32_t aLineNumber, // for error reporting
nsMediaList* aMediaList);
bool ParseSourceSizeList(const nsAString& aBuffer,
nsIURI* aURI, // for error reporting
uint32_t aLineNumber, // for error reporting
InfallibleTArray< nsAutoPtr<nsMediaQuery> >& aQueries,
InfallibleTArray<nsCSSValue>& aValues);
void ParseVariable(const nsAString& aVariableName,
const nsAString& aPropValue,
nsIURI* aSheetURL,
nsIURI* aBaseURL,
nsIPrincipal* aSheetPrincipal,
css::Declaration* aDeclaration,
bool* aChanged,
bool aIsImportant);
bool ParseFontFamilyListString(const nsSubstring& aBuffer,
nsIURI* aURL, // for error reporting
uint32_t aLineNumber, // for error reporting
nsCSSValue& aValue);
bool ParseColorString(const nsSubstring& aBuffer,
nsIURI* aURL, // for error reporting
uint32_t aLineNumber, // for error reporting
nsCSSValue& aValue,
bool aSuppressErrors /* false */);
bool ParseMarginString(const nsSubstring& aBuffer,
nsIURI* aURL, // for error reporting
uint32_t aLineNumber, // for error reporting
nsCSSValue& aValue,
bool aSuppressErrors /* false */);
nsresult ParseSelectorString(const nsSubstring& aSelectorString,
nsIURI* aURL, // for error reporting
uint32_t aLineNumber, // for error reporting
nsCSSSelectorList **aSelectorList);
already_AddRefed<nsCSSKeyframeRule>
ParseKeyframeRule(const nsSubstring& aBuffer,
nsIURI* aURL,
uint32_t aLineNumber);
bool ParseKeyframeSelectorString(const nsSubstring& aSelectorString,
nsIURI* aURL, // for error reporting
uint32_t aLineNumber, // for error reporting
InfallibleTArray<float>& aSelectorList);
bool EvaluateSupportsDeclaration(const nsAString& aProperty,
const nsAString& aValue,
nsIURI* aDocURL,
nsIURI* aBaseURL,
nsIPrincipal* aDocPrincipal);
bool EvaluateSupportsCondition(const nsAString& aCondition,
nsIURI* aDocURL,
nsIURI* aBaseURL,
nsIPrincipal* aDocPrincipal,
SupportsParsingSettings aSettings
= SupportsParsingSettings::Normal);
already_AddRefed<nsIAtom> ParseCounterStyleName(const nsAString& aBuffer,
nsIURI* aURL);
bool ParseCounterDescriptor(nsCSSCounterDesc aDescID,
const nsAString& aBuffer,
nsIURI* aSheetURL,
nsIURI* aBaseURL,
nsIPrincipal* aSheetPrincipal,
nsCSSValue& aValue);
bool ParseFontFaceDescriptor(nsCSSFontDesc aDescID,
const nsAString& aBuffer,
nsIURI* aSheetURL,
nsIURI* aBaseURL,
nsIPrincipal* aSheetPrincipal,
nsCSSValue& aValue);
bool IsValueValidForProperty(const nsCSSPropertyID aPropID,
const nsAString& aPropValue);
typedef nsCSSParser::VariableEnumFunc VariableEnumFunc;
/**
* Parses a CSS token stream value and invokes a callback function for each
* variable reference that is encountered.
*
* @param aPropertyValue The CSS token stream value.
* @param aFunc The callback function to invoke; its parameters are the
* variable name found and the aData argument passed in to this function.
* @param aData User data to pass in to the callback.
* @return Whether aPropertyValue could be parsed as a valid CSS token stream
* value (e.g., without syntactic errors in variable references).
*/
bool EnumerateVariableReferences(const nsAString& aPropertyValue,
VariableEnumFunc aFunc,
void* aData);
/**
* Parses aPropertyValue as a CSS token stream value and resolves any
* variable references using the variables in aVariables.
*
* @param aPropertyValue The CSS token stream value.
* @param aVariables The set of variable values to use when resolving variable
* references.
* @param aResult Out parameter that gets the resolved value.
* @param aFirstToken Out parameter that gets the type of the first token in
* aResult.
* @param aLastToken Out parameter that gets the type of the last token in
* aResult.
* @return Whether aResult could be parsed successfully and variable reference
* substitution succeeded.
*/
bool ResolveVariableValue(const nsAString& aPropertyValue,
const CSSVariableValues* aVariables,
nsString& aResult,
nsCSSTokenSerializationType& aFirstToken,
nsCSSTokenSerializationType& aLastToken);
/**
* Parses a string as a CSS token stream value for particular property,
* resolving any variable references. The parsed property value is stored
* in the specified nsRuleData object. If aShorthandPropertyID has a value
* other than eCSSProperty_UNKNOWN, this is the property that will be parsed;
* otherwise, aPropertyID will be parsed. Either way, only aPropertyID,
* a longhand property, will be copied over to the rule data.
*
* If the property cannot be parsed, it will be treated as if 'initial' or
* 'inherit' were specified, for non-inherited and inherited properties
* respectively.
*
* @param aPropertyID The ID of the longhand property whose value is to be
* copied to the rule data.
* @param aShorthandPropertyID The ID of the shorthand property to be parsed.
* If a longhand property is to be parsed, aPropertyID is that property,
* and aShorthandPropertyID must be eCSSProperty_UNKNOWN.
* @param aValue The CSS token stream value.
* @param aVariables The set of variable values to use when resolving variable
* references.
* @param aRuleData The rule data object into which parsed property value for
* aPropertyID will be stored.
*/
void ParsePropertyWithVariableReferences(nsCSSPropertyID aPropertyID,
nsCSSPropertyID aShorthandPropertyID,
const nsAString& aValue,
const CSSVariableValues* aVariables,
nsRuleData* aRuleData,
nsIURI* aDocURL,
nsIURI* aBaseURL,
nsIPrincipal* aDocPrincipal,
CSSStyleSheet* aSheet,
uint32_t aLineNumber,
uint32_t aLineOffset);
bool AgentRulesEnabled() const {
return mParsingMode == css::eAgentSheetFeatures;
}
bool ChromeRulesEnabled() const {
return mIsChrome;
}
CSSEnabledState EnabledState() const {
static_assert(int(CSSEnabledState::eForAllContent) == 0,
"CSSEnabledState::eForAllContent should be zero for "
"this bitfield to work");
CSSEnabledState enabledState = CSSEnabledState::eForAllContent;
if (AgentRulesEnabled()) {
enabledState |= CSSEnabledState::eInUASheets;
}
if (ChromeRulesEnabled()) {
enabledState |= CSSEnabledState::eInChrome;
}
return enabledState;
}
nsCSSPropertyID LookupEnabledProperty(const nsAString& aProperty) {
return nsCSSProps::LookupProperty(aProperty, EnabledState());
}
protected:
class nsAutoParseCompoundProperty;
friend class nsAutoParseCompoundProperty;
class nsAutoFailingSupportsRule;
friend class nsAutoFailingSupportsRule;
class nsAutoSuppressErrors;
friend class nsAutoSuppressErrors;
void AppendRule(css::Rule* aRule);
friend void AppendRuleToSheet(css::Rule*, void*); // calls AppendRule
/**
* This helper class automatically calls SetParsingCompoundProperty in its
* constructor and takes care of resetting it to false in its destructor.
*/
class nsAutoParseCompoundProperty {
public:
explicit nsAutoParseCompoundProperty(CSSParserImpl* aParser) : mParser(aParser)
{
NS_ASSERTION(!aParser->IsParsingCompoundProperty(),
"already parsing compound property");
NS_ASSERTION(aParser, "Null parser?");
aParser->SetParsingCompoundProperty(true);
}
~nsAutoParseCompoundProperty()
{
mParser->SetParsingCompoundProperty(false);
}
private:
CSSParserImpl* mParser;
};
/**
* This helper class conditionally sets mInFailingSupportsRule to
* true if aCondition = false, and resets it to its original value in its
* destructor. If we are already somewhere within a failing @supports
* rule, passing in aCondition = true does not change mInFailingSupportsRule.
*/
class nsAutoFailingSupportsRule {
public:
nsAutoFailingSupportsRule(CSSParserImpl* aParser,
bool aCondition)
: mParser(aParser),
mOriginalValue(aParser->mInFailingSupportsRule)
{
if (!aCondition) {
mParser->mInFailingSupportsRule = true;
}
}
~nsAutoFailingSupportsRule()
{
mParser->mInFailingSupportsRule = mOriginalValue;
}
private:
CSSParserImpl* mParser;
bool mOriginalValue;
};
/**
* Auto class to set aParser->mSuppressErrors to the specified value
* and restore it to its original value later.
*/
class nsAutoSuppressErrors {
public:
explicit nsAutoSuppressErrors(CSSParserImpl* aParser,
bool aSuppressErrors = true)
: mParser(aParser),
mOriginalValue(aParser->mSuppressErrors)
{
mParser->mSuppressErrors = aSuppressErrors;
}
~nsAutoSuppressErrors()
{
mParser->mSuppressErrors = mOriginalValue;
}
private:
CSSParserImpl* mParser;
bool mOriginalValue;
};
/**
* RAII class to set aParser->mInSupportsCondition to true and restore it
* to false later.
*/
class MOZ_RAII nsAutoInSupportsCondition
{
public:
explicit nsAutoInSupportsCondition(CSSParserImpl* aParser)
: mParser(aParser)
{
MOZ_ASSERT(!aParser->mInSupportsCondition,
"nsAutoInSupportsCondition is not designed to be used "
"re-entrantly");
mParser->mInSupportsCondition = true;
}
~nsAutoInSupportsCondition()
{
mParser->mInSupportsCondition = false;
}
private:
CSSParserImpl* const mParser;
};
// the caller must hold on to aString until parsing is done
void InitScanner(nsCSSScanner& aScanner,
css::ErrorReporter& aReporter,
nsIURI* aSheetURI, nsIURI* aBaseURI,
nsIPrincipal* aSheetPrincipal);
void ReleaseScanner(void);
/**
* This is a RAII class which behaves like an "AutoRestore<>" for our parser
* input state. When instantiated, this class saves the current parser input
* state (in a CSSParserInputState object), and it restores the parser to
* that state when destructed, unless "DoNotRestore()" has been called.
*/
class MOZ_RAII nsAutoCSSParserInputStateRestorer {
public:
explicit nsAutoCSSParserInputStateRestorer(CSSParserImpl* aParser
MOZ_GUARD_OBJECT_NOTIFIER_PARAM)
: mParser(aParser),
mShouldRestore(true)
{
MOZ_GUARD_OBJECT_NOTIFIER_INIT;
mParser->SaveInputState(mSavedState);
}
void DoNotRestore()
{
mShouldRestore = false;
}
~nsAutoCSSParserInputStateRestorer()
{
if (mShouldRestore) {
mParser->RestoreSavedInputState(mSavedState);
}
}
private:
MOZ_DECL_USE_GUARD_OBJECT_NOTIFIER
CSSParserImpl* mParser;
CSSParserInputState mSavedState;
bool mShouldRestore;
};
/**
* This is a RAII class which creates a temporary nsCSSScanner for the given
* string, and reconfigures aParser to use *that* scanner instead of its
* existing scanner, until we go out of scope. (This allows us to rewrite
* a portion of a stylesheet using a temporary string, and switch to parsing
* that rewritten section, and then resume parsing the original stylesheet.)
*
* aParser must have a non-null nsCSSScanner (which we'll be temporarily
* replacing) and ErrorReporter (which this class will co-opt for the
* temporary parser). While we're in scope, we also suppress error reporting,
* so it doesn't really matter which reporter we use. We suppress reporting
* because this class is only used with CSS that is synthesized & didn't
* come directly from an author, and it would be confusing if we reported
* syntax errors for CSS that an author didn't provide.
*
* XXXdholbert we could also change this & report errors, if needed. Might
* want to customize the error reporting somehow though.
*/
class MOZ_RAII nsAutoScannerChanger {
public:
nsAutoScannerChanger(CSSParserImpl* aParser,
const nsAString& aStringToScan
MOZ_GUARD_OBJECT_NOTIFIER_PARAM)
: mParser(aParser),
mOriginalScanner(aParser->mScanner),
mStringScanner(aStringToScan, 0),
mParserStateRestorer(aParser),
mErrorSuppresser(aParser)
{
MOZ_ASSERT(mOriginalScanner,
"Shouldn't use nsAutoScannerChanger unless we already "
"have a scanner");
MOZ_GUARD_OBJECT_NOTIFIER_INIT;
// Set & setup the new scanner:
mParser->mScanner = &mStringScanner;
mStringScanner.SetErrorReporter(mParser->mReporter);
// We might've had push-back on our original scanner (and if we did,
// that fact is saved via mParserStateRestorer). But we don't have
// push-back in mStringScanner, so clear that flag.
mParser->mHavePushBack = false;
}
~nsAutoScannerChanger()
{
// Restore original scanner. All other cleanup is done by RAII members.
mParser->mScanner = mOriginalScanner;
}
private:
MOZ_DECL_USE_GUARD_OBJECT_NOTIFIER
CSSParserImpl* mParser;
nsCSSScanner *mOriginalScanner;
nsCSSScanner mStringScanner;
nsAutoCSSParserInputStateRestorer mParserStateRestorer;
nsAutoSuppressErrors mErrorSuppresser;
};
/**
* Saves the current input state, which includes any currently pushed
* back token, and the current position of the scanner.
*/
void SaveInputState(CSSParserInputState& aState);
/**
* Restores the saved input state by pushing back any saved pushback
* token and calling RestoreSavedPosition on the scanner.
*/
void RestoreSavedInputState(const CSSParserInputState& aState);
bool GetToken(bool aSkipWS);
void UngetToken();
bool GetNextTokenLocation(bool aSkipWS, uint32_t *linenum, uint32_t *colnum);
void AssertNextTokenAt(uint32_t aLine, uint32_t aCol)
{
// Beware that this method will call GetToken/UngetToken (in
// GetNextTokenLocation) in DEBUG builds, but not in non-DEBUG builds.
DebugOnly<uint32_t> lineAfter, colAfter;
MOZ_ASSERT(GetNextTokenLocation(true, &lineAfter, &colAfter) &&
lineAfter == aLine && colAfter == aCol,
"shouldn't have consumed any tokens");
}
bool ExpectSymbol(char16_t aSymbol, bool aSkipWS);
bool ExpectEndProperty();
bool CheckEndProperty();
nsSubstring* NextIdent();
// returns true when the stop symbol is found, and false for EOF
bool SkipUntil(char16_t aStopSymbol);
void SkipUntilOneOf(const char16_t* aStopSymbolChars);
// For each character in aStopSymbolChars from the end of the array
// to the start, calls SkipUntil with that character.
typedef AutoTArray<char16_t, 16> StopSymbolCharStack;
void SkipUntilAllOf(const StopSymbolCharStack& aStopSymbolChars);
// returns true if the stop symbol or EOF is found, and false for an
// unexpected ')', ']' or '}'; this not safe to call outside variable
// resolution, as it doesn't handle mismatched content
bool SkipBalancedContentUntil(char16_t aStopSymbol);
void SkipRuleSet(bool aInsideBraces);
bool SkipAtRule(bool aInsideBlock);
MOZ_MUST_USE bool SkipDeclaration(bool aCheckForBraces);
void PushGroup(css::GroupRule* aRule);
void PopGroup();
bool ParseRuleSet(RuleAppendFunc aAppendFunc, void* aProcessData,
bool aInsideBraces = false);
bool ParseAtRule(RuleAppendFunc aAppendFunc, void* aProcessData,
bool aInAtRule);
bool ParseCharsetRule(RuleAppendFunc aAppendFunc, void* aProcessData);
bool ParseImportRule(RuleAppendFunc aAppendFunc, void* aProcessData);
bool ParseURLOrString(nsString& aURL);
bool GatherMedia(nsMediaList* aMedia, bool aInAtRule);
enum eMediaQueryType { eMediaQueryNormal,
// Parsing an at rule
eMediaQueryAtRule,
// Attempt to consume a single media-condition and
// stop. Note that the spec defines "expression and/or
// expression" as one condition but "expression,
// expression" as two.
eMediaQuerySingleCondition };
bool ParseMediaQuery(eMediaQueryType aMode, nsMediaQuery **aQuery,
bool *aHitStop);
bool ParseMediaQueryExpression(nsMediaQuery* aQuery);
void ProcessImport(const nsString& aURLSpec,
nsMediaList* aMedia,
RuleAppendFunc aAppendFunc,
void* aProcessData,
uint32_t aLineNumber,
uint32_t aColumnNumber);
bool ParseGroupRule(css::GroupRule* aRule, RuleAppendFunc aAppendFunc,
void* aProcessData);
bool ParseMediaRule(RuleAppendFunc aAppendFunc, void* aProcessData);
bool ParseMozDocumentRule(RuleAppendFunc aAppendFunc, void* aProcessData);
bool ParseNameSpaceRule(RuleAppendFunc aAppendFunc, void* aProcessData);
void ProcessNameSpace(const nsString& aPrefix,
const nsString& aURLSpec, RuleAppendFunc aAppendFunc,
void* aProcessData,
uint32_t aLineNumber, uint32_t aColumnNumber);
bool ParseFontFaceRule(RuleAppendFunc aAppendFunc, void* aProcessData);
bool ParseFontFeatureValuesRule(RuleAppendFunc aAppendFunc,
void* aProcessData);
bool ParseFontFeatureValueSet(nsCSSFontFeatureValuesRule *aRule);
bool ParseFontDescriptor(nsCSSFontFaceRule* aRule);
bool ParseFontDescriptorValue(nsCSSFontDesc aDescID,
nsCSSValue& aValue);
bool ParsePageRule(RuleAppendFunc aAppendFunc, void* aProcessData);
bool ParseKeyframesRule(RuleAppendFunc aAppendFunc, void* aProcessData);
already_AddRefed<nsCSSKeyframeRule> ParseKeyframeRule();
bool ParseKeyframeSelectorList(InfallibleTArray<float>& aSelectorList);
bool ParseSupportsRule(RuleAppendFunc aAppendFunc, void* aProcessData);
bool ParseSupportsCondition(bool& aConditionMet);
bool ParseSupportsConditionNegation(bool& aConditionMet);
bool ParseSupportsConditionInParens(bool& aConditionMet);
bool ParseSupportsMozBoolPrefName(bool& aConditionMet);
bool ParseSupportsConditionInParensInsideParens(bool& aConditionMet);
bool ParseSupportsConditionTerms(bool& aConditionMet);
enum SupportsConditionTermOperator { eAnd, eOr };
bool ParseSupportsConditionTermsAfterOperator(
bool& aConditionMet,
SupportsConditionTermOperator aOperator);
bool ParseCounterStyleRule(RuleAppendFunc aAppendFunc, void* aProcessData);
already_AddRefed<nsIAtom> ParseCounterStyleName(bool aForDefinition);
bool ParseCounterStyleNameValue(nsCSSValue& aValue);
bool ParseCounterDescriptor(nsCSSCounterStyleRule *aRule);
bool ParseCounterDescriptorValue(nsCSSCounterDesc aDescID,
nsCSSValue& aValue);
bool ParseCounterRange(nsCSSValuePair& aPair);
/**
* Parses the current input stream for a CSS token stream value and resolves
* any variable references using the variables in aVariables.
*
* @param aVariables The set of variable values to use when resolving variable
* references.
* @param aResult Out parameter that, if the function returns true, will be
* replaced with the resolved value.
* @return Whether aResult could be parsed successfully and variable reference
* substitution succeeded.
*/
bool ResolveValueWithVariableReferences(
const CSSVariableValues* aVariables,
nsString& aResult,
nsCSSTokenSerializationType& aResultFirstToken,
nsCSSTokenSerializationType& aResultLastToken);
// Helper function for ResolveValueWithVariableReferences.
bool ResolveValueWithVariableReferencesRec(
nsString& aResult,
nsCSSTokenSerializationType& aResultFirstToken,
nsCSSTokenSerializationType& aResultLastToken,
const CSSVariableValues* aVariables);
enum nsSelectorParsingStatus {
// we have parsed a selector and we saw a token that cannot be
// part of a selector:
eSelectorParsingStatus_Done,
// we should continue parsing the selector:
eSelectorParsingStatus_Continue,
// we saw an unexpected token or token value,
// or we saw end-of-file with an unfinished selector:
eSelectorParsingStatus_Error
};
nsSelectorParsingStatus ParseIDSelector(int32_t& aDataMask,
nsCSSSelector& aSelector);
nsSelectorParsingStatus ParseClassSelector(int32_t& aDataMask,
nsCSSSelector& aSelector);
// aPseudoElement and aPseudoElementArgs are the location where
// pseudo-elements (as opposed to pseudo-classes) are stored;
// pseudo-classes are stored on aSelector. aPseudoElement and
// aPseudoElementArgs must be non-null iff !aIsNegated.
nsSelectorParsingStatus ParsePseudoSelector(int32_t& aDataMask,
nsCSSSelector& aSelector,
bool aIsNegated,
nsIAtom** aPseudoElement,
nsAtomList** aPseudoElementArgs,
CSSPseudoElementType* aPseudoElementType);
nsSelectorParsingStatus ParseAttributeSelector(int32_t& aDataMask,
nsCSSSelector& aSelector);
nsSelectorParsingStatus ParseTypeOrUniversalSelector(int32_t& aDataMask,
nsCSSSelector& aSelector,
bool aIsNegated);
nsSelectorParsingStatus ParsePseudoClassWithIdentArg(nsCSSSelector& aSelector,
CSSPseudoClassType aType);
nsSelectorParsingStatus ParsePseudoClassWithNthPairArg(nsCSSSelector& aSelector,
CSSPseudoClassType aType);
nsSelectorParsingStatus ParsePseudoClassWithSelectorListArg(nsCSSSelector& aSelector,
CSSPseudoClassType aType);
nsSelectorParsingStatus ParseNegatedSimpleSelector(int32_t& aDataMask,
nsCSSSelector& aSelector);
// If aStopChar is non-zero, the selector list is done when we hit
// aStopChar. Otherwise, it's done when we hit EOF.
bool ParseSelectorList(nsCSSSelectorList*& aListHead,
char16_t aStopChar);
bool ParseSelectorGroup(nsCSSSelectorList*& aListHead);
bool ParseSelector(nsCSSSelectorList* aList, char16_t aPrevCombinator);
enum {
eParseDeclaration_InBraces = 1 << 0,
eParseDeclaration_AllowImportant = 1 << 1
};
enum nsCSSContextType {
eCSSContext_General,
eCSSContext_Page
};
already_AddRefed<css::Declaration>
ParseDeclarationBlock(uint32_t aFlags,
nsCSSContextType aContext = eCSSContext_General);
bool ParseDeclaration(css::Declaration* aDeclaration,
uint32_t aFlags,
bool aMustCallValueAppended,
bool* aChanged,
nsCSSContextType aContext = eCSSContext_General);
// A "prefix-aware" wrapper for nsCSSKeywords::LookupKeyword().
// Use this instead of LookupKeyword() if you might be parsing an unprefixed
// property (like "display") for which we emulate a vendor-prefixed value
// (like "-webkit-box").
nsCSSKeyword LookupKeywordPrefixAware(nsAString& aKeywordStr,
const KTableEntry aKeywordTable[]);
bool ParseProperty(nsCSSPropertyID aPropID);
bool ParsePropertyByFunction(nsCSSPropertyID aPropID);
CSSParseResult ParseSingleValueProperty(nsCSSValue& aValue,
nsCSSPropertyID aPropID);
bool ParseSingleValuePropertyByFunction(nsCSSValue& aValue,
nsCSSPropertyID aPropID);
// This is similar to ParseSingleValueProperty but only works for
// properties that are parsed with ParseBoxProperties or
// ParseGroupedBoxProperty.
//
// Only works with variants with the following flags:
// A, C, H, K, L, N, P, CALC.
CSSParseResult ParseBoxProperty(nsCSSValue& aValue,
nsCSSPropertyID aPropID);
enum PriorityParsingStatus {
ePriority_None,
ePriority_Important,
ePriority_Error
};
PriorityParsingStatus ParsePriority();
#ifdef MOZ_XUL
bool ParseTreePseudoElement(nsAtomList **aPseudoElementArgs);
#endif
// Property specific parsing routines
bool ParseImageLayers(const nsCSSPropertyID aTable[]);
struct ImageLayersShorthandParseState {
nsCSSValue& mColor;
nsCSSValueList* mImage;
nsCSSValuePairList* mRepeat;
nsCSSValueList* mAttachment; // A property for background layer only
nsCSSValueList* mClip;
nsCSSValueList* mOrigin;
nsCSSValueList* mPositionX;
nsCSSValueList* mPositionY;
nsCSSValuePairList* mSize;
nsCSSValueList* mComposite; // A property for mask layer only
nsCSSValueList* mMode; // A property for mask layer only
ImageLayersShorthandParseState(
nsCSSValue& aColor, nsCSSValueList* aImage, nsCSSValuePairList* aRepeat,
nsCSSValueList* aAttachment, nsCSSValueList* aClip,
nsCSSValueList* aOrigin,
nsCSSValueList* aPositionX, nsCSSValueList* aPositionY,
nsCSSValuePairList* aSize, nsCSSValueList* aComposite,
nsCSSValueList* aMode) :
mColor(aColor), mImage(aImage), mRepeat(aRepeat),
mAttachment(aAttachment), mClip(aClip), mOrigin(aOrigin),
mPositionX(aPositionX), mPositionY(aPositionY),
mSize(aSize), mComposite(aComposite),
mMode(aMode) {};
};
bool IsFunctionTokenValidForImageLayerImage(const nsCSSToken& aToken) const;
bool ParseImageLayersItem(ImageLayersShorthandParseState& aState,
const nsCSSPropertyID aTable[]);
bool ParseValueList(nsCSSPropertyID aPropID); // a single value prop-id
bool ParseImageLayerRepeat(nsCSSPropertyID aPropID);
bool ParseImageLayerRepeatValues(nsCSSValuePair& aValue);
bool ParseImageLayerPosition(const nsCSSPropertyID aTable[]);
bool ParseImageLayerPositionCoord(nsCSSPropertyID aPropID, bool aIsHorizontal);
// ParseBoxPositionValues parses the CSS 2.1 background-position syntax,
// which is still used by some properties. See ParsePositionValue
// for the css3-background syntax.
bool ParseBoxPositionValues(nsCSSValuePair& aOut, bool aAcceptsInherit,
bool aAllowExplicitCenter = true); // deprecated
// ParsePositionValue parses a CSS <position> value, which is used by
// the 'background-position' property.
bool ParsePositionValue(nsCSSValue& aOut);
bool ParsePositionValueSeparateCoords(nsCSSValue& aOutX, nsCSSValue& aOutY);
bool ParseImageLayerPositionCoordItem(nsCSSValue& aOut, bool aIsHorizontal);
bool ParseImageLayerSize(nsCSSPropertyID aPropID);
bool ParseImageLayerSizeValues(nsCSSValuePair& aOut);
bool ParseBorderColor();
bool ParseBorderColors(nsCSSPropertyID aProperty);
void SetBorderImageInitialValues();
bool ParseBorderImageRepeat(bool aAcceptsInherit);
// If ParseBorderImageSlice returns false, aConsumedTokens indicates
// whether or not any tokens were consumed (in other words, was the property
// in error or just not present). If ParseBorderImageSlice returns true
// aConsumedTokens is always true.
bool ParseBorderImageSlice(bool aAcceptsInherit, bool* aConsumedTokens);
bool ParseBorderImageWidth(bool aAcceptsInherit);
bool ParseBorderImageOutset(bool aAcceptsInherit);
bool ParseBorderImage();
bool ParseBorderSpacing();
bool ParseBorderSide(const nsCSSPropertyID aPropIDs[],
bool aSetAllSides);
bool ParseBorderStyle();
bool ParseBorderWidth();
bool ParseCalc(nsCSSValue &aValue, uint32_t aVariantMask);
bool ParseCalcAdditiveExpression(nsCSSValue& aValue,
uint32_t& aVariantMask);
bool ParseCalcMultiplicativeExpression(nsCSSValue& aValue,
uint32_t& aVariantMask,
bool *aHadFinalWS);
bool ParseCalcTerm(nsCSSValue& aValue, uint32_t& aVariantMask);
bool ParseContextProperties();
bool RequireWhitespace();
// For "flex" shorthand property, defined in CSS Flexbox spec
bool ParseFlex();
// For "flex-flow" shorthand property, defined in CSS Flexbox spec
bool ParseFlexFlow();
// CSS Grid
bool ParseGridAutoFlow();
// Parse a <line-names> expression.
// If successful, either leave aValue untouched,
// to indicate that we parsed the empty list,
// or set it to a eCSSUnit_List of eCSSUnit_Ident.
//
// To parse an optional <line-names> (ie. if not finding an open bracket
// is considered the same as an empty list),
// treat CSSParseResult::NotFound the same as CSSParseResult::Ok.
//
// If aValue is already a eCSSUnit_List, append to that list.
CSSParseResult ParseGridLineNames(nsCSSValue& aValue);
bool ParseGridLineNameListRepeat(nsCSSValueList** aTailPtr);
bool ParseOptionalLineNameListAfterSubgrid(nsCSSValue& aValue);
CSSParseResult ParseGridTrackBreadth(nsCSSValue& aValue);
// eFixedTrackSize in aFlags makes it parse a <fixed-size>.
CSSParseResult ParseGridTrackSize(nsCSSValue& aValue,
GridTrackSizeFlags aFlags = GridTrackSizeFlags::eDefaultTrackSize);
bool ParseGridAutoColumnsRows(nsCSSPropertyID aPropID);
bool ParseGridTrackListRepeat(nsCSSValueList** aTailPtr);
bool ParseGridTrackRepeatIntro(bool aForSubgrid,
int32_t* aRepetitions,
Maybe<int32_t>* aRepeatAutoEnum);
// Assuming a [ <line-names>? ] has already been parsed,
// parse the rest of a <track-list>.
//
// This exists because [ <line-names>? ] is ambiguous in the 'grid-template'
// shorthand: it can be either the start of a <track-list> (in
// a <'grid-template-rows'>) or of the intertwined syntax that sets both
// grid-template-rows and grid-template-areas.
//
// On success, |aValue| will be a list of odd length >= 3,
// starting with a <line-names> (which is itself a list)
// and alternating between that and <track-size>.
bool ParseGridTrackListWithFirstLineNames(nsCSSValue& aValue,
const nsCSSValue& aFirstLineNames,
GridTrackListFlags aFlags = GridTrackListFlags::eDefaultTrackList);
bool ParseGridTrackList(nsCSSPropertyID aPropID,
GridTrackListFlags aFlags = GridTrackListFlags::eDefaultTrackList);
bool ParseGridTemplateColumnsRows(nsCSSPropertyID aPropID);
// |aAreaIndices| is a lookup table to help us parse faster,
// mapping area names to indices in |aResult.mNamedAreas|.
bool ParseGridTemplateAreasLine(const nsAutoString& aInput,
css::GridTemplateAreasValue* aResult,
nsDataHashtable<nsStringHashKey, uint32_t>& aAreaIndices);
bool ParseGridTemplateAreas();
bool ParseGridTemplateColumnsOrAutoFlow(bool aForGridShorthand);
bool ParseGridTemplate(bool aForGridShorthand = false);
bool ParseGridTemplateAfterString(const nsCSSValue& aFirstLineNames);
bool ParseGrid();
CSSParseResult ParseGridShorthandAutoProps(int32_t aAutoFlowAxis);
bool ParseGridLine(nsCSSValue& aValue);
bool ParseGridColumnRowStartEnd(nsCSSPropertyID aPropID);
bool ParseGridColumnRow(nsCSSPropertyID aStartPropID,
nsCSSPropertyID aEndPropID);
bool ParseGridArea();
bool ParseGridGap();
bool ParseInitialLetter();
// parsing 'align/justify-items/self' from the css-align spec
bool ParseAlignJustifyPosition(nsCSSValue& aResult,
const KTableEntry aTable[]);
bool ParseJustifyItems();
bool ParseAlignItems();
bool ParseAlignJustifySelf(nsCSSPropertyID aPropID);
// parsing 'align/justify-content' from the css-align spec
bool ParseAlignJustifyContent(nsCSSPropertyID aPropID);
bool ParsePlaceContent();
bool ParsePlaceItems();
bool ParsePlaceSelf();
// for 'clip' and '-moz-image-region'
bool ParseRect(nsCSSPropertyID aPropID);
bool ParseColumns();
bool ParseContain(nsCSSValue& aValue);
bool ParseContent();
bool ParseCounterData(nsCSSPropertyID aPropID);
bool ParseCursor();
bool ParseFont();
bool ParseFontSynthesis(nsCSSValue& aValue);
bool ParseSingleAlternate(int32_t& aWhichFeature, nsCSSValue& aValue);
bool ParseFontVariantAlternates(nsCSSValue& aValue);
bool MergeBitmaskValue(int32_t aNewValue, const int32_t aMasks[],
int32_t& aMergedValue);
bool ParseBitmaskValues(nsCSSValue& aValue,
const KTableEntry aKeywordTable[],
const int32_t aMasks[]);
bool ParseFontVariantEastAsian(nsCSSValue& aValue);
bool ParseFontVariantLigatures(nsCSSValue& aValue);
bool ParseFontVariantNumeric(nsCSSValue& aValue);
bool ParseFontVariant();
bool ParseFontWeight(nsCSSValue& aValue);
bool ParseOneFamily(nsAString& aFamily, bool& aOneKeyword, bool& aQuoted);
bool ParseFamily(nsCSSValue& aValue);
bool ParseFontFeatureSettings(nsCSSValue& aValue);
bool ParseFontVariationSettings(nsCSSValue& aValue);
bool ParseFontSrc(nsCSSValue& aValue);
bool ParseFontSrcFormat(InfallibleTArray<nsCSSValue>& values);
bool ParseFontRanges(nsCSSValue& aValue);
bool ParseListStyle();
bool ParseListStyleType(nsCSSValue& aValue);
bool ParseMargin();
bool ParseClipPath(nsCSSValue& aValue);
bool ParseTransform(bool aIsPrefixed, bool aDisallowRelativeValues = false);
bool ParseObjectPosition();
bool ParseOutline();
bool ParseOverflow();
bool ParsePadding();
bool ParseQuotes();
bool ParseTextAlign(nsCSSValue& aValue,
const KTableEntry aTable[]);
bool ParseTextAlign(nsCSSValue& aValue);
bool ParseTextAlignLast(nsCSSValue& aValue);
bool ParseTextDecoration();
bool ParseTextDecorationLine(nsCSSValue& aValue);
bool ParseTextEmphasis();
bool ParseTextEmphasisPosition(nsCSSValue& aValue);
bool ParseTextEmphasisStyle(nsCSSValue& aValue);
bool ParseTextCombineUpright(nsCSSValue& aValue);
bool ParseTextOverflow(nsCSSValue& aValue);
bool ParseTouchAction(nsCSSValue& aValue);
bool ParseShadowItem(nsCSSValue& aValue, bool aIsBoxShadow);
bool ParseShadowList(nsCSSPropertyID aProperty);
bool ParseShapeOutside(nsCSSValue& aValue);
bool ParseTransitionProperty();
bool ParseTransitionTimingFunctionValues(nsCSSValue& aValue);
bool ParseTransitionTimingFunctionValueComponent(float& aComponent,
char aStop,
bool aIsXPoint);
bool ParseTransitionStepTimingFunctionValues(nsCSSValue& aValue);
bool ParseTransitionFramesTimingFunctionValues(nsCSSValue& aValue);
enum ParseAnimationOrTransitionShorthandResult {
eParseAnimationOrTransitionShorthand_Values,
eParseAnimationOrTransitionShorthand_Inherit,
eParseAnimationOrTransitionShorthand_Error
};
ParseAnimationOrTransitionShorthandResult
ParseAnimationOrTransitionShorthand(const nsCSSPropertyID* aProperties,
const nsCSSValue* aInitialValues,
nsCSSValue* aValues,
size_t aNumProperties);
bool ParseTransition();
bool ParseAnimation();
bool ParseWillChange();
bool ParsePaint(nsCSSPropertyID aPropID);
bool ParseDasharray();
bool ParseMarker();
bool ParsePaintOrder();
bool ParseAll();
bool ParseScrollSnapType();
bool ParseScrollSnapPoints(nsCSSValue& aValue, nsCSSPropertyID aPropID);
bool ParseScrollSnapDestination(nsCSSValue& aValue);
bool ParseScrollSnapCoordinate(nsCSSValue& aValue);
bool ParseWebkitTextStroke();
/**
* Parses a variable value from a custom property declaration.
*
* @param aType Out parameter into which will be stored the type of variable
* value, indicating whether the parsed value was a token stream or one of
* the CSS-wide keywords.
* @param aValue Out parameter into which will be stored the token stream
* as a string, if the parsed custom property did take a token stream.
* @return Whether parsing succeeded.
*/
bool ParseVariableDeclaration(CSSVariableDeclarations::Type* aType,
nsString& aValue);
/**
* Parses a CSS variable value. This could be 'initial', 'inherit', 'unset'
* or a token stream, which may or may not include variable references.
*
* @param aType Out parameter into which the type of the variable value
* will be stored.
* @param aDropBackslash Out parameter indicating whether during variable
* value parsing there was a trailing backslash before EOF that must
* be dropped when serializing the variable value.
* @param aImpliedCharacters Out parameter appended to which will be any
* characters that were implied when encountering EOF and which
* must be included at the end of the serialized variable value.
* @param aFunc A callback function to invoke when a variable reference
* is encountered. May be null. Arguments are the variable name
* and the aData argument passed in to this function.
* @param User data to pass in to the callback.
* @return Whether parsing succeeded.
*/
bool ParseValueWithVariables(CSSVariableDeclarations::Type* aType,
bool* aDropBackslash,
nsString& aImpliedCharacters,
void (*aFunc)(const nsAString&, void*),
void* aData);
/**
* Returns whether the scanner dropped a backslash just before EOF.
*/
bool BackslashDropped();
/**
* Calls AppendImpliedEOFCharacters on mScanner.
*/
void AppendImpliedEOFCharacters(nsAString& aResult);
// Reused utility parsing routines
void AppendValue(nsCSSPropertyID aPropID, const nsCSSValue& aValue);
bool ParseBoxProperties(const nsCSSPropertyID aPropIDs[]);
bool ParseGroupedBoxProperty(int32_t aVariantMask,
nsCSSValue& aValue,
uint32_t aRestrictions);
bool ParseBoxCornerRadius(const nsCSSPropertyID aPropID);
bool ParseBoxCornerRadiiInternals(nsCSSValue array[]);
bool ParseBoxCornerRadii(const nsCSSPropertyID aPropIDs[]);
int32_t ParseChoice(nsCSSValue aValues[],
const nsCSSPropertyID aPropIDs[], int32_t aNumIDs);
CSSParseResult ParseColor(nsCSSValue& aValue);
template<typename ComponentType>
bool ParseRGBColor(ComponentType& aR,
ComponentType& aG,
ComponentType& aB,
ComponentType& aA);
bool ParseHSLColor(float& aHue, float& aSaturation, float& aLightness,
float& aOpacity);
// The ParseColorOpacityAndCloseParen methods below attempt to parse an
// optional [ separator <alpha-value> ] expression, followed by a
// close-parenthesis, at the end of a css color function (e.g. "rgba()" or
// "hsla()"). If these functions simply encounter a close-parenthesis (without
// any [separator <alpha-value>]), they will still succeed (i.e. return true),
// with outparam 'aOpacity' set to a default opacity value (fully-opaque).
//
// The range of opacity component is [0, 255], and the default opacity value
// is 255 (fully-opaque) for this function.
bool ParseColorOpacityAndCloseParen(uint8_t& aOpacity,
char aSeparator);
// Similar to the previous one, but the range of opacity component is
// [0.0f, 1.0f] and the default opacity value is 1.0f (fully-opaque).
bool ParseColorOpacityAndCloseParen(float& aOpacity,
char aSeparator);
// Parse a <number> color component. The range of color component is [0, 255].
// If |aSeparator| is provided, this function will also attempt to parse that
// character after parsing the color component.
bool ParseColorComponent(uint8_t& aComponent, const Maybe<char>& aSeparator);
// Similar to the previous one, but parse a <percentage> color component.
// The range of color component is [0.0f, 1.0f].
bool ParseColorComponent(float& aComponent, const Maybe<char>& aSeparator);
// Parse a <hue> component.
// <hue> = <number> | <angle>
// The unit of outparam 'aAngle' is degree. Assume the unit to be degree if an
// unitless <number> is parsed.
bool ParseHue(float& aAngle);
bool ParseEnum(nsCSSValue& aValue,
const KTableEntry aKeywordTable[]);
// A special ParseEnum for the CSS Box Alignment properties that have
// 'baseline' values. In addition to the keywords in aKeywordTable, it also
// parses 'first baseline' and 'last baseline' as a single value.
// (aKeywordTable must contain 'baseline')
bool ParseAlignEnum(nsCSSValue& aValue, const KTableEntry aKeywordTable[]);
// Variant parsing methods
CSSParseResult ParseVariant(nsCSSValue& aValue,
uint32_t aVariantMask,
const KTableEntry aKeywordTable[]);
CSSParseResult ParseVariantWithRestrictions(nsCSSValue& aValue,
int32_t aVariantMask,
const KTableEntry aKeywordTable[],
uint32_t aRestrictions);
CSSParseResult ParseNonNegativeVariant(nsCSSValue& aValue,
int32_t aVariantMask,
const KTableEntry aKeywordTable[]);
CSSParseResult ParseOneOrLargerVariant(nsCSSValue& aValue,
int32_t aVariantMask,
const KTableEntry aKeywordTable[]);
// Variant parsing methods that are guaranteed to UngetToken any token
// consumed on failure
MOZ_MUST_USE bool ParseSingleTokenVariant(nsCSSValue& aValue,
int32_t aVariantMask,
const KTableEntry aKeywordTable[])
{
MOZ_ASSERT(!(aVariantMask & VARIANT_MULTIPLE_TOKENS),
"use ParseVariant for variants in VARIANT_MULTIPLE_TOKENS");
CSSParseResult result = ParseVariant(aValue, aVariantMask, aKeywordTable);
MOZ_ASSERT(result != CSSParseResult::Error);
return result == CSSParseResult::Ok;
}
bool ParseSingleTokenVariantWithRestrictions(
nsCSSValue& aValue,
int32_t aVariantMask,
const KTableEntry aKeywordTable[],
uint32_t aRestrictions)
{
MOZ_ASSERT(!(aVariantMask & VARIANT_MULTIPLE_TOKENS),
"use ParseVariantWithRestrictions for variants in "
"VARIANT_MULTIPLE_TOKENS");
CSSParseResult result =
ParseVariantWithRestrictions(aValue, aVariantMask, aKeywordTable,
aRestrictions);
MOZ_ASSERT(result != CSSParseResult::Error);
return result == CSSParseResult::Ok;
}
bool ParseSingleTokenNonNegativeVariant(nsCSSValue& aValue,
int32_t aVariantMask,
const KTableEntry aKeywordTable[])
{
MOZ_ASSERT(!(aVariantMask & VARIANT_MULTIPLE_TOKENS),
"use ParseNonNegativeVariant for variants in "
"VARIANT_MULTIPLE_TOKENS");
CSSParseResult result =
ParseNonNegativeVariant(aValue, aVariantMask, aKeywordTable);
MOZ_ASSERT(result != CSSParseResult::Error);
return result == CSSParseResult::Ok;
}
bool ParseSingleTokenOneOrLargerVariant(nsCSSValue& aValue,
int32_t aVariantMask,
const KTableEntry aKeywordTable[])
{
MOZ_ASSERT(!(aVariantMask & VARIANT_MULTIPLE_TOKENS),
"use ParseOneOrLargerVariant for variants in "
"VARIANT_MULTIPLE_TOKENS");
CSSParseResult result =
ParseOneOrLargerVariant(aValue, aVariantMask, aKeywordTable);
MOZ_ASSERT(result != CSSParseResult::Error);
return result == CSSParseResult::Ok;
}
// Helpers for some common ParseSingleTokenNonNegativeVariant calls.
bool ParseNonNegativeInteger(nsCSSValue& aValue)
{
return ParseSingleTokenNonNegativeVariant(aValue, VARIANT_INTEGER, nullptr);
}
bool ParseNonNegativeNumber(nsCSSValue& aValue)
{
return ParseSingleTokenNonNegativeVariant(aValue, VARIANT_NUMBER, nullptr);
}
// Helpers for some common ParseSingleTokenOneOrLargerVariant calls.
bool ParseOneOrLargerInteger(nsCSSValue& aValue)
{
return ParseSingleTokenOneOrLargerVariant(aValue, VARIANT_INTEGER, nullptr);
}
bool ParseOneOrLargerNumber(nsCSSValue& aValue)
{
return ParseSingleTokenOneOrLargerVariant(aValue, VARIANT_NUMBER, nullptr);
}
// http://dev.w3.org/csswg/css-values/#custom-idents
// Parse an identifier that is none of:
// * a CSS-wide keyword
// * "default"
// * a keyword in |aExcludedKeywords|
// * a keyword in |aPropertyKTable|
//
// |aExcludedKeywords| is an array of nsCSSKeyword
// that ends with a eCSSKeyword_UNKNOWN marker.
//
// |aPropertyKTable| can be used if some of the keywords to exclude
// also appear in an existing nsCSSProps::KTableEntry,
// to avoid duplicating them.
bool ParseCustomIdent(nsCSSValue& aValue,
const nsAutoString& aIdentValue,
const nsCSSKeyword aExcludedKeywords[] = nullptr,
const nsCSSProps::KTableEntry aPropertyKTable[] = nullptr);
bool ParseCounter(nsCSSValue& aValue);
bool ParseAttr(nsCSSValue& aValue);
bool ParseSymbols(nsCSSValue& aValue);
bool SetValueToURL(nsCSSValue& aValue, const nsString& aURL);
bool TranslateDimension(nsCSSValue& aValue, uint32_t aVariantMask,
float aNumber, const nsString& aUnit);
bool ParseImageOrientation(nsCSSValue& aAngle);
bool ParseImageRect(nsCSSValue& aImage);
bool ParseElement(nsCSSValue& aValue);
bool ParseColorStop(nsCSSValueGradient* aGradient);
enum GradientParsingFlags {
eGradient_Repeating = 1 << 0, // repeating-{linear|radial}-gradient
eGradient_MozLegacy = 1 << 1, // -moz-{linear|radial}-gradient
eGradient_WebkitLegacy = 1 << 2, // -webkit-{linear|radial}-gradient
// Mask to catch both "legacy" flags:
eGradient_AnyLegacy = eGradient_MozLegacy | eGradient_WebkitLegacy
};
bool ParseLinearGradient(nsCSSValue& aValue, uint8_t aFlags);
bool ParseRadialGradient(nsCSSValue& aValue, uint8_t aFlags);
bool IsLegacyGradientLine(const nsCSSTokenType& aType,
const nsString& aId);
bool ParseGradientColorStops(nsCSSValueGradient* aGradient,
nsCSSValue& aValue);
// For the ancient "-webkit-gradient(linear|radial, ...)" syntax:
bool ParseWebkitGradientPointComponent(nsCSSValue& aComponent,
bool aIsHorizontal);
bool ParseWebkitGradientPoint(nsCSSValuePair& aPoint);
bool ParseWebkitGradientRadius(float& aRadius);
bool ParseWebkitGradientColorStop(nsCSSValueGradient* aGradient);
bool ParseWebkitGradientColorStops(nsCSSValueGradient* aGradient);
void FinalizeLinearWebkitGradient(nsCSSValueGradient* aGradient,
const nsCSSValuePair& aStartPoint,
const nsCSSValuePair& aSecondPoint);
void FinalizeRadialWebkitGradient(nsCSSValueGradient* aGradient,
const nsCSSValuePair& aFirstCenter,
const nsCSSValuePair& aSecondCenter,
const float aFirstRadius,
const float aSecondRadius);
bool ParseWebkitGradient(nsCSSValue& aValue);
void SetParsingCompoundProperty(bool aBool) {
mParsingCompoundProperty = aBool;
}
bool IsParsingCompoundProperty(void) const {
return mParsingCompoundProperty;
}
/* Functions for basic shapes */
bool ParseReferenceBoxAndBasicShape(nsCSSValue& aValue,
const KTableEntry aBoxKeywordTable[]);
bool ParseBasicShape(nsCSSValue& aValue, bool* aConsumedTokens);
bool ParsePolygonFunction(nsCSSValue& aValue);
bool ParseCircleOrEllipseFunction(nsCSSKeyword, nsCSSValue& aValue);
bool ParseInsetFunction(nsCSSValue& aValue);
// We parse position values differently for basic-shape, by expanding defaults
// and replacing keywords with percentages
bool ParsePositionValueForBasicShape(nsCSSValue& aOut);
/* Functions for transform Parsing */
bool ParseSingleTransform(bool aIsPrefixed, bool aDisallowRelativeValues,
nsCSSValue& aValue);
bool ParseFunction(nsCSSKeyword aFunction, const uint32_t aAllowedTypes[],
uint32_t aVariantMaskAll, uint16_t aMinElems,
uint16_t aMaxElems, nsCSSValue &aValue);
bool ParseFunctionInternals(const uint32_t aVariantMask[],
uint32_t aVariantMaskAll,
uint16_t aMinElems,
uint16_t aMaxElems,
InfallibleTArray<nsCSSValue>& aOutput);
/* Functions for transform-origin/perspective-origin Parsing */
bool ParseTransformOrigin(bool aPerspective);
/* Functions for filter parsing */
bool ParseFilter();
bool ParseSingleFilter(nsCSSValue* aValue);
bool ParseDropShadow(nsCSSValue* aValue);
/* Find and return the namespace ID associated with aPrefix.
If aPrefix has not been declared in an @namespace rule, returns
kNameSpaceID_Unknown. */
int32_t GetNamespaceIdForPrefix(const nsString& aPrefix);
/* Find the correct default namespace, and set it on aSelector. */
void SetDefaultNamespaceOnSelector(nsCSSSelector& aSelector);
// Current token. The value is valid after calling GetToken and invalidated
// by UngetToken.
nsCSSToken mToken;
// Our scanner.
nsCSSScanner* mScanner;
// Our error reporter.
css::ErrorReporter* mReporter;
// The URI to be used as a base for relative URIs.
nsCOMPtr<nsIURI> mBaseURI;
// The URI to be used as an HTTP "Referer" and for error reporting.
nsCOMPtr<nsIURI> mSheetURI;
// The principal of the sheet involved
nsCOMPtr<nsIPrincipal> mSheetPrincipal;
// The sheet we're parsing into
RefPtr<CSSStyleSheet> mSheet;
// Used for @import rules
css::Loader* mChildLoader; // not ref counted, it owns us
// Any sheets we may reuse when parsing an @import.
css::LoaderReusableStyleSheets* mReusableSheets;
// Sheet section we're in. This is used to enforce correct ordering of the
// various rule types (eg the fact that a @charset rule must come before
// anything else). Note that there are checks of similar things in various
// places in CSSStyleSheet.cpp (e.g in insertRule, RebuildChildList).
enum nsCSSSection {
eCSSSection_Charset,
eCSSSection_Import,
eCSSSection_NameSpace,
eCSSSection_General
};
nsCSSSection mSection;
nsXMLNameSpaceMap *mNameSpaceMap; // weak, mSheet owns it
// After an UngetToken is done this flag is true. The next call to
// GetToken clears the flag.
bool mHavePushBack : 1;
// True if we are in quirks mode; false in standards or almost standards mode
bool mNavQuirkMode : 1;
// True when the hashless color quirk applies.
bool mHashlessColorQuirk : 1;
// True when the unitless length quirk applies.
bool mUnitlessLengthQuirk : 1;
// Controls access to nonstandard style constructs that are not safe
// for use on the public Web but necessary in UA sheets and/or
// useful in user sheets. The only values stored in this field are
// 0, 1, and 2; three bits are allocated to avoid issues should the
// enum type be signed.
css::SheetParsingMode mParsingMode : 3;
// True if we are in parsing rules for the chrome.
bool mIsChrome : 1;
// True if we're parsing SVG presentation attributes
// These attributes allow non-calc lengths to be unitless (mapping to px)
bool mIsSVGMode : 1;
// True if viewport units should be allowed.
bool mViewportUnitsEnabled : 1;
// This flag is set when parsing a non-box shorthand; it's used to not apply
// some quirks during shorthand parsing
bool mParsingCompoundProperty : 1;
// True if we are in the middle of parsing an @supports condition.
// This is used to avoid recording the input stream when variable references
// are encountered in a property declaration in the @supports condition.
bool mInSupportsCondition : 1;
// True if we are somewhere within a @supports rule whose condition is
// false.
bool mInFailingSupportsRule : 1;
// True if we will suppress all parse errors (except unexpected EOFs).
// This is used to prevent errors for declarations inside a failing
// @supports rule.
bool mSuppressErrors : 1;
// True if any parsing of URL values requires a sheet principal to have
// been passed in the nsCSSScanner constructor. This is usually the case.
// It can be set to false, for example, when we create an nsCSSParser solely
// to parse a property value to test it for syntactic correctness. When
// false, an assertion that mSheetPrincipal is non-null is skipped. Should
// not be set to false if any nsCSSValues created during parsing can escape
// out of the parser.
bool mSheetPrincipalRequired;
// This enum helps us track whether we've unprefixed "display: -webkit-box"
// (treating it as "display: flex") in an earlier declaration within a series
// of declarations. (This only impacts behavior if
// sWebkitPrefixedAliasesEnabled is true.)
enum WebkitBoxUnprefixState : uint8_t {
eNotParsingDecls, // We are *not* currently parsing a sequence of
// CSS declarations. (default state)
// The next two enum values indicate that we *are* currently parsing a
// sequence of declarations (in ParseDeclarations or ParseDeclarationBlock)
// and...
eHaveNotUnprefixed, // ...we have not unprefixed 'display:-webkit-box' in
// this sequence of CSS declarations.
eHaveUnprefixed // ...we *have* unprefixed 'display:-webkit-box' earlier in
// this sequence of CSS declarations.
};
WebkitBoxUnprefixState mWebkitBoxUnprefixState;
// Stack of rule groups; used for @media and such.
InfallibleTArray<RefPtr<css::GroupRule> > mGroupStack;
// During the parsing of a property (which may be a shorthand), the data
// are stored in |mTempData|. (It is needed to ensure that parser
// errors cause the data to be ignored, and to ensure that a
// non-'!important' declaration does not override an '!important'
// one.)
nsCSSExpandedDataBlock mTempData;
// All data from successfully parsed properties are placed into |mData|.
nsCSSExpandedDataBlock mData;
public:
// Used from nsCSSParser constructors and destructors
CSSParserImpl* mNextFree;
};
static void AssignRuleToPointer(css::Rule* aRule, void* aPointer)
{
css::Rule **pointer = static_cast<css::Rule**>(aPointer);
NS_ADDREF(*pointer = aRule);
}
static void AppendRuleToSheet(css::Rule* aRule, void* aParser)
{
CSSParserImpl* parser = (CSSParserImpl*) aParser;
parser->AppendRule(aRule);
}
#define REPORT_UNEXPECTED(msg_) \
{ if (!mSuppressErrors) mReporter->ReportUnexpected(#msg_); }
#define REPORT_UNEXPECTED_P(msg_, param_) \
{ if (!mSuppressErrors) mReporter->ReportUnexpected(#msg_, param_); }
#define REPORT_UNEXPECTED_P_V(msg_, param_, value_) \
{ if (!mSuppressErrors) mReporter->ReportUnexpected(#msg_, param_, value_); }
#define REPORT_UNEXPECTED_TOKEN(msg_) \
{ if (!mSuppressErrors) mReporter->ReportUnexpected(#msg_, mToken); }
#define REPORT_UNEXPECTED_TOKEN_CHAR(msg_, ch_) \
{ if (!mSuppressErrors) mReporter->ReportUnexpected(#msg_, mToken, ch_); }
#define REPORT_UNEXPECTED_EOF(lf_) \
mReporter->ReportUnexpectedEOF(#lf_)
#define REPORT_UNEXPECTED_EOF_CHAR(ch_) \
mReporter->ReportUnexpectedEOF(ch_)
#define OUTPUT_ERROR() \
mReporter->OutputError()
#define OUTPUT_ERROR_WITH_POSITION(linenum_, lineoff_) \
mReporter->OutputError(linenum_, lineoff_)
#define CLEAR_ERROR() \
mReporter->ClearError()
CSSParserImpl::CSSParserImpl()
: mToken(),
mScanner(nullptr),
mReporter(nullptr),
mChildLoader(nullptr),
mReusableSheets(nullptr),
mSection(eCSSSection_Charset),
mNameSpaceMap(nullptr),
mHavePushBack(false),
mNavQuirkMode(false),
mHashlessColorQuirk(false),
mUnitlessLengthQuirk(false),
mParsingMode(css::eAuthorSheetFeatures),
mIsChrome(false),
mIsSVGMode(false),
mViewportUnitsEnabled(true),
mParsingCompoundProperty(false),
mInSupportsCondition(false),
mInFailingSupportsRule(false),
mSuppressErrors(false),
mSheetPrincipalRequired(true),
mWebkitBoxUnprefixState(eNotParsingDecls),
mNextFree(nullptr)
{
}
CSSParserImpl::~CSSParserImpl()
{
mData.AssertInitialState();
mTempData.AssertInitialState();
}
nsresult
CSSParserImpl::SetStyleSheet(CSSStyleSheet* aSheet)
{
if (aSheet != mSheet) {
// Switch to using the new sheet, if any
mGroupStack.Clear();
mSheet = aSheet;
if (mSheet) {
mNameSpaceMap = mSheet->GetNameSpaceMap();
} else {
mNameSpaceMap = nullptr;
}
} else if (mSheet) {
mNameSpaceMap = mSheet->GetNameSpaceMap();
}
return NS_OK;
}
nsIDocument*
CSSParserImpl::GetDocument()
{
if (!mSheet) {
return nullptr;
}
return mSheet->GetAssociatedDocument();
}
nsresult
CSSParserImpl::SetQuirkMode(bool aQuirkMode)
{
mNavQuirkMode = aQuirkMode;
return NS_OK;
}
nsresult
CSSParserImpl::SetChildLoader(mozilla::css::Loader* aChildLoader)
{
mChildLoader = aChildLoader; // not ref counted, it owns us
return NS_OK;
}
void
CSSParserImpl::Reset()
{
NS_ASSERTION(!mScanner, "resetting with scanner active");
SetStyleSheet(nullptr);
SetQuirkMode(false);
SetChildLoader(nullptr);
}
void
CSSParserImpl::InitScanner(nsCSSScanner& aScanner,
css::ErrorReporter& aReporter,
nsIURI* aSheetURI, nsIURI* aBaseURI,
nsIPrincipal* aSheetPrincipal)
{
NS_PRECONDITION(!mParsingCompoundProperty, "Bad initial state");
NS_PRECONDITION(!mScanner, "already have scanner");
mScanner = &aScanner;
mReporter = &aReporter;
mScanner->SetErrorReporter(mReporter);
mBaseURI = aBaseURI;
mSheetURI = aSheetURI;
mSheetPrincipal = aSheetPrincipal;
mHavePushBack = false;
}
void
CSSParserImpl::ReleaseScanner()
{
mScanner = nullptr;
mReporter = nullptr;
mBaseURI = nullptr;
mSheetURI = nullptr;
mSheetPrincipal = nullptr;
}
nsresult
CSSParserImpl::ParseSheet(const nsAString& aInput,
nsIURI* aSheetURI,
nsIURI* aBaseURI,
nsIPrincipal* aSheetPrincipal,
uint32_t aLineNumber,
css::LoaderReusableStyleSheets* aReusableSheets)
{
NS_PRECONDITION(aSheetPrincipal, "Must have principal here!");
NS_PRECONDITION(aBaseURI, "need base URI");
NS_PRECONDITION(aSheetURI, "need sheet URI");
NS_PRECONDITION(mSheet, "Must have sheet to parse into");
NS_ENSURE_STATE(mSheet);
#ifdef DEBUG
nsIURI* uri = mSheet->GetSheetURI();
bool equal;
NS_ASSERTION(NS_SUCCEEDED(aSheetURI->Equals(uri, &equal)) && equal,
"Sheet URI does not match passed URI");
NS_ASSERTION(NS_SUCCEEDED(mSheet->Principal()->Equals(aSheetPrincipal,
&equal)) &&
equal,
"Sheet principal does not match passed principal");
#endif
nsCSSScanner scanner(aInput, aLineNumber);
css::ErrorReporter reporter(scanner, mSheet, mChildLoader, aSheetURI);
InitScanner(scanner, reporter, aSheetURI, aBaseURI, aSheetPrincipal);
int32_t ruleCount = mSheet->StyleRuleCount();
if (0 < ruleCount) {
const css::Rule* lastRule = mSheet->GetStyleRuleAt(ruleCount - 1);
if (lastRule) {
switch (lastRule->GetType()) {
case css::Rule::CHARSET_RULE:
case css::Rule::IMPORT_RULE:
mSection = eCSSSection_Import;
break;
case css::Rule::NAMESPACE_RULE:
mSection = eCSSSection_NameSpace;
break;
default:
mSection = eCSSSection_General;
break;
}
}
}
else {
mSection = eCSSSection_Charset; // sheet is empty, any rules are fair
}
mParsingMode = mSheet->ParsingMode();
mIsChrome = dom::IsChromeURI(aSheetURI);
mReusableSheets = aReusableSheets;
nsCSSToken* tk = &mToken;
for (;;) {
// Get next non-whitespace token
if (!GetToken(true)) {
OUTPUT_ERROR();
break;
}
if (eCSSToken_HTMLComment == tk->mType) {
continue; // legal here only
}
if (eCSSToken_AtKeyword == tk->mType) {
ParseAtRule(AppendRuleToSheet, this, false);
continue;
}
UngetToken();
if (ParseRuleSet(AppendRuleToSheet, this)) {
mSection = eCSSSection_General;
}
}
ReleaseScanner();
mParsingMode = css::eAuthorSheetFeatures;
mIsChrome = false;
mReusableSheets = nullptr;
return NS_OK;
}
/**
* Determines whether the identifier contained in the given string is a
* vendor-specific identifier, as described in CSS 2.1 section 4.1.2.1.
*/
static bool
NonMozillaVendorIdentifier(const nsAString& ident)
{
return (ident.First() == char16_t('-') &&
!StringBeginsWith(ident, NS_LITERAL_STRING("-moz-"))) ||
ident.First() == char16_t('_');
}
already_AddRefed<css::Declaration>
CSSParserImpl::ParseStyleAttribute(const nsAString& aAttributeValue,
nsIURI* aDocURI,
nsIURI* aBaseURI,
nsIPrincipal* aNodePrincipal)
{
NS_PRECONDITION(aNodePrincipal, "Must have principal here!");
NS_PRECONDITION(aBaseURI, "need base URI");
// XXX line number?
nsCSSScanner scanner(aAttributeValue, 0);
css::ErrorReporter reporter(scanner, mSheet, mChildLoader, aDocURI);
InitScanner(scanner, reporter, aDocURI, aBaseURI, aNodePrincipal);
mSection = eCSSSection_General;
uint32_t parseFlags = eParseDeclaration_AllowImportant;
RefPtr<css::Declaration> declaration = ParseDeclarationBlock(parseFlags);
ReleaseScanner();
return declaration.forget();
}
nsresult
CSSParserImpl::ParseDeclarations(const nsAString& aBuffer,
nsIURI* aSheetURI,
nsIURI* aBaseURI,
nsIPrincipal* aSheetPrincipal,
css::Declaration* aDeclaration,
bool* aChanged)
{
*aChanged = false;
NS_PRECONDITION(aSheetPrincipal, "Must have principal here!");
nsCSSScanner scanner(aBuffer, 0);
css::ErrorReporter reporter(scanner, mSheet, mChildLoader, aSheetURI);
InitScanner(scanner, reporter, aSheetURI, aBaseURI, aSheetPrincipal);
MOZ_ASSERT(mWebkitBoxUnprefixState == eNotParsingDecls,
"Someone forgot to clear mWebkitBoxUnprefixState!");
AutoRestore<WebkitBoxUnprefixState> autoRestore(mWebkitBoxUnprefixState);
mWebkitBoxUnprefixState = eHaveNotUnprefixed;
mSection = eCSSSection_General;
mData.AssertInitialState();
aDeclaration->ClearData();
// We could check if it was already empty, but...
*aChanged = true;
for (;;) {
// If we cleared the old decl, then we want to be calling
// ValueAppended as we parse.
if (!ParseDeclaration(aDeclaration, eParseDeclaration_AllowImportant,
true, aChanged)) {
if (!SkipDeclaration(false)) {
break;
}
}
}
aDeclaration->CompressFrom(&mData);
ReleaseScanner();
return NS_OK;
}
nsresult
CSSParserImpl::ParseRule(const nsAString& aRule,
nsIURI* aSheetURI,
nsIURI* aBaseURI,
nsIPrincipal* aSheetPrincipal,
css::Rule** aResult)
{
NS_PRECONDITION(aSheetPrincipal, "Must have principal here!");
NS_PRECONDITION(aBaseURI, "need base URI");
*aResult = nullptr;
nsCSSScanner scanner(aRule, 0);
css::ErrorReporter reporter(scanner, mSheet, mChildLoader, aSheetURI);
InitScanner(scanner, reporter, aSheetURI, aBaseURI, aSheetPrincipal);
mSection = eCSSSection_Charset; // callers are responsible for rejecting invalid rules.
nsCSSToken* tk = &mToken;
// Get first non-whitespace token
nsresult rv = NS_OK;
if (!GetToken(true)) {
REPORT_UNEXPECTED(PEParseRuleWSOnly);
OUTPUT_ERROR();
rv = NS_ERROR_DOM_SYNTAX_ERR;
} else {
if (eCSSToken_AtKeyword == tk->mType) {
// FIXME: perhaps aInsideBlock should be true when we are?
ParseAtRule(AssignRuleToPointer, aResult, false);
} else {
UngetToken();
ParseRuleSet(AssignRuleToPointer, aResult);
}
if (*aResult && GetToken(true)) {
// garbage after rule
REPORT_UNEXPECTED_TOKEN(PERuleTrailing);
NS_RELEASE(*aResult);
}
if (!*aResult) {
rv = NS_ERROR_DOM_SYNTAX_ERR;
OUTPUT_ERROR();
}
}
ReleaseScanner();
return rv;
}
void
CSSParserImpl::ParseLonghandProperty(const nsCSSPropertyID aPropID,
const nsAString& aPropValue,
nsIURI* aSheetURL,
nsIURI* aBaseURL,
nsIPrincipal* aSheetPrincipal,
nsCSSValue& aValue)
{
MOZ_ASSERT(aPropID < eCSSProperty_COUNT_no_shorthands,
"ParseLonghandProperty must only take a longhand property");
RefPtr<css::Declaration> declaration = new css::Declaration;
declaration->InitializeEmpty();
bool changed;
ParseProperty(aPropID, aPropValue, aSheetURL, aBaseURL, aSheetPrincipal,
declaration, &changed,
/* aIsImportant */ false,
/* aIsSVGMode */ false);
if (changed) {
aValue = *declaration->GetNormalBlock()->ValueFor(aPropID);
} else {
aValue.Reset();
}
}
bool
CSSParserImpl::ParseTransformProperty(const nsAString& aPropValue,
bool aDisallowRelativeValues,
nsCSSValue& aValue)
{
RefPtr<css::Declaration> declaration = new css::Declaration();
declaration->InitializeEmpty();
mData.AssertInitialState();
mTempData.AssertInitialState();
nsCSSScanner scanner(aPropValue, 0);
css::ErrorReporter reporter(scanner, mSheet, mChildLoader, nullptr);
InitScanner(scanner, reporter, nullptr, nullptr, nullptr);
bool parsedOK = ParseTransform(false, aDisallowRelativeValues);
// We should now be at EOF
if (parsedOK && GetToken(true)) {
parsedOK = false;
}
bool changed = false;
if (parsedOK) {
declaration->ExpandTo(&mData);
changed = mData.TransferFromBlock(mTempData, eCSSProperty_transform,
EnabledState(), false,
true, false, declaration,
GetDocument());
declaration->CompressFrom(&mData);
}
if (changed) {
aValue = *declaration->GetNormalBlock()->ValueFor(eCSSProperty_transform);
} else {
aValue.Reset();
}
ReleaseScanner();
return parsedOK;
}
void
CSSParserImpl::ParseProperty(const nsCSSPropertyID aPropID,
const nsAString& aPropValue,
nsIURI* aSheetURI,
nsIURI* aBaseURI,
nsIPrincipal* aSheetPrincipal,
css::Declaration* aDeclaration,
bool* aChanged,
bool aIsImportant,
bool aIsSVGMode)
{
NS_PRECONDITION(aSheetPrincipal, "Must have principal here!");
NS_PRECONDITION(aBaseURI, "need base URI");
NS_PRECONDITION(aDeclaration, "Need declaration to parse into!");
MOZ_ASSERT(aPropID != eCSSPropertyExtra_variable);
mData.AssertInitialState();
mTempData.AssertInitialState();
aDeclaration->AssertMutable();
nsCSSScanner scanner(aPropValue, 0);
css::ErrorReporter reporter(scanner, mSheet, mChildLoader, aSheetURI);
InitScanner(scanner, reporter, aSheetURI, aBaseURI, aSheetPrincipal);
mSection = eCSSSection_General;
*aChanged = false;
// Check for unknown or preffed off properties
if (eCSSProperty_UNKNOWN == aPropID ||
!nsCSSProps::IsEnabled(aPropID, EnabledState())) {
NS_ConvertASCIItoUTF16 propName(nsCSSProps::GetStringValue(aPropID));
REPORT_UNEXPECTED_P(PEUnknownProperty, propName);
REPORT_UNEXPECTED(PEDeclDropped);
OUTPUT_ERROR();
ReleaseScanner();
return;
}
mIsSVGMode = aIsSVGMode;
bool parsedOK = ParseProperty(aPropID);
// We should now be at EOF
if (parsedOK && GetToken(true)) {
REPORT_UNEXPECTED_TOKEN(PEExpectEndValue);
parsedOK = false;
}
if (!parsedOK) {
NS_ConvertASCIItoUTF16 propName(nsCSSProps::GetStringValue(aPropID));
REPORT_UNEXPECTED_P(PEValueParsingError, propName);
REPORT_UNEXPECTED(PEDeclDropped);
OUTPUT_ERROR();
mTempData.ClearProperty(aPropID);
} else {
// We know we don't need to force a ValueAppended call for the new
// value. So if we are not processing a shorthand, and there's
// already a value for this property in the declaration at the
// same importance level, then we can just copy our parsed value
// directly into the declaration without going through the whole
// expand/compress thing.
if (!aDeclaration->TryReplaceValue(aPropID, aIsImportant, mTempData,
aChanged)) {
// Do it the slow way
aDeclaration->ExpandTo(&mData);
*aChanged = mData.TransferFromBlock(mTempData, aPropID,
EnabledState(), aIsImportant,
true, false, aDeclaration,
GetDocument());
aDeclaration->CompressFrom(&mData);
}
CLEAR_ERROR();
}
mTempData.AssertInitialState();
mIsSVGMode = false;
ReleaseScanner();
}
void
CSSParserImpl::ParseVariable(const nsAString& aVariableName,
const nsAString& aPropValue,
nsIURI* aSheetURI,
nsIURI* aBaseURI,
nsIPrincipal* aSheetPrincipal,
css::Declaration* aDeclaration,
bool* aChanged,
bool aIsImportant)
{
NS_PRECONDITION(aSheetPrincipal, "Must have principal here!");
NS_PRECONDITION(aBaseURI, "need base URI");
NS_PRECONDITION(aDeclaration, "Need declaration to parse into!");
mData.AssertInitialState();
mTempData.AssertInitialState();
aDeclaration->AssertMutable();
nsCSSScanner scanner(aPropValue, 0);
css::ErrorReporter reporter(scanner, mSheet, mChildLoader, aSheetURI);
InitScanner(scanner, reporter, aSheetURI, aBaseURI, aSheetPrincipal);
mSection = eCSSSection_General;
*aChanged = false;
CSSVariableDeclarations::Type variableType;
nsString variableValue;
bool parsedOK = ParseVariableDeclaration(&variableType, variableValue);
// We should now be at EOF
if (parsedOK && GetToken(true)) {
REPORT_UNEXPECTED_TOKEN(PEExpectEndValue);
parsedOK = false;
}
if (!parsedOK) {
REPORT_UNEXPECTED_P(PEValueParsingError, NS_LITERAL_STRING("--") +
aVariableName);
REPORT_UNEXPECTED(PEDeclDropped);
OUTPUT_ERROR();
} else {
CLEAR_ERROR();
aDeclaration->AddVariable(aVariableName, variableType,
variableValue, aIsImportant, true);
*aChanged = true;
}
mTempData.AssertInitialState();
ReleaseScanner();
}
void
CSSParserImpl::ParseMediaList(const nsSubstring& aBuffer,
nsIURI* aURI, // for error reporting
uint32_t aLineNumber, // for error reporting
nsMediaList* aMediaList)
{
// XXX Are there cases where the caller wants to keep what it already
// has in case of parser error? If GatherMedia ever changes to return
// a value other than true, we probably should avoid modifying aMediaList.
aMediaList->Clear();
// fake base URI since media lists don't have URIs in them
nsCSSScanner scanner(aBuffer, aLineNumber);
css::ErrorReporter reporter(scanner, mSheet, mChildLoader, aURI);
InitScanner(scanner, reporter, aURI, aURI, nullptr);
DebugOnly<bool> parsedOK = GatherMedia(aMediaList, false);
NS_ASSERTION(parsedOK, "GatherMedia returned false; we probably want to avoid "
"trashing aMediaList");
CLEAR_ERROR();
ReleaseScanner();
}
// <source-size-list> = <source-size>#?
// <source-size> = <media-condition>? <length>
bool
CSSParserImpl::ParseSourceSizeList(const nsAString& aBuffer,
nsIURI* aURI, // for error reporting
uint32_t aLineNumber, // for error reporting
InfallibleTArray< nsAutoPtr<nsMediaQuery> >& aQueries,
InfallibleTArray<nsCSSValue>& aValues)
{
aQueries.Clear();
aValues.Clear();
// fake base URI since media value lists don't have URIs in them
nsCSSScanner scanner(aBuffer, aLineNumber);
css::ErrorReporter reporter(scanner, mSheet, mChildLoader, aURI);
InitScanner(scanner, reporter, aURI, aURI, nullptr);
// https://html.spec.whatwg.org/multipage/embedded-content.html#parse-a-sizes-attribute
bool hitEnd = false;
do {
bool hitError = false;
// Parse single <media-condition> <source-size-value>
do {
nsAutoPtr<nsMediaQuery> query;
nsCSSValue value;
bool hitStop;
if (!ParseMediaQuery(eMediaQuerySingleCondition, getter_Transfers(query),
&hitStop)) {
NS_ASSERTION(!hitStop, "should return true when hit stop");
hitError = true;
break;
}
if (!query) {
REPORT_UNEXPECTED_EOF(PEParseSourceSizeListEOF);
NS_ASSERTION(hitStop,
"should return hitStop or an error if returning no query");
hitError = true;
break;
}
if (hitStop) {
// Empty conditions (e.g. just a bare value) should be treated as always
// matching (a query with no expressions fails to match, so a negated one
// always matches.)
query->SetNegated();
}
// https://html.spec.whatwg.org/multipage/embedded-content.html#source-size-value
// Percentages are not allowed in a <source-size-value>, to avoid
// confusion about what it would be relative to.
if (ParseNonNegativeVariant(value, VARIANT_LCALC, nullptr) !=
CSSParseResult::Ok) {
hitError = true;
break;
}
if (GetToken(true)) {
if (!mToken.IsSymbol(',')) {
REPORT_UNEXPECTED_TOKEN(PEParseSourceSizeListNotComma);
hitError = true;
break;
}
} else {
hitEnd = true;
}
aQueries.AppendElement(query.forget());
aValues.AppendElement(value);
} while(0);
if (hitError) {
OUTPUT_ERROR();
// Per spec, we just skip the current entry if there was a parse error.
// Jumps to next entry of <source-size-list> which is a comma-separated list.
if (!SkipUntil(',')) {
hitEnd = true;
}
}
} while (!hitEnd);
CLEAR_ERROR();
ReleaseScanner();
return !aQueries.IsEmpty();
}
bool
CSSParserImpl::ParseColorString(const nsSubstring& aBuffer,
nsIURI* aURI, // for error reporting
uint32_t aLineNumber, // for error reporting
nsCSSValue& aValue,
bool aSuppressErrors /* false */)
{
nsCSSScanner scanner(aBuffer, aLineNumber);
css::ErrorReporter reporter(scanner, mSheet, mChildLoader, aURI);
InitScanner(scanner, reporter, aURI, aURI, nullptr);
nsAutoSuppressErrors suppressErrors(this, aSuppressErrors);
// Parse a color, and check that there's nothing else after it.
bool colorParsed = ParseColor(aValue) == CSSParseResult::Ok &&
!GetToken(true);
if (aSuppressErrors) {
CLEAR_ERROR();
} else {
OUTPUT_ERROR();
}
ReleaseScanner();
return colorParsed;
}
bool
CSSParserImpl::ParseMarginString(const nsSubstring& aBuffer,
nsIURI* aURI, // for error reporting
uint32_t aLineNumber, // for error reporting
nsCSSValue& aValue,
bool aSuppressErrors /* false */)
{
nsCSSScanner scanner(aBuffer, aLineNumber);
css::ErrorReporter reporter(scanner, mSheet, mChildLoader, aURI);
InitScanner(scanner, reporter, aURI, aURI, nullptr);
nsAutoSuppressErrors suppressErrors(this, aSuppressErrors);
// Parse a margin, and check that there's nothing else after it.
bool marginParsed = ParseGroupedBoxProperty(VARIANT_LP, aValue, 0) && !GetToken(true);
if (aSuppressErrors) {
CLEAR_ERROR();
} else {
OUTPUT_ERROR();
}
ReleaseScanner();
return marginParsed;
}
bool
CSSParserImpl::ParseFontFamilyListString(const nsSubstring& aBuffer,
nsIURI* aURI, // for error reporting
uint32_t aLineNumber, // for error reporting
nsCSSValue& aValue)
{
nsCSSScanner scanner(aBuffer, aLineNumber);
css::ErrorReporter reporter(scanner, mSheet, mChildLoader, aURI);
InitScanner(scanner, reporter, aURI, aURI, nullptr);
// Parse a font family list, and check that there's nothing else after it.
bool familyParsed = ParseFamily(aValue) && !GetToken(true);
OUTPUT_ERROR();
ReleaseScanner();
return familyParsed;
}
nsresult
CSSParserImpl::ParseSelectorString(const nsSubstring& aSelectorString,
nsIURI* aURI, // for error reporting
uint32_t aLineNumber, // for error reporting
nsCSSSelectorList **aSelectorList)
{
nsCSSScanner scanner(aSelectorString, aLineNumber);
css::ErrorReporter reporter(scanner, mSheet, mChildLoader, aURI);
InitScanner(scanner, reporter, aURI, aURI, nullptr);
bool success = ParseSelectorList(*aSelectorList, char16_t(0));
// We deliberately do not call OUTPUT_ERROR here, because all our
// callers map a failure return to a JS exception, and if that JS
// exception is caught, people don't want to see parser diagnostics;
// see e.g. http://bugs.jquery.com/ticket/7535
// It would be nice to be able to save the parser diagnostics into
// the exception, so that if it _isn't_ caught we can report them
// along with the usual uncaught-exception message, but we don't
// have any way to do that at present; see bug 631621.
CLEAR_ERROR();
ReleaseScanner();
if (success) {
NS_ASSERTION(*aSelectorList, "Should have list!");
return NS_OK;
}
NS_ASSERTION(!*aSelectorList, "Shouldn't have list!");
return NS_ERROR_DOM_SYNTAX_ERR;
}
already_AddRefed<nsCSSKeyframeRule>
CSSParserImpl::ParseKeyframeRule(const nsSubstring& aBuffer,
nsIURI* aURI,
uint32_t aLineNumber)
{
nsCSSScanner scanner(aBuffer, aLineNumber);
css::ErrorReporter reporter(scanner, mSheet, mChildLoader, aURI);
InitScanner(scanner, reporter, aURI, aURI, nullptr);
RefPtr<nsCSSKeyframeRule> result = ParseKeyframeRule();
if (GetToken(true)) {
// extra garbage at the end
result = nullptr;
}
OUTPUT_ERROR();
ReleaseScanner();
return result.forget();
}
bool
CSSParserImpl::ParseKeyframeSelectorString(const nsSubstring& aSelectorString,
nsIURI* aURI, // for error reporting
uint32_t aLineNumber, // for error reporting
InfallibleTArray<float>& aSelectorList)
{
MOZ_ASSERT(aSelectorList.IsEmpty(), "given list should start empty");
nsCSSScanner scanner(aSelectorString, aLineNumber);
css::ErrorReporter reporter(scanner, mSheet, mChildLoader, aURI);
InitScanner(scanner, reporter, aURI, aURI, nullptr);
bool success = ParseKeyframeSelectorList(aSelectorList) &&
// must consume entire input string
!GetToken(true);
OUTPUT_ERROR();
ReleaseScanner();
if (success) {
NS_ASSERTION(!aSelectorList.IsEmpty(), "should not be empty");
} else {
aSelectorList.Clear();
}
return success;
}
bool
CSSParserImpl::EvaluateSupportsDeclaration(const nsAString& aProperty,
const nsAString& aValue,
nsIURI* aDocURL,
nsIURI* aBaseURL,
nsIPrincipal* aDocPrincipal)
{
nsCSSPropertyID propID = LookupEnabledProperty(aProperty);
if (propID == eCSSProperty_UNKNOWN) {
return false;
}
nsCSSScanner scanner(aValue, 0);
css::ErrorReporter reporter(scanner, mSheet, mChildLoader, aDocURL);
InitScanner(scanner, reporter, aDocURL, aBaseURL, aDocPrincipal);
nsAutoSuppressErrors suppressErrors(this);
bool parsedOK;
if (propID == eCSSPropertyExtra_variable) {
MOZ_ASSERT(Substring(aProperty, 0,
CSS_CUSTOM_NAME_PREFIX_LENGTH).EqualsLiteral("--"));
const nsDependentSubstring varName =
Substring(aProperty, CSS_CUSTOM_NAME_PREFIX_LENGTH); // remove '--'
CSSVariableDeclarations::Type variableType;
nsString variableValue;
parsedOK = ParseVariableDeclaration(&variableType, variableValue) &&
!GetToken(true);
} else {
parsedOK = ParseProperty(propID) && !GetToken(true);
mTempData.ClearProperty(propID);
mTempData.AssertInitialState();
}
CLEAR_ERROR();
ReleaseScanner();
return parsedOK;
}
bool
CSSParserImpl::EvaluateSupportsCondition(const nsAString& aDeclaration,
nsIURI* aDocURL,
nsIURI* aBaseURL,
nsIPrincipal* aDocPrincipal,
SupportsParsingSettings aSettings)
{
nsCSSScanner scanner(aDeclaration, 0);
css::ErrorReporter reporter(scanner, mSheet, mChildLoader, aDocURL);
InitScanner(scanner, reporter, aDocURL, aBaseURL, aDocPrincipal);
nsAutoSuppressErrors suppressErrors(this);
bool conditionMet;
bool parsedOK;
if (aSettings == SupportsParsingSettings::ImpliedParentheses) {
parsedOK = ParseSupportsConditionInParensInsideParens(conditionMet) && !GetToken(true);
} else {
parsedOK = ParseSupportsCondition(conditionMet) && !GetToken(true);
}
CLEAR_ERROR();
ReleaseScanner();
return parsedOK && conditionMet;
}
bool
CSSParserImpl::EnumerateVariableReferences(const nsAString& aPropertyValue,
VariableEnumFunc aFunc,
void* aData)
{
nsCSSScanner scanner(aPropertyValue, 0);
css::ErrorReporter reporter(scanner, nullptr, nullptr, nullptr);
InitScanner(scanner, reporter, nullptr, nullptr, nullptr);
nsAutoSuppressErrors suppressErrors(this);
CSSVariableDeclarations::Type type;
bool dropBackslash;
nsString impliedCharacters;
bool result = ParseValueWithVariables(&type, &dropBackslash,
impliedCharacters, aFunc, aData) &&
!GetToken(true);
ReleaseScanner();
return result;
}
static bool
SeparatorRequiredBetweenTokens(nsCSSTokenSerializationType aToken1,
nsCSSTokenSerializationType aToken2)
{
// The two lines marked with (*) do not correspond to entries in
// the table in the css-syntax spec but which we need to handle,
// as we treat them as whole tokens.
switch (aToken1) {
case eCSSTokenSerialization_Ident:
return aToken2 == eCSSTokenSerialization_Ident ||
aToken2 == eCSSTokenSerialization_Function ||
aToken2 == eCSSTokenSerialization_URL_or_BadURL ||
aToken2 == eCSSTokenSerialization_Symbol_Minus ||
aToken2 == eCSSTokenSerialization_Number ||
aToken2 == eCSSTokenSerialization_Percentage ||
aToken2 == eCSSTokenSerialization_Dimension ||
aToken2 == eCSSTokenSerialization_URange ||
aToken2 == eCSSTokenSerialization_CDC ||
aToken2 == eCSSTokenSerialization_Symbol_OpenParen;
case eCSSTokenSerialization_AtKeyword_or_Hash:
case eCSSTokenSerialization_Dimension:
return aToken2 == eCSSTokenSerialization_Ident ||
aToken2 == eCSSTokenSerialization_Function ||
aToken2 == eCSSTokenSerialization_URL_or_BadURL ||
aToken2 == eCSSTokenSerialization_Symbol_Minus ||
aToken2 == eCSSTokenSerialization_Number ||
aToken2 == eCSSTokenSerialization_Percentage ||
aToken2 == eCSSTokenSerialization_Dimension ||
aToken2 == eCSSTokenSerialization_URange ||
aToken2 == eCSSTokenSerialization_CDC;
case eCSSTokenSerialization_Symbol_Hash:
case eCSSTokenSerialization_Symbol_Minus:
return aToken2 == eCSSTokenSerialization_Ident ||
aToken2 == eCSSTokenSerialization_Function ||
aToken2 == eCSSTokenSerialization_URL_or_BadURL ||
aToken2 == eCSSTokenSerialization_Symbol_Minus ||
aToken2 == eCSSTokenSerialization_Number ||
aToken2 == eCSSTokenSerialization_Percentage ||
aToken2 == eCSSTokenSerialization_Dimension ||
aToken2 == eCSSTokenSerialization_URange;
case eCSSTokenSerialization_Number:
return aToken2 == eCSSTokenSerialization_Ident ||
aToken2 == eCSSTokenSerialization_Function ||
aToken2 == eCSSTokenSerialization_URL_or_BadURL ||
aToken2 == eCSSTokenSerialization_Number ||
aToken2 == eCSSTokenSerialization_Percentage ||
aToken2 == eCSSTokenSerialization_Dimension ||
aToken2 == eCSSTokenSerialization_URange;
case eCSSTokenSerialization_Symbol_At:
return aToken2 == eCSSTokenSerialization_Ident ||
aToken2 == eCSSTokenSerialization_Function ||
aToken2 == eCSSTokenSerialization_URL_or_BadURL ||
aToken2 == eCSSTokenSerialization_Symbol_Minus ||
aToken2 == eCSSTokenSerialization_URange;
case eCSSTokenSerialization_URange:
return aToken2 == eCSSTokenSerialization_Ident ||
aToken2 == eCSSTokenSerialization_Function ||
aToken2 == eCSSTokenSerialization_Number ||
aToken2 == eCSSTokenSerialization_Percentage ||
aToken2 == eCSSTokenSerialization_Dimension ||
aToken2 == eCSSTokenSerialization_Symbol_Question;
case eCSSTokenSerialization_Symbol_Dot_or_Plus:
return aToken2 == eCSSTokenSerialization_Number ||
aToken2 == eCSSTokenSerialization_Percentage ||
aToken2 == eCSSTokenSerialization_Dimension;
case eCSSTokenSerialization_Symbol_Assorted:
case eCSSTokenSerialization_Symbol_Asterisk:
return aToken2 == eCSSTokenSerialization_Symbol_Equals;
case eCSSTokenSerialization_Symbol_Bar:
return aToken2 == eCSSTokenSerialization_Symbol_Equals ||
aToken2 == eCSSTokenSerialization_Symbol_Bar ||
aToken2 == eCSSTokenSerialization_DashMatch; // (*)
case eCSSTokenSerialization_Symbol_Slash:
return aToken2 == eCSSTokenSerialization_Symbol_Asterisk ||
aToken2 == eCSSTokenSerialization_ContainsMatch; // (*)
default:
MOZ_ASSERT(aToken1 == eCSSTokenSerialization_Nothing ||
aToken1 == eCSSTokenSerialization_Whitespace ||
aToken1 == eCSSTokenSerialization_Percentage ||
aToken1 == eCSSTokenSerialization_URL_or_BadURL ||
aToken1 == eCSSTokenSerialization_Function ||
aToken1 == eCSSTokenSerialization_CDC ||
aToken1 == eCSSTokenSerialization_Symbol_OpenParen ||
aToken1 == eCSSTokenSerialization_Symbol_Question ||
aToken1 == eCSSTokenSerialization_Symbol_Assorted ||
aToken1 == eCSSTokenSerialization_Symbol_Asterisk ||
aToken1 == eCSSTokenSerialization_Symbol_Equals ||
aToken1 == eCSSTokenSerialization_Symbol_Bar ||
aToken1 == eCSSTokenSerialization_Symbol_Slash ||
aToken1 == eCSSTokenSerialization_Other,
"unexpected nsCSSTokenSerializationType value");
return false;
}
}
/**
* Appends aValue to aResult, possibly inserting an empty CSS
* comment between the two to ensure that tokens from both strings
* remain separated.
*/
static void
AppendTokens(nsAString& aResult,
nsCSSTokenSerializationType& aResultFirstToken,
nsCSSTokenSerializationType& aResultLastToken,
nsCSSTokenSerializationType aValueFirstToken,
nsCSSTokenSerializationType aValueLastToken,
const nsAString& aValue)
{
if (SeparatorRequiredBetweenTokens(aResultLastToken, aValueFirstToken)) {
aResult.AppendLiteral("/**/");
}
aResult.Append(aValue);
if (aResultFirstToken == eCSSTokenSerialization_Nothing) {
aResultFirstToken = aValueFirstToken;
}
if (aValueLastToken != eCSSTokenSerialization_Nothing) {
aResultLastToken = aValueLastToken;
}
}
/**
* Stops the given scanner recording, and appends the recorded result
* to aResult, possibly inserting an empty CSS comment between the two to
* ensure that tokens from both strings remain separated.
*/
static void
StopRecordingAndAppendTokens(nsString& aResult,
nsCSSTokenSerializationType& aResultFirstToken,
nsCSSTokenSerializationType& aResultLastToken,
nsCSSTokenSerializationType aValueFirstToken,
nsCSSTokenSerializationType aValueLastToken,
nsCSSScanner* aScanner)
{
if (SeparatorRequiredBetweenTokens(aResultLastToken, aValueFirstToken)) {
aResult.AppendLiteral("/**/");
}
aScanner->StopRecording(aResult);
if (aResultFirstToken == eCSSTokenSerialization_Nothing) {
aResultFirstToken = aValueFirstToken;
}
if (aValueLastToken != eCSSTokenSerialization_Nothing) {
aResultLastToken = aValueLastToken;
}
}
bool
CSSParserImpl::ResolveValueWithVariableReferencesRec(
nsString& aResult,
nsCSSTokenSerializationType& aResultFirstToken,
nsCSSTokenSerializationType& aResultLastToken,
const CSSVariableValues* aVariables)
{
// This function assumes we are already recording, and will leave the scanner
// recording when it returns.
MOZ_ASSERT(mScanner->IsRecording());
MOZ_ASSERT(aResult.IsEmpty());
// Stack of closing characters for currently open constructs.
AutoTArray<char16_t, 16> stack;
// The resolved value for this ResolveValueWithVariableReferencesRec call.
nsString value;
// The length of the scanner's recording before the currently parsed token.
// This is used so that when we encounter a "var(" token, we can strip
// it off the end of the recording, regardless of how long the token was.
// (With escapes, it could be longer than four characters.)
uint32_t lengthBeforeVar = 0;
// Tracking the type of token that appears at the start and end of |value|
// and that appears at the start and end of the scanner recording. These are
// used to determine whether we need to insert "/**/" when pasting token
// streams together.
nsCSSTokenSerializationType valueFirstToken = eCSSTokenSerialization_Nothing,
valueLastToken = eCSSTokenSerialization_Nothing,
recFirstToken = eCSSTokenSerialization_Nothing,
recLastToken = eCSSTokenSerialization_Nothing;
#define UPDATE_RECORDING_TOKENS(type) \
if (recFirstToken == eCSSTokenSerialization_Nothing) { \
recFirstToken = type; \
} \
recLastToken = type;
while (GetToken(false)) {
switch (mToken.mType) {
case eCSSToken_Symbol: {
nsCSSTokenSerializationType type = eCSSTokenSerialization_Other;
if (mToken.mSymbol == '(') {
stack.AppendElement(')');
type = eCSSTokenSerialization_Symbol_OpenParen;
} else if (mToken.mSymbol == '[') {
stack.AppendElement(']');
} else if (mToken.mSymbol == '{') {
stack.AppendElement('}');
} else if (mToken.mSymbol == ';') {
if (stack.IsEmpty()) {
// A ';' that is at the top level of the value or at the top level
// of a variable reference's fallback is invalid.
return false;
}
} else if (mToken.mSymbol == '!') {
if (stack.IsEmpty()) {
// An '!' that is at the top level of the value or at the top level
// of a variable reference's fallback is invalid.
return false;
}
} else if (mToken.mSymbol == ')' &&
stack.IsEmpty()) {
// We're closing a "var(".
nsString finalTokens;
mScanner->StopRecording(finalTokens);
MOZ_ASSERT(finalTokens[finalTokens.Length() - 1] == ')');
finalTokens.Truncate(finalTokens.Length() - 1);
aResult.Append(value);
AppendTokens(aResult, valueFirstToken, valueLastToken,
recFirstToken, recLastToken, finalTokens);
mScanner->StartRecording();
UngetToken();
aResultFirstToken = valueFirstToken;
aResultLastToken = valueLastToken;
return true;
} else if (mToken.mSymbol == ')' ||
mToken.mSymbol == ']' ||
mToken.mSymbol == '}') {
if (stack.IsEmpty() ||
stack.LastElement() != mToken.mSymbol) {
// A mismatched closing bracket is invalid.
return false;
}
stack.TruncateLength(stack.Length() - 1);
} else if (mToken.mSymbol == '#') {
type = eCSSTokenSerialization_Symbol_Hash;
} else if (mToken.mSymbol == '@') {
type = eCSSTokenSerialization_Symbol_At;
} else if (mToken.mSymbol == '.' ||
mToken.mSymbol == '+') {
type = eCSSTokenSerialization_Symbol_Dot_or_Plus;
} else if (mToken.mSymbol == '-') {
type = eCSSTokenSerialization_Symbol_Minus;
} else if (mToken.mSymbol == '?') {
type = eCSSTokenSerialization_Symbol_Question;
} else if (mToken.mSymbol == '$' ||
mToken.mSymbol == '^' ||
mToken.mSymbol == '~') {
type = eCSSTokenSerialization_Symbol_Assorted;
} else if (mToken.mSymbol == '=') {
type = eCSSTokenSerialization_Symbol_Equals;
} else if (mToken.mSymbol == '|') {
type = eCSSTokenSerialization_Symbol_Bar;
} else if (mToken.mSymbol == '/') {
type = eCSSTokenSerialization_Symbol_Slash;
} else if (mToken.mSymbol == '*') {
type = eCSSTokenSerialization_Symbol_Asterisk;
}
UPDATE_RECORDING_TOKENS(type);
break;
}
case eCSSToken_Function:
if (mToken.mIdent.LowerCaseEqualsLiteral("var")) {
// Save the tokens before the "var(" to our resolved value.
nsString recording;
mScanner->StopRecording(recording);
recording.Truncate(lengthBeforeVar);
AppendTokens(value, valueFirstToken, valueLastToken,
recFirstToken, recLastToken, recording);
recFirstToken = eCSSTokenSerialization_Nothing;
recLastToken = eCSSTokenSerialization_Nothing;
if (!GetToken(true) ||
mToken.mType != eCSSToken_Ident ||
!nsCSSProps::IsCustomPropertyName(mToken.mIdent)) {
// "var(" must be followed by an identifier, and it must be a
// custom property name.
return false;
}
// Turn the custom property name into a variable name by removing the
// '--' prefix.
MOZ_ASSERT(Substring(mToken.mIdent, 0,
CSS_CUSTOM_NAME_PREFIX_LENGTH).
EqualsLiteral("--"));
nsDependentString variableName(mToken.mIdent,
CSS_CUSTOM_NAME_PREFIX_LENGTH);
// Get the value of the identified variable. Note that we
// check if the variable value is the empty string, as that means
// that the variable was invalid at computed value time due to
// unresolveable variable references or cycles.
nsString variableValue;
nsCSSTokenSerializationType varFirstToken, varLastToken;
bool valid = aVariables->Get(variableName, variableValue,
varFirstToken, varLastToken) &&
!variableValue.IsEmpty();
if (!GetToken(true) ||
mToken.IsSymbol(')')) {
mScanner->StartRecording();
if (!valid) {
// Invalid variable with no fallback.
return false;
}
// Valid variable with no fallback.
AppendTokens(value, valueFirstToken, valueLastToken,
varFirstToken, varLastToken, variableValue);
} else if (mToken.IsSymbol(',')) {
mScanner->StartRecording();
if (!GetToken(false) ||
mToken.IsSymbol(')')) {
// Comma must be followed by at least one fallback token.
return false;
}
UngetToken();
if (valid) {
// Valid variable with ignored fallback.
mScanner->StopRecording();
AppendTokens(value, valueFirstToken, valueLastToken,
varFirstToken, varLastToken, variableValue);
bool ok = SkipBalancedContentUntil(')');
mScanner->StartRecording();
if (!ok) {
return false;
}
} else {
nsString fallback;
if (!ResolveValueWithVariableReferencesRec(fallback,
varFirstToken,
varLastToken,
aVariables)) {
// Fallback value had invalid tokens or an invalid variable reference
// that itself had no fallback.
return false;
}
AppendTokens(value, valueFirstToken, valueLastToken,
varFirstToken, varLastToken, fallback);
// Now we're either at the pushed back ')' that finished the
// fallback or at EOF.
DebugOnly<bool> gotToken = GetToken(false);
MOZ_ASSERT(!gotToken || mToken.IsSymbol(')'));
}
} else {
// Expected ',' or ')' after the variable name.
mScanner->StartRecording();
return false;
}
} else {
stack.AppendElement(')');
UPDATE_RECORDING_TOKENS(eCSSTokenSerialization_Function);
}
break;
case eCSSToken_Bad_String:
case eCSSToken_Bad_URL:
return false;
case eCSSToken_Whitespace:
UPDATE_RECORDING_TOKENS(eCSSTokenSerialization_Whitespace);
break;
case eCSSToken_AtKeyword:
case eCSSToken_Hash:
UPDATE_RECORDING_TOKENS(eCSSTokenSerialization_AtKeyword_or_Hash);
break;
case eCSSToken_Number:
UPDATE_RECORDING_TOKENS(eCSSTokenSerialization_Number);
break;
case eCSSToken_Dimension:
UPDATE_RECORDING_TOKENS(eCSSTokenSerialization_Dimension);
break;
case eCSSToken_Ident:
UPDATE_RECORDING_TOKENS(eCSSTokenSerialization_Ident);
break;
case eCSSToken_Percentage:
UPDATE_RECORDING_TOKENS(eCSSTokenSerialization_Percentage);
break;
case eCSSToken_URange:
UPDATE_RECORDING_TOKENS(eCSSTokenSerialization_URange);
break;
case eCSSToken_URL:
UPDATE_RECORDING_TOKENS(eCSSTokenSerialization_URL_or_BadURL);
break;
case eCSSToken_HTMLComment:
if (mToken.mIdent[0] == '-') {
UPDATE_RECORDING_TOKENS(eCSSTokenSerialization_CDC);
} else {
UPDATE_RECORDING_TOKENS(eCSSTokenSerialization_Other);
}
break;
case eCSSToken_Dashmatch:
UPDATE_RECORDING_TOKENS(eCSSTokenSerialization_DashMatch);
break;
case eCSSToken_Containsmatch:
UPDATE_RECORDING_TOKENS(eCSSTokenSerialization_ContainsMatch);
break;
default:
MOZ_FALLTHROUGH_ASSERT("unexpected token type");
case eCSSToken_ID:
case eCSSToken_String:
case eCSSToken_Includes:
case eCSSToken_Beginsmatch:
case eCSSToken_Endsmatch:
UPDATE_RECORDING_TOKENS(eCSSTokenSerialization_Other);
break;
}
lengthBeforeVar = mScanner->RecordingLength();
}
#undef UPDATE_RECORDING_TOKENS
aResult.Append(value);
StopRecordingAndAppendTokens(aResult, valueFirstToken, valueLastToken,
recFirstToken, recLastToken, mScanner);
// Append any implicitly closed brackets.
if (!stack.IsEmpty()) {
do {
aResult.Append(stack.LastElement());
stack.TruncateLength(stack.Length() - 1);
} while (!stack.IsEmpty());
valueLastToken = eCSSTokenSerialization_Other;
}
mScanner->StartRecording();
aResultFirstToken = valueFirstToken;
aResultLastToken = valueLastToken;
return true;
}
bool
CSSParserImpl::ResolveValueWithVariableReferences(
const CSSVariableValues* aVariables,
nsString& aResult,
nsCSSTokenSerializationType& aFirstToken,
nsCSSTokenSerializationType& aLastToken)
{
aResult.Truncate(0);
// Start recording before we read the first token.
mScanner->StartRecording();
if (!GetToken(false)) {
// Value was empty since we reached EOF.
mScanner->StopRecording();
return false;
}
UngetToken();
nsString value;
nsCSSTokenSerializationType firstToken, lastToken;
bool ok = ResolveValueWithVariableReferencesRec(value, firstToken, lastToken, aVariables) &&
!GetToken(true);
mScanner->StopRecording();
if (ok) {
aResult = value;
aFirstToken = firstToken;
aLastToken = lastToken;
}
return ok;
}
bool
CSSParserImpl::ResolveVariableValue(const nsAString& aPropertyValue,
const CSSVariableValues* aVariables,
nsString& aResult,
nsCSSTokenSerializationType& aFirstToken,
nsCSSTokenSerializationType& aLastToken)
{
nsCSSScanner scanner(aPropertyValue, 0);
// At this point, we know that aPropertyValue is syntactically correct
// for a token stream that has variable references. We also won't be
// interpreting any of the stream as we parse it, apart from expanding
// var() references, so we don't need a base URL etc. or any useful
// error reporting.
css::ErrorReporter reporter(scanner, nullptr, nullptr, nullptr);
InitScanner(scanner, reporter, nullptr, nullptr, nullptr);
bool valid = ResolveValueWithVariableReferences(aVariables, aResult,
aFirstToken, aLastToken);
ReleaseScanner();
return valid;
}
void
CSSParserImpl::ParsePropertyWithVariableReferences(
nsCSSPropertyID aPropertyID,
nsCSSPropertyID aShorthandPropertyID,
const nsAString& aValue,
const CSSVariableValues* aVariables,
nsRuleData* aRuleData,
nsIURI* aDocURL,
nsIURI* aBaseURL,
nsIPrincipal* aDocPrincipal,
CSSStyleSheet* aSheet,
uint32_t aLineNumber,
uint32_t aLineOffset)
{
mTempData.AssertInitialState();
bool valid;
nsString expandedValue;
// Resolve any variable references in the property value.
{
nsCSSScanner scanner(aValue, 0);
css::ErrorReporter reporter(scanner, aSheet, mChildLoader, aDocURL);
InitScanner(scanner, reporter, aDocURL, aBaseURL, aDocPrincipal);
nsCSSTokenSerializationType firstToken, lastToken;
valid = ResolveValueWithVariableReferences(aVariables, expandedValue,
firstToken, lastToken);
if (!valid) {
NS_ConvertASCIItoUTF16 propName(nsCSSProps::GetStringValue(aPropertyID));
REPORT_UNEXPECTED(PEInvalidVariableReference);
REPORT_UNEXPECTED_P(PEValueParsingError, propName);
if (nsCSSProps::IsInherited(aPropertyID)) {
REPORT_UNEXPECTED(PEValueWithVariablesFallbackInherit);
} else {
REPORT_UNEXPECTED(PEValueWithVariablesFallbackInitial);
}
OUTPUT_ERROR_WITH_POSITION(aLineNumber, aLineOffset);
}
ReleaseScanner();
}
nsCSSPropertyID propertyToParse =
aShorthandPropertyID != eCSSProperty_UNKNOWN ? aShorthandPropertyID :
aPropertyID;
// Parse the property with that resolved value.
if (valid) {
nsCSSScanner scanner(expandedValue, 0);
css::ErrorReporter reporter(scanner, aSheet, mChildLoader, aDocURL);
InitScanner(scanner, reporter, aDocURL, aBaseURL, aDocPrincipal);
valid = ParseProperty(propertyToParse);
if (valid && GetToken(true)) {
REPORT_UNEXPECTED_TOKEN(PEExpectEndValue);
valid = false;
}
if (!valid) {
NS_ConvertASCIItoUTF16 propName(nsCSSProps::GetStringValue(
propertyToParse));
REPORT_UNEXPECTED_P_V(PEValueWithVariablesParsingErrorInValue,
propName, expandedValue);
if (nsCSSProps::IsInherited(aPropertyID)) {
REPORT_UNEXPECTED(PEValueWithVariablesFallbackInherit);
} else {
REPORT_UNEXPECTED(PEValueWithVariablesFallbackInitial);
}
OUTPUT_ERROR_WITH_POSITION(aLineNumber, aLineOffset);
}
ReleaseScanner();
}
// If the property could not be parsed with the resolved value, then we
// treat it as if the value were 'initial' or 'inherit', depending on whether
// the property is an inherited property.
if (!valid) {
nsCSSValue defaultValue;
if (nsCSSProps::IsInherited(aPropertyID)) {
defaultValue.SetInheritValue();
} else {
defaultValue.SetInitialValue();
}
mTempData.AddLonghandProperty(aPropertyID, defaultValue);
}
// Copy the property value into the rule data.
mTempData.MapRuleInfoInto(aPropertyID, aRuleData);
mTempData.ClearProperty(propertyToParse);
mTempData.AssertInitialState();
}
already_AddRefed<nsIAtom>
CSSParserImpl::ParseCounterStyleName(const nsAString& aBuffer, nsIURI* aURL)
{
nsCSSScanner scanner(aBuffer, 0);
css::ErrorReporter reporter(scanner, mSheet, mChildLoader, aURL);
InitScanner(scanner, reporter, aURL, aURL, nullptr);
nsCOMPtr<nsIAtom> name = ParseCounterStyleName(true);
bool success = name && !GetToken(true);
OUTPUT_ERROR();
ReleaseScanner();
return success ? name.forget() : nullptr;
}
bool
CSSParserImpl::ParseCounterDescriptor(nsCSSCounterDesc aDescID,
const nsAString& aBuffer,
nsIURI* aSheetURL,
nsIURI* aBaseURL,
nsIPrincipal* aSheetPrincipal,
nsCSSValue& aValue)
{
nsCSSScanner scanner(aBuffer, 0);
css::ErrorReporter reporter(scanner, mSheet, mChildLoader, aSheetURL);
InitScanner(scanner, reporter, aSheetURL, aBaseURL, aSheetPrincipal);
bool success = ParseCounterDescriptorValue(aDescID, aValue) &&
!GetToken(true);
OUTPUT_ERROR();
ReleaseScanner();
return success;
}
bool
CSSParserImpl::ParseFontFaceDescriptor(nsCSSFontDesc aDescID,
const nsAString& aBuffer,
nsIURI* aSheetURL,
nsIURI* aBaseURL,
nsIPrincipal* aSheetPrincipal,
nsCSSValue& aValue)
{
nsCSSScanner scanner(aBuffer, 0);
css::ErrorReporter reporter(scanner, mSheet, mChildLoader, aSheetURL);
InitScanner(scanner, reporter, aSheetURL, aBaseURL, aSheetPrincipal);
bool success = ParseFontDescriptorValue(aDescID, aValue) &&
!GetToken(true);
OUTPUT_ERROR();
ReleaseScanner();
return success;
}
//----------------------------------------------------------------------
bool
CSSParserImpl::GetToken(bool aSkipWS)
{
if (mHavePushBack) {
mHavePushBack = false;
if (!aSkipWS || mToken.mType != eCSSToken_Whitespace) {
return true;
}
}
return mScanner->Next(mToken, aSkipWS ?
eCSSScannerExclude_WhitespaceAndComments :
eCSSScannerExclude_Comments);
}
void
CSSParserImpl::UngetToken()
{
NS_PRECONDITION(!mHavePushBack, "double pushback");
mHavePushBack = true;
}
bool
CSSParserImpl::GetNextTokenLocation(bool aSkipWS, uint32_t *linenum, uint32_t *colnum)
{
// Peek at next token so that mScanner updates line and column vals
if (!GetToken(aSkipWS)) {
return false;
}
UngetToken();
// The scanner uses one-indexing for line numbers but zero-indexing
// for column numbers.
*linenum = mScanner->GetLineNumber();
*colnum = 1 + mScanner->GetColumnNumber();
return true;
}
bool
CSSParserImpl::ExpectSymbol(char16_t aSymbol,
bool aSkipWS)
{
if (!GetToken(aSkipWS)) {
// CSS2.1 specifies that all "open constructs" are to be closed at
// EOF. It simplifies higher layers if we claim to have found an
// ), ], }, or ; if we encounter EOF while looking for one of them.
// Do still issue a diagnostic, to aid debugging.
if (aSymbol == ')' || aSymbol == ']' ||
aSymbol == '}' || aSymbol == ';') {
REPORT_UNEXPECTED_EOF_CHAR(aSymbol);
return true;
}
else
return false;
}
if (mToken.IsSymbol(aSymbol)) {
return true;
}
UngetToken();
return false;
}
// Checks to see if we're at the end of a property. If an error occurs during
// the check, does not signal a parse error.
bool
CSSParserImpl::CheckEndProperty()
{
if (!GetToken(true)) {
return true; // properties may end with eof
}
if ((eCSSToken_Symbol == mToken.mType) &&
((';' == mToken.mSymbol) ||
('!' == mToken.mSymbol) ||
('}' == mToken.mSymbol) ||
(')' == mToken.mSymbol))) {
// XXX need to verify that ! is only followed by "important [;|}]
// XXX this requires a multi-token pushback buffer
UngetToken();
return true;
}
UngetToken();
return false;
}
// Checks if we're at the end of a property, raising an error if we're not.
bool
CSSParserImpl::ExpectEndProperty()
{
if (CheckEndProperty())
return true;
// If we're here, we read something incorrect, so we should report it.
REPORT_UNEXPECTED_TOKEN(PEExpectEndValue);
return false;
}
// Parses the priority suffix on a property, which at present may be
// either '!important' or nothing.
CSSParserImpl::PriorityParsingStatus
CSSParserImpl::ParsePriority()
{
if (!GetToken(true)) {
return ePriority_None; // properties may end with EOF
}
if (!mToken.IsSymbol('!')) {
UngetToken();
return ePriority_None; // dunno what it is, but it's not a priority
}
if (!GetToken(true)) {
// EOF is not ok after !
REPORT_UNEXPECTED_EOF(PEImportantEOF);
return ePriority_Error;
}
if (mToken.mType != eCSSToken_Ident ||
!mToken.mIdent.LowerCaseEqualsLiteral("important")) {
REPORT_UNEXPECTED_TOKEN(PEExpectedImportant);
UngetToken();
return ePriority_Error;
}
return ePriority_Important;
}
nsSubstring*
CSSParserImpl::NextIdent()
{
// XXX Error reporting?
if (!GetToken(true)) {
return nullptr;
}
if (eCSSToken_Ident != mToken.mType) {
UngetToken();
return nullptr;
}
return &mToken.mIdent;
}
bool
CSSParserImpl::SkipAtRule(bool aInsideBlock)
{
for (;;) {
if (!GetToken(true)) {
REPORT_UNEXPECTED_EOF(PESkipAtRuleEOF2);
return false;
}
if (eCSSToken_Symbol == mToken.mType) {
char16_t symbol = mToken.mSymbol;
if (symbol == ';') {
break;
}
if (aInsideBlock && symbol == '}') {
// The closing } doesn't belong to us.
UngetToken();
break;
}
if (symbol == '{') {
SkipUntil('}');
break;
} else if (symbol == '(') {
SkipUntil(')');
} else if (symbol == '[') {
SkipUntil(']');
}
} else if (eCSSToken_Function == mToken.mType ||
eCSSToken_Bad_URL == mToken.mType) {
SkipUntil(')');
}
}
return true;
}
bool
CSSParserImpl::ParseAtRule(RuleAppendFunc aAppendFunc,
void* aData,
bool aInAtRule)
{
nsCSSSection newSection;
bool (CSSParserImpl::*parseFunc)(RuleAppendFunc, void*);
if ((mSection <= eCSSSection_Charset) &&
(mToken.mIdent.LowerCaseEqualsLiteral("charset"))) {
parseFunc = &CSSParserImpl::ParseCharsetRule;
newSection = eCSSSection_Import; // only one charset allowed
} else if ((mSection <= eCSSSection_Import) &&
mToken.mIdent.LowerCaseEqualsLiteral("import")) {
parseFunc = &CSSParserImpl::ParseImportRule;
newSection = eCSSSection_Import;
} else if ((mSection <= eCSSSection_NameSpace) &&
mToken.mIdent.LowerCaseEqualsLiteral("namespace")) {
parseFunc = &CSSParserImpl::ParseNameSpaceRule;
newSection = eCSSSection_NameSpace;
} else if (mToken.mIdent.LowerCaseEqualsLiteral("media")) {
parseFunc = &CSSParserImpl::ParseMediaRule;
newSection = eCSSSection_General;
} else if (mToken.mIdent.LowerCaseEqualsLiteral("-moz-document")) {
parseFunc = &CSSParserImpl::ParseMozDocumentRule;
newSection = eCSSSection_General;
} else if (mToken.mIdent.LowerCaseEqualsLiteral("font-face")) {
parseFunc = &CSSParserImpl::ParseFontFaceRule;
newSection = eCSSSection_General;
} else if (mToken.mIdent.LowerCaseEqualsLiteral("font-feature-values")) {
parseFunc = &CSSParserImpl::ParseFontFeatureValuesRule;
newSection = eCSSSection_General;
} else if (mToken.mIdent.LowerCaseEqualsLiteral("page")) {
parseFunc = &CSSParserImpl::ParsePageRule;
newSection = eCSSSection_General;
} else if ((nsCSSProps::IsEnabled(eCSSPropertyAlias_MozAnimation,
EnabledState()) &&
mToken.mIdent.LowerCaseEqualsLiteral("-moz-keyframes")) ||
(nsCSSProps::IsEnabled(eCSSPropertyAlias_WebkitAnimation) &&
mToken.mIdent.LowerCaseEqualsLiteral("-webkit-keyframes")) ||
mToken.mIdent.LowerCaseEqualsLiteral("keyframes")) {
parseFunc = &CSSParserImpl::ParseKeyframesRule;
newSection = eCSSSection_General;
} else if (mToken.mIdent.LowerCaseEqualsLiteral("supports")) {
parseFunc = &CSSParserImpl::ParseSupportsRule;
newSection = eCSSSection_General;
} else if (mToken.mIdent.LowerCaseEqualsLiteral("counter-style")) {
parseFunc = &CSSParserImpl::ParseCounterStyleRule;
newSection = eCSSSection_General;
} else {
if (!NonMozillaVendorIdentifier(mToken.mIdent)) {
REPORT_UNEXPECTED_TOKEN(PEUnknownAtRule);
OUTPUT_ERROR();
}
// Skip over unsupported at rule, don't advance section
return SkipAtRule(aInAtRule);
}
// Inside of @-rules, only the rules that can occur anywhere
// are allowed.
bool unnestable = aInAtRule && newSection != eCSSSection_General;
if (unnestable) {
REPORT_UNEXPECTED_TOKEN(PEGroupRuleNestedAtRule);
}
if (unnestable || !(this->*parseFunc)(aAppendFunc, aData)) {
// Skip over invalid at rule, don't advance section
OUTPUT_ERROR();
return SkipAtRule(aInAtRule);
}
// Nested @-rules don't affect the top-level rule chain requirement
if (!aInAtRule) {
mSection = newSection;
}
return true;
}
bool
CSSParserImpl::ParseCharsetRule(RuleAppendFunc aAppendFunc,
void* aData)
{
uint32_t linenum, colnum;
if (!GetNextTokenLocation(true, &linenum, &colnum) ||
!GetToken(true)) {
REPORT_UNEXPECTED_EOF(PECharsetRuleEOF);
return false;
}
if (eCSSToken_String != mToken.mType) {
UngetToken();
REPORT_UNEXPECTED_TOKEN(PECharsetRuleNotString);
return false;
}
nsAutoString charset = mToken.mIdent;
if (!ExpectSymbol(';', true)) {
return false;
}
// It's intentional that we don't create a rule object for @charset rules.
return true;
}
bool
CSSParserImpl::ParseURLOrString(nsString& aURL)
{
if (!GetToken(true)) {
return false;
}
if (eCSSToken_String == mToken.mType || eCSSToken_URL == mToken.mType) {
aURL = mToken.mIdent;
return true;
}
UngetToken();
return false;
}
bool
CSSParserImpl::ParseMediaQuery(eMediaQueryType aQueryType,
nsMediaQuery **aQuery,
bool *aHitStop)
{
*aQuery = nullptr;
*aHitStop = false;
bool inAtRule = aQueryType == eMediaQueryAtRule;
// Attempt to parse a single condition and stop
bool singleCondition = aQueryType == eMediaQuerySingleCondition;
// "If the comma-separated list is the empty list it is assumed to
// specify the media query 'all'." (css3-mediaqueries, section
// "Media Queries")
if (!GetToken(true)) {
*aHitStop = true;
// expected termination by EOF
if (!inAtRule)
return true;
// unexpected termination by EOF
REPORT_UNEXPECTED_EOF(PEGatherMediaEOF);
return true;
}
if (eCSSToken_Symbol == mToken.mType && inAtRule &&
(mToken.mSymbol == ';' || mToken.mSymbol == '{' || mToken.mSymbol == '}' )) {
*aHitStop = true;
UngetToken();
return true;
}
UngetToken();
nsMediaQuery* query = new nsMediaQuery;
*aQuery = query;
if (ExpectSymbol('(', true)) {
// we got an expression without a media type
UngetToken(); // so ParseMediaQueryExpression can handle it
query->SetType(nsGkAtoms::all);
query->SetTypeOmitted();
// Just parse the first expression here.
if (!ParseMediaQueryExpression(query)) {
OUTPUT_ERROR();
query->SetHadUnknownExpression();
}
} else if (singleCondition) {
// Since we are only trying to consume a single condition, which precludes
// media types and not/only, this should be the same as reaching immediate
// EOF (no condition to parse)
*aHitStop = true;
return true;
} else {
nsCOMPtr<nsIAtom> mediaType;
bool gotNotOrOnly = false;
for (;;) {
if (!GetToken(true)) {
REPORT_UNEXPECTED_EOF(PEGatherMediaEOF);
return false;
}
if (eCSSToken_Ident != mToken.mType) {
REPORT_UNEXPECTED_TOKEN(PEGatherMediaNotIdent);
UngetToken();
return false;
}
// case insensitive from CSS - must be lower cased
nsContentUtils::ASCIIToLower(mToken.mIdent);
mediaType = NS_Atomize(mToken.mIdent);
if (!gotNotOrOnly && mediaType == nsGkAtoms::_not) {
gotNotOrOnly = true;
query->SetNegated();
} else if (!gotNotOrOnly && mediaType == nsGkAtoms::only) {
gotNotOrOnly = true;
query->SetHasOnly();
} else if (mediaType == nsGkAtoms::_not ||
mediaType == nsGkAtoms::only ||
mediaType == nsGkAtoms::_and ||
mediaType == nsGkAtoms::_or) {
REPORT_UNEXPECTED_TOKEN(PEGatherMediaReservedMediaType);
UngetToken();
return false;
} else {
// valid media type
break;
}
}
query->SetType(mediaType);
}
for (;;) {
if (!GetToken(true)) {
*aHitStop = true;
// expected termination by EOF
if (!inAtRule)
break;
// unexpected termination by EOF
REPORT_UNEXPECTED_EOF(PEGatherMediaEOF);
break;
}
if (eCSSToken_Symbol == mToken.mType && inAtRule &&
(mToken.mSymbol == ';' || mToken.mSymbol == '{' || mToken.mSymbol == '}')) {
*aHitStop = true;
UngetToken();
break;
}
if (!singleCondition &&
eCSSToken_Symbol == mToken.mType && mToken.mSymbol == ',') {
// Done with the expressions for this query
break;
}
if (eCSSToken_Ident != mToken.mType ||
!mToken.mIdent.LowerCaseEqualsLiteral("and")) {
if (singleCondition) {
// We have a condition at this point -- if we're not chained to other
// conditions with and/or, we're done.
UngetToken();
break;
} else {
REPORT_UNEXPECTED_TOKEN(PEGatherMediaNotComma);
UngetToken();
return false;
}
}
if (!ParseMediaQueryExpression(query)) {
OUTPUT_ERROR();
query->SetHadUnknownExpression();
}
}
return true;
}
// Returns false only when there is a low-level error in the scanner
// (out-of-memory).
bool
CSSParserImpl::GatherMedia(nsMediaList* aMedia,
bool aInAtRule)
{
eMediaQueryType type = aInAtRule ? eMediaQueryAtRule : eMediaQueryNormal;
for (;;) {
nsAutoPtr<nsMediaQuery> query;
bool hitStop;
if (!ParseMediaQuery(type, getter_Transfers(query), &hitStop)) {
NS_ASSERTION(!hitStop, "should return true when hit stop");
OUTPUT_ERROR();
if (query) {
query->SetHadUnknownExpression();
}
if (aInAtRule) {
const char16_t stopChars[] =
{ char16_t(','), char16_t('{'), char16_t(';'), char16_t('}'), char16_t(0) };
SkipUntilOneOf(stopChars);
} else {
SkipUntil(',');
}
// Rely on SkipUntilOneOf leaving mToken around as the last token read.
if (mToken.mType == eCSSToken_Symbol && aInAtRule &&
(mToken.mSymbol == '{' || mToken.mSymbol == ';' || mToken.mSymbol == '}')) {
UngetToken();
hitStop = true;
}
}
if (query) {
aMedia->AppendQuery(query);
}
if (hitStop) {
break;
}
}
return true;
}
bool
CSSParserImpl::ParseMediaQueryExpression(nsMediaQuery* aQuery)
{
if (!ExpectSymbol('(', true)) {
REPORT_UNEXPECTED_TOKEN(PEMQExpectedExpressionStart);
return false;
}
if (! GetToken(true)) {
REPORT_UNEXPECTED_EOF(PEMQExpressionEOF);
return false;
}
if (eCSSToken_Ident != mToken.mType) {
REPORT_UNEXPECTED_TOKEN(PEMQExpectedFeatureName);
UngetToken();
SkipUntil(')');
return false;
}
nsMediaExpression *expr = aQuery->NewExpression();
// case insensitive from CSS - must be lower cased
nsContentUtils::ASCIIToLower(mToken.mIdent);
nsDependentString featureString(mToken.mIdent, 0);
uint8_t satisfiedReqFlags = 0;
// Strip off "-webkit-" prefix from featureString:
if (sWebkitPrefixedAliasesEnabled &&
StringBeginsWith(featureString, NS_LITERAL_STRING("-webkit-"))) {
satisfiedReqFlags |= nsMediaFeature::eHasWebkitPrefix;
featureString.Rebind(featureString, 8);
}
if (sWebkitDevicePixelRatioEnabled) {
satisfiedReqFlags |= nsMediaFeature::eWebkitDevicePixelRatioPrefEnabled;
}
// Strip off "min-"/"max-" prefix from featureString:
if (StringBeginsWith(featureString, NS_LITERAL_STRING("min-"))) {
expr->mRange = nsMediaExpression::eMin;
featureString.Rebind(featureString, 4);
} else if (StringBeginsWith(featureString, NS_LITERAL_STRING("max-"))) {
expr->mRange = nsMediaExpression::eMax;
featureString.Rebind(featureString, 4);
} else {
expr->mRange = nsMediaExpression::eEqual;
}
nsCOMPtr<nsIAtom> mediaFeatureAtom = NS_Atomize(featureString);
const nsMediaFeature *feature = nsMediaFeatures::features;
for (; feature->mName; ++feature) {
// See if name matches & all requirement flags are satisfied:
// (We check requirements by turning off all of the flags that have been
// satisfied, and then see if the result is 0.)
if (*(feature->mName) == mediaFeatureAtom &&
!(feature->mReqFlags & ~satisfiedReqFlags)) {
break;
}
}
if (!feature->mName ||
(expr->mRange != nsMediaExpression::eEqual &&
feature->mRangeType != nsMediaFeature::eMinMaxAllowed)) {
REPORT_UNEXPECTED_TOKEN(PEMQExpectedFeatureName);
SkipUntil(')');
return false;
}
expr->mFeature = feature;
if (!GetToken(true) || mToken.IsSymbol(')')) {
// Query expressions for any feature can be given without a value.
// However, min/max prefixes are not allowed.
if (expr->mRange != nsMediaExpression::eEqual) {
REPORT_UNEXPECTED(PEMQNoMinMaxWithoutValue);
return false;
}
expr->mValue.Reset();
return true;
}
if (!mToken.IsSymbol(':')) {
REPORT_UNEXPECTED_TOKEN(PEMQExpectedFeatureNameEnd);
UngetToken();
SkipUntil(')');
return false;
}
bool rv = false;
switch (feature->mValueType) {
case nsMediaFeature::eLength:
rv = ParseSingleTokenNonNegativeVariant(expr->mValue, VARIANT_LENGTH,
nullptr);
break;
case nsMediaFeature::eInteger:
case nsMediaFeature::eBoolInteger:
rv = ParseNonNegativeInteger(expr->mValue);
// Enforce extra restrictions for eBoolInteger
if (rv &&
feature->mValueType == nsMediaFeature::eBoolInteger &&
expr->mValue.GetIntValue() > 1)
rv = false;
break;
case nsMediaFeature::eFloat:
rv = ParseNonNegativeNumber(expr->mValue);
break;
case nsMediaFeature::eIntRatio:
{
// Two integers separated by '/', with optional whitespace on
// either side of the '/'.
RefPtr<nsCSSValue::Array> a = nsCSSValue::Array::Create(2);
expr->mValue.SetArrayValue(a, eCSSUnit_Array);
// We don't bother with ParseNonNegativeVariant since we have to
// check for != 0 as well; no need to worry about the UngetToken
// since we're throwing out up to the next ')' anyway.
rv = ParseSingleTokenVariant(a->Item(0), VARIANT_INTEGER, nullptr) &&
a->Item(0).GetIntValue() > 0 &&
ExpectSymbol('/', true) &&
ParseSingleTokenVariant(a->Item(1), VARIANT_INTEGER, nullptr) &&
a->Item(1).GetIntValue() > 0;
}
break;
case nsMediaFeature::eResolution:
rv = GetToken(true);
if (!rv)
break;
rv = mToken.mType == eCSSToken_Dimension && mToken.mNumber > 0.0f;
if (!rv) {
UngetToken();
break;
}
// No worries about whether unitless zero is allowed, since the
// value must be positive (and we checked that above).
NS_ASSERTION(!mToken.mIdent.IsEmpty(), "unit lied");
if (mToken.mIdent.LowerCaseEqualsLiteral("dpi")) {
expr->mValue.SetFloatValue(mToken.mNumber, eCSSUnit_Inch);
} else if (mToken.mIdent.LowerCaseEqualsLiteral("dppx")) {
expr->mValue.SetFloatValue(mToken.mNumber, eCSSUnit_Pixel);
} else if (mToken.mIdent.LowerCaseEqualsLiteral("dpcm")) {
expr->mValue.SetFloatValue(mToken.mNumber, eCSSUnit_Centimeter);
} else {
rv = false;
}
break;
case nsMediaFeature::eEnumerated:
rv = ParseSingleTokenVariant(expr->mValue, VARIANT_KEYWORD,
feature->mData.mKeywordTable);
break;
case nsMediaFeature::eIdent:
rv = ParseSingleTokenVariant(expr->mValue, VARIANT_IDENTIFIER, nullptr);
break;
}
if (!rv || !ExpectSymbol(')', true)) {
REPORT_UNEXPECTED(PEMQExpectedFeatureValue);
SkipUntil(')');
return false;
}
return true;
}
// Parse a CSS2 import rule: "@import STRING | URL [medium [, medium]]"
bool
CSSParserImpl::ParseImportRule(RuleAppendFunc aAppendFunc, void* aData)
{
RefPtr<nsMediaList> media = new nsMediaList();
uint32_t linenum, colnum;
nsAutoString url;
if (!GetNextTokenLocation(true, &linenum, &colnum) ||
!ParseURLOrString(url)) {
REPORT_UNEXPECTED_TOKEN(PEImportNotURI);
return false;
}
if (!ExpectSymbol(';', true)) {
if (!GatherMedia(media, true) ||
!ExpectSymbol(';', true)) {
REPORT_UNEXPECTED_TOKEN(PEImportUnexpected);
// don't advance section, simply ignore invalid @import
return false;
}
// Safe to assert this, since we ensured that there is something
// other than the ';' coming after the @import's url() token.
NS_ASSERTION(media->Length() != 0, "media list must be nonempty");
}
ProcessImport(url, media, aAppendFunc, aData, linenum, colnum);
return true;
}
void
CSSParserImpl::ProcessImport(const nsString& aURLSpec,
nsMediaList* aMedia,
RuleAppendFunc aAppendFunc,
void* aData,
uint32_t aLineNumber,
uint32_t aColumnNumber)
{
RefPtr<css::ImportRule> rule = new css::ImportRule(aMedia, aURLSpec,
aLineNumber,
aColumnNumber);
(*aAppendFunc)(rule, aData);
// Diagnose bad URIs even if we don't have a child loader.
nsCOMPtr<nsIURI> url;
// Charset will be deduced from mBaseURI, which is more or less correct.
nsresult rv = NS_NewURI(getter_AddRefs(url), aURLSpec, nullptr, mBaseURI);
if (NS_FAILED(rv)) {
if (rv == NS_ERROR_MALFORMED_URI) {
// import url is bad
REPORT_UNEXPECTED_P(PEImportBadURI, aURLSpec);
OUTPUT_ERROR();
}
return;
}
if (mChildLoader) {
mChildLoader->LoadChildSheet(mSheet, url, aMedia, rule,
/* aServoParentRule = */ nullptr,
mReusableSheets);
}
}
// Parse the {} part of an @media or @-moz-document rule.
bool
CSSParserImpl::ParseGroupRule(css::GroupRule* aRule,
RuleAppendFunc aAppendFunc,
void* aData)
{
// XXXbz this could use better error reporting throughout the method
if (!ExpectSymbol('{', true)) {
return false;
}
// push rule on stack, loop over children
PushGroup(aRule);
nsCSSSection holdSection = mSection;
mSection = eCSSSection_General;
for (;;) {
// Get next non-whitespace token
if (! GetToken(true)) {
REPORT_UNEXPECTED_EOF(PEGroupRuleEOF2);
break;
}
if (mToken.IsSymbol('}')) { // done!
UngetToken();
break;
}
if (eCSSToken_AtKeyword == mToken.mType) {
// Parse for nested rules
ParseAtRule(aAppendFunc, aData, true);
continue;
}
UngetToken();
ParseRuleSet(AppendRuleToSheet, this, true);
}
PopGroup();
if (!ExpectSymbol('}', true)) {
mSection = holdSection;
return false;
}
(*aAppendFunc)(aRule, aData);
return true;
}
// Parse a CSS2 media rule: "@media medium [, medium] { ... }"
bool
CSSParserImpl::ParseMediaRule(RuleAppendFunc aAppendFunc, void* aData)
{
RefPtr<nsMediaList> media = new nsMediaList();
uint32_t linenum, colnum;
if (GetNextTokenLocation(true, &linenum, &colnum) &&
GatherMedia(media, true)) {
// XXXbz this could use better error reporting throughout the method
RefPtr<css::MediaRule> rule = new css::MediaRule(linenum, colnum);
// Append first, so when we do SetMedia() the rule
// knows what its stylesheet is.
if (ParseGroupRule(rule, aAppendFunc, aData)) {
rule->SetMedia(media);
return true;
}
}
return false;
}
// Parse a @-moz-document rule. This is like an @media rule, but instead
// of a medium it has a nonempty list of items where each item is either
// url(), url-prefix(), or domain().
bool
CSSParserImpl::ParseMozDocumentRule(RuleAppendFunc aAppendFunc, void* aData)
{
css::DocumentRule::URL *urls = nullptr;
css::DocumentRule::URL **next = &urls;
uint32_t linenum, colnum;
if (!GetNextTokenLocation(true, &linenum, &colnum)) {
return false;
}
do {
if (!GetToken(true)) {
REPORT_UNEXPECTED_EOF(PEMozDocRuleEOF);
delete urls;
return false;
}
if (!(eCSSToken_URL == mToken.mType ||
(eCSSToken_Function == mToken.mType &&
(mToken.mIdent.LowerCaseEqualsLiteral("url-prefix") ||
mToken.mIdent.LowerCaseEqualsLiteral("domain") ||
mToken.mIdent.LowerCaseEqualsLiteral("regexp"))))) {
REPORT_UNEXPECTED_TOKEN(PEMozDocRuleBadFunc2);
UngetToken();
delete urls;
return false;
}
css::DocumentRule::URL *cur = *next = new css::DocumentRule::URL;
next = &cur->next;
if (mToken.mType == eCSSToken_URL) {
cur->func = URLMatchingFunction::eURL;
CopyUTF16toUTF8(mToken.mIdent, cur->url);
} else if (mToken.mIdent.LowerCaseEqualsLiteral("regexp")) {
// regexp() is different from url-prefix() and domain() (but
// probably the way they *should* have been* in that it requires a
// string argument, and doesn't try to behave like url().
cur->func = URLMatchingFunction::eRegExp;
GetToken(true);
// copy before we know it's valid (but before ExpectSymbol changes
// mToken.mIdent)
CopyUTF16toUTF8(mToken.mIdent, cur->url);
if (eCSSToken_String != mToken.mType || !ExpectSymbol(')', true)) {
REPORT_UNEXPECTED_TOKEN(PEMozDocRuleNotString);
SkipUntil(')');
delete urls;
return false;
}
} else {
if (mToken.mIdent.LowerCaseEqualsLiteral("url-prefix")) {
cur->func = URLMatchingFunction::eURLPrefix;
} else if (mToken.mIdent.LowerCaseEqualsLiteral("domain")) {
cur->func = URLMatchingFunction::eDomain;
}
NS_ASSERTION(!mHavePushBack, "mustn't have pushback at this point");
mScanner->NextURL(mToken);
if (mToken.mType != eCSSToken_URL) {
REPORT_UNEXPECTED_TOKEN(PEMozDocRuleNotURI);
SkipUntil(')');
delete urls;
return false;
}
// We could try to make the URL (as long as it's not domain())
// canonical and absolute with NS_NewURI and GetSpec, but I'm
// inclined to think we shouldn't.
CopyUTF16toUTF8(mToken.mIdent, cur->url);
}
} while (ExpectSymbol(',', true));
RefPtr<css::DocumentRule> rule = new css::DocumentRule(linenum, colnum);
rule->SetURLs(urls);
return ParseGroupRule(rule, aAppendFunc, aData);
}
// Parse a CSS3 namespace rule: "@namespace [prefix] STRING | URL;"
bool
CSSParserImpl::ParseNameSpaceRule(RuleAppendFunc aAppendFunc, void* aData)
{
uint32_t linenum, colnum;
if (!GetNextTokenLocation(true, &linenum, &colnum) ||
!GetToken(true)) {
REPORT_UNEXPECTED_EOF(PEAtNSPrefixEOF);
return false;
}
nsAutoString prefix;
nsAutoString url;
if (eCSSToken_Ident == mToken.mType) {
prefix = mToken.mIdent;
// user-specified identifiers are case-sensitive (bug 416106)
} else {
UngetToken();
}
if (!ParseURLOrString(url) || !ExpectSymbol(';', true)) {
if (mHavePushBack) {
REPORT_UNEXPECTED_TOKEN(PEAtNSUnexpected);
} else {
REPORT_UNEXPECTED_EOF(PEAtNSURIEOF);
}
return false;
}
ProcessNameSpace(prefix, url, aAppendFunc, aData, linenum, colnum);
return true;
}
void
CSSParserImpl::ProcessNameSpace(const nsString& aPrefix,
const nsString& aURLSpec,
RuleAppendFunc aAppendFunc,
void* aData,
uint32_t aLineNumber,
uint32_t aColumnNumber)
{
nsCOMPtr<nsIAtom> prefix;
if (!aPrefix.IsEmpty()) {
prefix = NS_Atomize(aPrefix);
}
RefPtr<css::NameSpaceRule> rule = new css::NameSpaceRule(prefix, aURLSpec,
aLineNumber,
aColumnNumber);
(*aAppendFunc)(rule, aData);
// If this was the first namespace rule encountered, it will trigger
// creation of a namespace map.
if (!mNameSpaceMap) {
mNameSpaceMap = mSheet->GetNameSpaceMap();
}
}
// font-face-rule: '@font-face' '{' font-description '}'
// font-description: font-descriptor+
bool
CSSParserImpl::ParseFontFaceRule(RuleAppendFunc aAppendFunc, void* aData)
{
uint32_t linenum, colnum;
if (!GetNextTokenLocation(true, &linenum, &colnum) ||
!ExpectSymbol('{', true)) {
REPORT_UNEXPECTED_TOKEN(PEBadFontBlockStart);
return false;
}
RefPtr<nsCSSFontFaceRule> rule(new nsCSSFontFaceRule(linenum, colnum));
for (;;) {
if (!GetToken(true)) {
REPORT_UNEXPECTED_EOF(PEFontFaceEOF);
break;
}
if (mToken.IsSymbol('}')) { // done!
UngetToken();
break;
}
// ignore extra semicolons
if (mToken.IsSymbol(';'))
continue;
if (!ParseFontDescriptor(rule)) {
REPORT_UNEXPECTED(PEDeclSkipped);
OUTPUT_ERROR();
if (!SkipDeclaration(true))
break;
}
}
if (!ExpectSymbol('}', true)) {
REPORT_UNEXPECTED_TOKEN(PEBadFontBlockEnd);
return false;
}
(*aAppendFunc)(rule, aData);
return true;
}
// font-descriptor: font-family-desc
// | font-style-desc
// | font-weight-desc
// | font-stretch-desc
// | font-src-desc
// | unicode-range-desc
//
// All font-*-desc productions follow the pattern
// IDENT ':' value ';'
//
// On entry to this function, mToken is the IDENT.
bool
CSSParserImpl::ParseFontDescriptor(nsCSSFontFaceRule* aRule)
{
if (eCSSToken_Ident != mToken.mType) {
REPORT_UNEXPECTED_TOKEN(PEFontDescExpected);
return false;
}
nsString descName = mToken.mIdent;
if (!ExpectSymbol(':', true)) {
REPORT_UNEXPECTED_TOKEN(PEParseDeclarationNoColon);
OUTPUT_ERROR();
return false;
}
nsCSSFontDesc descID = nsCSSProps::LookupFontDesc(descName);
nsCSSValue value;
if (descID == eCSSFontDesc_UNKNOWN ||
(descID == eCSSFontDesc_Display &&
!Preferences::GetBool("layout.css.font-display.enabled"))) {
if (NonMozillaVendorIdentifier(descName)) {
// silently skip other vendors' extensions
Unused << SkipDeclaration(true);
return true;
} else {
REPORT_UNEXPECTED_P(PEUnknownFontDesc, descName);
return false;
}
}
if (!ParseFontDescriptorValue(descID, value)) {
REPORT_UNEXPECTED_P(PEValueParsingError, descName);
return false;
}
// Expect termination by ;, }, or EOF.
if (GetToken(true)) {
if (!mToken.IsSymbol(';') &&
!mToken.IsSymbol('}')) {
UngetToken();
REPORT_UNEXPECTED_TOKEN(PEExpectEndValue);
return false;
}
UngetToken();
}
aRule->SetDesc(descID, value);
return true;
}
// @font-feature-values <font-family># {
// @<feature-type> {
// <feature-ident> : <feature-index>+;
// <feature-ident> : <feature-index>+;
// ...
// }
// ...
// }
bool
CSSParserImpl::ParseFontFeatureValuesRule(RuleAppendFunc aAppendFunc,
void* aData)
{
uint32_t linenum, colnum;
if (!GetNextTokenLocation(true, &linenum, &colnum)) {
return false;
}
RefPtr<nsCSSFontFeatureValuesRule>
valuesRule(new nsCSSFontFeatureValuesRule(linenum, colnum));
// parse family list
nsCSSValue fontlistValue;
if (!ParseFamily(fontlistValue) ||
fontlistValue.GetUnit() != eCSSUnit_FontFamilyList)
{
REPORT_UNEXPECTED_TOKEN(PEFFVNoFamily);
return false;
}
// add family to rule
const FontFamilyList* fontlist = fontlistValue.GetFontFamilyListValue();
// family list has generic ==> parse error
if (fontlist->HasGeneric()) {
REPORT_UNEXPECTED_TOKEN(PEFFVGenericInFamilyList);
return false;
}
valuesRule->SetFamilyList(*fontlist);
// open brace
if (!ExpectSymbol('{', true)) {
REPORT_UNEXPECTED_TOKEN(PEFFVBlockStart);
return false;
}
// list of sets of feature values, each set bound to a specific
// feature-type (e.g. swash, annotation)
for (;;) {
if (!GetToken(true)) {
REPORT_UNEXPECTED_EOF(PEFFVUnexpectedEOF);
break;
}
if (mToken.IsSymbol('}')) { // done!
UngetToken();
break;
}
if (!ParseFontFeatureValueSet(valuesRule)) {
if (!SkipAtRule(false)) {
break;
}
}
}
if (!ExpectSymbol('}', true)) {
REPORT_UNEXPECTED_TOKEN(PEFFVUnexpectedBlockEnd);
SkipUntil('}');
return false;
}
(*aAppendFunc)(valuesRule, aData);
return true;
}
#define NUMVALUES_NO_LIMIT 0xFFFF
// parse a single value set containing name-value pairs for a single feature type
// @<feature-type> { [ <feature-ident> : <feature-index>+ ; ]* }
// Ex: @swash { flowing: 1; delicate: 2; }
bool
CSSParserImpl::ParseFontFeatureValueSet(nsCSSFontFeatureValuesRule
*aFeatureValuesRule)
{
// -- @keyword (e.g. swash, styleset)
if (eCSSToken_AtKeyword != mToken.mType) {
REPORT_UNEXPECTED_TOKEN(PEFontFeatureValuesNoAt);
OUTPUT_ERROR();
UngetToken();
return false;
}
// which font-specific variant of font-variant-alternates
int32_t whichVariant;
nsCSSKeyword keyword = nsCSSKeywords::LookupKeyword(mToken.mIdent);
if (!nsCSSProps::FindKeyword(keyword,
nsCSSProps::kFontVariantAlternatesFuncsKTable,
whichVariant))
{
if (!NonMozillaVendorIdentifier(mToken.mIdent)) {
REPORT_UNEXPECTED_TOKEN(PEFFVUnknownFontVariantPropValue);
OUTPUT_ERROR();
}
UngetToken();
return false;
}
nsAutoString featureType(mToken.mIdent);
// open brace
if (!ExpectSymbol('{', true)) {
REPORT_UNEXPECTED_TOKEN(PEFFVValueSetStart);
return false;
}
// styleset and character-variant can be multi-valued, otherwise single value
int32_t limitNumValues;
switch (keyword) {
case eCSSKeyword_styleset:
limitNumValues = NUMVALUES_NO_LIMIT;
break;
case eCSSKeyword_character_variant:
limitNumValues = 2;
break;
default:
limitNumValues = 1;
break;
}
// -- ident integer+ [, ident integer+]
AutoTArray<gfxFontFeatureValueSet::ValueList, 5> values;
// list of font-feature-values-declaration's
for (;;) {
nsAutoString valueId;
if (!GetToken(true)) {
REPORT_UNEXPECTED_EOF(PEFFVUnexpectedEOF);
break;
}
// ignore extra semicolons
if (mToken.IsSymbol(';')) {
continue;
}
// close brace ==> done
if (mToken.IsSymbol('}')) {
break;
}
// ident
if (eCSSToken_Ident != mToken.mType) {
REPORT_UNEXPECTED_TOKEN(PEFFVExpectedIdent);
if (!SkipDeclaration(true)) {
break;
}
continue;
}
valueId.Assign(mToken.mIdent);
// colon
if (!ExpectSymbol(':', true)) {
REPORT_UNEXPECTED_TOKEN(PEParseDeclarationNoColon);
OUTPUT_ERROR();
if (!SkipDeclaration(true)) {
break;
}
continue;
}
// value list
AutoTArray<uint32_t,4> featureSelectors;
nsCSSValue intValue;
while (ParseNonNegativeInteger(intValue)) {
featureSelectors.AppendElement(uint32_t(intValue.GetIntValue()));
}
int32_t numValues = featureSelectors.Length();
if (numValues == 0) {
REPORT_UNEXPECTED_TOKEN(PEFFVExpectedValue);
OUTPUT_ERROR();
if (!SkipDeclaration(true)) {
break;
}
continue;
}
if (numValues > limitNumValues) {
REPORT_UNEXPECTED_P(PEFFVTooManyValues, featureType);
OUTPUT_ERROR();
if (!SkipDeclaration(true)) {
break;
}
continue;
}
if (!GetToken(true)) {
REPORT_UNEXPECTED_EOF(PEFFVUnexpectedEOF);
gfxFontFeatureValueSet::ValueList v(valueId, featureSelectors);
values.AppendElement(v);
break;
}
// ';' or '}' to end definition
if (!mToken.IsSymbol(';') && !mToken.IsSymbol('}')) {
REPORT_UNEXPECTED_TOKEN(PEFFVValueDefinitionTrailing);
OUTPUT_ERROR();
if (!SkipDeclaration(true)) {
break;
}
continue;
}
gfxFontFeatureValueSet::ValueList v(valueId, featureSelectors);
values.AppendElement(v);
if (mToken.IsSymbol('}')) {
break;
}
}
aFeatureValuesRule->AddValueList(whichVariant, values);
return true;
}
bool
CSSParserImpl::ParseKeyframesRule(RuleAppendFunc aAppendFunc, void* aData)
{
uint32_t linenum, colnum;
if (!GetNextTokenLocation(true, &linenum, &colnum) ||
!GetToken(true)) {
REPORT_UNEXPECTED_EOF(PEKeyframeNameEOF);
return false;
}
if (mToken.mType != eCSSToken_Ident && mToken.mType != eCSSToken_String) {
REPORT_UNEXPECTED_TOKEN(PEKeyframeBadName);
UngetToken();
return false;
}
if (mToken.mType == eCSSToken_Ident) {
// Check for keywords that are not allowed as custom-ident for the
// keyframes-name: standard CSS-wide keywords, plus 'none'.
static const nsCSSKeyword excludedKeywords[] = {
eCSSKeyword_none,
eCSSKeyword_UNKNOWN
};
nsCSSValue value;
if (!ParseCustomIdent(value, mToken.mIdent, excludedKeywords)) {
REPORT_UNEXPECTED_TOKEN(PEKeyframeBadName);
UngetToken();
return false;
}
}
nsString name(mToken.mIdent);
if (!ExpectSymbol('{', true)) {
REPORT_UNEXPECTED_TOKEN(PEKeyframeBrace);
return false;
}
RefPtr<nsCSSKeyframesRule> rule = new nsCSSKeyframesRule(name,
linenum, colnum);
while (!ExpectSymbol('}', true)) {
RefPtr<nsCSSKeyframeRule> kid = ParseKeyframeRule();
if (kid) {
rule->AppendStyleRule(kid);
} else {
OUTPUT_ERROR();
SkipRuleSet(true);
}
}
(*aAppendFunc)(rule, aData);
return true;
}
bool
CSSParserImpl::ParsePageRule(RuleAppendFunc aAppendFunc, void* aData)
{
uint32_t linenum, colnum;
if (!GetNextTokenLocation(true, &linenum, &colnum)) {
return false;
}
// TODO: There can be page selectors after @page such as ":first", ":left".
uint32_t parseFlags = eParseDeclaration_InBraces |
eParseDeclaration_AllowImportant;
// Forbid viewport units in @page rules. See bug 811391.
MOZ_ASSERT(mViewportUnitsEnabled,
"Viewport units should be enabled outside of @page rules.");
mViewportUnitsEnabled = false;
RefPtr<css::Declaration> declaration =
ParseDeclarationBlock(parseFlags, eCSSContext_Page);
mViewportUnitsEnabled = true;
if (!declaration) {
return false;
}
RefPtr<nsCSSPageRule> rule =
new nsCSSPageRule(declaration, linenum, colnum);
(*aAppendFunc)(rule, aData);
return true;
}
already_AddRefed<nsCSSKeyframeRule>
CSSParserImpl::ParseKeyframeRule()
{
InfallibleTArray<float> selectorList;
uint32_t linenum, colnum;
if (!GetNextTokenLocation(true, &linenum, &colnum) ||
!ParseKeyframeSelectorList(selectorList)) {
REPORT_UNEXPECTED(PEBadSelectorKeyframeRuleIgnored);
return nullptr;
}
// Ignore !important in keyframe rules
uint32_t parseFlags = eParseDeclaration_InBraces;
RefPtr<css::Declaration> declaration(ParseDeclarationBlock(parseFlags));
if (!declaration) {
return nullptr;
}
// Takes ownership of declaration
RefPtr<nsCSSKeyframeRule> rule =
new nsCSSKeyframeRule(Move(selectorList), declaration.forget(),
linenum, colnum);
return rule.forget();
}
bool
CSSParserImpl::ParseKeyframeSelectorList(InfallibleTArray<float>& aSelectorList)
{
for (;;) {
if (!GetToken(true)) {
// The first time through the loop, this means we got an empty
// list. Otherwise, it means we have a trailing comma.
return false;
}
float value;
switch (mToken.mType) {
case eCSSToken_Percentage:
value = mToken.mNumber;
break;
case eCSSToken_Ident:
if (mToken.mIdent.LowerCaseEqualsLiteral("from")) {
value = 0.0f;
break;
}
if (mToken.mIdent.LowerCaseEqualsLiteral("to")) {
value = 1.0f;
break;
}
MOZ_FALLTHROUGH;
default:
UngetToken();
// The first time through the loop, this means we got an empty
// list. Otherwise, it means we have a trailing comma.
return false;
}
aSelectorList.AppendElement(value);
if (!ExpectSymbol(',', true)) {
return true;
}
}
}
// supports_rule
// : "@supports" supports_condition group_rule_body
// ;
bool
CSSParserImpl::ParseSupportsRule(RuleAppendFunc aAppendFunc, void* aProcessData)
{
bool conditionMet = false;
nsString condition;
mScanner->StartRecording();
uint32_t linenum, colnum;
if (!GetNextTokenLocation(true, &linenum, &colnum)) {
return false;
}
bool parsed = ParseSupportsCondition(conditionMet);
if (!parsed) {
mScanner->StopRecording();
return false;
}
if (!ExpectSymbol('{', true)) {
REPORT_UNEXPECTED_TOKEN(PESupportsGroupRuleStart);
mScanner->StopRecording();
return false;
}
UngetToken();
mScanner->StopRecording(condition);
// Remove the "{" that would follow the condition.
if (condition.Length() != 0) {
condition.Truncate(condition.Length() - 1);
}
// Remove spaces from the start and end of the recorded supports condition.
condition.Trim(" ", true, true, false);
// Record whether we are in a failing @supports, so that property parse
// errors don't get reported.
nsAutoFailingSupportsRule failing(this, conditionMet);
RefPtr<css::GroupRule> rule =
new mozilla::CSSSupportsRule(conditionMet, condition, linenum, colnum);
return ParseGroupRule(rule, aAppendFunc, aProcessData);
}
// supports_condition
// : supports_condition_in_parens supports_condition_terms
// | supports_condition_negation
// ;
bool
CSSParserImpl::ParseSupportsCondition(bool& aConditionMet)
{
nsAutoInSupportsCondition aisc(this);
if (!GetToken(true)) {
REPORT_UNEXPECTED_EOF(PESupportsConditionStartEOF2);
return false;
}
UngetToken();
mScanner->ClearSeenBadToken();
if (mToken.IsSymbol('(') ||
mToken.mType == eCSSToken_Function ||
mToken.mType == eCSSToken_URL ||
mToken.mType == eCSSToken_Bad_URL) {
bool result = ParseSupportsConditionInParens(aConditionMet) &&
ParseSupportsConditionTerms(aConditionMet) &&
!mScanner->SeenBadToken();
return result;
}
if (mToken.mType == eCSSToken_Ident &&
mToken.mIdent.LowerCaseEqualsLiteral("not")) {
bool result = ParseSupportsConditionNegation(aConditionMet) &&
!mScanner->SeenBadToken();
return result;
}
REPORT_UNEXPECTED_TOKEN(PESupportsConditionExpectedStart);
return false;
}
// supports_condition_negation
// : 'not' S+ supports_condition_in_parens
// ;
bool
CSSParserImpl::ParseSupportsConditionNegation(bool& aConditionMet)
{
if (!GetToken(true)) {
REPORT_UNEXPECTED_EOF(PESupportsConditionNotEOF);
return false;
}
if (mToken.mType != eCSSToken_Ident ||
!mToken.mIdent.LowerCaseEqualsLiteral("not")) {
REPORT_UNEXPECTED_TOKEN(PESupportsConditionExpectedNot);
return false;
}
if (!RequireWhitespace()) {
REPORT_UNEXPECTED(PESupportsWhitespaceRequired);
return false;
}
if (ParseSupportsConditionInParens(aConditionMet)) {
aConditionMet = !aConditionMet;
return true;
}
return false;
}
// supports_condition_in_parens
// : '(' S* supports_condition_in_parens_inside_parens ')' S*
// | supports_condition_pref
// | general_enclosed
// ;
bool
CSSParserImpl::ParseSupportsConditionInParens(bool& aConditionMet)
{
if (!GetToken(true)) {
REPORT_UNEXPECTED_EOF(PESupportsConditionInParensStartEOF);
return false;
}
if (mToken.mType == eCSSToken_URL) {
aConditionMet = false;
return true;
}
if (AgentRulesEnabled() &&
mToken.mType == eCSSToken_Function &&
mToken.mIdent.LowerCaseEqualsLiteral("-moz-bool-pref")) {
return ParseSupportsMozBoolPrefName(aConditionMet);
}
if (mToken.mType == eCSSToken_Function ||
mToken.mType == eCSSToken_Bad_URL) {
if (!SkipUntil(')')) {
REPORT_UNEXPECTED_EOF(PESupportsConditionInParensEOF);
return false;
}
aConditionMet = false;
return true;
}
if (!mToken.IsSymbol('(')) {
REPORT_UNEXPECTED_TOKEN(PESupportsConditionExpectedOpenParenOrFunction);
UngetToken();
return false;
}
if (!ParseSupportsConditionInParensInsideParens(aConditionMet)) {
if (!SkipUntil(')')) {
REPORT_UNEXPECTED_EOF(PESupportsConditionInParensEOF);
return false;
}
aConditionMet = false;
return true;
}
if (!(ExpectSymbol(')', true))) {
SkipUntil(')');
aConditionMet = false;
return true;
}
return true;
}
// supports_condition_pref
// : '-moz-bool-pref(' bool_pref_name ')'
// ;
bool
CSSParserImpl::ParseSupportsMozBoolPrefName(bool& aConditionMet)
{
if (!GetToken(true)) {
return false;
}
if (mToken.mType != eCSSToken_String) {
SkipUntil(')');
return false;
}
aConditionMet = Preferences::GetBool(
NS_ConvertUTF16toUTF8(mToken.mIdent).get());
if (!ExpectSymbol(')', true)) {
SkipUntil(')');
return false;
}
return true;
}
// supports_condition_in_parens_inside_parens
// : core_declaration
// | supports_condition_negation
// | supports_condition_in_parens supports_condition_terms
// ;
bool
CSSParserImpl::ParseSupportsConditionInParensInsideParens(bool& aConditionMet)
{
if (!GetToken(true)) {
return false;
}
if (mToken.mType == eCSSToken_Ident) {
if (!mToken.mIdent.LowerCaseEqualsLiteral("not")) {
nsAutoString propertyName = mToken.mIdent;
if (!ExpectSymbol(':', true)) {
return false;
}
nsCSSPropertyID propID = LookupEnabledProperty(propertyName);
if (propID == eCSSProperty_UNKNOWN) {
if (ExpectSymbol(')', true)) {
UngetToken();
return false;
}
aConditionMet = false;
SkipUntil(')');
UngetToken();
} else if (propID == eCSSPropertyExtra_variable) {
if (ExpectSymbol(')', false)) {
UngetToken();
return false;
}
CSSVariableDeclarations::Type variableType;
nsString variableValue;
aConditionMet =
ParseVariableDeclaration(&variableType, variableValue) &&
ParsePriority() != ePriority_Error;
if (!aConditionMet) {
SkipUntil(')');
UngetToken();
}
} else {
if (ExpectSymbol(')', true)) {
UngetToken();
return false;
}
aConditionMet = ParseProperty(propID) &&
ParsePriority() != ePriority_Error;
if (!aConditionMet) {
SkipUntil(')');
UngetToken();
}
mTempData.ClearProperty(propID);
mTempData.AssertInitialState();
}
return true;
}
UngetToken();
return ParseSupportsConditionNegation(aConditionMet);
}
UngetToken();
return ParseSupportsConditionInParens(aConditionMet) &&
ParseSupportsConditionTerms(aConditionMet);
}
// supports_condition_terms
// : S+ 'and' supports_condition_terms_after_operator('and')
// | S+ 'or' supports_condition_terms_after_operator('or')
// |
// ;
bool
CSSParserImpl::ParseSupportsConditionTerms(bool& aConditionMet)
{
if (!RequireWhitespace() || !GetToken(false)) {
return true;
}
if (mToken.mType != eCSSToken_Ident) {
UngetToken();
return true;
}
if (mToken.mIdent.LowerCaseEqualsLiteral("and")) {
return ParseSupportsConditionTermsAfterOperator(aConditionMet, eAnd);
}
if (mToken.mIdent.LowerCaseEqualsLiteral("or")) {
return ParseSupportsConditionTermsAfterOperator(aConditionMet, eOr);
}
UngetToken();
return true;
}
// supports_condition_terms_after_operator(operator)
// : S+ supports_condition_in_parens ( <operator> supports_condition_in_parens )*
// ;
bool
CSSParserImpl::ParseSupportsConditionTermsAfterOperator(
bool& aConditionMet,
CSSParserImpl::SupportsConditionTermOperator aOperator)
{
if (!RequireWhitespace()) {
REPORT_UNEXPECTED(PESupportsWhitespaceRequired);
return false;
}
const char* token = aOperator == eAnd ? "and" : "or";
for (;;) {
bool termConditionMet = false;
if (!ParseSupportsConditionInParens(termConditionMet)) {
return false;
}
aConditionMet = aOperator == eAnd ? aConditionMet && termConditionMet :
aConditionMet || termConditionMet;
if (!GetToken(true)) {
return true;
}
if (mToken.mType != eCSSToken_Ident ||
!mToken.mIdent.LowerCaseEqualsASCII(token)) {
UngetToken();
return true;
}
}
}
bool
CSSParserImpl::ParseCounterStyleRule(RuleAppendFunc aAppendFunc, void* aData)
{
nsCOMPtr<nsIAtom> name;
uint32_t linenum, colnum;
if (!GetNextTokenLocation(true, &linenum, &colnum) ||
!(name = ParseCounterStyleName(true))) {
REPORT_UNEXPECTED_TOKEN(PECounterStyleNotIdent);
return false;
}
if (!ExpectSymbol('{', true)) {
REPORT_UNEXPECTED_TOKEN(PECounterStyleBadBlockStart);
return false;
}
RefPtr<nsCSSCounterStyleRule> rule = new nsCSSCounterStyleRule(name,
linenum,
colnum);
for (;;) {
if (!GetToken(true)) {
REPORT_UNEXPECTED_EOF(PECounterStyleEOF);
break;
}
if (mToken.IsSymbol('}')) {
break;
}
if (mToken.IsSymbol(';')) {
continue;
}
if (!ParseCounterDescriptor(rule)) {
REPORT_UNEXPECTED(PEDeclSkipped);
OUTPUT_ERROR();
if (!SkipDeclaration(true)) {
REPORT_UNEXPECTED_EOF(PECounterStyleEOF);
break;
}
}
}
int32_t system = rule->GetSystem();
bool isCorrect = false;
switch (system) {
case NS_STYLE_COUNTER_SYSTEM_CYCLIC:
case NS_STYLE_COUNTER_SYSTEM_NUMERIC:
case NS_STYLE_COUNTER_SYSTEM_ALPHABETIC:
case NS_STYLE_COUNTER_SYSTEM_SYMBOLIC:
case NS_STYLE_COUNTER_SYSTEM_FIXED: {
// check whether symbols is set and the length is sufficient
const nsCSSValue& symbols = rule->GetDesc(eCSSCounterDesc_Symbols);
if (symbols.GetUnit() == eCSSUnit_List &&
nsCSSCounterStyleRule::CheckDescValue(
system, eCSSCounterDesc_Symbols, symbols)) {
isCorrect = true;
}
break;
}
case NS_STYLE_COUNTER_SYSTEM_ADDITIVE: {
// for additive system, additive-symbols must be set
const nsCSSValue& symbols =
rule->GetDesc(eCSSCounterDesc_AdditiveSymbols);
if (symbols.GetUnit() == eCSSUnit_PairList) {
isCorrect = true;
}
break;
}
case NS_STYLE_COUNTER_SYSTEM_EXTENDS: {
// for extends system, symbols & additive-symbols must not be set
const nsCSSValue& symbols = rule->GetDesc(eCSSCounterDesc_Symbols);
const nsCSSValue& additiveSymbols =
rule->GetDesc(eCSSCounterDesc_AdditiveSymbols);
if (symbols.GetUnit() == eCSSUnit_Null &&
additiveSymbols.GetUnit() == eCSSUnit_Null) {
isCorrect = true;
}
break;
}
default:
NS_NOTREACHED("unknown system");
}
if (isCorrect) {
(*aAppendFunc)(rule, aData);
}
return true;
}
already_AddRefed<nsIAtom>
CSSParserImpl::ParseCounterStyleName(bool aForDefinition)
{
if (!GetToken(true)) {
return nullptr;
}
if (mToken.mType != eCSSToken_Ident) {
UngetToken();
return nullptr;
}
static const nsCSSKeyword kReservedNames[] = {
eCSSKeyword_none,
eCSSKeyword_decimal,
eCSSKeyword_disc,
eCSSKeyword_UNKNOWN
};
nsCSSValue value; // we don't actually care about the value
if (!ParseCustomIdent(value, mToken.mIdent,
aForDefinition ? kReservedNames : nullptr)) {
REPORT_UNEXPECTED_TOKEN(PECounterStyleBadName);
UngetToken();
return nullptr;
}
nsString name = mToken.mIdent;
if (nsCSSProps::IsPredefinedCounterStyle(name)) {
ToLowerCase(name);
}
return NS_Atomize(name);
}
bool
CSSParserImpl::ParseCounterStyleNameValue(nsCSSValue& aValue)
{
if (nsCOMPtr<nsIAtom> name = ParseCounterStyleName(false)) {
aValue.SetAtomIdentValue(name.forget());
return true;
}
return false;
}
bool
CSSParserImpl::ParseCounterDescriptor(nsCSSCounterStyleRule* aRule)
{
if (eCSSToken_Ident != mToken.mType) {
REPORT_UNEXPECTED_TOKEN(PECounterDescExpected);
return false;
}
nsString descName = mToken.mIdent;
if (!ExpectSymbol(':', true)) {
REPORT_UNEXPECTED_TOKEN(PEParseDeclarationNoColon);
OUTPUT_ERROR();
return false;
}
nsCSSCounterDesc descID = nsCSSProps::LookupCounterDesc(descName);
nsCSSValue value;
if (descID == eCSSCounterDesc_UNKNOWN) {
REPORT_UNEXPECTED_P(PEUnknownCounterDesc, descName);
return false;
}
if (!ParseCounterDescriptorValue(descID, value)) {
REPORT_UNEXPECTED_P(PEValueParsingError, descName);
return false;
}
if (!ExpectEndProperty()) {
return false;
}
aRule->SetDesc(descID, value);
return true;
}
bool
CSSParserImpl::ParseCounterDescriptorValue(nsCSSCounterDesc aDescID,
nsCSSValue& aValue)
{
// Should also include VARIANT_IMAGE, but it is not supported currently.
// See bug 1024179.
static const int32_t VARIANT_COUNTER_SYMBOL =
VARIANT_STRING | VARIANT_IDENTIFIER;
switch (aDescID) {
case eCSSCounterDesc_System: {
nsCSSValue system;
if (!ParseEnum(system, nsCSSProps::kCounterSystemKTable)) {
return false;
}
switch (system.GetIntValue()) {
case NS_STYLE_COUNTER_SYSTEM_FIXED: {
nsCSSValue start;
if (!ParseSingleTokenVariant(start, VARIANT_INTEGER, nullptr)) {
start.SetIntValue(1, eCSSUnit_Integer);
}
aValue.SetPairValue(system, start);
return true;
}
case NS_STYLE_COUNTER_SYSTEM_EXTENDS: {
nsCSSValue name;
if (!ParseCounterStyleNameValue(name)) {
REPORT_UNEXPECTED_TOKEN(PECounterExtendsNotIdent);
return false;
}
aValue.SetPairValue(system, name);
return true;
}
default:
aValue = system;
return true;
}
}
case eCSSCounterDesc_Negative: {
nsCSSValue first, second;
if (!ParseSingleTokenVariant(first, VARIANT_COUNTER_SYMBOL, nullptr)) {
return false;
}
if (!ParseSingleTokenVariant(second, VARIANT_COUNTER_SYMBOL, nullptr)) {
aValue = first;
} else {
aValue.SetPairValue(first, second);
}
return true;
}
case eCSSCounterDesc_Prefix:
case eCSSCounterDesc_Suffix:
return ParseSingleTokenVariant(aValue, VARIANT_COUNTER_SYMBOL, nullptr);
case eCSSCounterDesc_Range: {
if (ParseSingleTokenVariant(aValue, VARIANT_AUTO, nullptr)) {
return true;
}
nsCSSValuePairList* item = aValue.SetPairListValue();
for (;;) {
nsCSSValuePair pair;
if (!ParseCounterRange(pair)) {
return false;
}
item->mXValue = pair.mXValue;
item->mYValue = pair.mYValue;
if (!ExpectSymbol(',', true)) {
return true;
}
item->mNext = new nsCSSValuePairList;
item = item->mNext;
}
// should always return in the loop
}
case eCSSCounterDesc_Pad: {
nsCSSValue width, symbol;
bool hasWidth = ParseNonNegativeInteger(width);
if (!ParseSingleTokenVariant(symbol, VARIANT_COUNTER_SYMBOL, nullptr) ||
(!hasWidth && !ParseNonNegativeInteger(width))) {
return false;
}
aValue.SetPairValue(width, symbol);
return true;
}
case eCSSCounterDesc_Fallback:
return ParseCounterStyleNameValue(aValue);
case eCSSCounterDesc_Symbols: {
nsCSSValueList* item = nullptr;
for (;;) {
nsCSSValue value;
if (!ParseSingleTokenVariant(value, VARIANT_COUNTER_SYMBOL, nullptr)) {
return !!item;
}
if (!item) {
item = aValue.SetListValue();
} else {
item->mNext = new nsCSSValueList;
item = item->mNext;
}
item->mValue = value;
}
// should always return in the loop
}
case eCSSCounterDesc_AdditiveSymbols: {
nsCSSValuePairList* item = nullptr;
int32_t lastWeight = -1;
for (;;) {
nsCSSValue weight, symbol;
bool hasWeight = ParseNonNegativeInteger(weight);
if (!ParseSingleTokenVariant(symbol, VARIANT_COUNTER_SYMBOL, nullptr) ||
(!hasWeight && !ParseNonNegativeInteger(weight))) {
return false;
}
if (lastWeight != -1 && weight.GetIntValue() >= lastWeight) {
REPORT_UNEXPECTED(PECounterASWeight);
return false;
}
lastWeight = weight.GetIntValue();
if (!item) {
item = aValue.SetPairListValue();
} else {
item->mNext = new nsCSSValuePairList;
item = item->mNext;
}
item->mXValue = weight;
item->mYValue = symbol;
if (!ExpectSymbol(',', true)) {
return true;
}
}
// should always return in the loop
}
case eCSSCounterDesc_SpeakAs:
if (ParseSingleTokenVariant(aValue, VARIANT_AUTO | VARIANT_KEYWORD,
nsCSSProps::kCounterSpeakAsKTable)) {
if (aValue.GetUnit() == eCSSUnit_Enumerated &&
aValue.GetIntValue() == NS_STYLE_COUNTER_SPEAKAS_SPELL_OUT) {
// Currently spell-out is not supported, so it is explicitly
// rejected here rather than parsed as a custom identifier.
// See bug 1024178.
return false;
}
return true;
}
return ParseCounterStyleNameValue(aValue);
default:
NS_NOTREACHED("unknown descriptor");
return false;
}
}
bool
CSSParserImpl::ParseCounterRange(nsCSSValuePair& aPair)
{
static const int32_t VARIANT_BOUND = VARIANT_INTEGER | VARIANT_KEYWORD;
nsCSSValue lower, upper;
if (!ParseSingleTokenVariant(lower, VARIANT_BOUND,
nsCSSProps::kCounterRangeKTable) ||
!ParseSingleTokenVariant(upper, VARIANT_BOUND,
nsCSSProps::kCounterRangeKTable)) {
return false;
}
if (lower.GetUnit() != eCSSUnit_Enumerated &&
upper.GetUnit() != eCSSUnit_Enumerated &&
lower.GetIntValue() > upper.GetIntValue()) {
return false;
}
aPair = nsCSSValuePair(lower, upper);
return true;
}
bool
CSSParserImpl::SkipUntil(char16_t aStopSymbol)
{
nsCSSToken* tk = &mToken;
AutoTArray<char16_t, 16> stack;
stack.AppendElement(aStopSymbol);
for (;;) {
if (!GetToken(true)) {
return false;
}
if (eCSSToken_Symbol == tk->mType) {
char16_t symbol = tk->mSymbol;
uint32_t stackTopIndex = stack.Length() - 1;
if (symbol == stack.ElementAt(stackTopIndex)) {
stack.RemoveElementAt(stackTopIndex);
if (stackTopIndex == 0) {
return true;
}
// Just handle out-of-memory by parsing incorrectly. It's
// highly unlikely we're dealing with a legitimate style sheet
// anyway.
} else if ('{' == symbol) {
stack.AppendElement('}');
} else if ('[' == symbol) {
stack.AppendElement(']');
} else if ('(' == symbol) {
stack.AppendElement(')');
}
} else if (eCSSToken_Function == tk->mType ||
eCSSToken_Bad_URL == tk->mType) {
stack.AppendElement(')');
}
}
}
bool
CSSParserImpl::SkipBalancedContentUntil(char16_t aStopSymbol)
{
nsCSSToken* tk = &mToken;
AutoTArray<char16_t, 16> stack;
stack.AppendElement(aStopSymbol);
for (;;) {
if (!GetToken(true)) {
return true;
}
if (eCSSToken_Symbol == tk->mType) {
char16_t symbol = tk->mSymbol;
uint32_t stackTopIndex = stack.Length() - 1;
if (symbol == stack.ElementAt(stackTopIndex)) {
stack.RemoveElementAt(stackTopIndex);
if (stackTopIndex == 0) {
return true;
}
// Just handle out-of-memory by parsing incorrectly. It's
// highly unlikely we're dealing with a legitimate style sheet
// anyway.
} else if ('{' == symbol) {
stack.AppendElement('}');
} else if ('[' == symbol) {
stack.AppendElement(']');
} else if ('(' == symbol) {
stack.AppendElement(')');
} else if (')' == symbol ||
']' == symbol ||
'}' == symbol) {
UngetToken();
return false;
}
} else if (eCSSToken_Function == tk->mType ||
eCSSToken_Bad_URL == tk->mType) {
stack.AppendElement(')');
}
}
}
void
CSSParserImpl::SkipUntilOneOf(const char16_t* aStopSymbolChars)
{
nsCSSToken* tk = &mToken;
nsDependentString stopSymbolChars(aStopSymbolChars);
for (;;) {
if (!GetToken(true)) {
break;
}
if (eCSSToken_Symbol == tk->mType) {
char16_t symbol = tk->mSymbol;
if (stopSymbolChars.FindChar(symbol) != -1) {
break;
} else if ('{' == symbol) {
SkipUntil('}');
} else if ('[' == symbol) {
SkipUntil(']');
} else if ('(' == symbol) {
SkipUntil(')');
}
} else if (eCSSToken_Function == tk->mType ||
eCSSToken_Bad_URL == tk->mType) {
SkipUntil(')');
}
}
}
void
CSSParserImpl::SkipUntilAllOf(const StopSymbolCharStack& aStopSymbolChars)
{
uint32_t i = aStopSymbolChars.Length();
while (i--) {
SkipUntil(aStopSymbolChars[i]);
}
}
bool
CSSParserImpl::SkipDeclaration(bool aCheckForBraces)
{
nsCSSToken* tk = &mToken;
for (;;) {
if (!GetToken(true)) {
if (aCheckForBraces) {
REPORT_UNEXPECTED_EOF(PESkipDeclBraceEOF);
}
return false;
}
if (eCSSToken_Symbol == tk->mType) {
char16_t symbol = tk->mSymbol;
if (';' == symbol) {
break;
}
if (aCheckForBraces) {
if ('}' == symbol) {
UngetToken();
break;
}
}
if ('{' == symbol) {
SkipUntil('}');
} else if ('(' == symbol) {
SkipUntil(')');
} else if ('[' == symbol) {
SkipUntil(']');
}
} else if (eCSSToken_Function == tk->mType ||
eCSSToken_Bad_URL == tk->mType) {
SkipUntil(')');
}
}
return true;
}
void
CSSParserImpl::SkipRuleSet(bool aInsideBraces)
{
nsCSSToken* tk = &mToken;
for (;;) {
if (!GetToken(true)) {
REPORT_UNEXPECTED_EOF(PESkipRSBraceEOF);
break;
}
if (eCSSToken_Symbol == tk->mType) {
char16_t symbol = tk->mSymbol;
if ('}' == symbol && aInsideBraces) {
// leave block closer for higher-level grammar to consume
UngetToken();
break;
} else if ('{' == symbol) {
SkipUntil('}');
break;
} else if ('(' == symbol) {
SkipUntil(')');
} else if ('[' == symbol) {
SkipUntil(']');
}
} else if (eCSSToken_Function == tk->mType ||
eCSSToken_Bad_URL == tk->mType) {
SkipUntil(')');
}
}
}
void
CSSParserImpl::PushGroup(css::GroupRule* aRule)
{
mGroupStack.AppendElement(aRule);
}
void
CSSParserImpl::PopGroup()
{
uint32_t count = mGroupStack.Length();
if (0 < count) {
mGroupStack.RemoveElementAt(count - 1);
}
}
void
CSSParserImpl::AppendRule(css::Rule* aRule)
{
uint32_t count = mGroupStack.Length();
if (0 < count) {
mGroupStack[count - 1]->AppendStyleRule(aRule);
}
else {
mSheet->AppendStyleRule(aRule);
}
}
bool
CSSParserImpl::ParseRuleSet(RuleAppendFunc aAppendFunc, void* aData,
bool aInsideBraces)
{
// First get the list of selectors for the rule
nsCSSSelectorList* slist = nullptr;
uint32_t linenum, colnum;
if (!GetNextTokenLocation(true, &linenum, &colnum) ||
!ParseSelectorList(slist, char16_t('{'))) {
REPORT_UNEXPECTED(PEBadSelectorRSIgnored);
OUTPUT_ERROR();
SkipRuleSet(aInsideBraces);
return false;
}
NS_ASSERTION(nullptr != slist, "null selector list");
CLEAR_ERROR();
// Next parse the declaration block
uint32_t parseFlags = eParseDeclaration_InBraces |
eParseDeclaration_AllowImportant;
RefPtr<css::Declaration> declaration = ParseDeclarationBlock(parseFlags);
if (nullptr == declaration) {
delete slist;
return false;
}
#if 0
slist->Dump();
fputs("{\n", stdout);
declaration->List();
fputs("}\n", stdout);
#endif
// Translate the selector list and declaration block into style data
RefPtr<css::StyleRule> rule = new css::StyleRule(slist, declaration,
linenum, colnum);
(*aAppendFunc)(rule, aData);
return true;
}
bool
CSSParserImpl::ParseSelectorList(nsCSSSelectorList*& aListHead,
char16_t aStopChar)
{
nsCSSSelectorList* list = nullptr;
if (! ParseSelectorGroup(list)) {
// must have at least one selector group
aListHead = nullptr;
return false;
}
NS_ASSERTION(nullptr != list, "no selector list");
aListHead = list;
// After that there must either be a "," or a "{" (the latter if
// StopChar is nonzero)
nsCSSToken* tk = &mToken;
for (;;) {
if (! GetToken(true)) {
if (aStopChar == char16_t(0)) {
return true;
}
REPORT_UNEXPECTED_EOF(PESelectorListExtraEOF);
break;
}
if (eCSSToken_Symbol == tk->mType) {
if (',' == tk->mSymbol) {
nsCSSSelectorList* newList = nullptr;
// Another selector group must follow
if (! ParseSelectorGroup(newList)) {
break;
}
// add new list to the end of the selector list
list->mNext = newList;
list = newList;
continue;
} else if (aStopChar == tk->mSymbol && aStopChar != char16_t(0)) {
UngetToken();
return true;
}
}
REPORT_UNEXPECTED_TOKEN(PESelectorListExtra);
UngetToken();
break;
}
delete aListHead;
aListHead = nullptr;
return false;
}
static bool IsUniversalSelector(const nsCSSSelector& aSelector)
{
return bool((aSelector.mNameSpace == kNameSpaceID_Unknown) &&
(aSelector.mLowercaseTag == nullptr) &&
(aSelector.mIDList == nullptr) &&
(aSelector.mClassList == nullptr) &&
(aSelector.mAttrList == nullptr) &&
(aSelector.mNegations == nullptr) &&
(aSelector.mPseudoClassList == nullptr));
}
bool
CSSParserImpl::ParseSelectorGroup(nsCSSSelectorList*& aList)
{
char16_t combinator = 0;
nsAutoPtr<nsCSSSelectorList> list(new nsCSSSelectorList());
for (;;) {
if (!ParseSelector(list, combinator)) {
return false;
}
// Look for a combinator.
if (!GetToken(false)) {
break; // EOF ok here
}
combinator = char16_t(0);
if (mToken.mType == eCSSToken_Whitespace) {
if (!GetToken(true)) {
break; // EOF ok here
}
combinator = char16_t(' ');
}
if (mToken.mType != eCSSToken_Symbol) {
UngetToken(); // not a combinator
} else {
char16_t symbol = mToken.mSymbol;
if (symbol == '+' || symbol == '>' || symbol == '~') {
combinator = mToken.mSymbol;
} else {
UngetToken(); // not a combinator
if (symbol == ',' || symbol == '{' || symbol == ')') {
break; // end of selector group
}
}
}
if (!combinator) {
REPORT_UNEXPECTED_TOKEN(PESelectorListExtra);
return false;
}
}
aList = list.forget();
return true;
}
#define SEL_MASK_NSPACE 0x01
#define SEL_MASK_ELEM 0x02
#define SEL_MASK_ID 0x04
#define SEL_MASK_CLASS 0x08
#define SEL_MASK_ATTRIB 0x10
#define SEL_MASK_PCLASS 0x20
#define SEL_MASK_PELEM 0x40
//
// Parses an ID selector #name
//
CSSParserImpl::nsSelectorParsingStatus
CSSParserImpl::ParseIDSelector(int32_t& aDataMask,
nsCSSSelector& aSelector)
{
NS_ASSERTION(!mToken.mIdent.IsEmpty(),
"Empty mIdent in eCSSToken_ID token?");
aDataMask |= SEL_MASK_ID;
aSelector.AddID(mToken.mIdent);
return eSelectorParsingStatus_Continue;
}
//
// Parses a class selector .name
//
CSSParserImpl::nsSelectorParsingStatus
CSSParserImpl::ParseClassSelector(int32_t& aDataMask,
nsCSSSelector& aSelector)
{
if (! GetToken(false)) { // get ident
REPORT_UNEXPECTED_EOF(PEClassSelEOF);
return eSelectorParsingStatus_Error;
}
if (eCSSToken_Ident != mToken.mType) { // malformed selector
REPORT_UNEXPECTED_TOKEN(PEClassSelNotIdent);
UngetToken();
return eSelectorParsingStatus_Error;
}
aDataMask |= SEL_MASK_CLASS;
aSelector.AddClass(mToken.mIdent);
return eSelectorParsingStatus_Continue;
}
//
// Parse a type element selector or a universal selector
// namespace|type or namespace|* or *|* or *
//
CSSParserImpl::nsSelectorParsingStatus
CSSParserImpl::ParseTypeOrUniversalSelector(int32_t& aDataMask,
nsCSSSelector& aSelector,
bool aIsNegated)
{
nsAutoString buffer;
if (mToken.IsSymbol('*')) { // universal element selector, or universal namespace
if (ExpectSymbol('|', false)) { // was namespace
aDataMask |= SEL_MASK_NSPACE;
aSelector.SetNameSpace(kNameSpaceID_Unknown); // namespace wildcard
if (! GetToken(false)) {
REPORT_UNEXPECTED_EOF(PETypeSelEOF);
return eSelectorParsingStatus_Error;
}
if (eCSSToken_Ident == mToken.mType) { // element name
aDataMask |= SEL_MASK_ELEM;
aSelector.SetTag(mToken.mIdent);
}
else if (mToken.IsSymbol('*')) { // universal selector
aDataMask |= SEL_MASK_ELEM;
// don't set tag
}
else {
REPORT_UNEXPECTED_TOKEN(PETypeSelNotType);
UngetToken();
return eSelectorParsingStatus_Error;
}
}
else { // was universal element selector
SetDefaultNamespaceOnSelector(aSelector);
aDataMask |= SEL_MASK_ELEM;
// don't set any tag in the selector
}
if (! GetToken(false)) { // premature eof is ok (here!)
return eSelectorParsingStatus_Done;
}
}
else if (eCSSToken_Ident == mToken.mType) { // element name or namespace name
buffer = mToken.mIdent; // hang on to ident
if (ExpectSymbol('|', false)) { // was namespace
aDataMask |= SEL_MASK_NSPACE;
int32_t nameSpaceID = GetNamespaceIdForPrefix(buffer);
if (nameSpaceID == kNameSpaceID_Unknown) {
return eSelectorParsingStatus_Error;
}
aSelector.SetNameSpace(nameSpaceID);
if (! GetToken(false)) {
REPORT_UNEXPECTED_EOF(PETypeSelEOF);
return eSelectorParsingStatus_Error;
}
if (eCSSToken_Ident == mToken.mType) { // element name
aDataMask |= SEL_MASK_ELEM;
aSelector.SetTag(mToken.mIdent);
}
else if (mToken.IsSymbol('*')) { // universal selector
aDataMask |= SEL_MASK_ELEM;
// don't set tag
}
else {
REPORT_UNEXPECTED_TOKEN(PETypeSelNotType);
UngetToken();
return eSelectorParsingStatus_Error;
}
}
else { // was element name
SetDefaultNamespaceOnSelector(aSelector);
aSelector.SetTag(buffer);
aDataMask |= SEL_MASK_ELEM;
}
if (! GetToken(false)) { // premature eof is ok (here!)
return eSelectorParsingStatus_Done;
}
}
else if (mToken.IsSymbol('|')) { // No namespace
aDataMask |= SEL_MASK_NSPACE;
aSelector.SetNameSpace(kNameSpaceID_None); // explicit NO namespace
// get mandatory tag
if (! GetToken(false)) {
REPORT_UNEXPECTED_EOF(PETypeSelEOF);
return eSelectorParsingStatus_Error;
}
if (eCSSToken_Ident == mToken.mType) { // element name
aDataMask |= SEL_MASK_ELEM;
aSelector.SetTag(mToken.mIdent);
}
else if (mToken.IsSymbol('*')) { // universal selector
aDataMask |= SEL_MASK_ELEM;
// don't set tag
}
else {
REPORT_UNEXPECTED_TOKEN(PETypeSelNotType);
UngetToken();
return eSelectorParsingStatus_Error;
}
if (! GetToken(false)) { // premature eof is ok (here!)
return eSelectorParsingStatus_Done;
}
}
else {
SetDefaultNamespaceOnSelector(aSelector);
}
if (aIsNegated) {
// restore last token read in case of a negated type selector
UngetToken();
}
return eSelectorParsingStatus_Continue;
}
//
// Parse attribute selectors [attr], [attr=value], [attr|=value],
// [attr~=value], [attr^=value], [attr$=value] and [attr*=value]
//
CSSParserImpl::nsSelectorParsingStatus
CSSParserImpl::ParseAttributeSelector(int32_t& aDataMask,
nsCSSSelector& aSelector)
{
if (! GetToken(true)) { // premature EOF
REPORT_UNEXPECTED_EOF(PEAttributeNameEOF);
return eSelectorParsingStatus_Error;
}
int32_t nameSpaceID = kNameSpaceID_None;
nsAutoString attr;
if (mToken.IsSymbol('*')) { // wildcard namespace
nameSpaceID = kNameSpaceID_Unknown;
if (ExpectSymbol('|', false)) {
if (! GetToken(false)) { // premature EOF
REPORT_UNEXPECTED_EOF(PEAttributeNameEOF);
return eSelectorParsingStatus_Error;
}
if (eCSSToken_Ident == mToken.mType) { // attr name
attr = mToken.mIdent;
}
else {
REPORT_UNEXPECTED_TOKEN(PEAttributeNameExpected);
UngetToken();
return eSelectorParsingStatus_Error;
}
}
else {
REPORT_UNEXPECTED_TOKEN(PEAttSelNoBar);
return eSelectorParsingStatus_Error;
}
}
else if (mToken.IsSymbol('|')) { // NO namespace
if (! GetToken(false)) { // premature EOF
REPORT_UNEXPECTED_EOF(PEAttributeNameEOF);
return eSelectorParsingStatus_Error;
}
if (eCSSToken_Ident == mToken.mType) { // attr name
attr = mToken.mIdent;
}
else {
REPORT_UNEXPECTED_TOKEN(PEAttributeNameExpected);
UngetToken();
return eSelectorParsingStatus_Error;
}
}
else if (eCSSToken_Ident == mToken.mType) { // attr name or namespace
attr = mToken.mIdent; // hang on to it
if (ExpectSymbol('|', false)) { // was a namespace
nameSpaceID = GetNamespaceIdForPrefix(attr);
if (nameSpaceID == kNameSpaceID_Unknown) {
return eSelectorParsingStatus_Error;
}
if (! GetToken(false)) { // premature EOF
REPORT_UNEXPECTED_EOF(PEAttributeNameEOF);
return eSelectorParsingStatus_Error;
}
if (eCSSToken_Ident == mToken.mType) { // attr name
attr = mToken.mIdent;
}
else {
REPORT_UNEXPECTED_TOKEN(PEAttributeNameExpected);
UngetToken();
return eSelectorParsingStatus_Error;
}
}
}
else { // malformed
REPORT_UNEXPECTED_TOKEN(PEAttributeNameOrNamespaceExpected);
UngetToken();
return eSelectorParsingStatus_Error;
}
bool gotEOF = false;
if (! GetToken(true)) { // premature EOF
// Treat this just like we saw a ']', but do still output the
// warning, similar to what ExpectSymbol does.
REPORT_UNEXPECTED_EOF(PEAttSelInnerEOF);
gotEOF = true;
}
if (gotEOF ||
(eCSSToken_Symbol == mToken.mType) ||
(eCSSToken_Includes == mToken.mType) ||
(eCSSToken_Dashmatch == mToken.mType) ||
(eCSSToken_Beginsmatch == mToken.mType) ||
(eCSSToken_Endsmatch == mToken.mType) ||
(eCSSToken_Containsmatch == mToken.mType)) {
uint8_t func;
// Important: Check the EOF/']' case first, since if gotEOF we
// don't want to be examining mToken.
if (gotEOF || ']' == mToken.mSymbol) {
aDataMask |= SEL_MASK_ATTRIB;
aSelector.AddAttribute(nameSpaceID, attr);
func = NS_ATTR_FUNC_SET;
}
else if (eCSSToken_Includes == mToken.mType) {
func = NS_ATTR_FUNC_INCLUDES;
}
else if (eCSSToken_Dashmatch == mToken.mType) {
func = NS_ATTR_FUNC_DASHMATCH;
}
else if (eCSSToken_Beginsmatch == mToken.mType) {
func = NS_ATTR_FUNC_BEGINSMATCH;
}
else if (eCSSToken_Endsmatch == mToken.mType) {
func = NS_ATTR_FUNC_ENDSMATCH;
}
else if (eCSSToken_Containsmatch == mToken.mType) {
func = NS_ATTR_FUNC_CONTAINSMATCH;
}
else if ('=' == mToken.mSymbol) {
func = NS_ATTR_FUNC_EQUALS;
}
else {
REPORT_UNEXPECTED_TOKEN(PEAttSelUnexpected);
UngetToken(); // bad function
return eSelectorParsingStatus_Error;
}
if (NS_ATTR_FUNC_SET != func) { // get value
if (! GetToken(true)) { // premature EOF
REPORT_UNEXPECTED_EOF(PEAttSelValueEOF);
return eSelectorParsingStatus_Error;
}
if ((eCSSToken_Ident == mToken.mType) || (eCSSToken_String == mToken.mType)) {
nsAutoString value(mToken.mIdent);
// Avoid duplicating the eof handling by just not checking for
// the 'i' annotation if we got eof.
typedef nsAttrSelector::ValueCaseSensitivity ValueCaseSensitivity;
ValueCaseSensitivity valueCaseSensitivity =
ValueCaseSensitivity::CaseSensitive;
bool eof = !GetToken(true);
if (!eof) {
if (eCSSToken_Ident == mToken.mType &&
mToken.mIdent.LowerCaseEqualsLiteral("i")) {
valueCaseSensitivity = ValueCaseSensitivity::CaseInsensitive;
eof = !GetToken(true);
}
}
bool gotClosingBracket;
if (eof) { // premature EOF
// Report a warning, but then treat it as a closing bracket.
REPORT_UNEXPECTED_EOF(PEAttSelCloseEOF);
gotClosingBracket = true;
} else {
gotClosingBracket = mToken.IsSymbol(']');
}
if (gotClosingBracket) {
// For cases when this style sheet is applied to an HTML
// element in an HTML document, and the attribute selector is
// for a non-namespaced attribute, then check to see if it's
// one of the known attributes whose VALUE is
// case-insensitive.
if (valueCaseSensitivity != ValueCaseSensitivity::CaseInsensitive &&
nameSpaceID == kNameSpaceID_None) {
static const char* caseInsensitiveHTMLAttribute[] = {
// list based on http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/
"lang",
"dir",
"http-equiv",
"text",
"link",
"vlink",
"alink",
"compact",
"align",
"frame",
"rules",
"valign",
"scope",
"axis",
"nowrap",
"hreflang",
"rel",
"rev",
"charset",
"codetype",
"declare",
"valuetype",
"shape",
"nohref",
"media",
"bgcolor",
"clear",
"color",
"face",
"noshade",
"noresize",
"scrolling",
"target",
"method",
"enctype",
"accept-charset",
"accept",
"checked",
"multiple",
"selected",
"disabled",
"readonly",
"language",
"defer",
"type",
// additional attributes not in HTML4
"direction", // marquee
nullptr
};
short i = 0;
const char* htmlAttr;
while ((htmlAttr = caseInsensitiveHTMLAttribute[i++])) {
if (attr.LowerCaseEqualsASCII(htmlAttr)) {
valueCaseSensitivity = ValueCaseSensitivity::CaseInsensitiveInHTML;
break;
}
}
}
aDataMask |= SEL_MASK_ATTRIB;
aSelector.AddAttribute(nameSpaceID, attr, func, value,
valueCaseSensitivity);
}
else {
REPORT_UNEXPECTED_TOKEN(PEAttSelNoClose);
UngetToken();
return eSelectorParsingStatus_Error;
}
}
else {
REPORT_UNEXPECTED_TOKEN(PEAttSelBadValue);
UngetToken();
return eSelectorParsingStatus_Error;
}
}
}
else {
REPORT_UNEXPECTED_TOKEN(PEAttSelUnexpected);
UngetToken(); // bad dog, no biscut!
return eSelectorParsingStatus_Error;
}
return eSelectorParsingStatus_Continue;
}
//
// Parse pseudo-classes and pseudo-elements
//
CSSParserImpl::nsSelectorParsingStatus
CSSParserImpl::ParsePseudoSelector(int32_t& aDataMask,
nsCSSSelector& aSelector,
bool aIsNegated,
nsIAtom** aPseudoElement,
nsAtomList** aPseudoElementArgs,
CSSPseudoElementType* aPseudoElementType)
{
NS_ASSERTION(aIsNegated || (aPseudoElement && aPseudoElementArgs),
"expected location to store pseudo element");
NS_ASSERTION(!aIsNegated || (!aPseudoElement && !aPseudoElementArgs),
"negated selectors shouldn't have a place to store "
"pseudo elements");
if (! GetToken(false)) { // premature eof
REPORT_UNEXPECTED_EOF(PEPseudoSelEOF);
return eSelectorParsingStatus_Error;
}
// First, find out whether we are parsing a CSS3 pseudo-element
bool parsingPseudoElement = false;
if (mToken.IsSymbol(':')) {
parsingPseudoElement = true;
if (! GetToken(false)) { // premature eof
REPORT_UNEXPECTED_EOF(PEPseudoSelEOF);
return eSelectorParsingStatus_Error;
}
}
// Do some sanity-checking on the token
if (eCSSToken_Ident != mToken.mType && eCSSToken_Function != mToken.mType) {
// malformed selector
REPORT_UNEXPECTED_TOKEN(PEPseudoSelBadName);
UngetToken();
return eSelectorParsingStatus_Error;
}
// OK, now we know we have an mIdent. Atomize it. All the atoms, for
// pseudo-classes as well as pseudo-elements, start with a single ':'.
nsAutoString buffer;
buffer.Append(char16_t(':'));
buffer.Append(mToken.mIdent);
nsContentUtils::ASCIIToLower(buffer);
nsCOMPtr<nsIAtom> pseudo = NS_Atomize(buffer);
// stash away some info about this pseudo so we only have to get it once.
bool isTreePseudo = false;
CSSEnabledState enabledState = EnabledState();
CSSPseudoElementType pseudoElementType =
nsCSSPseudoElements::GetPseudoType(pseudo, enabledState);
CSSPseudoClassType pseudoClassType =
nsCSSPseudoClasses::GetPseudoType(pseudo, enabledState);
bool pseudoClassIsUserAction =
nsCSSPseudoClasses::IsUserActionPseudoClass(pseudoClassType);
if (nsCSSAnonBoxes::IsNonElement(pseudo)) {
// Non-element anonymous boxes should not match any rule.
REPORT_UNEXPECTED_TOKEN(PEPseudoSelUnknown);
UngetToken();
return eSelectorParsingStatus_Error;
}
// We currently allow :-moz-placeholder and ::-moz-placeholder and
// ::placeholder. We have to be a bit stricter regarding the
// pseudo-element parsing rules.
if (pseudoElementType == CSSPseudoElementType::placeholder &&
pseudoClassType == CSSPseudoClassType::mozPlaceholder) {
if (parsingPseudoElement) {
pseudoClassType = CSSPseudoClassType::NotPseudo;
} else {
pseudoElementType = CSSPseudoElementType::NotPseudo;
}
}
#ifdef MOZ_XUL
isTreePseudo = (pseudoElementType == CSSPseudoElementType::XULTree);
// If a tree pseudo-element is using the function syntax, it will
// get isTree set here and will pass the check below that only
// allows functions if they are in our list of things allowed to be
// functions. If it is _not_ using the function syntax, isTree will
// be false, and it will still pass that check. So the tree
// pseudo-elements are allowed to be either functions or not, as
// desired.
bool isTree = (eCSSToken_Function == mToken.mType) && isTreePseudo;
#endif
bool isPseudoElement = (pseudoElementType < CSSPseudoElementType::Count);
// anonymous boxes are only allowed if they're the tree boxes or we have
// enabled agent rules
bool isAnonBox = isTreePseudo ||
((pseudoElementType == CSSPseudoElementType::InheritingAnonBox ||
pseudoElementType == CSSPseudoElementType::NonInheritingAnonBox) &&
AgentRulesEnabled());
bool isPseudoClass =
(pseudoClassType != CSSPseudoClassType::NotPseudo);
NS_ASSERTION(!isPseudoClass ||
pseudoElementType == CSSPseudoElementType::NotPseudo,
"Why is this atom both a pseudo-class and a pseudo-element?");
NS_ASSERTION(isPseudoClass + isPseudoElement + isAnonBox <= 1,
"Shouldn't be more than one of these");
if (!isPseudoClass && !isPseudoElement && !isAnonBox) {
// Not a pseudo-class, not a pseudo-element.... forget it
REPORT_UNEXPECTED_TOKEN(PEPseudoSelUnknown);
UngetToken();
return eSelectorParsingStatus_Error;
}
// If it's a function token, it better be on our "ok" list, and if the name
// is that of a function pseudo it better be a function token
if ((eCSSToken_Function == mToken.mType) !=
(
#ifdef MOZ_XUL
isTree ||
#endif
CSSPseudoClassType::negation == pseudoClassType ||
nsCSSPseudoClasses::HasStringArg(pseudoClassType) ||
nsCSSPseudoClasses::HasNthPairArg(pseudoClassType) ||
nsCSSPseudoClasses::HasSelectorListArg(pseudoClassType))) {
// There are no other function pseudos
REPORT_UNEXPECTED_TOKEN(PEPseudoSelNonFunc);
UngetToken();
return eSelectorParsingStatus_Error;
}
// If it starts with "::", it better be a pseudo-element
if (parsingPseudoElement &&
!isPseudoElement &&
!isAnonBox) {
REPORT_UNEXPECTED_TOKEN(PEPseudoSelNotPE);
UngetToken();
return eSelectorParsingStatus_Error;
}
if (aSelector.IsPseudoElement()) {
CSSPseudoElementType type = aSelector.PseudoType();
if (type >= CSSPseudoElementType::Count ||
!nsCSSPseudoElements::PseudoElementSupportsUserActionState(type)) {
// We only allow user action pseudo-classes on certain pseudo-elements.
REPORT_UNEXPECTED_TOKEN(PEPseudoSelNoUserActionPC);
UngetToken();
return eSelectorParsingStatus_Error;
}
if (!isPseudoClass || !pseudoClassIsUserAction) {
// CSS 4 Selectors says that pseudo-elements can only be followed by
// a user action pseudo-class.
REPORT_UNEXPECTED_TOKEN(PEPseudoClassNotUserAction);
UngetToken();
return eSelectorParsingStatus_Error;
}
}
if (!parsingPseudoElement &&
CSSPseudoClassType::negation == pseudoClassType) {
if (aIsNegated) { // :not() can't be itself negated
REPORT_UNEXPECTED_TOKEN(PEPseudoSelDoubleNot);
UngetToken();
return eSelectorParsingStatus_Error;
}
// CSS 3 Negation pseudo-class takes one simple selector as argument
nsSelectorParsingStatus parsingStatus =
ParseNegatedSimpleSelector(aDataMask, aSelector);
if (eSelectorParsingStatus_Continue != parsingStatus) {
return parsingStatus;
}
}
else if (!parsingPseudoElement && isPseudoClass) {
aDataMask |= SEL_MASK_PCLASS;
if (eCSSToken_Function == mToken.mType) {
nsSelectorParsingStatus parsingStatus;
if (nsCSSPseudoClasses::HasStringArg(pseudoClassType)) {
parsingStatus =
ParsePseudoClassWithIdentArg(aSelector, pseudoClassType);
}
else if (nsCSSPseudoClasses::HasNthPairArg(pseudoClassType)) {
parsingStatus =
ParsePseudoClassWithNthPairArg(aSelector, pseudoClassType);
}
else {
MOZ_ASSERT(nsCSSPseudoClasses::HasSelectorListArg(pseudoClassType),
"unexpected pseudo with function token");
parsingStatus = ParsePseudoClassWithSelectorListArg(aSelector,
pseudoClassType);
}
if (eSelectorParsingStatus_Continue != parsingStatus) {
if (eSelectorParsingStatus_Error == parsingStatus) {
SkipUntil(')');
}
return parsingStatus;
}
}
else {
aSelector.AddPseudoClass(pseudoClassType);
}
}
else if (isPseudoElement || isAnonBox) {
// Pseudo-element. Make some more sanity checks.
if (aIsNegated) { // pseudo-elements can't be negated
REPORT_UNEXPECTED_TOKEN(PEPseudoSelPEInNot);
UngetToken();
return eSelectorParsingStatus_Error;
}
// CSS2 pseudo-elements and -moz-tree-* pseudo-elements are allowed
// to have a single ':' on them. Others (CSS3+ pseudo-elements and
// various -moz-* pseudo-elements) must have |parsingPseudoElement|
// set.
if (!parsingPseudoElement &&
!nsCSSPseudoElements::IsCSS2PseudoElement(pseudo)
#ifdef MOZ_XUL
&& !isTreePseudo
#endif
) {
REPORT_UNEXPECTED_TOKEN(PEPseudoSelNewStyleOnly);
UngetToken();
return eSelectorParsingStatus_Error;
}
if (0 == (aDataMask & SEL_MASK_PELEM)) {
aDataMask |= SEL_MASK_PELEM;
NS_ADDREF(*aPseudoElement = pseudo);
*aPseudoElementType = pseudoElementType;
#ifdef MOZ_XUL
if (isTree) {
// We have encountered a pseudoelement of the form
// -moz-tree-xxxx(a,b,c). We parse (a,b,c) and add each
// item in the list to the pseudoclass list. They will be pulled
// from the list later along with the pseudo-element.
if (!ParseTreePseudoElement(aPseudoElementArgs)) {
return eSelectorParsingStatus_Error;
}
}
#endif
// Pseudo-elements can only be followed by user action pseudo-classes
// or be the end of the selector. So the next non-whitespace token must
// be ':', '{' or ',' or EOF.
if (!GetToken(true)) { // premature eof is ok (here!)
return eSelectorParsingStatus_Done;
}
if (parsingPseudoElement && mToken.IsSymbol(':')) {
UngetToken();
return eSelectorParsingStatus_Continue;
}
if ((mToken.IsSymbol('{') || mToken.IsSymbol(','))) {
UngetToken();
return eSelectorParsingStatus_Done;
}
REPORT_UNEXPECTED_TOKEN(PEPseudoSelEndOrUserActionPC);
UngetToken();
return eSelectorParsingStatus_Error;
}
else { // multiple pseudo elements, not legal
REPORT_UNEXPECTED_TOKEN(PEPseudoSelMultiplePE);
UngetToken();
return eSelectorParsingStatus_Error;
}
}
#ifdef DEBUG
else {
// We should never end up here. Indeed, if we ended up here, we know (from
// the current if/else cascade) that !isPseudoElement and !isAnonBox. But
// then due to our earlier check we know that isPseudoClass. Since we
// didn't fall into the isPseudoClass case in this cascade, we must have
// parsingPseudoElement. But we've already checked the
// parsingPseudoElement && !isPseudoClass && !isAnonBox case and bailed if
// it's happened.
NS_NOTREACHED("How did this happen?");
}
#endif
return eSelectorParsingStatus_Continue;
}
//
// Parse the argument of a negation pseudo-class :not()
//
CSSParserImpl::nsSelectorParsingStatus
CSSParserImpl::ParseNegatedSimpleSelector(int32_t& aDataMask,
nsCSSSelector& aSelector)
{
if (! GetToken(true)) { // premature eof
REPORT_UNEXPECTED_EOF(PENegationEOF);
return eSelectorParsingStatus_Error;
}
if (mToken.IsSymbol(')')) {
REPORT_UNEXPECTED_TOKEN(PENegationBadArg);
return eSelectorParsingStatus_Error;
}
// Create a new nsCSSSelector and add it to the end of
// aSelector.mNegations.
// Given the current parsing rules, every selector in mNegations
// contains only one simple selector (css3 definition) within it.
// This could easily change in future versions of CSS, and the only
// thing we need to change to support that is this parsing code and the
// serialization code for nsCSSSelector.
nsCSSSelector *newSel = new nsCSSSelector();
nsCSSSelector* negations = &aSelector;
while (negations->mNegations) {
negations = negations->mNegations;
}
negations->mNegations = newSel;
nsSelectorParsingStatus parsingStatus;
if (eCSSToken_ID == mToken.mType) { // #id
parsingStatus = ParseIDSelector(aDataMask, *newSel);
}
else if (mToken.IsSymbol('.')) { // .class
parsingStatus = ParseClassSelector(aDataMask, *newSel);
}
else if (mToken.IsSymbol(':')) { // :pseudo
parsingStatus = ParsePseudoSelector(aDataMask, *newSel, true,
nullptr, nullptr, nullptr);
}
else if (mToken.IsSymbol('[')) { // [attribute
parsingStatus = ParseAttributeSelector(aDataMask, *newSel);
if (eSelectorParsingStatus_Error == parsingStatus) {
// Skip forward to the matching ']'
SkipUntil(']');
}
}
else {
// then it should be a type element or universal selector
parsingStatus = ParseTypeOrUniversalSelector(aDataMask, *newSel, true);
}
if (eSelectorParsingStatus_Error == parsingStatus) {
REPORT_UNEXPECTED_TOKEN(PENegationBadInner);
SkipUntil(')');
return parsingStatus;
}
// close the parenthesis
if (!ExpectSymbol(')', true)) {
REPORT_UNEXPECTED_TOKEN(PENegationNoClose);
SkipUntil(')');
return eSelectorParsingStatus_Error;
}
NS_ASSERTION(newSel->mNameSpace == kNameSpaceID_Unknown ||
(!newSel->mIDList && !newSel->mClassList &&
!newSel->mPseudoClassList && !newSel->mAttrList),
"Need to fix the serialization code to deal with this");
return eSelectorParsingStatus_Continue;
}
//
// Parse the argument of a pseudo-class that has an ident arg
//
CSSParserImpl::nsSelectorParsingStatus
CSSParserImpl::ParsePseudoClassWithIdentArg(nsCSSSelector& aSelector,
CSSPseudoClassType aType)
{
if (! GetToken(true)) { // premature eof
REPORT_UNEXPECTED_EOF(PEPseudoClassArgEOF);
return eSelectorParsingStatus_Error;
}
// We expect an identifier with a language abbreviation
if (eCSSToken_Ident != mToken.mType) {
REPORT_UNEXPECTED_TOKEN(PEPseudoClassArgNotIdent);
UngetToken();
return eSelectorParsingStatus_Error; // our caller calls SkipUntil(')')
}
// -moz-locale-dir and dir take an identifier argument. While
// only 'ltr' and 'rtl' (case-insensitively) will match anything, any
// other identifier is still valid.
if (aType == CSSPseudoClassType::mozLocaleDir ||
aType == CSSPseudoClassType::dir) {
nsContentUtils::ASCIIToLower(mToken.mIdent); // case insensitive
}
// Add the pseudo with the language parameter
aSelector.AddPseudoClass(aType, mToken.mIdent.get());
// close the parenthesis
if (!ExpectSymbol(')', true)) {
REPORT_UNEXPECTED_TOKEN(PEPseudoClassNoClose);
return eSelectorParsingStatus_Error; // our caller calls SkipUntil(')')
}
return eSelectorParsingStatus_Continue;
}
CSSParserImpl::nsSelectorParsingStatus
CSSParserImpl::ParsePseudoClassWithNthPairArg(nsCSSSelector& aSelector,
CSSPseudoClassType aType)
{
int32_t numbers[2] = { 0, 0 };
bool lookForB = true;
bool onlyN = false;
bool hasSign = false;
int sign = 1;
// Follow the whitespace rules as proposed in
// http://lists.w3.org/Archives/Public/www-style/2008Mar/0121.html
if (! GetToken(true)) {
REPORT_UNEXPECTED_EOF(PEPseudoClassArgEOF);
return eSelectorParsingStatus_Error;
}
// A helper function that checks if the token starts with literal string
// |aStr| using a case-insensitive match.
auto TokenBeginsWith = [this] (const nsLiteralString& aStr) {
return StringBeginsWith(mToken.mIdent, aStr,
nsASCIICaseInsensitiveStringComparator());
};
if (mToken.IsSymbol('+')) {
// This can only be +n, since +an, -an, +a, -a will all
// parse a number as the first token, and -n is an ident token.
numbers[0] = 1;
onlyN = true;
// consume the `n`
// We do not allow whitespace here
// https://drafts.csswg.org/css-syntax-3/#the-anb-type
if (! GetToken(false)) {
REPORT_UNEXPECTED_EOF(PEPseudoClassArgEOF);
return eSelectorParsingStatus_Error; // our caller calls SkipUntil(')')
}
}
if (eCSSToken_Ident == mToken.mType || eCSSToken_Dimension == mToken.mType) {
// The CSS tokenization doesn't handle :nth-child() containing - well:
// 2n-1 is a dimension
// n-1 is an identifier
// The easiest way to deal with that is to push everything from the
// minus on back onto the scanner's pushback buffer.
uint32_t truncAt = 0;
if (TokenBeginsWith(NS_LITERAL_STRING("n-"))) {
truncAt = 1;
} else if (TokenBeginsWith(NS_LITERAL_STRING("-n-"))) {
truncAt = 2;
}
if (truncAt != 0) {
mScanner->Backup(mToken.mIdent.Length() - truncAt);
mToken.mIdent.Truncate(truncAt);
}
}
if (onlyN) {
// If we parsed a + or -, check that the truncated
// token is an "n"
if (eCSSToken_Ident != mToken.mType || !mToken.mIdent.LowerCaseEqualsLiteral("n")) {
REPORT_UNEXPECTED_TOKEN(PEPseudoClassArgNotNth);
return eSelectorParsingStatus_Error;
}
} else {
if (eCSSToken_Ident == mToken.mType) {
if (mToken.mIdent.LowerCaseEqualsLiteral("odd")) {
numbers[0] = 2;
numbers[1] = 1;
lookForB = false;
}
else if (mToken.mIdent.LowerCaseEqualsLiteral("even")) {
numbers[0] = 2;
numbers[1] = 0;
lookForB = false;
}
else if (mToken.mIdent.LowerCaseEqualsLiteral("n")) {
numbers[0] = 1;
}
else if (mToken.mIdent.LowerCaseEqualsLiteral("-n")) {
numbers[0] = -1;
}
else {
REPORT_UNEXPECTED_TOKEN(PEPseudoClassArgNotNth);
return eSelectorParsingStatus_Error; // our caller calls SkipUntil(')')
}
}
else if (eCSSToken_Number == mToken.mType) {
if (!mToken.mIntegerValid) {
REPORT_UNEXPECTED_TOKEN(PEPseudoClassArgNotNth);
return eSelectorParsingStatus_Error; // our caller calls SkipUntil(')')
}
numbers[1] = mToken.mInteger;
lookForB = false;
}
else if (eCSSToken_Dimension == mToken.mType) {
if (!mToken.mIntegerValid || !mToken.mIdent.LowerCaseEqualsLiteral("n")) {
REPORT_UNEXPECTED_TOKEN(PEPseudoClassArgNotNth);
return eSelectorParsingStatus_Error; // our caller calls SkipUntil(')')
}
numbers[0] = mToken.mInteger;
}
// XXX If it's a ')', is that valid? (as 0n+0)
else {
REPORT_UNEXPECTED_TOKEN(PEPseudoClassArgNotNth);
UngetToken();
return eSelectorParsingStatus_Error; // our caller calls SkipUntil(')')
}
}
if (! GetToken(true)) {
REPORT_UNEXPECTED_EOF(PEPseudoClassArgEOF);
return eSelectorParsingStatus_Error;
}
if (lookForB && !mToken.IsSymbol(')')) {
// The '+' or '-' sign can optionally be separated by whitespace.
// If it is separated by whitespace from what follows it, it appears
// as a separate token rather than part of the number token.
if (mToken.IsSymbol('+') || mToken.IsSymbol('-')) {
hasSign = true;
if (mToken.IsSymbol('-')) {
sign = -1;
}
if (! GetToken(true)) {
REPORT_UNEXPECTED_EOF(PEPseudoClassArgEOF);
return eSelectorParsingStatus_Error;
}
}
if (eCSSToken_Number != mToken.mType ||
!mToken.mIntegerValid || mToken.mHasSign == hasSign) {
REPORT_UNEXPECTED_TOKEN(PEPseudoClassArgNotNth);
UngetToken();
return eSelectorParsingStatus_Error; // our caller calls SkipUntil(')')
}
numbers[1] = mToken.mInteger * sign;
if (! GetToken(true)) {
REPORT_UNEXPECTED_EOF(PEPseudoClassArgEOF);
return eSelectorParsingStatus_Error;
}
}
if (!mToken.IsSymbol(')')) {
REPORT_UNEXPECTED_TOKEN(PEPseudoClassNoClose);
return eSelectorParsingStatus_Error; // our caller calls SkipUntil(')')
}
aSelector.AddPseudoClass(aType, numbers);
return eSelectorParsingStatus_Continue;
}
//
// Parse the argument of a pseudo-class that has a selector list argument.
// Such selector lists cannot contain combinators, but can contain
// anything that goes between a pair of combinators.
//
CSSParserImpl::nsSelectorParsingStatus
CSSParserImpl::ParsePseudoClassWithSelectorListArg(nsCSSSelector& aSelector,
CSSPseudoClassType aType)
{
nsAutoPtr<nsCSSSelectorList> slist;
if (! ParseSelectorList(*getter_Transfers(slist), char16_t(')'))) {
return eSelectorParsingStatus_Error; // our caller calls SkipUntil(')')
}
// Check that none of the selectors in the list have combinators or
// pseudo-elements.
for (nsCSSSelectorList *l = slist; l; l = l->mNext) {
nsCSSSelector *s = l->mSelectors;
if (s->mNext || s->IsPseudoElement()) {
return eSelectorParsingStatus_Error; // our caller calls SkipUntil(')')
}
}
// Add the pseudo with the selector list parameter
aSelector.AddPseudoClass(aType, slist.forget());
// close the parenthesis
if (!ExpectSymbol(')', true)) {
REPORT_UNEXPECTED_TOKEN(PEPseudoClassNoClose);
return eSelectorParsingStatus_Error; // our caller calls SkipUntil(')')
}
return eSelectorParsingStatus_Continue;
}
/**
* This is the format for selectors:
* operator? [[namespace |]? element_name]? [ ID | class | attrib | pseudo ]*
*/
bool
CSSParserImpl::ParseSelector(nsCSSSelectorList* aList,
char16_t aPrevCombinator)
{
if (! GetToken(true)) {
REPORT_UNEXPECTED_EOF(PESelectorEOF);
return false;
}
nsCSSSelector* selector = aList->AddSelector(aPrevCombinator);
nsCOMPtr<nsIAtom> pseudoElement;
nsAutoPtr<nsAtomList> pseudoElementArgs;
CSSPseudoElementType pseudoElementType = CSSPseudoElementType::NotPseudo;
int32_t dataMask = 0;
nsSelectorParsingStatus parsingStatus =
ParseTypeOrUniversalSelector(dataMask, *selector, false);
while (parsingStatus == eSelectorParsingStatus_Continue) {
if (mToken.IsSymbol(':')) { // :pseudo
parsingStatus = ParsePseudoSelector(dataMask, *selector, false,
getter_AddRefs(pseudoElement),
getter_Transfers(pseudoElementArgs),
&pseudoElementType);
if (pseudoElement &&
pseudoElementType != CSSPseudoElementType::InheritingAnonBox &&
pseudoElementType != CSSPseudoElementType::NonInheritingAnonBox) {
// Pseudo-elements other than anonymous boxes are represented with
// a special ':' combinator.
aList->mWeight += selector->CalcWeight();
selector = aList->AddSelector(':');
selector->mLowercaseTag.swap(pseudoElement);
selector->mClassList = pseudoElementArgs.forget();
selector->SetPseudoType(pseudoElementType);
}
} else if (selector->IsPseudoElement()) {
// Once we parsed a pseudo-element, we can only parse
// pseudo-classes (and only a limited set, which
// ParsePseudoSelector knows how to handle).
parsingStatus = eSelectorParsingStatus_Done;
UngetToken();
break;
} else if (eCSSToken_ID == mToken.mType) { // #id
parsingStatus = ParseIDSelector(dataMask, *selector);
} else if (mToken.IsSymbol('.')) { // .class
parsingStatus = ParseClassSelector(dataMask, *selector);
}
else if (mToken.IsSymbol('[')) { // [attribute
parsingStatus = ParseAttributeSelector(dataMask, *selector);
if (eSelectorParsingStatus_Error == parsingStatus) {
SkipUntil(']');
}
}
else { // not a selector token, we're done
parsingStatus = eSelectorParsingStatus_Done;
UngetToken();
break;
}
if (parsingStatus != eSelectorParsingStatus_Continue) {
break;
}
if (! GetToken(false)) { // premature eof is ok (here!)
parsingStatus = eSelectorParsingStatus_Done;
break;
}
}
if (parsingStatus == eSelectorParsingStatus_Error) {
return false;
}
if (!dataMask) {
if (selector->mNext) {
REPORT_UNEXPECTED(PESelectorGroupExtraCombinator);
} else {
REPORT_UNEXPECTED(PESelectorGroupNoSelector);
}
return false;
}
if (pseudoElementType == CSSPseudoElementType::InheritingAnonBox ||
pseudoElementType == CSSPseudoElementType::NonInheritingAnonBox) {
// We got an anonymous box pseudo-element; it must be the only
// thing in this selector group.
if (selector->mNext || !IsUniversalSelector(*selector)) {
REPORT_UNEXPECTED(PEAnonBoxNotAlone);
return false;
}
// Rewrite the current selector as this pseudo-element.
// It does not contribute to selector weight.
selector->mLowercaseTag.swap(pseudoElement);
selector->mClassList = pseudoElementArgs.forget();
selector->SetPseudoType(pseudoElementType);
return true;
}
aList->mWeight += selector->CalcWeight();
return true;
}
already_AddRefed<css::Declaration>
CSSParserImpl::ParseDeclarationBlock(uint32_t aFlags, nsCSSContextType aContext)
{
bool checkForBraces = (aFlags & eParseDeclaration_InBraces) != 0;
MOZ_ASSERT(mWebkitBoxUnprefixState == eNotParsingDecls,
"Someone forgot to clear mWebkitBoxUnprefixState!");
AutoRestore<WebkitBoxUnprefixState> autoRestore(mWebkitBoxUnprefixState);
mWebkitBoxUnprefixState = eHaveNotUnprefixed;
if (checkForBraces) {
if (!ExpectSymbol('{', true)) {
REPORT_UNEXPECTED_TOKEN(PEBadDeclBlockStart);
OUTPUT_ERROR();
return nullptr;
}
}
RefPtr<css::Declaration> declaration = new css::Declaration();
mData.AssertInitialState();
for (;;) {
bool changed = false;
if (!ParseDeclaration(declaration, aFlags, true, &changed, aContext)) {
if (!SkipDeclaration(checkForBraces)) {
break;
}
if (checkForBraces) {
if (ExpectSymbol('}', true)) {
break;
}
}
// Since the skipped declaration didn't end the block we parse
// the next declaration.
}
}
declaration->CompressFrom(&mData);
return declaration.forget();
}
static Maybe<int32_t>
GetEnumColorValue(nsCSSKeyword aKeyword, bool aIsChrome)
{
int32_t value;
if (!nsCSSProps::FindKeyword(aKeyword, nsCSSProps::kColorKTable, value)) {
// Unknown color keyword.
return Nothing();
}
if (value < 0) {
// Known special color keyword handled by style system,
// e.g. NS_COLOR_CURRENTCOLOR. See nsStyleConsts.h.
return Some(value);
}
nscolor color;
auto colorID = static_cast<LookAndFeel::ColorID>(value);
if (NS_FAILED(LookAndFeel::GetColor(colorID, !aIsChrome, &color))) {
// Known LookAndFeel::ColorID, but this platform's LookAndFeel impl
// doesn't map it to a color. (This might be a platform-specific
// ColorID, which only makes sense on another platform.)
return Nothing();
}
// Known color provided by LookAndFeel.
return Some(value);
}
/// Returns the number of digits in a positive number
/// assuming it has <= 6 digits
static uint32_t
CountNumbersForHashlessColor(uint32_t number) {
/// Just use a simple match instead of calculating a log
/// or dividing in a loop to be more efficient.
if (number < 10) {
return 1;
} else if (number < 100) {
return 2;
} else if (number < 1000) {
return 3;
} else if (number < 10000) {
return 4;
} else if (number < 100000) {
return 5;
} else if (number < 1000000) {
return 6;
} else {
// we don't care about numbers with more than 6 digits other
// than the fact that they have more than 6 digits, so just return something
// larger than 6 here. This is incorrect in the general case.
return 100;
}
}
CSSParseResult
CSSParserImpl::ParseColor(nsCSSValue& aValue)
{
if (!GetToken(true)) {
REPORT_UNEXPECTED_EOF(PEColorEOF);
return CSSParseResult::NotFound;
}
nsCSSToken* tk = &mToken;
nscolor rgba;
switch (tk->mType) {
case eCSSToken_ID:
case eCSSToken_Hash:
// #rgb, #rrggbb, #rgba, #rrggbbaa
if (NS_HexToRGBA(tk->mIdent, nsHexColorType::AllowAlpha, &rgba)) {
nsCSSUnit unit;
switch (tk->mIdent.Length()) {
case 3:
unit = eCSSUnit_ShortHexColor;
break;
case 4:
unit = eCSSUnit_ShortHexColorAlpha;
break;
case 6:
unit = eCSSUnit_HexColor;
break;
default:
MOZ_FALLTHROUGH_ASSERT("unexpected hex color length");
case 8:
unit = eCSSUnit_HexColorAlpha;
break;
}
aValue.SetIntegerColorValue(rgba, unit);
return CSSParseResult::Ok;
}
break;
case eCSSToken_Ident: {
if (NS_ColorNameToRGB(tk->mIdent, &rgba)) {
// Lowercase color name, since keyword values should be
// serialized in lowercase.
nsContentUtils::ASCIIToLower(tk->mIdent);
aValue.SetStringValue(tk->mIdent, eCSSUnit_Ident);
return CSSParseResult::Ok;
}
nsCSSKeyword keyword = nsCSSKeywords::LookupKeyword(tk->mIdent);
if (Maybe<int32_t> value = GetEnumColorValue(keyword, mIsChrome)) {
aValue.SetIntValue(value.value(), eCSSUnit_EnumColor);
return CSSParseResult::Ok;
}
break;
}
case eCSSToken_Function: {
bool isRGB;
bool isHSL;
if ((isRGB = mToken.mIdent.LowerCaseEqualsLiteral("rgb")) ||
mToken.mIdent.LowerCaseEqualsLiteral("rgba")) {
// rgb() = rgb( <percentage>{3} [ / <alpha-value> ]? ) |
// rgb( <number>{3} [ / <alpha-value> ]? ) |
// rgb( <percentage>#{3} , <alpha-value>? ) |
// rgb( <number>#{3} , <alpha-value>? )
// <alpha-value> = <number> | <percentage>
// rgba is an alias of rgb.
if (GetToken(true)) {
UngetToken();
}
if (mToken.mType == eCSSToken_Number) { // <number>
uint8_t r, g, b, a;
if (ParseRGBColor(r, g, b, a)) {
aValue.SetIntegerColorValue(NS_RGBA(r, g, b, a),
isRGB ? eCSSUnit_RGBColor : eCSSUnit_RGBAColor);
return CSSParseResult::Ok;
}
} else { // <percentage>
float r, g, b, a;
if (ParseRGBColor(r, g, b, a)) {
aValue.SetFloatColorValue(r, g, b, a,
isRGB ? eCSSUnit_PercentageRGBColor : eCSSUnit_PercentageRGBAColor);
return CSSParseResult::Ok;
}
}
SkipUntil(')');
return CSSParseResult::Error;
}
else if ((isHSL = mToken.mIdent.LowerCaseEqualsLiteral("hsl")) ||
mToken.mIdent.LowerCaseEqualsLiteral("hsla")) {
// hsl() = hsl( <hue> <percentage> <percentage> [ / <alpha-value> ]? ) ||
// hsl( <hue>, <percentage>, <percentage>, <alpha-value>? )
// <hue> = <number> | <angle>
// hsla is an alias of hsl.
float h, s, l, a;
if (ParseHSLColor(h, s, l, a)) {
aValue.SetFloatColorValue(h, s, l, a,
isHSL ? eCSSUnit_HSLColor : eCSSUnit_HSLAColor);
return CSSParseResult::Ok;
}
SkipUntil(')');
return CSSParseResult::Error;
}
break;
}
default:
break;
}
// try 'xxyyzz' without '#' prefix for compatibility with IE and Nav4x (bug 23236 and 45804)
if (mHashlessColorQuirk) {
// https://quirks.spec.whatwg.org/#the-hashless-hex-color-quirk
//
// - If the string starts with 'a-f', the nsCSSScanner builds the
// token as a eCSSToken_Ident and we can parse the string as a
// 'xxyyzz' RGB color.
// - If it only contains up to six '0-9' digits, the token is a
// eCSSToken_Number and it must be converted back to a 6
// characters string to be parsed as a RGB color. The number cannot
// be specified as more than six digits.
// - If it starts with '0-9' and contains any 'a-f', the token is a
// eCSSToken_Dimension, the mNumber part must be converted back to
// a string and the mIdent part must be appended to that string so
// that the resulting string has 6 characters. The combined
// dimension cannot be longer than 6 characters.
// Note: This is a hack for Nav compatibility. Do not attempt to
// simplify it by hacking into the ncCSSScanner. This would be very
// bad.
nsAutoString str;
char buffer[20];
switch (tk->mType) {
case eCSSToken_Ident:
str.Assign(tk->mIdent);
break;
case eCSSToken_Number:
if (tk->mIntegerValid && tk->mInteger < 1000000 && tk->mInteger >= 0) {
SprintfLiteral(buffer, "%06d", tk->mInteger);
str.AssignWithConversion(buffer);
}
break;
case eCSSToken_Dimension:
if (tk->mIntegerValid &&
tk->mIdent.Length() + CountNumbersForHashlessColor(tk->mInteger) <= 6 &&
tk->mInteger >= 0) {
SprintfLiteral(buffer, "%06d", tk->mInteger);
nsAutoString temp;
temp.AssignWithConversion(buffer);
temp.Right(str, 6 - tk->mIdent.Length());
str.Append(tk->mIdent);
}
break;
default:
// There is a whole bunch of cases that are
// not handled by this switch. Ignore them.
break;
}
// The hashless color quirk does not support 4 & 8 digit colors with alpha.
if (NS_HexToRGBA(str, nsHexColorType::NoAlpha, &rgba)) {
aValue.SetIntegerColorValue(rgba, eCSSUnit_HexColor);
return CSSParseResult::Ok;
}
}
// It's not a color
REPORT_UNEXPECTED_TOKEN(PEColorNotColor);
UngetToken();
return CSSParseResult::NotFound;
}
bool
CSSParserImpl::ParseColorComponent(uint8_t& aComponent, const Maybe<char>& aSeparator)
{
if (!GetToken(true)) {
REPORT_UNEXPECTED_EOF(PEColorComponentEOF);
return false;
}
if (mToken.mType != eCSSToken_Number) {
REPORT_UNEXPECTED_TOKEN(PEExpectedNumber);
UngetToken();
return false;
}
float value = mToken.mNumber;
if (aSeparator && !ExpectSymbol(*aSeparator, true)) {
REPORT_UNEXPECTED_TOKEN_CHAR(PEColorComponentBadTerm, *aSeparator);
return false;
}
if (value < 0.0f) value = 0.0f;
if (value > 255.0f) value = 255.0f;
aComponent = NSToIntRound(value);
return true;
}
bool
CSSParserImpl::ParseColorComponent(float& aComponent, const Maybe<char>& aSeparator)
{
if (!GetToken(true)) {
REPORT_UNEXPECTED_EOF(PEColorComponentEOF);
return false;
}
if (mToken.mType != eCSSToken_Percentage) {
REPORT_UNEXPECTED_TOKEN(PEExpectedPercent);
UngetToken();
return false;
}
float value = mToken.mNumber;
if (aSeparator && !ExpectSymbol(*aSeparator, true)) {
REPORT_UNEXPECTED_TOKEN_CHAR(PEColorComponentBadTerm, *aSeparator);
return false;
}
if (value < 0.0f) value = 0.0f;
if (value > 1.0f) value = 1.0f;
aComponent = value;
return true;
}
bool
CSSParserImpl::ParseHue(float& aAngle)
{
if (!GetToken(true)) {
REPORT_UNEXPECTED_EOF(PEColorHueEOF);
return false;
}
// <number>
if (mToken.mType == eCSSToken_Number) {
aAngle = mToken.mNumber;
return true;
}
UngetToken();
// <angle>
nsCSSValue angleValue;
// The '0' value is handled by <number> parsing, so use VARIANT_ANGLE flag
// instead of VARIANT_ANGLE_OR_ZERO.
if (ParseSingleTokenVariant(angleValue, VARIANT_ANGLE, nullptr)) {
// Convert double value of GetAngleValueInDegrees() to float.
aAngle = angleValue.GetAngleValueInDegrees();
// And then clamp it as finite values in float.
aAngle = mozilla::clamped(aAngle,
-std::numeric_limits<float>::max(),
std::numeric_limits<float>::max());
return true;
}
REPORT_UNEXPECTED_TOKEN(PEExpectedNumberOrAngle);
return false;
}
bool
CSSParserImpl::ParseHSLColor(float& aHue, float& aSaturation, float& aLightness,
float& aOpacity)
{
// comma-less expression:
// hsl() = hsl( <hue> <saturation> <lightness> [ / <alpha-value> ]? )
// the expression with comma:
// hsl() = hsl( <hue>, <saturation>, <lightness>, <alpha-value>? )
const char commaSeparator = ',';
// Parse hue.
// <hue> = <number> | <angle>
float degreeAngle;
if (!ParseHue(degreeAngle)) {
return false;
}
aHue = degreeAngle / 360.0f;
// hue values are wraparound
aHue = aHue - floor(aHue);
// Look for a comma separator after "hue" component to determine if the
// expression is comma-less or not.
bool hasComma = ExpectSymbol(commaSeparator, true);
// Parse saturation, lightness and opacity.
// The saturation and lightness are <percentage>, so reuse the float version
// of ParseColorComponent function for them. No need to check the separator
// after 'lightness'. It will be checked in opacity value parsing.
const char separatorBeforeAlpha = hasComma ? commaSeparator : '/';
if (ParseColorComponent(aSaturation, hasComma ? Some(commaSeparator) : Nothing()) &&
ParseColorComponent(aLightness, Nothing()) &&
ParseColorOpacityAndCloseParen(aOpacity, separatorBeforeAlpha)) {
return true;
}
return false;
}
bool
CSSParserImpl::ParseColorOpacityAndCloseParen(uint8_t& aOpacity,
char aSeparator)
{
float floatOpacity;
if (!ParseColorOpacityAndCloseParen(floatOpacity, aSeparator)) {
return false;
}
uint8_t value = nsStyleUtil::FloatToColorComponent(floatOpacity);
// Need to compare to something slightly larger
// than 0.5 due to floating point inaccuracies.
NS_ASSERTION(fabs(255.0f * floatOpacity - value) <= 0.51f,
"FloatToColorComponent did something weird");
aOpacity = value;
return true;
}
bool
CSSParserImpl::ParseColorOpacityAndCloseParen(float& aOpacity,
char aSeparator)
{
if (ExpectSymbol(')', true)) {
// The optional [separator <alpha-value>] was omitted, so set the opacity
// to a fully-opaque value '1.0f' and return success.
aOpacity = 1.0f;
return true;
}
if (!ExpectSymbol(aSeparator, true)) {
REPORT_UNEXPECTED_TOKEN_CHAR(PEColorComponentBadTerm, aSeparator);
return false;
}
if (!GetToken(true)) {
REPORT_UNEXPECTED_EOF(PEColorOpacityEOF);
return false;
}
// eCSSToken_Number or eCSSToken_Percentage.
if (mToken.mType != eCSSToken_Number && mToken.mType != eCSSToken_Percentage) {
REPORT_UNEXPECTED_TOKEN(PEExpectedNumberOrPercent);
UngetToken();
return false;
}
if (!ExpectSymbol(')', true)) {
REPORT_UNEXPECTED_TOKEN(PEExpectedCloseParen);
return false;
}
if (mToken.mNumber < 0.0f) {
mToken.mNumber = 0.0f;
} else if (mToken.mNumber > 1.0f) {
mToken.mNumber = 1.0f;
}
aOpacity = mToken.mNumber;
return true;
}
template<typename ComponentType>
bool
CSSParserImpl::ParseRGBColor(ComponentType& aR,
ComponentType& aG,
ComponentType& aB,
ComponentType& aA)
{
// comma-less expression:
// rgb() = rgb( component{3} [ / <alpha-value> ]? )
// the expression with comma:
// rgb() = rgb( component#{3} , <alpha-value>? )
const char commaSeparator = ',';
// Parse R.
if (!ParseColorComponent(aR, Nothing())) {
return false;
}
// Look for a comma separator after "r" component to determine if the
// expression is comma-less or not.
bool hasComma = ExpectSymbol(commaSeparator, true);
// Parse G, B and A.
// No need to check the separator after 'B'. It will be checked in 'A' value
// parsing.
const char separatorBeforeAlpha = hasComma ? commaSeparator : '/';
if (ParseColorComponent(aG, hasComma ? Some(commaSeparator) : Nothing()) &&
ParseColorComponent(aB, Nothing()) &&
ParseColorOpacityAndCloseParen(aA, separatorBeforeAlpha)) {
return true;
}
return false;
}
#ifdef MOZ_XUL
bool
CSSParserImpl::ParseTreePseudoElement(nsAtomList **aPseudoElementArgs)
{
// The argument to a tree pseudo-element is a sequence of identifiers
// that are either space- or comma-separated. (Was the intent to
// allow only comma-separated? That's not what was done.)
nsCSSSelector fakeSelector; // so we can reuse AddPseudoClass
while (!ExpectSymbol(')', true)) {
if (!GetToken(true)) {
return false;
}
if (eCSSToken_Ident == mToken.mType) {
fakeSelector.AddClass(mToken.mIdent);
}
else if (!mToken.IsSymbol(',')) {
UngetToken();
SkipUntil(')');
return false;
}
}
*aPseudoElementArgs = fakeSelector.mClassList;
fakeSelector.mClassList = nullptr;
return true;
}
#endif
nsCSSKeyword
CSSParserImpl::LookupKeywordPrefixAware(nsAString& aKeywordStr,
const KTableEntry aKeywordTable[])
{
nsCSSKeyword keyword = nsCSSKeywords::LookupKeyword(aKeywordStr);
if (!sWebkitPrefixedAliasesEnabled) {
// Not accepting webkit-prefixed keywords -> don't do anything special.
return keyword;
}
if (aKeywordTable == nsCSSProps::kDisplayKTable) {
if ((keyword == eCSSKeyword__webkit_box ||
keyword == eCSSKeyword__webkit_inline_box)) {
// Make a note that we're accepting some "-webkit-{inline-}box" styling,
// so we can give special treatment to subsequent "-moz-{inline}-box".
// (See special treatment below.)
if (mWebkitBoxUnprefixState == eHaveNotUnprefixed) {
mWebkitBoxUnprefixState = eHaveUnprefixed;
}
} else if (mWebkitBoxUnprefixState == eHaveUnprefixed &&
(keyword == eCSSKeyword__moz_box ||
keyword == eCSSKeyword__moz_inline_box)) {
// If we've seen "display: -webkit-box" (or "-webkit-inline-box") in an
// earlier declaration and we honored it, then we have to watch out for
// later "display: -moz-box" (and "-moz-inline-box") declarations; they're
// likely just a halfhearted attempt at compatibility, and they actually
// end up stomping on our emulation of the earlier -webkit-box
// display-value, via the CSS cascade. To prevent this problem, we treat
// "display: -moz-box" & "-moz-inline-box" as if they were simply a
// repetition of the webkit equivalent that we already parsed.
MOZ_ASSERT(sWebkitPrefixedAliasesEnabled,
"The only way mWebkitBoxUnprefixState can be eHaveUnprefixed "
"is if we're supporting webkit-prefixed aliases");
return (keyword == eCSSKeyword__moz_box) ?
eCSSKeyword__webkit_box : eCSSKeyword__webkit_inline_box;
}
}
return keyword;
}
//----------------------------------------------------------------------
bool
CSSParserImpl::ParseDeclaration(css::Declaration* aDeclaration,
uint32_t aFlags,
bool aMustCallValueAppended,
bool* aChanged,
nsCSSContextType aContext)
{
NS_PRECONDITION(aContext == eCSSContext_General ||
aContext == eCSSContext_Page,
"Must be page or general context");
bool checkForBraces = (aFlags & eParseDeclaration_InBraces) != 0;
mTempData.AssertInitialState();
// Get property name
nsCSSToken* tk = &mToken;
nsAutoString propertyName;
for (;;) {
if (!GetToken(true)) {
if (checkForBraces) {
REPORT_UNEXPECTED_EOF(PEDeclEndEOF);
}
return false;
}
if (eCSSToken_Ident == tk->mType) {
propertyName = tk->mIdent;
// grab the ident before the ExpectSymbol trashes the token
if (!ExpectSymbol(':', true)) {
REPORT_UNEXPECTED_TOKEN(PEParseDeclarationNoColon);
REPORT_UNEXPECTED(PEDeclDropped);
OUTPUT_ERROR();
return false;
}
break;
}
if (tk->IsSymbol(';')) {
// dangling semicolons are skipped
continue;
}
if (!tk->IsSymbol('}')) {
REPORT_UNEXPECTED_TOKEN(PEParseDeclarationDeclExpected);
REPORT_UNEXPECTED(PEDeclSkipped);
OUTPUT_ERROR();
if (eCSSToken_AtKeyword == tk->mType) {
SkipAtRule(checkForBraces);
return true; // Not a declaration, but don't skip until ';'
}
}
// Not a declaration...
UngetToken();
return false;
}
// Don't report property parse errors if we're inside a failing @supports
// rule.
nsAutoSuppressErrors suppressErrors(this, mInFailingSupportsRule);
// Information about a parsed non-custom property.
nsCSSPropertyID propID;
// Information about a parsed custom property.
CSSVariableDeclarations::Type variableType;
nsString variableValue;
// Check if the property name is a custom property.
bool customProperty = nsCSSProps::IsCustomPropertyName(propertyName) &&
aContext == eCSSContext_General;
if (customProperty) {
if (!ParseVariableDeclaration(&variableType, variableValue)) {
REPORT_UNEXPECTED_P(PEValueParsingError, propertyName);
REPORT_UNEXPECTED(PEDeclDropped);
OUTPUT_ERROR();
return false;
}
} else {
// Map property name to its ID.
propID = LookupEnabledProperty(propertyName);
if (eCSSProperty_UNKNOWN == propID ||
eCSSPropertyExtra_variable == propID ||
(aContext == eCSSContext_Page &&
!nsCSSProps::PropHasFlags(propID,
CSS_PROPERTY_APPLIES_TO_PAGE_RULE))) { // unknown property
if (!NonMozillaVendorIdentifier(propertyName)) {
REPORT_UNEXPECTED_P(PEUnknownProperty, propertyName);
REPORT_UNEXPECTED(PEDeclDropped);
OUTPUT_ERROR();
}
return false;
}
// Then parse the property.
if (!ParseProperty(propID)) {
// XXX Much better to put stuff in the value parsers instead...
REPORT_UNEXPECTED_P(PEValueParsingError, propertyName);
REPORT_UNEXPECTED(PEDeclDropped);
OUTPUT_ERROR();
mTempData.ClearProperty(propID);
mTempData.AssertInitialState();
return false;
}
}
CLEAR_ERROR();
// Look for "!important".
PriorityParsingStatus status;
if ((aFlags & eParseDeclaration_AllowImportant) != 0) {
status = ParsePriority();
} else {
status = ePriority_None;
}
// Look for a semicolon or close brace.
if (status != ePriority_Error) {
if (!GetToken(true)) {
// EOF is always ok
} else if (mToken.IsSymbol(';')) {
// semicolon is always ok
} else if (mToken.IsSymbol('}')) {
// brace is ok if checkForBraces, but don't eat it
UngetToken();
if (!checkForBraces) {
status = ePriority_Error;
}
} else {
UngetToken();
status = ePriority_Error;
}
}
if (status == ePriority_Error) {
if (checkForBraces) {
REPORT_UNEXPECTED_TOKEN(PEBadDeclOrRuleEnd2);
} else {
REPORT_UNEXPECTED_TOKEN(PEBadDeclEnd);
}
REPORT_UNEXPECTED(PEDeclDropped);
OUTPUT_ERROR();
if (!customProperty) {
mTempData.ClearProperty(propID);
}
mTempData.AssertInitialState();
return false;
}
if (customProperty) {
MOZ_ASSERT(Substring(propertyName, 0,
CSS_CUSTOM_NAME_PREFIX_LENGTH).EqualsLiteral("--"));
// remove '--'
nsDependentString varName(propertyName, CSS_CUSTOM_NAME_PREFIX_LENGTH);
aDeclaration->AddVariable(varName, variableType, variableValue,
status == ePriority_Important, false);
} else {
*aChanged |= mData.TransferFromBlock(mTempData, propID, EnabledState(),
status == ePriority_Important,
false, aMustCallValueAppended,
aDeclaration, GetDocument());
}
return true;
}
static const nsCSSPropertyID kBorderTopIDs[] = {
eCSSProperty_border_top_width,
eCSSProperty_border_top_style,
eCSSProperty_border_top_color
};
static const nsCSSPropertyID kBorderRightIDs[] = {
eCSSProperty_border_right_width,
eCSSProperty_border_right_style,
eCSSProperty_border_right_color
};
static const nsCSSPropertyID kBorderBottomIDs[] = {
eCSSProperty_border_bottom_width,
eCSSProperty_border_bottom_style,
eCSSProperty_border_bottom_color
};
static const nsCSSPropertyID kBorderLeftIDs[] = {
eCSSProperty_border_left_width,
eCSSProperty_border_left_style,
eCSSProperty_border_left_color
};
static const nsCSSPropertyID kBorderInlineStartIDs[] = {
eCSSProperty_border_inline_start_width,
eCSSProperty_border_inline_start_style,
eCSSProperty_border_inline_start_color
};
static const nsCSSPropertyID kBorderInlineEndIDs[] = {
eCSSProperty_border_inline_end_width,
eCSSProperty_border_inline_end_style,
eCSSProperty_border_inline_end_color
};
static const nsCSSPropertyID kBorderBlockStartIDs[] = {
eCSSProperty_border_block_start_width,
eCSSProperty_border_block_start_style,
eCSSProperty_border_block_start_color
};
static const nsCSSPropertyID kBorderBlockEndIDs[] = {
eCSSProperty_border_block_end_width,
eCSSProperty_border_block_end_style,
eCSSProperty_border_block_end_color
};
static const nsCSSPropertyID kColumnRuleIDs[] = {
eCSSProperty_column_rule_width,
eCSSProperty_column_rule_style,
eCSSProperty_column_rule_color
};
bool
CSSParserImpl::ParseEnum(nsCSSValue& aValue,
const KTableEntry aKeywordTable[])
{
nsSubstring* ident = NextIdent();
if (nullptr == ident) {
return false;
}
nsCSSKeyword keyword = nsCSSKeywords::LookupKeyword(*ident);
int32_t value;
if (nsCSSProps::FindKeyword(keyword, aKeywordTable, value)) {
aValue.SetIntValue(value, eCSSUnit_Enumerated);
return true;
}
// Put the unknown identifier back and return
UngetToken();
return false;
}
bool
CSSParserImpl::ParseAlignEnum(nsCSSValue& aValue,
const KTableEntry aKeywordTable[])
{
MOZ_ASSERT(nsCSSProps::ValueToKeywordEnum(NS_STYLE_ALIGN_BASELINE,
aKeywordTable) !=
eCSSKeyword_UNKNOWN,
"Please use ParseEnum instead");
nsSubstring* ident = NextIdent();
if (!ident) {
return false;
}
nsCSSKeyword baselinePrefix = eCSSKeyword_first;
nsCSSKeyword keyword = nsCSSKeywords::LookupKeyword(*ident);
if (keyword == eCSSKeyword_first || keyword == eCSSKeyword_last) {
baselinePrefix = keyword;
ident = NextIdent();
if (!ident) {
return false;
}
keyword = nsCSSKeywords::LookupKeyword(*ident);
}
int32_t value;
if (nsCSSProps::FindKeyword(keyword, aKeywordTable, value)) {
if (baselinePrefix == eCSSKeyword_last &&
keyword == eCSSKeyword_baseline) {
value = NS_STYLE_ALIGN_LAST_BASELINE;
}
aValue.SetIntValue(value, eCSSUnit_Enumerated);
return true;
}
// Put the unknown identifier back and return
UngetToken();
return false;
}
struct UnitInfo {
char name[6]; // needs to be long enough for the longest unit, with
// terminating null.
uint32_t length;
nsCSSUnit unit;
int32_t type;
};
#define STR_WITH_LEN(_str) \
_str, sizeof(_str) - 1
const UnitInfo UnitData[] = {
{ STR_WITH_LEN("px"), eCSSUnit_Pixel, VARIANT_LENGTH },
{ STR_WITH_LEN("em"), eCSSUnit_EM, VARIANT_LENGTH },
{ STR_WITH_LEN("ex"), eCSSUnit_XHeight, VARIANT_LENGTH },
{ STR_WITH_LEN("pt"), eCSSUnit_Point, VARIANT_LENGTH },
{ STR_WITH_LEN("in"), eCSSUnit_Inch, VARIANT_LENGTH },
{ STR_WITH_LEN("cm"), eCSSUnit_Centimeter, VARIANT_LENGTH },
{ STR_WITH_LEN("ch"), eCSSUnit_Char, VARIANT_LENGTH },
{ STR_WITH_LEN("rem"), eCSSUnit_RootEM, VARIANT_LENGTH },
{ STR_WITH_LEN("mm"), eCSSUnit_Millimeter, VARIANT_LENGTH },
{ STR_WITH_LEN("mozmm"), eCSSUnit_PhysicalMillimeter, VARIANT_LENGTH },
{ STR_WITH_LEN("vw"), eCSSUnit_ViewportWidth, VARIANT_LENGTH },
{ STR_WITH_LEN("vh"), eCSSUnit_ViewportHeight, VARIANT_LENGTH },
{ STR_WITH_LEN("vmin"), eCSSUnit_ViewportMin, VARIANT_LENGTH },
{ STR_WITH_LEN("vmax"), eCSSUnit_ViewportMax, VARIANT_LENGTH },
{ STR_WITH_LEN("pc"), eCSSUnit_Pica, VARIANT_LENGTH },
{ STR_WITH_LEN("q"), eCSSUnit_Quarter, VARIANT_LENGTH },
{ STR_WITH_LEN("deg"), eCSSUnit_Degree, VARIANT_ANGLE },
{ STR_WITH_LEN("grad"), eCSSUnit_Grad, VARIANT_ANGLE },
{ STR_WITH_LEN("rad"), eCSSUnit_Radian, VARIANT_ANGLE },
{ STR_WITH_LEN("turn"), eCSSUnit_Turn, VARIANT_ANGLE },
{ STR_WITH_LEN("hz"), eCSSUnit_Hertz, VARIANT_FREQUENCY },
{ STR_WITH_LEN("khz"), eCSSUnit_Kilohertz, VARIANT_FREQUENCY },
{ STR_WITH_LEN("s"), eCSSUnit_Seconds, VARIANT_TIME },
{ STR_WITH_LEN("ms"), eCSSUnit_Milliseconds, VARIANT_TIME }
};
#undef STR_WITH_LEN
bool
CSSParserImpl::TranslateDimension(nsCSSValue& aValue,
uint32_t aVariantMask,
float aNumber,
const nsString& aUnit)
{
nsCSSUnit units;
int32_t type = 0;
if (!aUnit.IsEmpty()) {
uint32_t i;
for (i = 0; i < ArrayLength(UnitData); ++i) {
if (aUnit.LowerCaseEqualsASCII(UnitData[i].name,
UnitData[i].length)) {
units = UnitData[i].unit;
type = UnitData[i].type;
break;
}
}
if (i == ArrayLength(UnitData)) {
// Unknown unit
return false;
}
if (!mViewportUnitsEnabled &&
(eCSSUnit_ViewportWidth == units ||
eCSSUnit_ViewportHeight == units ||
eCSSUnit_ViewportMin == units ||
eCSSUnit_ViewportMax == units)) {
// Viewport units aren't allowed right now, probably because we're
// inside an @page declaration. Fail.
return false;
}
if ((VARIANT_ABSOLUTE_DIMENSION & aVariantMask) != 0 &&
!nsCSSValue::IsPixelLengthUnit(units)) {
return false;
}
} else {
// Must be a zero number...
NS_ASSERTION(0 == aNumber, "numbers without units must be 0");
if ((VARIANT_LENGTH & aVariantMask) != 0) {
units = eCSSUnit_Pixel;
type = VARIANT_LENGTH;
}
else if ((VARIANT_ANGLE & aVariantMask) != 0) {
NS_ASSERTION(aVariantMask & VARIANT_ZERO_ANGLE,
"must have allowed zero angle");
units = eCSSUnit_Degree;
type = VARIANT_ANGLE;
}
else {
NS_ERROR("Variant mask does not include dimension; why were we called?");
return false;
}
}
if ((type & aVariantMask) != 0) {
aValue.SetFloatValue(aNumber, units);
return true;
}
return false;
}
// Note that this does include VARIANT_CALC, which is numeric. This is
// because calc() parsing, as proposed, drops range restrictions inside
// the calc() expression and clamps the result of the calculation to the
// range.
#define VARIANT_ALL_NONNUMERIC \
VARIANT_KEYWORD | \
VARIANT_COLOR | \
VARIANT_URL | \
VARIANT_STRING | \
VARIANT_COUNTER | \
VARIANT_ATTR | \
VARIANT_IDENTIFIER | \
VARIANT_IDENTIFIER_NO_INHERIT | \
VARIANT_AUTO | \
VARIANT_INHERIT | \
VARIANT_NONE | \
VARIANT_NORMAL | \
VARIANT_SYSFONT | \
VARIANT_GRADIENT | \
VARIANT_TIMING_FUNCTION | \
VARIANT_ALL | \
VARIANT_CALC | \
VARIANT_OPENTYPE_SVG_KEYWORD
CSSParseResult
CSSParserImpl::ParseVariantWithRestrictions(nsCSSValue& aValue,
int32_t aVariantMask,
const KTableEntry aKeywordTable[],
uint32_t aRestrictions)
{
switch (aRestrictions) {
default:
MOZ_FALLTHROUGH_ASSERT("should not be reached");
case 0:
return ParseVariant(aValue, aVariantMask, aKeywordTable);
case CSS_PROPERTY_VALUE_NONNEGATIVE:
return ParseNonNegativeVariant(aValue, aVariantMask, aKeywordTable);
case CSS_PROPERTY_VALUE_AT_LEAST_ONE:
return ParseOneOrLargerVariant(aValue, aVariantMask, aKeywordTable);
}
}
// Note that callers passing VARIANT_CALC in aVariantMask will get
// full-range parsing inside the calc() expression, and the code that
// computes the calc will be required to clamp the resulting value to an
// appropriate range.
CSSParseResult
CSSParserImpl::ParseNonNegativeVariant(nsCSSValue& aValue,
int32_t aVariantMask,
const KTableEntry aKeywordTable[])
{
// The variant mask must only contain non-numeric variants or the ones
// that we specifically handle.
MOZ_ASSERT((aVariantMask & ~(VARIANT_ALL_NONNUMERIC |
VARIANT_NUMBER |
VARIANT_LENGTH |
VARIANT_PERCENT |
VARIANT_INTEGER)) == 0,
"need to update code below to handle additional variants");
CSSParseResult result = ParseVariant(aValue, aVariantMask, aKeywordTable);
if (result == CSSParseResult::Ok) {
if (eCSSUnit_Number == aValue.GetUnit() ||
aValue.IsLengthUnit()){
if (aValue.GetFloatValue() < 0) {
UngetToken();
return CSSParseResult::NotFound;
}
}
else if (aValue.GetUnit() == eCSSUnit_Percent) {
if (aValue.GetPercentValue() < 0) {
UngetToken();
return CSSParseResult::NotFound;
}
} else if (aValue.GetUnit() == eCSSUnit_Integer) {
if (aValue.GetIntValue() < 0) {
UngetToken();
return CSSParseResult::NotFound;
}
}
}
return result;
}
// Note that callers passing VARIANT_CALC in aVariantMask will get
// full-range parsing inside the calc() expression, and the code that
// computes the calc will be required to clamp the resulting value to an
// appropriate range.
CSSParseResult
CSSParserImpl::ParseOneOrLargerVariant(nsCSSValue& aValue,
int32_t aVariantMask,
const KTableEntry aKeywordTable[])
{
// The variant mask must only contain non-numeric variants or the ones
// that we specifically handle.
MOZ_ASSERT((aVariantMask & ~(VARIANT_ALL_NONNUMERIC |
VARIANT_NUMBER |
VARIANT_INTEGER)) == 0,
"need to update code below to handle additional variants");
CSSParseResult result = ParseVariant(aValue, aVariantMask, aKeywordTable);
if (result == CSSParseResult::Ok) {
if (aValue.GetUnit() == eCSSUnit_Integer) {
if (aValue.GetIntValue() < 1) {
UngetToken();
return CSSParseResult::NotFound;
}
} else if (eCSSUnit_Number == aValue.GetUnit()) {
if (aValue.GetFloatValue() < 1.0f) {
UngetToken();
return CSSParseResult::NotFound;
}
}
}
return result;
}
static bool
IsCSSTokenCalcFunction(const nsCSSToken& aToken)
{
return aToken.mType == eCSSToken_Function &&
aToken.mIdent.LowerCaseEqualsLiteral("calc");
}
// Assigns to aValue iff it returns CSSParseResult::Ok.
CSSParseResult
CSSParserImpl::ParseVariant(nsCSSValue& aValue,
uint32_t aVariantMask,
const KTableEntry aKeywordTable[])
{
NS_ASSERTION(!(mHashlessColorQuirk && (aVariantMask & VARIANT_COLOR)) ||
!(aVariantMask & VARIANT_NUMBER),
"can't distinguish colors from numbers");
NS_ASSERTION(!(mHashlessColorQuirk && (aVariantMask & VARIANT_COLOR)) ||
!(mUnitlessLengthQuirk && (aVariantMask & VARIANT_LENGTH)),
"can't distinguish colors from lengths");
NS_ASSERTION(!(mUnitlessLengthQuirk && (aVariantMask & VARIANT_LENGTH)) ||
!(aVariantMask & VARIANT_NUMBER),
"can't distinguish lengths from numbers");
MOZ_ASSERT(!(aVariantMask & VARIANT_IDENTIFIER) ||
!(aVariantMask & VARIANT_IDENTIFIER_NO_INHERIT),
"must not set both VARIANT_IDENTIFIER and "
"VARIANT_IDENTIFIER_NO_INHERIT");
uint32_t lineBefore, colBefore;
if (!GetNextTokenLocation(true, &lineBefore, &colBefore) ||
!GetToken(true)) {
// Must be at EOF.
return CSSParseResult::NotFound;
}
nsCSSToken* tk = &mToken;
if (((aVariantMask & (VARIANT_AHK | VARIANT_NORMAL | VARIANT_NONE | VARIANT_ALL)) != 0) &&
(eCSSToken_Ident == tk->mType)) {
nsCSSKeyword keyword = LookupKeywordPrefixAware(tk->mIdent,
aKeywordTable);
if (eCSSKeyword_UNKNOWN < keyword) { // known keyword
if ((aVariantMask & VARIANT_AUTO) != 0) {
if (eCSSKeyword_auto == keyword) {
aValue.SetAutoValue();
return CSSParseResult::Ok;
}
}
if ((aVariantMask & VARIANT_INHERIT) != 0) {
// XXX Should we check IsParsingCompoundProperty, or do all
// callers handle it? (Not all callers set it, though, since
// they want the quirks that are disabled by setting it.)
// IMPORTANT: If new keywords are added here,
// they probably need to be added in ParseCustomIdent as well.
if (eCSSKeyword_inherit == keyword) {
aValue.SetInheritValue();
return CSSParseResult::Ok;
}
else if (eCSSKeyword_initial == keyword) {
aValue.SetInitialValue();
return CSSParseResult::Ok;
}
else if (eCSSKeyword_unset == keyword &&
nsLayoutUtils::UnsetValueEnabled()) {
aValue.SetUnsetValue();
return CSSParseResult::Ok;
}
}
if ((aVariantMask & VARIANT_NONE) != 0) {
if (eCSSKeyword_none == keyword) {
aValue.SetNoneValue();
return CSSParseResult::Ok;
}
}
if ((aVariantMask & VARIANT_ALL) != 0) {
if (eCSSKeyword_all == keyword) {
aValue.SetAllValue();
return CSSParseResult::Ok;
}
}
if ((aVariantMask & VARIANT_NORMAL) != 0) {
if (eCSSKeyword_normal == keyword) {
aValue.SetNormalValue();
return CSSParseResult::Ok;
}
}
if ((aVariantMask & VARIANT_SYSFONT) != 0) {
if (eCSSKeyword__moz_use_system_font == keyword &&
!IsParsingCompoundProperty()) {
aValue.SetSystemFontValue();
return CSSParseResult::Ok;
}
}
if ((aVariantMask & VARIANT_OPENTYPE_SVG_KEYWORD) != 0) {
if (sOpentypeSVGEnabled) {
aVariantMask |= VARIANT_KEYWORD;
}
}
if ((aVariantMask & VARIANT_KEYWORD) != 0) {
int32_t value;
if (nsCSSProps::FindKeyword(keyword, aKeywordTable, value)) {
aValue.SetIntValue(value, eCSSUnit_Enumerated);
return CSSParseResult::Ok;
}
}
}
}
// Check VARIANT_NUMBER and VARIANT_INTEGER before VARIANT_LENGTH or
// VARIANT_ZERO_ANGLE.
if (((aVariantMask & VARIANT_NUMBER) != 0) &&
(eCSSToken_Number == tk->mType)) {
aValue.SetFloatValue(tk->mNumber, eCSSUnit_Number);
return CSSParseResult::Ok;
}
if (((aVariantMask & VARIANT_INTEGER) != 0) &&
(eCSSToken_Number == tk->mType) && tk->mIntegerValid) {
aValue.SetIntValue(tk->mInteger, eCSSUnit_Integer);
return CSSParseResult::Ok;
}
if (((aVariantMask & (VARIANT_LENGTH | VARIANT_ANGLE |
VARIANT_FREQUENCY | VARIANT_TIME)) != 0 &&
eCSSToken_Dimension == tk->mType) ||
((aVariantMask & (VARIANT_LENGTH | VARIANT_ZERO_ANGLE)) != 0 &&
eCSSToken_Number == tk->mType &&
tk->mNumber == 0.0f)) {
if ((aVariantMask & VARIANT_NONNEGATIVE_DIMENSION) != 0 &&
tk->mNumber < 0.0) {
UngetToken();
AssertNextTokenAt(lineBefore, colBefore);
return CSSParseResult::NotFound;
}
if (TranslateDimension(aValue, aVariantMask, tk->mNumber, tk->mIdent)) {
return CSSParseResult::Ok;
}
// Put the token back; we didn't parse it, so we shouldn't consume it
UngetToken();
AssertNextTokenAt(lineBefore, colBefore);
return CSSParseResult::NotFound;
}
if (((aVariantMask & VARIANT_PERCENT) != 0) &&
(eCSSToken_Percentage == tk->mType)) {
aValue.SetPercentValue(tk->mNumber);
return CSSParseResult::Ok;
}
if (mUnitlessLengthQuirk) { // NONSTANDARD: Nav interprets unitless numbers as px
if (((aVariantMask & VARIANT_LENGTH) != 0) &&
(eCSSToken_Number == tk->mType)) {
aValue.SetFloatValue(tk->mNumber, eCSSUnit_Pixel);
return CSSParseResult::Ok;
}
}
if (mIsSVGMode && !IsParsingCompoundProperty()) {
// STANDARD: SVG Spec states that lengths and coordinates can be unitless
// in which case they default to user-units (1 px = 1 user unit)
if (((aVariantMask & VARIANT_LENGTH) != 0) &&
(eCSSToken_Number == tk->mType)) {
aValue.SetFloatValue(tk->mNumber, eCSSUnit_Pixel);
return CSSParseResult::Ok;
}
}
if (((aVariantMask & VARIANT_URL) != 0) &&
eCSSToken_URL == tk->mType) {
SetValueToURL(aValue, tk->mIdent);
return CSSParseResult::Ok;
}
if ((aVariantMask & VARIANT_GRADIENT) != 0 &&
eCSSToken_Function == tk->mType) {
// a generated gradient
nsDependentString tmp(tk->mIdent, 0);
uint8_t gradientFlags = 0;
if (sMozGradientsEnabled &&
StringBeginsWith(tmp, NS_LITERAL_STRING("-moz-"))) {
tmp.Rebind(tmp, 5);
gradientFlags |= eGradient_MozLegacy;
} else if (sWebkitPrefixedAliasesEnabled &&
StringBeginsWith(tmp, NS_LITERAL_STRING("-webkit-"))) {
tmp.Rebind(tmp, 8);
gradientFlags |= eGradient_WebkitLegacy;
}
if (StringBeginsWith(tmp, NS_LITERAL_STRING("repeating-"))) {
tmp.Rebind(tmp, 10);
gradientFlags |= eGradient_Repeating;
}
if (tmp.LowerCaseEqualsLiteral("linear-gradient")) {
if (!ParseLinearGradient(aValue, gradientFlags)) {
return CSSParseResult::Error;
}
return CSSParseResult::Ok;
}
if (tmp.LowerCaseEqualsLiteral("radial-gradient")) {
if (!ParseRadialGradient(aValue, gradientFlags)) {
return CSSParseResult::Error;
}
return CSSParseResult::Ok;
}
if ((gradientFlags == eGradient_WebkitLegacy) &&
tmp.LowerCaseEqualsLiteral("gradient")) {
// Note: we check gradientFlags using '==' to select *exactly*
// eGradient_WebkitLegacy -- and exclude eGradient_Repeating -- because
// we don't want to accept -webkit-repeating-gradient() expressions.
// (This is not a recognized syntax.)
if (!ParseWebkitGradient(aValue)) {
return CSSParseResult::Error;
}
return CSSParseResult::Ok;
}
}
if ((aVariantMask & VARIANT_IMAGE_RECT) != 0 &&
eCSSToken_Function == tk->mType &&
tk->mIdent.LowerCaseEqualsLiteral("-moz-image-rect")) {
if (!ParseImageRect(aValue)) {
return CSSParseResult::Error;
}
return CSSParseResult::Ok;
}
if ((aVariantMask & VARIANT_ELEMENT) != 0 &&
eCSSToken_Function == tk->mType &&
tk->mIdent.LowerCaseEqualsLiteral("-moz-element")) {
if (!ParseElement(aValue)) {
return CSSParseResult::Error;
}
return CSSParseResult::Ok;
}
if ((aVariantMask & VARIANT_COLOR) != 0) {
if (mHashlessColorQuirk || // NONSTANDARD: Nav interprets 'xxyyzz' values even without '#' prefix
(eCSSToken_ID == tk->mType) ||
(eCSSToken_Hash == tk->mType) ||
(eCSSToken_Ident == tk->mType) ||
((eCSSToken_Function == tk->mType) &&
(tk->mIdent.LowerCaseEqualsLiteral("rgb") ||
tk->mIdent.LowerCaseEqualsLiteral("hsl") ||
tk->mIdent.LowerCaseEqualsLiteral("rgba") ||
tk->mIdent.LowerCaseEqualsLiteral("hsla"))))
{
// Put token back so that parse color can get it
UngetToken();
return ParseColor(aValue);
}
}
if (((aVariantMask & VARIANT_STRING) != 0) &&
(eCSSToken_String == tk->mType)) {
nsAutoString buffer;
buffer.Append(tk->mIdent);
aValue.SetStringValue(buffer, eCSSUnit_String);
return CSSParseResult::Ok;
}
if (((aVariantMask &
(VARIANT_IDENTIFIER | VARIANT_IDENTIFIER_NO_INHERIT)) != 0) &&
(eCSSToken_Ident == tk->mType) &&
((aVariantMask & VARIANT_IDENTIFIER) != 0 ||
!(tk->mIdent.LowerCaseEqualsLiteral("inherit") ||
tk->mIdent.LowerCaseEqualsLiteral("initial") ||
(tk->mIdent.LowerCaseEqualsLiteral("unset") &&
nsLayoutUtils::UnsetValueEnabled())))) {
aValue.SetStringValue(tk->mIdent, eCSSUnit_Ident);
return CSSParseResult::Ok;
}
if (((aVariantMask & VARIANT_COUNTER) != 0) &&
(eCSSToken_Function == tk->mType) &&
(tk->mIdent.LowerCaseEqualsLiteral("counter") ||
tk->mIdent.LowerCaseEqualsLiteral("counters"))) {
if (!ParseCounter(aValue)) {
return CSSParseResult::Error;
}
return CSSParseResult::Ok;
}
if (((aVariantMask & VARIANT_ATTR) != 0) &&
(eCSSToken_Function == tk->mType) &&
tk->mIdent.LowerCaseEqualsLiteral("attr")) {
if (!ParseAttr(aValue)) {
SkipUntil(')');
return CSSParseResult::Error;
}
return CSSParseResult::Ok;
}
if (((aVariantMask & VARIANT_TIMING_FUNCTION) != 0) &&
(eCSSToken_Function == tk->mType)) {
if (tk->mIdent.LowerCaseEqualsLiteral("cubic-bezier")) {
if (!ParseTransitionTimingFunctionValues(aValue)) {
SkipUntil(')');
return CSSParseResult::Error;
}
return CSSParseResult::Ok;
}
if (tk->mIdent.LowerCaseEqualsLiteral("steps")) {
if (!ParseTransitionStepTimingFunctionValues(aValue)) {
SkipUntil(')');
return CSSParseResult::Error;
}
return CSSParseResult::Ok;
}
if (tk->mIdent.LowerCaseEqualsLiteral("frames")) {
if (!ParseTransitionFramesTimingFunctionValues(aValue)) {
SkipUntil(')');
return CSSParseResult::Error;
}
return CSSParseResult::Ok;
}
}
if ((aVariantMask & VARIANT_CALC) &&
IsCSSTokenCalcFunction(*tk)) {
// calc() currently allows only lengths, percents, numbers, and integers.
//
// Note that VARIANT_NUMBER can be mixed with VARIANT_LENGTH and
// VARIANT_PERCENTAGE in the list of allowed types (numbers can be used as
// coefficients).
// However, the the resulting type is not a mixed type with number.
// VARIANT_INTEGER can't be mixed with anything else.
if (!ParseCalc(aValue, aVariantMask & (VARIANT_LPN | VARIANT_INTEGER))) {
return CSSParseResult::Error;
}
return CSSParseResult::Ok;
}
UngetToken();
AssertNextTokenAt(lineBefore, colBefore);
return CSSParseResult::NotFound;
}
bool
CSSParserImpl::ParseCustomIdent(nsCSSValue& aValue,
const nsAutoString& aIdentValue,
const nsCSSKeyword aExcludedKeywords[],
const nsCSSProps::KTableEntry aPropertyKTable[])
{
nsCSSKeyword keyword = nsCSSKeywords::LookupKeyword(aIdentValue);
if (keyword == eCSSKeyword_UNKNOWN) {
// Fast path for identifiers that are not known CSS keywords:
aValue.SetStringValue(mToken.mIdent, eCSSUnit_Ident);
return true;
}
if (keyword == eCSSKeyword_inherit ||
keyword == eCSSKeyword_initial ||
keyword == eCSSKeyword_unset ||
keyword == eCSSKeyword_default ||
(aPropertyKTable &&
nsCSSProps::FindIndexOfKeyword(keyword, aPropertyKTable) >= 0)) {
return false;
}
if (aExcludedKeywords) {
for (uint32_t i = 0;; i++) {
nsCSSKeyword excludedKeyword = aExcludedKeywords[i];
if (excludedKeyword == eCSSKeyword_UNKNOWN) {
break;
}
if (excludedKeyword == keyword) {
return false;
}
}
}
aValue.SetStringValue(mToken.mIdent, eCSSUnit_Ident);
return true;
}
bool
CSSParserImpl::ParseCounter(nsCSSValue& aValue)
{
nsCSSUnit unit = (mToken.mIdent.LowerCaseEqualsLiteral("counter") ?
eCSSUnit_Counter : eCSSUnit_Counters);
// A non-iterative for loop to break out when an error occurs.
for (;;) {
if (!GetToken(true)) {
break;
}
if (eCSSToken_Ident != mToken.mType) {
UngetToken();
break;
}
RefPtr<nsCSSValue::Array> val =
nsCSSValue::Array::Create(unit == eCSSUnit_Counter ? 2 : 3);
val->Item(0).SetStringValue(mToken.mIdent, eCSSUnit_Ident);
if (eCSSUnit_Counters == unit) {
// must have a comma and then a separator string
if (!ExpectSymbol(',', true) || !GetToken(true)) {
break;
}
if (eCSSToken_String != mToken.mType) {
UngetToken();
break;
}
val->Item(1).SetStringValue(mToken.mIdent, eCSSUnit_String);
}
// get optional type
int32_t typeItem = eCSSUnit_Counters == unit ? 2 : 1;
nsCSSValue& type = val->Item(typeItem);
if (ExpectSymbol(',', true)) {
if (!ParseCounterStyleNameValue(type) && !ParseSymbols(type)) {
break;
}
} else {
type.SetAtomIdentValue(do_AddRef(nsGkAtoms::decimal));
}
if (!ExpectSymbol(')', true)) {
break;
}
aValue.SetArrayValue(val, unit);
return true;
}
SkipUntil(')');
return false;
}
bool
CSSParserImpl::ParseContextProperties()
{
nsCSSValue listValue;
nsCSSValueList* currentListValue = listValue.SetListValue();
bool first = true;
for (;;) {
const uint32_t variantMask = VARIANT_IDENTIFIER |
VARIANT_INHERIT |
VARIANT_NONE;
nsCSSValue value;
if (!ParseSingleTokenVariant(value, variantMask, nullptr)) {
return false;
}
if (value.GetUnit() != eCSSUnit_Ident) {
if (first) {
AppendValue(eCSSProperty__moz_context_properties, value);
return true;
} else {
return false;
}
}
value.AtomizeIdentValue();
nsIAtom* atom = value.GetAtomValue();
if (atom == nsGkAtoms::_default) {
return false;
}
currentListValue->mValue = Move(value);
if (!ExpectSymbol(',', true)) {
break;
}
currentListValue->mNext = new nsCSSValueList;
currentListValue = currentListValue->mNext;
first = false;
}
AppendValue(eCSSProperty__moz_context_properties, listValue);
return true;
}
bool
CSSParserImpl::ParseAttr(nsCSSValue& aValue)
{
if (!GetToken(true)) {
return false;
}
nsAutoString attr;
if (eCSSToken_Ident == mToken.mType) { // attr name or namespace
nsAutoString holdIdent(mToken.mIdent);
if (ExpectSymbol('|', false)) { // namespace
int32_t nameSpaceID = GetNamespaceIdForPrefix(holdIdent);
if (nameSpaceID == kNameSpaceID_Unknown) {
return false;
}
attr.AppendInt(nameSpaceID, 10);
attr.Append(char16_t('|'));
if (! GetToken(false)) {
REPORT_UNEXPECTED_EOF(PEAttributeNameEOF);
return false;
}
if (eCSSToken_Ident == mToken.mType) {
attr.Append(mToken.mIdent);
}
else {
REPORT_UNEXPECTED_TOKEN(PEAttributeNameExpected);
UngetToken();
return false;
}
}
else { // no namespace
attr = holdIdent;
}
}
else if (mToken.IsSymbol('*')) { // namespace wildcard
// Wildcard namespace makes no sense here and is not allowed
REPORT_UNEXPECTED_TOKEN(PEAttributeNameExpected);
UngetToken();
return false;
}
else if (mToken.IsSymbol('|')) { // explicit NO namespace
if (! GetToken(false)) {
REPORT_UNEXPECTED_EOF(PEAttributeNameEOF);
return false;
}
if (eCSSToken_Ident == mToken.mType) {
attr.Append(mToken.mIdent);
}
else {
REPORT_UNEXPECTED_TOKEN(PEAttributeNameExpected);
UngetToken();
return false;
}
}
else {
REPORT_UNEXPECTED_TOKEN(PEAttributeNameOrNamespaceExpected);
UngetToken();
return false;
}
if (!ExpectSymbol(')', true)) {
return false;
}
aValue.SetStringValue(attr, eCSSUnit_Attr);
return true;
}
bool
CSSParserImpl::ParseSymbols(nsCSSValue& aValue)
{
if (!GetToken(true)) {
return false;
}
if (mToken.mType != eCSSToken_Function &&
!mToken.mIdent.LowerCaseEqualsLiteral("symbols")) {
UngetToken();
return false;
}
RefPtr<nsCSSValue::Array> params = nsCSSValue::Array::Create(2);
nsCSSValue& type = params->Item(0);
nsCSSValue& symbols = params->Item(1);
if (!ParseEnum(type, nsCSSProps::kCounterSymbolsSystemKTable)) {
type.SetIntValue(NS_STYLE_COUNTER_SYSTEM_SYMBOLIC, eCSSUnit_Enumerated);
}
bool first = true;
nsCSSValueList* item = symbols.SetListValue();
for (;;) {
// FIXME Should also include VARIANT_IMAGE. See bug 1071436.
if (!ParseSingleTokenVariant(item->mValue, VARIANT_STRING, nullptr)) {
break;
}
if (ExpectSymbol(')', true)) {
if (first) {
switch (type.GetIntValue()) {
case NS_STYLE_COUNTER_SYSTEM_NUMERIC:
case NS_STYLE_COUNTER_SYSTEM_ALPHABETIC:
// require at least two symbols
return false;
}
}
aValue.SetArrayValue(params, eCSSUnit_Symbols);
return true;
}
item->mNext = new nsCSSValueList;
item = item->mNext;
first = false;
}
SkipUntil(')');
return false;
}
bool
CSSParserImpl::SetValueToURL(nsCSSValue& aValue, const nsString& aURL)
{
if (!mSheetPrincipal) {
if (!mSheetPrincipalRequired) {
/* Pretend to succeed. */
return true;
}
NS_NOTREACHED("Codepaths that expect to parse URLs MUST pass in an "
"origin principal");
return false;
}
mozilla::css::URLValue *urlVal =
new mozilla::css::URLValue(aURL, mBaseURI, mSheetURI, mSheetPrincipal);
aValue.SetURLValue(urlVal);
return true;
}
/**
* Parse the image-orientation property, which has the grammar:
* <angle> flip? | flip | from-image
*/
bool
CSSParserImpl::ParseImageOrientation(nsCSSValue& aValue)
{
if (ParseSingleTokenVariant(aValue, VARIANT_INHERIT, nullptr)) {
// 'inherit', 'initial' and 'unset' must be alone
return true;
}
// Check for an angle with optional 'flip'.
nsCSSValue angle;
if (ParseSingleTokenVariant(angle, VARIANT_ANGLE, nullptr)) {
nsCSSValue flip;
if (ParseSingleTokenVariant(flip, VARIANT_KEYWORD,
nsCSSProps::kImageOrientationFlipKTable)) {
RefPtr<nsCSSValue::Array> array = nsCSSValue::Array::Create(2);
array->Item(0) = angle;
array->Item(1) = flip;
aValue.SetArrayValue(array, eCSSUnit_Array);
} else {
aValue = angle;
}
return true;
}
// The remaining possibilities (bare 'flip' and 'from-image') are both
// keywords, so we can handle them at the same time.
nsCSSValue keyword;
if (ParseSingleTokenVariant(keyword, VARIANT_KEYWORD,
nsCSSProps::kImageOrientationKTable)) {
aValue = keyword;
return true;
}
// All possibilities failed.
return false;
}
/**
* Parse the arguments of -moz-image-rect() function.
* -moz-image-rect(<uri>, <top>, <right>, <bottom>, <left>)
*/
bool
CSSParserImpl::ParseImageRect(nsCSSValue& aImage)
{
// A non-iterative for loop to break out when an error occurs.
for (;;) {
nsCSSValue newFunction;
static const uint32_t kNumArgs = 5;
nsCSSValue::Array* func =
newFunction.InitFunction(eCSSKeyword__moz_image_rect, kNumArgs);
// func->Item(0) is reserved for the function name.
nsCSSValue& url = func->Item(1);
nsCSSValue& top = func->Item(2);
nsCSSValue& right = func->Item(3);
nsCSSValue& bottom = func->Item(4);
nsCSSValue& left = func->Item(5);
nsAutoString urlString;
if (!ParseURLOrString(urlString) ||
!SetValueToURL(url, urlString) ||
!ExpectSymbol(',', true)) {
break;
}
static const int32_t VARIANT_SIDE = VARIANT_NUMBER | VARIANT_PERCENT;
if (!ParseSingleTokenNonNegativeVariant(top, VARIANT_SIDE, nullptr) ||
!ExpectSymbol(',', true) ||
!ParseSingleTokenNonNegativeVariant(right, VARIANT_SIDE, nullptr) ||
!ExpectSymbol(',', true) ||
!ParseSingleTokenNonNegativeVariant(bottom, VARIANT_SIDE, nullptr) ||
!ExpectSymbol(',', true) ||
!ParseSingleTokenNonNegativeVariant(left, VARIANT_SIDE, nullptr) ||
!ExpectSymbol(')', true))
break;
aImage = newFunction;
return true;
}
SkipUntil(')');
return false;
}
// <element>: -moz-element(# <element_id> )
bool
CSSParserImpl::ParseElement(nsCSSValue& aValue)
{
// A non-iterative for loop to break out when an error occurs.
for (;;) {
if (!GetToken(true))
break;
if (mToken.mType == eCSSToken_ID) {
aValue.SetStringValue(mToken.mIdent, eCSSUnit_Element);
} else {
UngetToken();
break;
}
if (!ExpectSymbol(')', true))
break;
return true;
}
// If we detect a syntax error, we must match the opening parenthesis of the
// function with the closing parenthesis and skip all the tokens in between.
SkipUntil(')');
return false;
}
// flex: none | [ <'flex-grow'> <'flex-shrink'>? || <'flex-basis'> ]
bool
CSSParserImpl::ParseFlex()
{
// First check for inherit / initial / unset
nsCSSValue tmpVal;
if (ParseSingleTokenVariant(tmpVal, VARIANT_INHERIT, nullptr)) {
AppendValue(eCSSProperty_flex_grow, tmpVal);
AppendValue(eCSSProperty_flex_shrink, tmpVal);
AppendValue(eCSSProperty_flex_basis, tmpVal);
return true;
}
// Next, check for 'none' == '0 0 auto'
if (ParseSingleTokenVariant(tmpVal, VARIANT_NONE, nullptr)) {
AppendValue(eCSSProperty_flex_grow, nsCSSValue(0.0f, eCSSUnit_Number));
AppendValue(eCSSProperty_flex_shrink, nsCSSValue(0.0f, eCSSUnit_Number));
AppendValue(eCSSProperty_flex_basis, nsCSSValue(eCSSUnit_Auto));
return true;
}
// OK, try parsing our value as individual per-subproperty components:
// [ <'flex-grow'> <'flex-shrink'>? || <'flex-basis'> ]
// Each subproperty has a default value that it takes when it's omitted in a
// "flex" shorthand value. These default values are *only* for the shorthand
// syntax -- they're distinct from the subproperties' own initial values. We
// start with each subproperty at its default, as if we had "flex: 1 1 0%".
nsCSSValue flexGrow(1.0f, eCSSUnit_Number);
nsCSSValue flexShrink(1.0f, eCSSUnit_Number);
nsCSSValue flexBasis(0.0f, eCSSUnit_Percent);
// OVERVIEW OF PARSING STRATEGY:
// =============================
// a) Parse the first component as either flex-basis or flex-grow.
// b) If it wasn't flex-grow, parse the _next_ component as flex-grow.
// c) Now we've just parsed flex-grow -- so try parsing the next thing as
// flex-shrink.
// d) Finally: If we didn't get flex-basis at the beginning, try to parse
// it now, at the end.
//
// More details in each section below.
uint32_t flexBasisVariantMask =
(nsCSSProps::ParserVariant(eCSSProperty_flex_basis) & ~(VARIANT_INHERIT));
// (a) Parse first component. It can be either be a 'flex-basis' value or a
// 'flex-grow' value, so we use the flex-basis-specific variant mask, along
// with VARIANT_NUMBER to accept 'flex-grow' values.
//
// NOTE: if we encounter unitless 0 here, we *must* interpret it as a
// 'flex-grow' value (a number), *not* as a 'flex-basis' value (a length).
// Conveniently, that's the behavior this combined variant-mask gives us --
// it'll treat unitless 0 as a number. The flexbox spec requires this:
// "a unitless zero that is not already preceded by two flex factors must be
// interpreted as a flex factor.
if (ParseNonNegativeVariant(tmpVal, flexBasisVariantMask | VARIANT_NUMBER,
nsCSSProps::kWidthKTable) != CSSParseResult::Ok) {
// First component was not a valid flex-basis or flex-grow value. Fail.
return false;
}
// Record what we just parsed as either flex-basis or flex-grow:
bool wasFirstComponentFlexBasis = (tmpVal.GetUnit() != eCSSUnit_Number);
(wasFirstComponentFlexBasis ? flexBasis : flexGrow) = tmpVal;
// (b) If we didn't get flex-grow yet, parse _next_ component as flex-grow.
bool doneParsing = false;
if (wasFirstComponentFlexBasis) {
if (ParseNonNegativeNumber(tmpVal)) {
flexGrow = tmpVal;
} else {
// Failed to parse anything after our flex-basis -- that's fine. We can
// skip the remaining parsing.
doneParsing = true;
}
}
if (!doneParsing) {
// (c) OK -- the last thing we parsed was flex-grow, so look for a
// flex-shrink in the next position.
if (ParseNonNegativeNumber(tmpVal)) {
flexShrink = tmpVal;
}
// d) Finally: If we didn't get flex-basis at the beginning, try to parse
// it now, at the end.
//
// NOTE: If we encounter unitless 0 in this final position, we'll parse it
// as a 'flex-basis' value. That's OK, because we know it must have
// been "preceded by 2 flex factors" (justification below), which gets us
// out of the spec's requirement of otherwise having to treat unitless 0
// as a flex factor.
//
// JUSTIFICATION: How do we know that a unitless 0 here must have been
// preceded by 2 flex factors? Well, suppose we had a unitless 0 that
// was preceded by only 1 flex factor. Then, we would have already
// accepted this unitless 0 as the 'flex-shrink' value, up above (since
// it's a valid flex-shrink value), and we'd have moved on to the next
// token (if any). And of course, if we instead had a unitless 0 preceded
// by *no* flex factors (if it were the first token), we would've already
// parsed it in our very first call to ParseNonNegativeVariant(). So, any
// unitless 0 encountered here *must* have been preceded by 2 flex factors.
if (!wasFirstComponentFlexBasis) {
CSSParseResult result =
ParseNonNegativeVariant(tmpVal, flexBasisVariantMask,
nsCSSProps::kWidthKTable);
if (result == CSSParseResult::Error) {
return false;
} else if (result == CSSParseResult::Ok) {
flexBasis = tmpVal;
}
}
}
AppendValue(eCSSProperty_flex_grow, flexGrow);
AppendValue(eCSSProperty_flex_shrink, flexShrink);
AppendValue(eCSSProperty_flex_basis, flexBasis);
return true;
}
// flex-flow: <flex-direction> || <flex-wrap>
bool
CSSParserImpl::ParseFlexFlow()
{
static const nsCSSPropertyID kFlexFlowSubprops[] = {
eCSSProperty_flex_direction,
eCSSProperty_flex_wrap
};
const size_t numProps = MOZ_ARRAY_LENGTH(kFlexFlowSubprops);
nsCSSValue values[numProps];
int32_t found = ParseChoice(values, kFlexFlowSubprops, numProps);
// Bail if we didn't successfully parse anything
if (found < 1) {
return false;
}
// If either property didn't get an explicit value, use its initial value.
if ((found & 1) == 0) {
values[0].SetIntValue(NS_STYLE_FLEX_DIRECTION_ROW, eCSSUnit_Enumerated);
}
if ((found & 2) == 0) {
values[1].SetIntValue(NS_STYLE_FLEX_WRAP_NOWRAP, eCSSUnit_Enumerated);
}
// Store these values and declare success!
for (size_t i = 0; i < numProps; i++) {
AppendValue(kFlexFlowSubprops[i], values[i]);
}
return true;
}
bool
CSSParserImpl::ParseGridAutoFlow()
{
nsCSSValue value;
if (ParseSingleTokenVariant(value, VARIANT_INHERIT, nullptr)) {
AppendValue(eCSSProperty_grid_auto_flow, value);
return true;
}
static const int32_t mask[] = {
NS_STYLE_GRID_AUTO_FLOW_ROW | NS_STYLE_GRID_AUTO_FLOW_COLUMN,
MASK_END_VALUE
};
if (!ParseBitmaskValues(value, nsCSSProps::kGridAutoFlowKTable, mask)) {
return false;
}
int32_t bitField = value.GetIntValue();
// If neither row nor column is provided, row is assumed.
if (!(bitField & (NS_STYLE_GRID_AUTO_FLOW_ROW |
NS_STYLE_GRID_AUTO_FLOW_COLUMN))) {
value.SetIntValue(bitField | NS_STYLE_GRID_AUTO_FLOW_ROW,
eCSSUnit_Enumerated);
}
AppendValue(eCSSProperty_grid_auto_flow, value);
return true;
}
static const nsCSSKeyword kGridLineKeywords[] = {
eCSSKeyword_span,
eCSSKeyword_UNKNOWN // End-of-array marker
};
CSSParseResult
CSSParserImpl::ParseGridLineNames(nsCSSValue& aValue)
{
if (!ExpectSymbol('[', true)) {
return CSSParseResult::NotFound;
}
if (!GetToken(true) || mToken.IsSymbol(']')) {
return CSSParseResult::Ok;
}
// 'return' so far leaves aValue untouched, to represent an empty list.
nsCSSValueList* item;
if (aValue.GetUnit() == eCSSUnit_List) {
// Find the end of an existing list.
// The grid-template shorthand uses this, at most once for a given list.
// NOTE: we could avoid this traversal by somehow keeping around
// a pointer to the last item from the previous call.
// It's not yet clear if this is worth the additional code complexity.
item = aValue.GetListValue();
while (item->mNext) {
item = item->mNext;
}
item->mNext = new nsCSSValueList;
item = item->mNext;
} else {
MOZ_ASSERT(aValue.GetUnit() == eCSSUnit_Null, "Unexpected unit");
item = aValue.SetListValue();
}
for (;;) {
if (!(eCSSToken_Ident == mToken.mType &&
ParseCustomIdent(item->mValue, mToken.mIdent, kGridLineKeywords))) {
UngetToken();
SkipUntil(']');
return CSSParseResult::Error;
}
if (!GetToken(true) || mToken.IsSymbol(']')) {
return CSSParseResult::Ok;
}
item->mNext = new nsCSSValueList;
item = item->mNext;
}
}
// Assuming the 'repeat(' function token has already been consumed,
// parse the rest of repeat(<positive-integer> | auto-fill, <line-names>+)
// Append to the linked list whose end is given by |aTailPtr|,
// and update |aTailPtr| to point to the new end of the list.
bool
CSSParserImpl::ParseGridLineNameListRepeat(nsCSSValueList** aTailPtr)
{
int32_t repetitions;
Maybe<int32_t> repeatAutoEnum;
if (!ParseGridTrackRepeatIntro(true, &repetitions, &repeatAutoEnum)) {
return false;
}
if (repeatAutoEnum.isSome()) {
// Parse exactly one <line-names>.
nsCSSValue listValue;
nsCSSValueList* list = listValue.SetListValue();
if (ParseGridLineNames(list->mValue) != CSSParseResult::Ok) {
return false;
}
if (!ExpectSymbol(')', true)) {
return false;
}
// Instead of hooking up this list into the flat name list as usual,
// we create a pair(Int, List) where the first value is the auto-fill
// keyword and the second is the name list to repeat.
nsCSSValue kwd;
kwd.SetIntValue(repeatAutoEnum.value(), eCSSUnit_Enumerated);
*aTailPtr = (*aTailPtr)->mNext = new nsCSSValueList;
(*aTailPtr)->mValue.SetPairValue(kwd, listValue);
return true;
}
// Parse at least one <line-names>
nsCSSValueList* tail = *aTailPtr;
do {
tail->mNext = new nsCSSValueList;
tail = tail->mNext;
if (ParseGridLineNames(tail->mValue) != CSSParseResult::Ok) {
return false;
}
} while (!ExpectSymbol(')', true));
nsCSSValueList* firstRepeatedItem = (*aTailPtr)->mNext;
nsCSSValueList* lastRepeatedItem = tail;
// Our repeated items are already in the target list once,
// so they need to be repeated |repetitions - 1| more times.
MOZ_ASSERT(repetitions > 0, "Expected positive repetitions");
while (--repetitions) {
nsCSSValueList* repeatedItem = firstRepeatedItem;
for (;;) {
tail->mNext = new nsCSSValueList;
tail = tail->mNext;
tail->mValue = repeatedItem->mValue;
if (repeatedItem == lastRepeatedItem) {
break;
}
repeatedItem = repeatedItem->mNext;
}
}
*aTailPtr = tail;
return true;
}
// Assuming a 'subgrid' keyword was already consumed, parse <line-name-list>?
bool
CSSParserImpl::ParseOptionalLineNameListAfterSubgrid(nsCSSValue& aValue)
{
nsCSSValueList* item = aValue.SetListValue();
// This marker distinguishes the value from a <track-list>.
item->mValue.SetIntValue(NS_STYLE_GRID_TEMPLATE_SUBGRID,
eCSSUnit_Enumerated);
bool haveRepeatAuto = false;
for (;;) {
// First try to parse <name-repeat>, i.e.
// repeat(<positive-integer> | auto-fill, <line-names>+)
if (!GetToken(true)) {
return true;
}
if (mToken.mType == eCSSToken_Function &&
mToken.mIdent.LowerCaseEqualsLiteral("repeat")) {
nsCSSValueList* startOfRepeat = item;
if (!ParseGridLineNameListRepeat(&item)) {
SkipUntil(')');
return false;
}
if (startOfRepeat->mNext->mValue.GetUnit() == eCSSUnit_Pair) {
if (haveRepeatAuto) {
REPORT_UNEXPECTED(PEMoreThanOneGridRepeatAutoFillInNameList);
return false;
}
haveRepeatAuto = true;
}
} else {
UngetToken();
// This was not a repeat() function. Try to parse <line-names>.
nsCSSValue lineNames;
CSSParseResult result = ParseGridLineNames(lineNames);
if (result == CSSParseResult::NotFound) {
return true;
}
if (result == CSSParseResult::Error) {
return false;
}
item->mNext = new nsCSSValueList;
item = item->mNext;
item->mValue = lineNames;
}
}
}
CSSParseResult
CSSParserImpl::ParseGridTrackBreadth(nsCSSValue& aValue)
{
CSSParseResult result = ParseNonNegativeVariant(aValue,
VARIANT_AUTO | VARIANT_LPCALC | VARIANT_KEYWORD,
nsCSSProps::kGridTrackBreadthKTable);
if (result == CSSParseResult::Ok ||
result == CSSParseResult::Error) {
return result;
}
// Attempt to parse <flex> (a dimension with the "fr" unit).
if (!GetToken(true)) {
return CSSParseResult::NotFound;
}
if (!(eCSSToken_Dimension == mToken.mType &&
mToken.mIdent.LowerCaseEqualsLiteral("fr") &&
mToken.mNumber >= 0)) {
UngetToken();
return CSSParseResult::NotFound;
}
aValue.SetFloatValue(mToken.mNumber, eCSSUnit_FlexFraction);
return CSSParseResult::Ok;
}
// Parse a <track-size>, or <fixed-size> when aFlags has eFixedTrackSize.
CSSParseResult
CSSParserImpl::ParseGridTrackSize(nsCSSValue& aValue,
GridTrackSizeFlags aFlags)
{
const bool requireFixedSize =
!!(aFlags & GridTrackSizeFlags::eFixedTrackSize);
// Attempt to parse a single <track-breadth>.
CSSParseResult result = ParseGridTrackBreadth(aValue);
if (requireFixedSize && result == CSSParseResult::Ok &&
!aValue.IsLengthPercentCalcUnit()) {
result = CSSParseResult::Error;
}
if (result == CSSParseResult::Error) {
return result;
}
if (result == CSSParseResult::Ok) {
if (aValue.GetUnit() == eCSSUnit_FlexFraction) {
// Single value <flex> is represented internally as minmax(auto, <flex>).
nsCSSValue minmax;
nsCSSValue::Array* func = minmax.InitFunction(eCSSKeyword_minmax, 2);
func->Item(1).SetAutoValue();
func->Item(2) = aValue;
aValue = minmax;
}
return result;
}
// Attempt to parse a minmax() or fit-content() function.
if (!GetToken(true)) {
return CSSParseResult::NotFound;
}
if (eCSSToken_Function != mToken.mType) {
UngetToken();
return CSSParseResult::NotFound;
}
if (mToken.mIdent.LowerCaseEqualsLiteral("fit-content")) {
if (requireFixedSize) {
UngetToken();
return CSSParseResult::Error;
}
nsCSSValue::Array* func = aValue.InitFunction(eCSSKeyword_fit_content, 1);
if (ParseGridTrackBreadth(func->Item(1)) == CSSParseResult::Ok &&
func->Item(1).IsLengthPercentCalcUnit() &&
ExpectSymbol(')', true)) {
return CSSParseResult::Ok;
}
SkipUntil(')');
return CSSParseResult::Error;
}
if (!mToken.mIdent.LowerCaseEqualsLiteral("minmax")) {
UngetToken();
return CSSParseResult::NotFound;
}
nsCSSValue::Array* func = aValue.InitFunction(eCSSKeyword_minmax, 2);
if (ParseGridTrackBreadth(func->Item(1)) == CSSParseResult::Ok &&
ExpectSymbol(',', true) &&
ParseGridTrackBreadth(func->Item(2)) == CSSParseResult::Ok &&
ExpectSymbol(')', true)) {
if (requireFixedSize &&
!func->Item(1).IsLengthPercentCalcUnit() &&
!func->Item(2).IsLengthPercentCalcUnit()) {
return CSSParseResult::Error;
}
// Reject <flex> min-sizing.
if (func->Item(1).GetUnit() == eCSSUnit_FlexFraction) {
return CSSParseResult::Error;
}
return CSSParseResult::Ok;
}
SkipUntil(')');
return CSSParseResult::Error;
}
bool
CSSParserImpl::ParseGridAutoColumnsRows(nsCSSPropertyID aPropID)
{
nsCSSValue value;
if (ParseSingleTokenVariant(value, VARIANT_INHERIT, nullptr) ||
ParseGridTrackSize(value) == CSSParseResult::Ok) {
AppendValue(aPropID, value);
return true;
}
return false;
}
bool
CSSParserImpl::ParseGridTrackListWithFirstLineNames(nsCSSValue& aValue,
const nsCSSValue& aFirstLineNames,
GridTrackListFlags aFlags)
{
nsCSSValueList* firstLineNamesItem = aValue.SetListValue();
firstLineNamesItem->mValue = aFirstLineNames;
// This function is trying to parse <track-list>, which is
// [ <line-names>? [ <track-size> | <repeat()> ] ]+ <line-names>?
// and we're already past the first "<line-names>?".
// If aFlags contains eExplicitTrackList then <repeat()> is disallowed.
//
// Each iteration of the following loop attempts to parse either a
// repeat() or a <track-size> expression, and then an (optional)
// <line-names> expression.
//
// The only successful exit point from this loop is the ::NotFound
// case after ParseGridTrackSize(); i.e. we'll greedily parse
// repeat()/<track-size> until we can't find one.
nsCSSValueList* item = firstLineNamesItem;
bool haveRepeatAuto = false;
for (;;) {
// First try to parse repeat()
if (!GetToken(true)) {
break;
}
if (!(aFlags & GridTrackListFlags::eExplicitTrackList) &&
mToken.mType == eCSSToken_Function &&
mToken.mIdent.LowerCaseEqualsLiteral("repeat")) {
nsCSSValueList* startOfRepeat = item;
if (!ParseGridTrackListRepeat(&item)) {
SkipUntil(')');
return false;
}
auto firstRepeat = startOfRepeat->mNext;
if (firstRepeat->mValue.GetUnit() == eCSSUnit_Pair) {
if (haveRepeatAuto) {
REPORT_UNEXPECTED(PEMoreThanOneGridRepeatAutoFillFitInTrackList);
return false;
}
haveRepeatAuto = true;
// We're parsing an <auto-track-list>, which requires that all tracks
// are <fixed-size>, so we need to check the ones we've parsed already.
for (nsCSSValueList* list = firstLineNamesItem->mNext;
list != firstRepeat; list = list->mNext) {
if (list->mValue.GetUnit() == eCSSUnit_Function) {
nsCSSValue::Array* func = list->mValue.GetArrayValue();
auto funcName = func->Item(0).GetKeywordValue();
if (funcName == eCSSKeyword_minmax) {
if (!func->Item(1).IsLengthPercentCalcUnit() &&
!func->Item(2).IsLengthPercentCalcUnit()) {
return false;
}
} else {
MOZ_ASSERT(funcName == eCSSKeyword_fit_content,
"Expected minmax() or fit-content() function");
return false; // fit-content() is not a <fixed-size>
}
} else if (!list->mValue.IsLengthPercentCalcUnit()) {
return false;
}
list = list->mNext; // skip line names
}
}
} else {
UngetToken();
// Not a repeat() function; try to parse <track-size> | <fixed-size>.
nsCSSValue trackSize;
GridTrackSizeFlags flags = haveRepeatAuto
? GridTrackSizeFlags::eFixedTrackSize
: GridTrackSizeFlags::eDefaultTrackSize;
CSSParseResult result = ParseGridTrackSize(trackSize, flags);
if (result == CSSParseResult::Error) {
return false;
}
if (result == CSSParseResult::NotFound) {
// What we've parsed so far is a valid <track-list>
// (modulo the "at least one <track-size>" check below.)
// Stop here.
break;
}
item->mNext = new nsCSSValueList;
item = item->mNext;
item->mValue = trackSize;
item->mNext = new nsCSSValueList;
item = item->mNext;
}
if (ParseGridLineNames(item->mValue) == CSSParseResult::Error) {
return false;
}
}
// Require at least one <track-size>.
if (item == firstLineNamesItem) {
return false;
}
MOZ_ASSERT(aValue.GetListValue() &&
aValue.GetListValue()->mNext &&
aValue.GetListValue()->mNext->mNext,
"<track-list> should have a minimum length of 3");
return true;
}
// Takes ownership of |aSecond|
static void
ConcatLineNames(nsCSSValue& aFirst, nsCSSValue& aSecond)
{
if (aSecond.GetUnit() == eCSSUnit_Null) {
// Nothing to do.
return;
}
if (aFirst.GetUnit() == eCSSUnit_Null) {
// Empty or omitted <line-names>. Replace it.
aFirst = aSecond;
return;
}
// Join the two <line-names> lists.
nsCSSValueList* source = aSecond.GetListValue();
nsCSSValueList* target = aFirst.GetListValue();
// Find the end:
while (target->mNext) {
target = target->mNext;
}
// Copy the first name. We can't take ownership of it
// as it'll be destroyed when |aSecond| goes out of scope.
target->mNext = new nsCSSValueList;
target = target->mNext;
target->mValue = source->mValue;
// Move the rest of the linked list.
target->mNext = source->mNext;
source->mNext = nullptr;
}
// Assuming the 'repeat(' function token has already been consumed,
// parse "repeat( <positive-integer> | auto-fill | auto-fit ,"
// (or "repeat( <positive-integer> | auto-fill ," when aForSubgrid is true)
// and stop after the comma. Return true when parsing succeeds,
// with aRepetitions set to the number of repetitions and aRepeatAutoEnum set
// to an enum value for auto-fill | auto-fit (it's not set at all when
// <positive-integer> was parsed).
bool
CSSParserImpl::ParseGridTrackRepeatIntro(bool aForSubgrid,
int32_t* aRepetitions,
Maybe<int32_t>* aRepeatAutoEnum)
{
if (!GetToken(true)) {
return false;
}
if (mToken.mType == eCSSToken_Ident) {
if (mToken.mIdent.LowerCaseEqualsLiteral("auto-fill")) {
aRepeatAutoEnum->emplace(NS_STYLE_GRID_REPEAT_AUTO_FILL);
} else if (!aForSubgrid &&
mToken.mIdent.LowerCaseEqualsLiteral("auto-fit")) {
aRepeatAutoEnum->emplace(NS_STYLE_GRID_REPEAT_AUTO_FIT);
} else {
return false;
}
*aRepetitions = 1;
} else if (mToken.mType == eCSSToken_Number) {
if (!(mToken.mIntegerValid &&
mToken.mInteger > 0)) {
return false;
}
*aRepetitions = std::min(mToken.mInteger, GRID_TEMPLATE_MAX_REPETITIONS);
} else {
return false;
}
if (!ExpectSymbol(',', true)) {
return false;
}
return true;
}
// Assuming the 'repeat(' function token has already been consumed,
// parse the rest of
// repeat( <positive-integer> | auto-fill | auto-fit ,
// [ <line-names>? <track-size> ]+ <line-names>? )
// Append to the linked list whose end is given by |aTailPtr|,
// and update |aTailPtr| to point to the new end of the list.
// Note: only one <track-size> is allowed for auto-fill/fit
bool
CSSParserImpl::ParseGridTrackListRepeat(nsCSSValueList** aTailPtr)
{
int32_t repetitions;
Maybe<int32_t> repeatAutoEnum;
if (!ParseGridTrackRepeatIntro(false, &repetitions, &repeatAutoEnum)) {
return false;
}
// Parse [ <line-names>? <track-size> ]+ <line-names>?
// but keep the first and last <line-names> separate
// because they'll need to be joined.
// http://dev.w3.org/csswg/css-grid/#repeat-notation
nsCSSValue firstLineNames;
nsCSSValue trackSize;
nsCSSValue lastLineNames;
// Optional
if (ParseGridLineNames(firstLineNames) == CSSParseResult::Error) {
return false;
}
// Required
GridTrackSizeFlags flags = repeatAutoEnum.isSome()
? GridTrackSizeFlags::eFixedTrackSize
: GridTrackSizeFlags::eDefaultTrackSize;
if (ParseGridTrackSize(trackSize, flags) != CSSParseResult::Ok) {
return false;
}
// Use nsAutoPtr to free the list in case of early return.
nsAutoPtr<nsCSSValueList> firstTrackSizeItemAuto(new nsCSSValueList);
firstTrackSizeItemAuto->mValue = trackSize;
nsCSSValueList* item = firstTrackSizeItemAuto;
for (;;) {
// Optional
if (ParseGridLineNames(lastLineNames) == CSSParseResult::Error) {
return false;
}
if (ExpectSymbol(')', true)) {
break;
}
// <auto-repeat> only accepts a single track size:
// <line-names>? <fixed-size> <line-names>?
if (repeatAutoEnum.isSome()) {
REPORT_UNEXPECTED(PEMoreThanOneGridRepeatTrackSize);
return false;
}
// Required
if (ParseGridTrackSize(trackSize) != CSSParseResult::Ok) {
return false;
}
item->mNext = new nsCSSValueList;
item = item->mNext;
item->mValue = lastLineNames;
// Do not append to this list at the next iteration.
lastLineNames.Reset();
item->mNext = new nsCSSValueList;
item = item->mNext;
item->mValue = trackSize;
}
nsCSSValueList* lastTrackSizeItem = item;
// [ <line-names>? <track-size> ]+ <line-names>? is now parsed into:
// * firstLineNames: the first <line-names>
// * a linked list of odd length >= 1, from firstTrackSizeItem
// (the first <track-size>) to lastTrackSizeItem (the last),
// with the <line-names> sublists in between
// * lastLineNames: the last <line-names>
if (repeatAutoEnum.isSome()) {
// Instead of hooking up this list into the flat track/name list as usual,
// we create a pair(Int, List) where the first value is the auto-fill/fit
// keyword and the second is the list to repeat. There are three items
// in this list, the first is the list of line names before the track size,
// the second item is the track size, and the last item is the list of line
// names after the track size. Note that the line names are NOT merged
// with any line names before/after the repeat() itself.
nsCSSValue listValue;
nsCSSValueList* list = listValue.SetListValue();
list->mValue = firstLineNames;
list = list->mNext = new nsCSSValueList;
list->mValue = trackSize;
list = list->mNext = new nsCSSValueList;
list->mValue = lastLineNames;
nsCSSValue kwd;
kwd.SetIntValue(repeatAutoEnum.value(), eCSSUnit_Enumerated);
*aTailPtr = (*aTailPtr)->mNext = new nsCSSValueList;
(*aTailPtr)->mValue.SetPairValue(kwd, listValue);
// Append an empty list since the caller expects that to represent the names
// that follows the repeat() function.
*aTailPtr = (*aTailPtr)->mNext = new nsCSSValueList;
return true;
}
// Join the last and first <line-names> (in that order.)
// For example, repeat(3, (a) 100px (b) 200px (c)) results in
// (a) 100px (b) 200px (c a) 100px (b) 200px (c a) 100px (b) 200px (c)
// This is (c a).
// Make deep copies: the originals will be moved.
nsCSSValue joinerLineNames;
{
nsCSSValueList* target = nullptr;
if (lastLineNames.GetUnit() != eCSSUnit_Null) {
target = joinerLineNames.SetListValue();
nsCSSValueList* source = lastLineNames.GetListValue();
for (;;) {
target->mValue = source->mValue;
source = source->mNext;
if (!source) {
break;
}
target->mNext = new nsCSSValueList;
target = target->mNext;
}
}
if (firstLineNames.GetUnit() != eCSSUnit_Null) {
if (target) {
target->mNext = new nsCSSValueList;
target = target->mNext;
} else {
target = joinerLineNames.SetListValue();
}
nsCSSValueList* source = firstLineNames.GetListValue();
for (;;) {
target->mValue = source->mValue;
source = source->mNext;
if (!source) {
break;
}
target->mNext = new nsCSSValueList;
target = target->mNext;
}
}
}
// Join our first <line-names> with the one before repeat().
// (a) repeat(1, (b) 20px) expands to (a b) 20px
nsCSSValueList* previousItemBeforeRepeat = *aTailPtr;
ConcatLineNames(previousItemBeforeRepeat->mValue, firstLineNames);
// Move our linked list
// (first to last <track-size>, with the <line-names> sublists in between).
// This is the first repetition.
NS_ASSERTION(previousItemBeforeRepeat->mNext == nullptr,
"Expected the end of a linked list");
previousItemBeforeRepeat->mNext = firstTrackSizeItemAuto.forget();
nsCSSValueList* firstTrackSizeItem = previousItemBeforeRepeat->mNext;
nsCSSValueList* tail = lastTrackSizeItem;
// Repeat |repetitions - 1| more times:
// * the joiner <line-names>
// * the linked list
// (first to last <track-size>, with the <line-names> sublists in between)
MOZ_ASSERT(repetitions > 0, "Expected positive repetitions");
while (--repetitions) {
tail->mNext = new nsCSSValueList;
tail = tail->mNext;
tail->mValue = joinerLineNames;
nsCSSValueList* repeatedItem = firstTrackSizeItem;
for (;;) {
tail->mNext = new nsCSSValueList;
tail = tail->mNext;
tail->mValue = repeatedItem->mValue;
if (repeatedItem == lastTrackSizeItem) {
break;
}
repeatedItem = repeatedItem->mNext;
}
}
// Finally, move our last <line-names>.
// Any <line-names> immediately after repeat() will append to it.
tail->mNext = new nsCSSValueList;
tail = tail->mNext;
tail->mValue = lastLineNames;
*aTailPtr = tail;
return true;
}
bool
CSSParserImpl::ParseGridTrackList(nsCSSPropertyID aPropID,
GridTrackListFlags aFlags)
{
nsCSSValue value;
nsCSSValue firstLineNames;
if (ParseGridLineNames(firstLineNames) == CSSParseResult::Error ||
!ParseGridTrackListWithFirstLineNames(value, firstLineNames, aFlags)) {
return false;
}
AppendValue(aPropID, value);
return true;
}
bool
CSSParserImpl::ParseGridTemplateColumnsRows(nsCSSPropertyID aPropID)
{
nsCSSValue value;
if (ParseSingleTokenVariant(value, VARIANT_INHERIT | VARIANT_NONE, nullptr)) {
AppendValue(aPropID, value);
return true;
}
nsSubstring* ident = NextIdent();
if (ident) {
if (ident->LowerCaseEqualsLiteral("subgrid")) {
if (!nsLayoutUtils::IsGridTemplateSubgridValueEnabled()) {
REPORT_UNEXPECTED(PESubgridNotSupported);
return false;
}
if (!ParseOptionalLineNameListAfterSubgrid(value)) {
return false;
}
AppendValue(aPropID, value);
return true;
}
UngetToken();
}
return ParseGridTrackList(aPropID);
}
bool
CSSParserImpl::ParseGridTemplateAreasLine(const nsAutoString& aInput,
css::GridTemplateAreasValue* aAreas,
nsDataHashtable<nsStringHashKey, uint32_t>& aAreaIndices)
{
aAreas->mTemplates.AppendElement(mToken.mIdent);
nsCSSGridTemplateAreaScanner scanner(aInput);
nsCSSGridTemplateAreaToken token;
css::GridNamedArea* currentArea = nullptr;
uint32_t row = aAreas->NRows();
// Column numbers starts at 1, but we might not have any, eg
// grid-template-areas:""; which will result in mNColumns == 0.
uint32_t column = 0;
while (scanner.Next(token)) {
++column;
if (token.isTrash) {
return false;
}
if (currentArea) {
if (token.mName == currentArea->mName) {
if (currentArea->mRowStart == row) {
// Next column in the first row of this named area.
currentArea->mColumnEnd++;
}
continue;
}
// We're exiting |currentArea|, so currentArea is ending at |column|.
// Make sure that this is consistent with currentArea on previous rows:
if (currentArea->mColumnEnd != column) {
NS_ASSERTION(currentArea->mRowStart != row,
"Inconsistent column end for the first row of a named area.");
// Not a rectangle
return false;
}
currentArea = nullptr;
}
if (!token.mName.IsEmpty()) {
// Named cell that doesn't have a cell with the same name on its left.
// Check if this is the continuation of an existing named area:
uint32_t index;
if (aAreaIndices.Get(token.mName, &index)) {
MOZ_ASSERT(index < aAreas->mNamedAreas.Length(),
"Invalid aAreaIndices hash table");
currentArea = &aAreas->mNamedAreas[index];
if (currentArea->mColumnStart != column ||
currentArea->mRowEnd != row) {
// Existing named area, but not forming a rectangle
return false;
}
// Next row of an existing named area
currentArea->mRowEnd++;
} else {
// New named area
aAreaIndices.Put(token.mName, aAreas->mNamedAreas.Length());
currentArea = aAreas->mNamedAreas.AppendElement();
currentArea->mName = token.mName;
// For column or row N (starting at 1),
// the start line is N, the end line is N + 1
currentArea->mColumnStart = column;
currentArea->mColumnEnd = column + 1;
currentArea->mRowStart = row;
currentArea->mRowEnd = row + 1;
}
}
}
if (currentArea && currentArea->mColumnEnd != column + 1) {
NS_ASSERTION(currentArea->mRowStart != row,
"Inconsistent column end for the first row of a named area.");
// Not a rectangle
return false;
}
// On the first row, set the number of columns
// that grid-template-areas contributes to the explicit grid.
// On other rows, check that the number of columns is consistent
// between rows.
if (row == 1) {
aAreas->mNColumns = column;
} else if (aAreas->mNColumns != column) {
return false;
}
return true;
}
bool
CSSParserImpl::ParseGridTemplateAreas()
{
nsCSSValue value;
if (ParseSingleTokenVariant(value, VARIANT_INHERIT | VARIANT_NONE, nullptr)) {
AppendValue(eCSSProperty_grid_template_areas, value);
return true;
}
RefPtr<css::GridTemplateAreasValue> areas =
new css::GridTemplateAreasValue();
nsDataHashtable<nsStringHashKey, uint32_t> areaIndices;
for (;;) {
if (!GetToken(true)) {
break;
}
if (eCSSToken_String != mToken.mType) {
UngetToken();
break;
}
if (!ParseGridTemplateAreasLine(mToken.mIdent, areas, areaIndices)) {
return false;
}
}
if (areas->NRows() == 0) {
return false;
}
AppendValue(eCSSProperty_grid_template_areas, nsCSSValue(areas));
return true;
}
// [ auto-flow && dense? ] <'grid-auto-columns'>? |
// <'grid-template-columns'>
bool
CSSParserImpl::ParseGridTemplateColumnsOrAutoFlow(bool aForGridShorthand)
{
if (aForGridShorthand) {
auto res = ParseGridShorthandAutoProps(NS_STYLE_GRID_AUTO_FLOW_COLUMN);
if (res == CSSParseResult::Error) {
return false;
}
if (res == CSSParseResult::Ok) {
nsCSSValue value(eCSSUnit_None);
AppendValue(eCSSProperty_grid_template_columns, value);
return true;
}
}
return ParseGridTemplateColumnsRows(eCSSProperty_grid_template_columns);
}
bool
CSSParserImpl::ParseGridTemplate(bool aForGridShorthand)
{
// none |
// subgrid |
// <'grid-template-rows'> / <'grid-template-columns'> |
// [ <line-names>? <string> <track-size>? <line-names>? ]+ [ / <explicit-track-list>]?
// or additionally when aForGridShorthand is true:
// <'grid-template-rows'> / [ auto-flow && dense? ] <'grid-auto-columns'>?
nsCSSValue value;
if (ParseSingleTokenVariant(value, VARIANT_INHERIT, nullptr)) {
AppendValue(eCSSProperty_grid_template_areas, value);
AppendValue(eCSSProperty_grid_template_rows, value);
AppendValue(eCSSProperty_grid_template_columns, value);
return true;
}
// 'none' can appear either by itself,
// or as the beginning of <'grid-template-rows'> / <'grid-template-columns'>
if (ParseSingleTokenVariant(value, VARIANT_NONE, nullptr)) {
AppendValue(eCSSProperty_grid_template_rows, value);
AppendValue(eCSSProperty_grid_template_areas, value);
if (ExpectSymbol('/', true)) {
return ParseGridTemplateColumnsOrAutoFlow(aForGridShorthand);
}
AppendValue(eCSSProperty_grid_template_columns, value);
return true;
}
// 'subgrid' can appear either by itself,
// or as the beginning of <'grid-template-rows'> / <'grid-template-columns'>
nsSubstring* ident = NextIdent();
if (ident) {
if (ident->LowerCaseEqualsLiteral("subgrid")) {
if (!nsLayoutUtils::IsGridTemplateSubgridValueEnabled()) {
REPORT_UNEXPECTED(PESubgridNotSupported);
return false;
}
if (!ParseOptionalLineNameListAfterSubgrid(value)) {
return false;
}
AppendValue(eCSSProperty_grid_template_rows, value);
AppendValue(eCSSProperty_grid_template_areas, nsCSSValue(eCSSUnit_None));
if (ExpectSymbol('/', true)) {
return ParseGridTemplateColumnsOrAutoFlow(aForGridShorthand);
}
if (value.GetListValue()->mNext) {
// Non-empty <line-name-list> after 'subgrid'.
// This is only valid as part of <'grid-template-rows'>,
// which must be followed by a slash.
return false;
}
// 'subgrid' by itself sets both grid-template-rows/columns.
AppendValue(eCSSProperty_grid_template_columns, value);
return true;
}
UngetToken();
}
// [ <line-names>? ] here is ambiguous:
// it can be either the start of a <track-list> (in a <'grid-template-rows'>),
// or the start of [ <line-names>? <string> <track-size>? <line-names>? ]+
nsCSSValue firstLineNames;
if (ParseGridLineNames(firstLineNames) == CSSParseResult::Error ||
!GetToken(true)) {
return false;
}
if (mToken.mType == eCSSToken_String) {
// It's the [ <line-names>? <string> <track-size>? <line-names>? ]+ case.
if (!ParseGridTemplateAfterString(firstLineNames)) {
return false;
}
// Parse an optional [ / <explicit-track-list> ] as the columns value.
if (ExpectSymbol('/', true)) {
return ParseGridTrackList(eCSSProperty_grid_template_columns,
GridTrackListFlags::eExplicitTrackList);
}
value.SetNoneValue(); // absent means 'none'
AppendValue(eCSSProperty_grid_template_columns, value);
return true;
}
UngetToken();
// Finish parsing <'grid-template-rows'> with the |firstLineNames| we have,
// and then parse a mandatory [ / <'grid-template-columns'> ].
if (!ParseGridTrackListWithFirstLineNames(value, firstLineNames) ||
!ExpectSymbol('/', true)) {
return false;
}
AppendValue(eCSSProperty_grid_template_rows, value);
value.SetNoneValue();
AppendValue(eCSSProperty_grid_template_areas, value);
return ParseGridTemplateColumnsOrAutoFlow(aForGridShorthand);
}
// Helper for parsing the 'grid-template' shorthand:
// Parse [ <line-names>? <string> <track-size>? <line-names>? ]+
// with a <line-names>? already consumed, stored in |aFirstLineNames|,
// and the current token a <string>
bool
CSSParserImpl::ParseGridTemplateAfterString(const nsCSSValue& aFirstLineNames)
{
MOZ_ASSERT(mToken.mType == eCSSToken_String,
"ParseGridTemplateAfterString called with a non-string token");
nsCSSValue rowsValue;
RefPtr<css::GridTemplateAreasValue> areas =
new css::GridTemplateAreasValue();
nsDataHashtable<nsStringHashKey, uint32_t> areaIndices;
nsCSSValueList* rowsItem = rowsValue.SetListValue();
rowsItem->mValue = aFirstLineNames;
for (;;) {
if (!ParseGridTemplateAreasLine(mToken.mIdent, areas, areaIndices)) {
return false;
}
rowsItem->mNext = new nsCSSValueList;
rowsItem = rowsItem->mNext;
CSSParseResult result = ParseGridTrackSize(rowsItem->mValue);
if (result == CSSParseResult::Error) {
return false;
}
if (result == CSSParseResult::NotFound) {
rowsItem->mValue.SetAutoValue();
}
rowsItem->mNext = new nsCSSValueList;
rowsItem = rowsItem->mNext;
result = ParseGridLineNames(rowsItem->mValue);
if (result == CSSParseResult::Error) {
return false;
}
if (result == CSSParseResult::Ok) {
// Append to the same list as the previous call to ParseGridLineNames.
result = ParseGridLineNames(rowsItem->mValue);
if (result == CSSParseResult::Error) {
return false;
}
if (result == CSSParseResult::Ok) {
// Parsed <line-name> twice.
// The property value can not end here, we expect a string next.
if (!GetToken(true)) {
return false;
}
if (eCSSToken_String != mToken.mType) {
UngetToken();
return false;
}
continue;
}
}
// Did not find a <line-names>.
// Next, we expect either a string or the end of the property value.
if (!GetToken(true)) {
break;
}
if (eCSSToken_String != mToken.mType) {
UngetToken();
break;
}
}
AppendValue(eCSSProperty_grid_template_areas, nsCSSValue(areas));
AppendValue(eCSSProperty_grid_template_rows, rowsValue);
return true;
}
// <'grid-template'> |
// <'grid-template-rows'> / [ auto-flow && dense? ] <'grid-auto-columns'>? |
// [ auto-flow && dense? ] <'grid-auto-rows'>? / <'grid-template-columns'>
bool
CSSParserImpl::ParseGrid()
{
nsCSSValue value;
if (ParseSingleTokenVariant(value, VARIANT_INHERIT, nullptr)) {
for (const nsCSSPropertyID* subprops =
nsCSSProps::SubpropertyEntryFor(eCSSProperty_grid);
*subprops != eCSSProperty_UNKNOWN; ++subprops) {
AppendValue(*subprops, value);
}
return true;
}
// https://drafts.csswg.org/css-grid/#grid-shorthand
// "Also, the gutter properties are reset by this shorthand,
// even though they can't be set by it."
value.SetFloatValue(0.0f, eCSSUnit_Pixel);
AppendValue(eCSSProperty_grid_row_gap, value);
AppendValue(eCSSProperty_grid_column_gap, value);
// [ auto-flow && dense? ] <'grid-auto-rows'>? / <'grid-template-columns'>
auto res = ParseGridShorthandAutoProps(NS_STYLE_GRID_AUTO_FLOW_ROW);
if (res == CSSParseResult::Error) {
return false;
}
if (res == CSSParseResult::Ok) {
value.SetAutoValue();
AppendValue(eCSSProperty_grid_auto_columns, value);
nsCSSValue none(eCSSUnit_None);
AppendValue(eCSSProperty_grid_template_areas, none);
AppendValue(eCSSProperty_grid_template_rows, none);
if (!ExpectSymbol('/', true)) {
return false;
}
return ParseGridTemplateColumnsRows(eCSSProperty_grid_template_columns);
}
// Set remaining subproperties that might not be set by ParseGridTemplate to
// their initial values and then parse <'grid-template'> |
// <'grid-template-rows'> / [ auto-flow && dense? ] <'grid-auto-columns'>? .
value.SetIntValue(NS_STYLE_GRID_AUTO_FLOW_ROW, eCSSUnit_Enumerated);
AppendValue(eCSSProperty_grid_auto_flow, value);
value.SetAutoValue();
AppendValue(eCSSProperty_grid_auto_rows, value);
AppendValue(eCSSProperty_grid_auto_columns, value);
return ParseGridTemplate(true);
}
// Parse [ auto-flow && dense? ] <'grid-auto-[rows|columns]'>? for the 'grid'
// shorthand. If aAutoFlowAxis == NS_STYLE_GRID_AUTO_FLOW_ROW then we're
// parsing row values, otherwise column values.
CSSParseResult
CSSParserImpl::ParseGridShorthandAutoProps(int32_t aAutoFlowAxis)
{
MOZ_ASSERT(aAutoFlowAxis == NS_STYLE_GRID_AUTO_FLOW_ROW ||
aAutoFlowAxis == NS_STYLE_GRID_AUTO_FLOW_COLUMN);
if (!GetToken(true)) {
return CSSParseResult::NotFound;
}
// [ auto-flow && dense? ]
int32_t autoFlowValue = 0;
if (mToken.mType == eCSSToken_Ident) {
nsCSSKeyword keyword = nsCSSKeywords::LookupKeyword(mToken.mIdent);
if (keyword == eCSSKeyword_auto_flow) {
autoFlowValue = aAutoFlowAxis;
if (GetToken(true)) {
if (mToken.mType == eCSSToken_Ident &&
nsCSSKeywords::LookupKeyword(mToken.mIdent) == eCSSKeyword_dense) {
autoFlowValue |= NS_STYLE_GRID_AUTO_FLOW_DENSE;
} else {
UngetToken();
}
}
} else if (keyword == eCSSKeyword_dense) {
if (!GetToken(true)) {
return CSSParseResult::Error;
}
if (mToken.mType != eCSSToken_Ident ||
nsCSSKeywords::LookupKeyword(mToken.mIdent) != eCSSKeyword_auto_flow) {
UngetToken();
return CSSParseResult::Error;
}
autoFlowValue = aAutoFlowAxis | NS_STYLE_GRID_AUTO_FLOW_DENSE;
}
}
if (autoFlowValue) {
nsCSSValue value;
value.SetIntValue(autoFlowValue, eCSSUnit_Enumerated);
AppendValue(eCSSProperty_grid_auto_flow, value);
} else {
UngetToken();
return CSSParseResult::NotFound;
}
// <'grid-auto-[rows|columns]'>?
nsCSSValue autoTrackValue;
CSSParseResult result = ParseGridTrackSize(autoTrackValue);
if (result == CSSParseResult::Error) {
return result;
}
if (result == CSSParseResult::NotFound) {
autoTrackValue.SetAutoValue();
}
AppendValue(aAutoFlowAxis == NS_STYLE_GRID_AUTO_FLOW_ROW ?
eCSSProperty_grid_auto_rows : eCSSProperty_grid_auto_columns,
autoTrackValue);
return CSSParseResult::Ok;
}
// Parse a <grid-line>.
// If successful, set aValue to eCSSUnit_Auto,
// or a eCSSUnit_List containing, in that order:
//
// * An optional eCSSUnit_Enumerated marking a "span" keyword.
// * An optional eCSSUnit_Integer
// * An optional eCSSUnit_Ident
//
// At least one of eCSSUnit_Integer or eCSSUnit_Ident is present.
bool
CSSParserImpl::ParseGridLine(nsCSSValue& aValue)
{
// <grid-line> =
// auto |
// <custom-ident> |
// [ <integer> && <custom-ident>? ] |
// [ span && [ <integer> || <custom-ident> ] ]
//
// Syntactically, this simplifies to:
//
// <grid-line> =
// auto |
// [ span? && [ <integer> || <custom-ident> ] ]
if (ParseSingleTokenVariant(aValue, VARIANT_AUTO, nullptr)) {
return true;
}
bool hasSpan = false;
bool hasIdent = false;
Maybe<int32_t> integer;
nsCSSValue ident;
#ifdef MOZ_VALGRIND
// Make the contained value be defined even though we really want a
// Nothing here. This works around an otherwise difficult to avoid
// Memcheck false positive when this is compiled by gcc-5.3 -O2.
// See bug 1301856.
integer.emplace(0);
integer.reset();
#endif
if (!GetToken(true)) {
return false;
}
if (mToken.mType == eCSSToken_Ident &&
mToken.mIdent.LowerCaseEqualsLiteral("span")) {
hasSpan = true;
if (!GetToken(true)) {
return false;
}
}
do {
if (!hasIdent &&
mToken.mType == eCSSToken_Ident &&
ParseCustomIdent(ident, mToken.mIdent, kGridLineKeywords)) {
hasIdent = true;
} else if (integer.isNothing() &&
mToken.mType == eCSSToken_Number &&
mToken.mIntegerValid &&
mToken.mInteger != 0) {
integer.emplace(mToken.mInteger);
} else {
UngetToken();
break;
}
} while (!(integer.isSome() && hasIdent) && GetToken(true));
// Require at least one of <integer> or <custom-ident>
if (!(integer.isSome() || hasIdent)) {
return false;
}
if (!hasSpan && GetToken(true)) {
if (mToken.mType == eCSSToken_Ident &&
mToken.mIdent.LowerCaseEqualsLiteral("span")) {
hasSpan = true;
} else {
UngetToken();
}
}
nsCSSValueList* item = aValue.SetListValue();
if (hasSpan) {
// Given "span", a negative <integer> is invalid.
if (integer.isSome() && integer.ref() < 0) {
return false;
}
// '1' here is a dummy value.
// The mere presence of eCSSUnit_Enumerated indicates a "span" keyword.
item->mValue.SetIntValue(1, eCSSUnit_Enumerated);
item->mNext = new nsCSSValueList;
item = item->mNext;
}
if (integer.isSome()) {
item->mValue.SetIntValue(integer.ref(), eCSSUnit_Integer);
if (hasIdent) {
item->mNext = new nsCSSValueList;
item = item->mNext;
}
}
if (hasIdent) {
item->mValue = ident;
}
return true;
}
bool
CSSParserImpl::ParseGridColumnRowStartEnd(nsCSSPropertyID aPropID)
{
nsCSSValue value;
if (ParseSingleTokenVariant(value, VARIANT_INHERIT, nullptr) ||
ParseGridLine(value)) {
AppendValue(aPropID, value);
return true;
}
return false;
}
// If |aFallback| is a List containing a single Ident, set |aValue| to that.
// Otherwise, set |aValue| to Auto.
// Used with |aFallback| from ParseGridLine()
static void
HandleGridLineFallback(const nsCSSValue& aFallback, nsCSSValue& aValue)
{
if (aFallback.GetUnit() == eCSSUnit_List &&
aFallback.GetListValue()->mValue.GetUnit() == eCSSUnit_Ident &&
!aFallback.GetListValue()->mNext) {
aValue = aFallback;
} else {
aValue.SetAutoValue();
}
}
bool
CSSParserImpl::ParseGridColumnRow(nsCSSPropertyID aStartPropID,
nsCSSPropertyID aEndPropID)
{
nsCSSValue value;
nsCSSValue secondValue;
if (ParseSingleTokenVariant(value, VARIANT_INHERIT, nullptr)) {
AppendValue(aStartPropID, value);
AppendValue(aEndPropID, value);
return true;
}
if (!ParseGridLine(value)) {
return false;
}
if (GetToken(true)) {
if (mToken.IsSymbol('/')) {
if (ParseGridLine(secondValue)) {
AppendValue(aStartPropID, value);
AppendValue(aEndPropID, secondValue);
return true;
} else {
return false;
}
}
UngetToken();
}
// A single <custom-ident> is repeated to both properties,
// anything else sets the grid-{column,row}-end property to 'auto'.
HandleGridLineFallback(value, secondValue);
AppendValue(aStartPropID, value);
AppendValue(aEndPropID, secondValue);
return true;
}
bool
CSSParserImpl::ParseGridArea()
{
nsCSSValue values[4];
if (ParseSingleTokenVariant(values[0], VARIANT_INHERIT, nullptr)) {
AppendValue(eCSSProperty_grid_row_start, values[0]);
AppendValue(eCSSProperty_grid_column_start, values[0]);
AppendValue(eCSSProperty_grid_row_end, values[0]);
AppendValue(eCSSProperty_grid_column_end, values[0]);
return true;
}
int32_t i = 0;
for (;;) {
if (!ParseGridLine(values[i])) {
return false;
}
if (++i == 4 || !GetToken(true)) {
break;
}
if (!mToken.IsSymbol('/')) {
UngetToken();
break;
}
}
MOZ_ASSERT(i >= 1, "should have parsed at least one grid-line (or returned)");
if (i < 2) {
HandleGridLineFallback(values[0], values[1]);
}
if (i < 3) {
HandleGridLineFallback(values[0], values[2]);
}
if (i < 4) {
HandleGridLineFallback(values[1], values[3]);
}
AppendValue(eCSSProperty_grid_row_start, values[0]);
AppendValue(eCSSProperty_grid_column_start, values[1]);
AppendValue(eCSSProperty_grid_row_end, values[2]);
AppendValue(eCSSProperty_grid_column_end, values[3]);
return true;
}
bool
CSSParserImpl::ParseGridGap()
{
nsCSSValue first;
if (ParseSingleTokenVariant(first, VARIANT_INHERIT, nullptr)) {
AppendValue(eCSSProperty_grid_row_gap, first);
AppendValue(eCSSProperty_grid_column_gap, first);
return true;
}
if (ParseNonNegativeVariant(first, VARIANT_LPCALC, nullptr) !=
CSSParseResult::Ok) {
return false;
}
nsCSSValue second;
auto result = ParseNonNegativeVariant(second, VARIANT_LPCALC, nullptr);
if (result == CSSParseResult::Error) {
return false;
}
AppendValue(eCSSProperty_grid_row_gap, first);
AppendValue(eCSSProperty_grid_column_gap,
result == CSSParseResult::NotFound ? first : second);
return true;
}
// normal | [<number> <integer>?]
bool
CSSParserImpl::ParseInitialLetter()
{
nsCSSValue value;
// 'inherit', 'initial', 'unset', 'none', and 'normal' must be alone
if (!ParseSingleTokenVariant(value, VARIANT_INHERIT | VARIANT_NORMAL,
nullptr)) {
nsCSSValue first, second;
if (!ParseOneOrLargerNumber(first)) {
return false;
}
if (!ParseOneOrLargerInteger(second)) {
AppendValue(eCSSProperty_initial_letter, first);
return true;
} else {
RefPtr<nsCSSValue::Array> val = nsCSSValue::Array::Create(2);
val->Item(0) = first;
val->Item(1) = second;
value.SetArrayValue(val, eCSSUnit_Array);
}
}
AppendValue(eCSSProperty_initial_letter, value);
return true;
}
// [ $aTable && <overflow-position>? ] ?
// $aTable is for <content-position> or <self-position>
bool
CSSParserImpl::ParseAlignJustifyPosition(nsCSSValue& aResult,
const KTableEntry aTable[])
{
nsCSSValue pos, overflowPos;
int32_t value = 0;
if (ParseEnum(pos, aTable)) {
value = pos.GetIntValue();
if (ParseEnum(overflowPos, nsCSSProps::kAlignOverflowPosition)) {
value |= overflowPos.GetIntValue();
}
aResult.SetIntValue(value, eCSSUnit_Enumerated);
return true;
}
if (ParseEnum(overflowPos, nsCSSProps::kAlignOverflowPosition)) {
if (ParseEnum(pos, aTable)) {
aResult.SetIntValue(pos.GetIntValue() | overflowPos.GetIntValue(),
eCSSUnit_Enumerated);
return true;
}
return false; // <overflow-position> must be followed by a value in $table
}
return true;
}
// auto | normal | stretch | <baseline-position> |
// [ <self-position> && <overflow-position>? ] |
// [ legacy && [ left | right | center ] ]
bool
CSSParserImpl::ParseJustifyItems()
{
nsCSSValue value;
if (!ParseSingleTokenVariant(value, VARIANT_INHERIT, nullptr)) {
if (MOZ_UNLIKELY(ParseEnum(value, nsCSSProps::kAlignLegacy))) {
nsCSSValue legacy;
if (!ParseEnum(legacy, nsCSSProps::kAlignLegacyPosition)) {
return false; // leading 'legacy' not followed by 'left' etc is an error
}
value.SetIntValue(value.GetIntValue() | legacy.GetIntValue(),
eCSSUnit_Enumerated);
} else {
if (!ParseAlignEnum(value, nsCSSProps::kAlignAutoNormalStretchBaseline)) {
if (!ParseAlignJustifyPosition(value, nsCSSProps::kAlignSelfPosition) ||
value.GetUnit() == eCSSUnit_Null) {
return false;
}
// check for a trailing 'legacy' after 'left' etc
auto val = value.GetIntValue();
if (val == NS_STYLE_JUSTIFY_CENTER ||
val == NS_STYLE_JUSTIFY_LEFT ||
val == NS_STYLE_JUSTIFY_RIGHT) {
nsCSSValue legacy;
if (ParseEnum(legacy, nsCSSProps::kAlignLegacy)) {
value.SetIntValue(val | legacy.GetIntValue(), eCSSUnit_Enumerated);
}
}
}
}
}
AppendValue(eCSSProperty_justify_items, value);
return true;
}
// normal | stretch | <baseline-position> |
// [ <overflow-position>? && <self-position> ]
bool
CSSParserImpl::ParseAlignItems()
{
nsCSSValue value;
if (!ParseSingleTokenVariant(value, VARIANT_INHERIT, nullptr)) {
if (!ParseAlignEnum(value, nsCSSProps::kAlignNormalStretchBaseline)) {
if (!ParseAlignJustifyPosition(value, nsCSSProps::kAlignSelfPosition) ||
value.GetUnit() == eCSSUnit_Null) {
return false;
}
}
}
AppendValue(eCSSProperty_align_items, value);
return true;
}
// auto | normal | stretch | <baseline-position> |
// [ <overflow-position>? && <self-position> ]
bool
CSSParserImpl::ParseAlignJustifySelf(nsCSSPropertyID aPropID)
{
nsCSSValue value;
if (!ParseSingleTokenVariant(value, VARIANT_INHERIT, nullptr)) {
if (!ParseAlignEnum(value, nsCSSProps::kAlignAutoNormalStretchBaseline)) {
if (!ParseAlignJustifyPosition(value, nsCSSProps::kAlignSelfPosition) ||
value.GetUnit() == eCSSUnit_Null) {
return false;
}
}
}
AppendValue(aPropID, value);
return true;
}
// normal | <baseline-position> | [ <content-distribution> ||
// [ <overflow-position>? && <content-position> ] ]
// (the part after the || is called <*-position> below)
bool
CSSParserImpl::ParseAlignJustifyContent(nsCSSPropertyID aPropID)
{
nsCSSValue value;
if (!ParseSingleTokenVariant(value, VARIANT_INHERIT, nullptr)) {
if (!ParseAlignEnum(value, nsCSSProps::kAlignNormalBaseline)) {
nsCSSValue fallbackValue;
if (!ParseEnum(value, nsCSSProps::kAlignContentDistribution)) {
if (!ParseAlignJustifyPosition(fallbackValue,
nsCSSProps::kAlignContentPosition) ||
fallbackValue.GetUnit() == eCSSUnit_Null) {
return false;
}
// optional <content-distribution> after <*-position> ...
if (!ParseEnum(value, nsCSSProps::kAlignContentDistribution)) {
// ... is missing so the <*-position> is the value, not the fallback
value = fallbackValue;
fallbackValue.Reset();
}
} else {
// any optional <*-position> is a fallback value
if (!ParseAlignJustifyPosition(fallbackValue,
nsCSSProps::kAlignContentPosition)) {
return false;
}
}
if (fallbackValue.GetUnit() != eCSSUnit_Null) {
auto fallback = fallbackValue.GetIntValue();
value.SetIntValue(value.GetIntValue() |
(fallback << NS_STYLE_ALIGN_ALL_SHIFT),
eCSSUnit_Enumerated);
}
}
}
AppendValue(aPropID, value);
return true;
}
// place-content: [ normal | <baseline-position> | <content-distribution> |
// <content-position> ]{1,2}
bool
CSSParserImpl::ParsePlaceContent()
{
nsCSSValue first;
if (ParseSingleTokenVariant(first, VARIANT_INHERIT, nullptr)) {
AppendValue(eCSSProperty_align_content, first);
AppendValue(eCSSProperty_justify_content, first);
return true;
}
if (!ParseAlignEnum(first, nsCSSProps::kAlignNormalBaseline) &&
!ParseEnum(first, nsCSSProps::kAlignContentDistribution) &&
!ParseEnum(first, nsCSSProps::kAlignContentPosition)) {
return false;
}
AppendValue(eCSSProperty_align_content, first);
nsCSSValue second;
if (!ParseAlignEnum(second, nsCSSProps::kAlignNormalBaseline) &&
!ParseEnum(second, nsCSSProps::kAlignContentDistribution) &&
!ParseEnum(second, nsCSSProps::kAlignContentPosition)) {
AppendValue(eCSSProperty_justify_content, first);
} else {
AppendValue(eCSSProperty_justify_content, second);
}
return true;
}
// place-items: <x> [ auto | <x> ]?
// <x> = [ normal | stretch | <baseline-position> | <self-position> ]
bool
CSSParserImpl::ParsePlaceItems()
{
nsCSSValue first;
if (ParseSingleTokenVariant(first, VARIANT_INHERIT, nullptr)) {
AppendValue(eCSSProperty_align_items, first);
AppendValue(eCSSProperty_justify_items, first);
return true;
}
if (!ParseAlignEnum(first, nsCSSProps::kAlignNormalStretchBaseline) &&
!ParseEnum(first, nsCSSProps::kAlignSelfPosition)) {
return false;
}
AppendValue(eCSSProperty_align_items, first);
nsCSSValue second;
// Note: 'auto' is valid for justify-items, but not align-items.
if (!ParseAlignEnum(second, nsCSSProps::kAlignAutoNormalStretchBaseline) &&
!ParseEnum(second, nsCSSProps::kAlignSelfPosition)) {
AppendValue(eCSSProperty_justify_items, first);
} else {
AppendValue(eCSSProperty_justify_items, second);
}
return true;
}
// place-self: [ auto | normal | stretch | <baseline-position> |
// <self-position> ]{1,2}
bool
CSSParserImpl::ParsePlaceSelf()
{
nsCSSValue first;
if (ParseSingleTokenVariant(first, VARIANT_INHERIT, nullptr)) {
AppendValue(eCSSProperty_align_self, first);
AppendValue(eCSSProperty_justify_self, first);
return true;
}
if (!ParseAlignEnum(first, nsCSSProps::kAlignAutoNormalStretchBaseline) &&
!ParseEnum(first, nsCSSProps::kAlignSelfPosition)) {
return false;
}
AppendValue(eCSSProperty_align_self, first);
nsCSSValue second;
if (!ParseAlignEnum(second, nsCSSProps::kAlignAutoNormalStretchBaseline) &&
!ParseEnum(second, nsCSSProps::kAlignSelfPosition)) {
AppendValue(eCSSProperty_justify_self, first);
} else {
AppendValue(eCSSProperty_justify_self, second);
}
return true;
}
// <color-stop> : <color> [ <percentage> | <length> ]?
bool
CSSParserImpl::ParseColorStop(nsCSSValueGradient* aGradient)
{
nsCSSValueGradientStop* stop = aGradient->mStops.AppendElement();
CSSParseResult result = ParseVariant(stop->mColor, VARIANT_COLOR, nullptr);
if (result == CSSParseResult::Error) {
return false;
} else if (result == CSSParseResult::NotFound) {
stop->mIsInterpolationHint = true;
}
// Stop positions do not have to fall between the starting-point and
// ending-point, so we don't use ParseNonNegativeVariant.
result = ParseVariant(stop->mLocation, VARIANT_LP | VARIANT_CALC, nullptr);
if (result == CSSParseResult::Error) {
return false;
} else if (result == CSSParseResult::NotFound) {
if (stop->mIsInterpolationHint) {
return false;
}
stop->mLocation.SetNoneValue();
}
return true;
}
// Helper for ParseLinearGradient -- returns true iff aPosition represents a
// box-position value which was parsed with only edge keywords.
// e.g. "left top", or "bottom", but not "left 10px"
//
// (NOTE: Even though callers may want to exclude explicit "center", we still
// need to allow for _CENTER here, because omitted position-values (e.g. the
// x-component of a value like "top") will have been parsed as being *implicit*
// center. The correct way to disallow *explicit* center is to pass "false" for
// ParseBoxPositionValues()'s "aAllowExplicitCenter" parameter, before you
// call this function.)
static bool
IsBoxPositionStrictlyEdgeKeywords(nsCSSValuePair& aPosition)
{
const nsCSSValue& xValue = aPosition.mXValue;
const nsCSSValue& yValue = aPosition.mYValue;
return (xValue.GetUnit() == eCSSUnit_Enumerated &&
(xValue.GetIntValue() & (NS_STYLE_IMAGELAYER_POSITION_LEFT |
NS_STYLE_IMAGELAYER_POSITION_CENTER |
NS_STYLE_IMAGELAYER_POSITION_RIGHT)) &&
yValue.GetUnit() == eCSSUnit_Enumerated &&
(yValue.GetIntValue() & (NS_STYLE_IMAGELAYER_POSITION_TOP |
NS_STYLE_IMAGELAYER_POSITION_CENTER |
NS_STYLE_IMAGELAYER_POSITION_BOTTOM)));
}
// <gradient>
// : linear-gradient( <linear-gradient-line>? <color-stops> ')'
// | radial-gradient( <radial-gradient-line>? <color-stops> ')'
//
// <linear-gradient-line> : [ to [left | right] || [top | bottom] ] ,
// | <legacy-gradient-line>
// <radial-gradient-line> : [ <shape> || <size> ] [ at <position> ]? ,
// | [ at <position> ] ,
// | <legacy-gradient-line>? <legacy-shape-size>?
// <shape> : circle | ellipse
// <size> : closest-side | closest-corner | farthest-side | farthest-corner
// | <length> | [<length> | <percentage>]{2}
//
// <legacy-gradient-line> : [ <position> || <angle>] ,
//
// <legacy-shape-size> : [ <shape> || <legacy-size> ] ,
// <legacy-size> : closest-side | closest-corner | farthest-side
// | farthest-corner | contain | cover
//
// <color-stops> : <color-stop> , <color-stop> [, <color-stop>]*
bool
CSSParserImpl::ParseLinearGradient(nsCSSValue& aValue,
uint8_t aFlags)
{
RefPtr<nsCSSValueGradient> cssGradient
= new nsCSSValueGradient(false, aFlags & eGradient_Repeating);
if (!GetToken(true)) {
return false;
}
// Check for "to" syntax (but not if parsing a -webkit-linear-gradient)
if (!(aFlags & eGradient_WebkitLegacy) &&
mToken.mType == eCSSToken_Ident &&
mToken.mIdent.LowerCaseEqualsLiteral("to")) {
// "to" syntax doesn't allow explicit "center"
if (!ParseBoxPositionValues(cssGradient->mBgPos, false, false)) {
SkipUntil(')');
return false;
}
// [ to [left | right] || [top | bottom] ] ,
if (!IsBoxPositionStrictlyEdgeKeywords(cssGradient->mBgPos)) {
SkipUntil(')');
return false;
}
if (!ExpectSymbol(',', true)) {
SkipUntil(')');
return false;
}
return ParseGradientColorStops(cssGradient, aValue);
}
if (!(aFlags & eGradient_AnyLegacy)) {
// We're parsing an unprefixed linear-gradient, and we tried & failed to
// parse a 'to' token above. Put the token back & try to re-parse our
// expression as <angle>? <color-stop-list>
UngetToken();
// <angle> ,
if (ParseSingleTokenVariant(cssGradient->mAngle,
VARIANT_ANGLE_OR_ZERO, nullptr) &&
!ExpectSymbol(',', true)) {
SkipUntil(')');
return false;
}
return ParseGradientColorStops(cssGradient, aValue);
}
// If we get here, we're parsing a prefixed linear-gradient expression. Put
// back the first token (which we may have checked for "to" above) and try to
// parse expression as <legacy-gradient-line>? <color-stop-list>
bool haveGradientLine = IsLegacyGradientLine(mToken.mType, mToken.mIdent);
UngetToken();
if (haveGradientLine) {
// Parse a <legacy-gradient-line>
cssGradient->mIsLegacySyntax = true;
cssGradient->mIsMozLegacySyntax = (aFlags & eGradient_MozLegacy);
// In -webkit-linear-gradient expressions (handled below), we need to accept
// unitless 0 for angles, to match WebKit/Blink.
int32_t angleFlags = (aFlags & eGradient_WebkitLegacy) ?
VARIANT_ANGLE | VARIANT_ZERO_ANGLE :
VARIANT_ANGLE;
bool haveAngle =
ParseSingleTokenVariant(cssGradient->mAngle, angleFlags, nullptr);
// If we got an angle, we might now have a comma, ending the gradient-line.
bool haveAngleComma = haveAngle && ExpectSymbol(',', true);
// And in fact, if we're -webkit-linear-gradient and got an angle, there
// *must* be a comma after the angle. (Though -moz-linear-gradient is more
// permissive because it will allow box-position before the comma.)
if (aFlags & eGradient_WebkitLegacy && haveAngle && !haveAngleComma) {
SkipUntil(')');
return false;
}
// If we're prefixed & didn't get an angle + comma, then proceed to parse a
// box-position. (Note that due to the above webkit-specific early-return,
// this will only parse an *initial* box-position inside of
// -webkit-linear-gradient, vs. an initial OR post-angle box-position
// inside of -moz-linear-gradient.)
if (((aFlags & eGradient_AnyLegacy) && !haveAngleComma)) {
// (Note: 3rd arg controls whether the "center" keyword is allowed.
// -moz-linear-gradient allows it; -webkit-linear-gradient does not.)
if (!ParseBoxPositionValues(cssGradient->mBgPos, false,
(aFlags & eGradient_MozLegacy))) {
SkipUntil(')');
return false;
}
// -webkit-linear-gradient only supports edge keywords here.
if ((aFlags & eGradient_WebkitLegacy) &&
!IsBoxPositionStrictlyEdgeKeywords(cssGradient->mBgPos)) {
SkipUntil(')');
return false;
}
if (!ExpectSymbol(',', true) &&
// If we didn't already get an angle, and we're not -webkit prefixed,
// we can parse an angle+comma now. Otherwise it's an error.
(haveAngle ||
(aFlags & eGradient_WebkitLegacy) ||
!ParseSingleTokenVariant(cssGradient->mAngle, VARIANT_ANGLE,
nullptr) ||
// now we better have a comma
!ExpectSymbol(',', true))) {
SkipUntil(')');
return false;
}
}
}
return ParseGradientColorStops(cssGradient, aValue);
}
bool
CSSParserImpl::ParseRadialGradient(nsCSSValue& aValue,
uint8_t aFlags)
{
RefPtr<nsCSSValueGradient> cssGradient
= new nsCSSValueGradient(true, aFlags & eGradient_Repeating);
// [ <shape> || <size> ]
bool haveShape =
ParseSingleTokenVariant(cssGradient->GetRadialShape(), VARIANT_KEYWORD,
nsCSSProps::kRadialGradientShapeKTable);
bool haveSize =
ParseSingleTokenVariant(cssGradient->GetRadialSize(), VARIANT_KEYWORD,
(aFlags & eGradient_AnyLegacy) ?
nsCSSProps::kRadialGradientLegacySizeKTable :
nsCSSProps::kRadialGradientSizeKTable);
if (haveSize) {
if (!haveShape) {
// <size> <shape>
haveShape =
ParseSingleTokenVariant(cssGradient->GetRadialShape(), VARIANT_KEYWORD,
nsCSSProps::kRadialGradientShapeKTable);
}
} else if (!(aFlags & eGradient_AnyLegacy)) {
// Save RadialShape before parsing RadiusX because RadialShape and
// RadiusX share the storage.
int32_t shape =
cssGradient->GetRadialShape().GetUnit() == eCSSUnit_Enumerated ?
cssGradient->GetRadialShape().GetIntValue() : -1;
// <length> | [<length> | <percentage>]{2}
cssGradient->mIsExplicitSize = true;
haveSize =
ParseSingleTokenNonNegativeVariant(cssGradient->GetRadiusX(), VARIANT_LP,
nullptr);
if (!haveSize) {
// It was not an explicit size after all.
// Note that ParseNonNegativeVariant may have put something
// invalid into our storage, but only in the case where it was
// rejected only for being negative. Since this means the token
// was a length or a percentage, we know it's not valid syntax
// (which must be a comma, the 'at' keyword, or a color), so we
// know this value will be dropped. This means it doesn't matter
// that we have something invalid in our storage.
cssGradient->mIsExplicitSize = false;
} else {
// vertical extent is optional
bool haveYSize =
ParseSingleTokenNonNegativeVariant(cssGradient->GetRadiusY(),
VARIANT_LP, nullptr);
if (!haveShape) {
nsCSSValue shapeValue;
haveShape =
ParseSingleTokenVariant(shapeValue, VARIANT_KEYWORD,
nsCSSProps::kRadialGradientShapeKTable);
if (haveShape) {
shape = shapeValue.GetIntValue();
}
}
if (haveYSize
? shape == NS_STYLE_GRADIENT_SHAPE_CIRCULAR
: cssGradient->GetRadiusX().GetUnit() == eCSSUnit_Percent ||
shape == NS_STYLE_GRADIENT_SHAPE_ELLIPTICAL) {
SkipUntil(')');
return false;
}
}
}
if ((haveShape || haveSize) && ExpectSymbol(',', true)) {
// [ <shape> || <size> ] ,
return ParseGradientColorStops(cssGradient, aValue);
}
if (!GetToken(true)) {
return false;
}
if (!(aFlags & eGradient_AnyLegacy)) {
if (mToken.mType == eCSSToken_Ident &&
mToken.mIdent.LowerCaseEqualsLiteral("at")) {
// [ <shape> || <size> ]? at <position> ,
if (!ParseBoxPositionValues(cssGradient->mBgPos, false) ||
!ExpectSymbol(',', true)) {
SkipUntil(')');
return false;
}
return ParseGradientColorStops(cssGradient, aValue);
}
// <color-stops> only
UngetToken();
return ParseGradientColorStops(cssGradient, aValue);
}
MOZ_ASSERT(!cssGradient->mIsExplicitSize);
nsCSSTokenType ty = mToken.mType;
nsString id = mToken.mIdent;
UngetToken();
// <legacy-gradient-line>
bool haveGradientLine = false;
// if we already encountered a shape or size,
// we can not have a gradient-line in legacy syntax
if (!haveShape && !haveSize) {
haveGradientLine = IsLegacyGradientLine(ty, id);
}
if (haveGradientLine) {
// Note: -webkit-radial-gradient() doesn't accept angles.
bool haveAngle = (aFlags & eGradient_WebkitLegacy)
? false
: ParseSingleTokenVariant(cssGradient->mAngle, VARIANT_ANGLE, nullptr);
// If we got an angle, we might now have a comma, ending the gradient-line
if (!haveAngle || !ExpectSymbol(',', true)) {
if (!ParseBoxPositionValues(cssGradient->mBgPos, false)) {
SkipUntil(')');
return false;
}
if (!ExpectSymbol(',', true) &&
// If we didn't already get an angle, and we're not -webkit prefixed,
// can parse an angle+comma now. Otherwise it's an error.
(haveAngle ||
(aFlags & eGradient_WebkitLegacy) ||
!ParseSingleTokenVariant(cssGradient->mAngle, VARIANT_ANGLE,
nullptr) ||
// now we better have a comma
!ExpectSymbol(',', true))) {
SkipUntil(')');
return false;
}
}
if (cssGradient->mAngle.GetUnit() != eCSSUnit_None) {
cssGradient->mIsLegacySyntax = true;
cssGradient->mIsMozLegacySyntax = (aFlags & eGradient_MozLegacy);
}
}
// radial gradients might have a shape and size here for legacy syntax
if (!haveShape && !haveSize) {
haveShape =
ParseSingleTokenVariant(cssGradient->GetRadialShape(), VARIANT_KEYWORD,
nsCSSProps::kRadialGradientShapeKTable);
haveSize =
ParseSingleTokenVariant(cssGradient->GetRadialSize(), VARIANT_KEYWORD,
nsCSSProps::kRadialGradientLegacySizeKTable);
// could be in either order
if (!haveShape) {
haveShape =
ParseSingleTokenVariant(cssGradient->GetRadialShape(), VARIANT_KEYWORD,
nsCSSProps::kRadialGradientShapeKTable);
}
}
if ((haveShape || haveSize) && !ExpectSymbol(',', true)) {
SkipUntil(')');
return false;
}
return ParseGradientColorStops(cssGradient, aValue);
}
bool
CSSParserImpl::IsLegacyGradientLine(const nsCSSTokenType& aType,
const nsString& aId)
{
// N.B. ParseBoxPositionValues is not guaranteed to put back
// everything it scanned if it fails, so we must only call it
// if there is no alternative to consuming a <box-position>.
// ParseVariant, as used here, will either succeed and consume
// a single token, or fail and consume none, so we can be more
// cavalier about calling it.
bool haveGradientLine = false;
switch (aType) {
case eCSSToken_Percentage:
case eCSSToken_Number:
case eCSSToken_Dimension:
haveGradientLine = true;
break;
case eCSSToken_Function:
if (aId.LowerCaseEqualsLiteral("calc")) {
haveGradientLine = true;
break;
}
MOZ_FALLTHROUGH;
case eCSSToken_ID:
case eCSSToken_Hash:
// this is a color
break;
case eCSSToken_Ident: {
// This is only a gradient line if it's a box position keyword.
nsCSSKeyword kw = nsCSSKeywords::LookupKeyword(aId);
int32_t junk;
if (nsCSSProps::FindKeyword(kw, nsCSSProps::kImageLayerPositionKTable,
junk)) {
haveGradientLine = true;
}
break;
}
default:
// error
break;
}
return haveGradientLine;
}
bool
CSSParserImpl::ParseGradientColorStops(nsCSSValueGradient* aGradient,
nsCSSValue& aValue)
{
// At least two color stops are required
if (!ParseColorStop(aGradient) ||
!ExpectSymbol(',', true) ||
!ParseColorStop(aGradient)) {
SkipUntil(')');
return false;
}
// Additional color stops
while (ExpectSymbol(',', true)) {
if (!ParseColorStop(aGradient)) {
SkipUntil(')');
return false;
}
}
if (!ExpectSymbol(')', true)) {
SkipUntil(')');
return false;
}
// Check if interpolation hints are in the correct location
bool previousPointWasInterpolationHint = true;
for (size_t x = 0; x < aGradient->mStops.Length(); x++) {
bool isInterpolationHint = aGradient->mStops[x].mIsInterpolationHint;
if (isInterpolationHint && previousPointWasInterpolationHint) {
return false;
}
previousPointWasInterpolationHint = isInterpolationHint;
}
if (previousPointWasInterpolationHint) {
return false;
}
aValue.SetGradientValue(aGradient);
return true;
}
// Parses the x or y component of a -webkit-gradient() <point> expression.
// See ParseWebkitGradientPoint() documentation for more.
bool
CSSParserImpl::ParseWebkitGradientPointComponent(nsCSSValue& aComponent,
bool aIsHorizontal)
{
if (!GetToken(true)) {
return false;
}
// Keyword tables to use for keyword-matching
// (Keyword order is important; we assume the index can be multiplied by 50%
// to convert to a percent-valued component.)
static const nsCSSKeyword kHorizKeywords[] = {
eCSSKeyword_left, // 0%
eCSSKeyword_center, // 50%
eCSSKeyword_right // 100%
};
static const nsCSSKeyword kVertKeywords[] = {
eCSSKeyword_top, // 0%
eCSSKeyword_center, // 50%
eCSSKeyword_bottom // 100%
};
static const size_t kNumKeywords = MOZ_ARRAY_LENGTH(kHorizKeywords);
static_assert(kNumKeywords == MOZ_ARRAY_LENGTH(kVertKeywords),
"Horizontal & vertical keyword tables must have same count");
// Try to parse the component as a number, or a percent, or a
// keyword-converted-to-percent.
if (mToken.mType == eCSSToken_Number) {
aComponent.SetFloatValue(mToken.mNumber, eCSSUnit_Pixel);
} else if (mToken.mType == eCSSToken_Percentage) {
aComponent.SetPercentValue(mToken.mNumber);
} else if (mToken.mType == eCSSToken_Ident) {
nsCSSKeyword keyword = nsCSSKeywords::LookupKeyword(mToken.mIdent);
if (keyword == eCSSKeyword_UNKNOWN) {
return false;
}
// Choose our keyword table:
const nsCSSKeyword* kwTable = aIsHorizontal ? kHorizKeywords : kVertKeywords;
// Convert keyword to percent value (0%, 50%, or 100%)
bool didAcceptKeyword = false;
for (size_t i = 0; i < kNumKeywords; i++) {
if (keyword == kwTable[i]) {
// 0%, 50%, or 100%:
aComponent.SetPercentValue(i * 0.5);
didAcceptKeyword = true;
break;
}
}
if (!didAcceptKeyword) {
return false;
}
} else {
// Unrecognized token type. Put it back. (It might be a closing-paren of an
// invalid -webkit-gradient(...) expression, and we need to be sure caller
// can see it & stops parsing at that point.)
UngetToken();
return false;
}
MOZ_ASSERT(aComponent.GetUnit() == eCSSUnit_Pixel ||
aComponent.GetUnit() == eCSSUnit_Percent,
"If we get here, we should've successfully parsed a number (as a "
"pixel length), a percent, or a keyword (converted to percent)");
return true;
}
// This function parses a "<point>" expression for -webkit-gradient(...)
// Quoting https://www.webkit.org/blog/175/introducing-css-gradients/ :
// "A point is a pair of space-separated values.
// The syntax supports numbers, percentages or
// the keywords top, bottom, left and right
// for point values."
//
// Two additional notes:
// - WebKit also accepts the "center" keyword (not listed in the text above).
// - WebKit only accepts horizontal-flavored keywords (left/center/right) in
// the first ("x") component, and vertical-flavored keywords
// (top/center/bottom) in the second ("y") component. (This is different
// from the standard gradient syntax, which accepts both orderings, e.g.
// "top left" as well as "left top".)
bool
CSSParserImpl::ParseWebkitGradientPoint(nsCSSValuePair& aPoint)
{
return ParseWebkitGradientPointComponent(aPoint.mXValue, true) &&
ParseWebkitGradientPointComponent(aPoint.mYValue, false);
}
// Parse the next token as a <number> (for a <radius> in a -webkit-gradient
// expresison). Returns true on success; returns false & puts back
// whatever it parsed on failure.
bool
CSSParserImpl::ParseWebkitGradientRadius(float& aRadius)
{
if (!GetToken(true)) {
return false;
}
if (mToken.mType != eCSSToken_Number) {
UngetToken();
return false;
}
aRadius = mToken.mNumber;
return true;
}
// Parse one of:
// color-stop(number|percent, color)
// from(color)
// to(color)
//
// Quoting https://www.webkit.org/blog/175/introducing-css-gradients/ :
// A stop is a function, color-stop, that takes two arguments, the stop value
// (either a percentage or a number between 0 and 1.0), and a color (any
// valid CSS color). In addition the shorthand functions from and to are
// supported. These functions only require a color argument and are
// equivalent to color-stop(0, ...) and color-stop(1.0, …) respectively.
bool
CSSParserImpl::ParseWebkitGradientColorStop(nsCSSValueGradient* aGradient)
{
MOZ_ASSERT(aGradient, "null gradient");
if (!GetToken(true)) {
return false;
}
// We're expecting color-stop(...), from(...), or to(...) which are all
// functions. Bail if we got anything else.
if (mToken.mType != eCSSToken_Function) {
UngetToken();
return false;
}
nsCSSValueGradientStop* stop = aGradient->mStops.AppendElement();
// Parse color-stop location (or infer it, for shorthands "from"/"to"):
if (mToken.mIdent.LowerCaseEqualsLiteral("color-stop")) {
// Parse stop location, followed by comma.
if (!ParseSingleTokenVariant(stop->mLocation,
VARIANT_NUMBER | VARIANT_PERCENT,
nullptr) ||
!ExpectSymbol(',', true)) {
SkipUntil(')'); // Skip to end of color-stop(...) expression.
return false;
}
// If we got a <number>, convert it to percentage for consistency:
if (stop->mLocation.GetUnit() == eCSSUnit_Number) {
stop->mLocation.SetPercentValue(stop->mLocation.GetFloatValue());
}
} else if (mToken.mIdent.LowerCaseEqualsLiteral("from")) {
// Shorthand for color-stop(0%, ...)
stop->mLocation.SetPercentValue(0.0f);
} else if (mToken.mIdent.LowerCaseEqualsLiteral("to")) {
// Shorthand for color-stop(100%, ...)
stop->mLocation.SetPercentValue(1.0f);
} else {
// Unrecognized function name (invalid for a -webkit-gradient color stop).
UngetToken();
return false;
}
CSSParseResult result = ParseVariant(stop->mColor, VARIANT_COLOR, nullptr);
if (result != CSSParseResult::Ok ||
(stop->mColor.GetUnit() == eCSSUnit_EnumColor &&
stop->mColor.GetIntValue() == NS_COLOR_CURRENTCOLOR)) {
// Parse failure, or parsed "currentColor" which is forbidden in
// -webkit-gradient for some reason.
SkipUntil(')');
return false;
}
// Parse color-stop function close-paren
if (!ExpectSymbol(')', true)) {
SkipUntil(')');
return false;
}
MOZ_ASSERT(stop->mLocation.GetUnit() == eCSSUnit_Percent,
"Should produce only percent-valued stop-locations. "
"(Caller depends on this when sorting color stops.)");
return true;
}
// Comparatison function to use for sorting -webkit-gradient() stops by
// location. This function assumes stops have percent-valued locations (and
// CSSParserImpl::ParseWebkitGradientColorStop should enforce this).
static bool
IsColorStopPctLocationLessThan(const nsCSSValueGradientStop& aStop1,
const nsCSSValueGradientStop& aStop2) {
return (aStop1.mLocation.GetPercentValue() <
aStop2.mLocation.GetPercentValue());
}
// This function parses a list of comma-separated color-stops for a
// -webkit-gradient(...) expression, and then pads & sorts the list as-needed.
bool
CSSParserImpl::ParseWebkitGradientColorStops(nsCSSValueGradient* aGradient)
{
MOZ_ASSERT(aGradient, "null gradient");
// Parse any number of ", <color-stop>" expressions. (0 or more)
// Note: This is different from unprefixed gradient syntax, which
// requires at least 2 stops.
while (ExpectSymbol(',', true)) {
if (!ParseWebkitGradientColorStop(aGradient)) {
return false;
}
}
// Pad up to 2 stops as-needed:
// (Modern gradient expressions are required to have at least 2 stops, so we
// depend on this internally -- e.g. we have an assertion about this in
// nsCSSRendering.cpp. -webkit-gradient syntax allows 0 stops or 1 stop,
// though, so we just pad up to 2 stops in this case).
// If we have no stops, pad with transparent-black:
if (aGradient->mStops.IsEmpty()) {
nsCSSValueGradientStop* stop1 = aGradient->mStops.AppendElement();
stop1->mColor.SetIntegerColorValue(NS_RGBA(0, 0, 0, 0),
eCSSUnit_RGBAColor);
stop1->mLocation.SetPercentValue(0.0f);
nsCSSValueGradientStop* stop2 = aGradient->mStops.AppendElement();
stop2->mColor.SetIntegerColorValue(NS_RGBA(0, 0, 0, 0),
eCSSUnit_RGBAColor);
stop2->mLocation.SetPercentValue(1.0f);
} else if (aGradient->mStops.Length() == 1) {
// Copy whatever the author provided in the first stop:
nsCSSValueGradientStop* stop = aGradient->mStops.AppendElement();
*stop = aGradient->mStops[0];
} else {
// We have >2 stops. Sort them in order of increasing location.
std::stable_sort(aGradient->mStops.begin(),
aGradient->mStops.end(),
IsColorStopPctLocationLessThan);
}
return true;
}
// Compares aStartCoord to aEndCoord, and returns true iff they share the same
// unit (both pixel, or both percent) and aStartCoord is larger.
static bool
IsWebkitGradientCoordLarger(const nsCSSValue& aStartCoord,
const nsCSSValue& aEndCoord)
{
if (aStartCoord.GetUnit() == eCSSUnit_Percent &&
aEndCoord.GetUnit() == eCSSUnit_Percent) {
return aStartCoord.GetPercentValue() > aEndCoord.GetPercentValue();
}
if (aStartCoord.GetUnit() == eCSSUnit_Pixel &&
aEndCoord.GetUnit() == eCSSUnit_Pixel) {
return aStartCoord.GetFloatValue() > aEndCoord.GetFloatValue();
}
// We can't compare them, since their units differ. Returning false suggests
// that aEndCoord is larger, which is probably a decent guess anyway.
return false;
}
// Finalize our internal representation of a -webkit-gradient(linear, ...)
// expression, given the parsed points. (The parsed color stops
// should already be hanging off of the passed-in nsCSSValueGradient.)
//
// Note: linear gradients progress along a line between two points. The
// -webkit-gradient(linear, ...) syntax lets the author precisely specify the
// starting and ending point. However, our internal gradient structures only
// store ONE point (which for modern linear-gradient() expressions is a side or
// corner & represents the ending point of the gradient -- and the starting
// point is implicitly the opposite side/corner).
//
// In this function, we analyze the start & end points from a
// -webkit-gradient(linear, ...) expression, and we choose an appropriate
// target point to produce a modern linear-gradient() representation that has
// the same rough trajectory. If we can't determine a target point for some
// reason, we just fall back to the default top-to-bottom linear-gradient()
// directionality.
void
CSSParserImpl::FinalizeLinearWebkitGradient(nsCSSValueGradient* aGradient,
const nsCSSValuePair& aStartPoint,
const nsCSSValuePair& aEndPoint)
{
MOZ_ASSERT(!aGradient->mIsRadial, "passed-in gradient must be linear");
if (aStartPoint == aEndPoint ||
aStartPoint.mXValue.GetUnit() != aEndPoint.mXValue.GetUnit() ||
aStartPoint.mYValue.GetUnit() != aEndPoint.mYValue.GetUnit()) {
// Start point & end point are the same, OR they use different units for at
// least one coordinate. Either way, this isn't something we can represent
// using an unprefixed linear-gradient expression, so instead we'll just
// arbitrarily pretend this is a top-to-bottom gradient (which is the
// default for modern linear-gradient if a direction is unspecified).
aGradient->mBgPos.mYValue.SetIntValue(NS_STYLE_IMAGELAYER_POSITION_BOTTOM,
eCSSUnit_Enumerated);
aGradient->mBgPos.mXValue.SetIntValue(NS_STYLE_IMAGELAYER_POSITION_CENTER,
eCSSUnit_Enumerated);
return;
}
// Set the target point to one of the box's corners (or the center of an
// edge), by comparing aStartPoint and aEndPoint to extract a general
// direction.
int32_t targetX;
if (aStartPoint.mXValue == aEndPoint.mXValue) {
targetX = NS_STYLE_IMAGELAYER_POSITION_CENTER;
} else if (IsWebkitGradientCoordLarger(aStartPoint.mXValue,
aEndPoint.mXValue)) {
targetX = NS_STYLE_IMAGELAYER_POSITION_LEFT;
} else {
MOZ_ASSERT(IsWebkitGradientCoordLarger(aEndPoint.mXValue,
aStartPoint.mXValue),
"IsWebkitGradientCoordLarger returning inconsistent results?");
targetX = NS_STYLE_IMAGELAYER_POSITION_RIGHT;
}
int32_t targetY;
if (aStartPoint.mYValue == aEndPoint.mYValue) {
targetY = NS_STYLE_IMAGELAYER_POSITION_CENTER;
} else if (IsWebkitGradientCoordLarger(aStartPoint.mYValue,
aEndPoint.mYValue)) {
targetY = NS_STYLE_IMAGELAYER_POSITION_TOP;
} else {
MOZ_ASSERT(IsWebkitGradientCoordLarger(aEndPoint.mYValue,
aStartPoint.mYValue),
"IsWebkitGradientCoordLarger returning inconsistent results?");
targetY = NS_STYLE_IMAGELAYER_POSITION_BOTTOM;
}
aGradient->mBgPos.mXValue.SetIntValue(targetX, eCSSUnit_Enumerated);
aGradient->mBgPos.mYValue.SetIntValue(targetY, eCSSUnit_Enumerated);
}
// Finalize our internal representation of a -webkit-gradient(radial, ...)
// expression, given the parsed points & radii. (The parsed color-stops
// should already be hanging off of the passed-in nsCSSValueGradient).
void
CSSParserImpl::FinalizeRadialWebkitGradient(nsCSSValueGradient* aGradient,
const nsCSSValuePair& aFirstCenter,
const nsCSSValuePair& aSecondCenter,
const float aFirstRadius,
const float aSecondRadius)
{
MOZ_ASSERT(aGradient->mIsRadial, "passed-in gradient must be radial");
// NOTE: -webkit-gradient(radial, ...) has *two arbitrary circles*, with the
// gradient stretching between the circles' edges. In contrast, the standard
// syntax (and hence our data structures) can only represent *one* circle,
// with the gradient going from its center to its edge. To bridge this gap
// in expressiveness, we'll just see which of our two circles is smaller, and
// we'll treat that circle as if it were zero-sized and located at the center
// of the larger circle. Then, we'll be able to use the same data structures
// that we use for the standard radial-gradient syntax.
if (aSecondRadius >= aFirstRadius) {
// Second circle is larger.
aGradient->mBgPos = aSecondCenter;
aGradient->mIsExplicitSize = true;
aGradient->GetRadiusX().SetFloatValue(aSecondRadius, eCSSUnit_Pixel);
return;
}
// First circle is larger, so we'll have it be the outer circle.
aGradient->mBgPos = aFirstCenter;
aGradient->mIsExplicitSize = true;
aGradient->GetRadiusX().SetFloatValue(aFirstRadius, eCSSUnit_Pixel);
// For this to work properly (with the earlier color stops attached to the
// first circle), we need to also reverse the color-stop list, so that
// e.g. the author's "from" color is attached to the outer edge (the first
// circle), rather than attached to the center (the collapsed second circle).
std::reverse(aGradient->mStops.begin(), aGradient->mStops.end());
// And now invert the stop locations:
for (nsCSSValueGradientStop& colorStop : aGradient->mStops) {
float origLocation = colorStop.mLocation.GetPercentValue();
colorStop.mLocation.SetPercentValue(1.0f - origLocation);
}
}
bool
CSSParserImpl::ParseWebkitGradient(nsCSSValue& aValue)
{
// Parse type of gradient
if (!GetToken(true)) {
return false;
}
if (mToken.mType != eCSSToken_Ident) {
UngetToken(); // Important; the token might be ")", which we're about to
// seek to.
SkipUntil(')');
return false;
}
bool isRadial;
if (mToken.mIdent.LowerCaseEqualsLiteral("radial")) {
isRadial = true;
} else if (mToken.mIdent.LowerCaseEqualsLiteral("linear")) {
isRadial = false;
} else {
// Unrecognized gradient type.
SkipUntil(')');
return false;
}
// Parse a comma + first point:
nsCSSValuePair firstPoint;
if (!ExpectSymbol(',', true) ||
!ParseWebkitGradientPoint(firstPoint)) {
SkipUntil(')');
return false;
}
// If radial, parse comma + first radius:
float firstRadius;
if (isRadial) {
if (!ExpectSymbol(',', true) ||
!ParseWebkitGradientRadius(firstRadius)) {
SkipUntil(')');
return false;
}
}
// Parse a comma + second point:
nsCSSValuePair secondPoint;
if (!ExpectSymbol(',', true) ||
!ParseWebkitGradientPoint(secondPoint)) {
SkipUntil(')');
return false;
}
// If radial, parse comma + second radius:
float secondRadius;
if (isRadial) {
if (!ExpectSymbol(',', true) ||
!ParseWebkitGradientRadius(secondRadius)) {
SkipUntil(')');
return false;
}
}
// Construct a nsCSSValueGradient object, and parse color stops into it:
RefPtr<nsCSSValueGradient> cssGradient =
new nsCSSValueGradient(isRadial, false /* aIsRepeating */);
if (!ParseWebkitGradientColorStops(cssGradient) ||
!ExpectSymbol(')', true)) {
// Failed to parse color-stops, or found trailing junk between them & ')'.
SkipUntil(')');
return false;
}
// Finish building cssGradient, based on our parsed positioning/sizing info:
if (isRadial) {
FinalizeRadialWebkitGradient(cssGradient, firstPoint, secondPoint,
firstRadius, secondRadius);
} else {
FinalizeLinearWebkitGradient(cssGradient, firstPoint, secondPoint);
}
aValue.SetGradientValue(cssGradient);
return true;
}
bool
CSSParserImpl::ParseWebkitTextStroke()
{
static const nsCSSPropertyID kWebkitTextStrokeIDs[] = {
eCSSProperty__webkit_text_stroke_width,
eCSSProperty__webkit_text_stroke_color
};
const size_t numProps = MOZ_ARRAY_LENGTH(kWebkitTextStrokeIDs);
nsCSSValue values[numProps];
int32_t found = ParseChoice(values, kWebkitTextStrokeIDs, numProps);
if (found < 1) {
return false;
}
if (!(found & 1)) { // Provide default -webkit-text-stroke-width
values[0].SetFloatValue(0, eCSSUnit_Pixel);
}
if (!(found & 2)) { // Provide default -webkit-text-stroke-color
values[1].SetIntValue(NS_COLOR_CURRENTCOLOR, eCSSUnit_EnumColor);
}
for (size_t index = 0; index < numProps; ++index) {
AppendValue(kWebkitTextStrokeIDs[index], values[index]);
}
return true;
}
int32_t
CSSParserImpl::ParseChoice(nsCSSValue aValues[],
const nsCSSPropertyID aPropIDs[], int32_t aNumIDs)
{
int32_t found = 0;
nsAutoParseCompoundProperty compound(this);
int32_t loop;
for (loop = 0; loop < aNumIDs; loop++) {
// Try each property parser in order
int32_t hadFound = found;
int32_t index;
for (index = 0; index < aNumIDs; index++) {
int32_t bit = 1 << index;
if ((found & bit) == 0) {
CSSParseResult result =
ParseSingleValueProperty(aValues[index], aPropIDs[index]);
if (result == CSSParseResult::Error) {
return -1;
}
if (result == CSSParseResult::Ok) {
found |= bit;
// It's more efficient to break since it will reset |hadFound|
// to |found|. Furthermore, ParseListStyle depends on our going
// through the properties in order for each value..
break;
}
}
}
if (found == hadFound) { // found nothing new
break;
}
}
if (0 < found) {
if (1 == found) { // only first property
if (eCSSUnit_Inherit == aValues[0].GetUnit()) { // one inherit, all inherit
for (loop = 1; loop < aNumIDs; loop++) {
aValues[loop].SetInheritValue();
}
found = ((1 << aNumIDs) - 1);
}
else if (eCSSUnit_Initial == aValues[0].GetUnit()) { // one initial, all initial
for (loop = 1; loop < aNumIDs; loop++) {
aValues[loop].SetInitialValue();
}
found = ((1 << aNumIDs) - 1);
}
else if (eCSSUnit_Unset == aValues[0].GetUnit()) { // one unset, all unset
for (loop = 1; loop < aNumIDs; loop++) {
aValues[loop].SetUnsetValue();
}
found = ((1 << aNumIDs) - 1);
}
}
else { // more than one value, verify no inherits, initials or unsets
for (loop = 0; loop < aNumIDs; loop++) {
if (eCSSUnit_Inherit == aValues[loop].GetUnit()) {
found = -1;
break;
}
else if (eCSSUnit_Initial == aValues[loop].GetUnit()) {
found = -1;
break;
}
else if (eCSSUnit_Unset == aValues[loop].GetUnit()) {
found = -1;
break;
}
}
}
}
return found;
}
void
CSSParserImpl::AppendValue(nsCSSPropertyID aPropID, const nsCSSValue& aValue)
{
mTempData.AddLonghandProperty(aPropID, aValue);
}
/**
* Parse a "box" property. Box properties have 1 to 4 values. When less
* than 4 values are provided a standard mapping is used to replicate
* existing values.
*/
bool
CSSParserImpl::ParseBoxProperties(const nsCSSPropertyID aPropIDs[])
{
// Get up to four values for the property
int32_t count = 0;
nsCSSRect result;
NS_FOR_CSS_SIDES (index) {
CSSParseResult parseResult =
ParseBoxProperty(result.*(nsCSSRect::sides[index]), aPropIDs[index]);
if (parseResult == CSSParseResult::NotFound) {
break;
}
if (parseResult == CSSParseResult::Error) {
return false;
}
count++;
}
if (count == 0) {
return false;
}
if (1 < count) { // verify no more than single inherit, initial or unset
NS_FOR_CSS_SIDES (index) {
nsCSSUnit unit = (result.*(nsCSSRect::sides[index])).GetUnit();
if (eCSSUnit_Inherit == unit ||
eCSSUnit_Initial == unit ||
eCSSUnit_Unset == unit) {
return false;
}
}
}
// Provide missing values by replicating some of the values found
switch (count) {
case 1: // Make right == top
result.mRight = result.mTop;
MOZ_FALLTHROUGH;
case 2: // Make bottom == top
result.mBottom = result.mTop;
MOZ_FALLTHROUGH;
case 3: // Make left == right
result.mLeft = result.mRight;
}
NS_FOR_CSS_SIDES (index) {
AppendValue(aPropIDs[index], result.*(nsCSSRect::sides[index]));
}
return true;
}
// Similar to ParseBoxProperties, except there is only one property
// with the result as its value, not four.
bool
CSSParserImpl::ParseGroupedBoxProperty(int32_t aVariantMask,
/** outparam */ nsCSSValue& aValue,
uint32_t aRestrictions)
{
nsCSSRect& result = aValue.SetRectValue();
int32_t count = 0;
NS_FOR_CSS_SIDES (index) {
CSSParseResult parseResult =
ParseVariantWithRestrictions(result.*(nsCSSRect::sides[index]),
aVariantMask, nullptr,
aRestrictions);
if (parseResult == CSSParseResult::NotFound) {
break;
}
if (parseResult == CSSParseResult::Error) {
return false;
}
count++;
}
if (count == 0) {
return false;
}
// Provide missing values by replicating some of the values found
switch (count) {
case 1: // Make right == top
result.mRight = result.mTop;
MOZ_FALLTHROUGH;
case 2: // Make bottom == top
result.mBottom = result.mTop;
MOZ_FALLTHROUGH;
case 3: // Make left == right
result.mLeft = result.mRight;
}
return true;
}
bool
CSSParserImpl::ParseBoxCornerRadius(nsCSSPropertyID aPropID)
{
nsCSSValue dimenX, dimenY;
// required first value
if (ParseNonNegativeVariant(dimenX, VARIANT_HLP | VARIANT_CALC, nullptr) !=
CSSParseResult::Ok) {
return false;
}
// optional second value (forbidden if first value is inherit/initial/unset)
if (dimenX.GetUnit() != eCSSUnit_Inherit &&
dimenX.GetUnit() != eCSSUnit_Initial &&
dimenX.GetUnit() != eCSSUnit_Unset) {
if (ParseNonNegativeVariant(dimenY, VARIANT_LP | VARIANT_CALC, nullptr) ==
CSSParseResult::Error) {
return false;
}
}
if (dimenX == dimenY || dimenY.GetUnit() == eCSSUnit_Null) {
AppendValue(aPropID, dimenX);
} else {
nsCSSValue value;
value.SetPairValue(dimenX, dimenY);
AppendValue(aPropID, value);
}
return true;
}
bool
CSSParserImpl::ParseBoxCornerRadiiInternals(nsCSSValue array[])
{
// Rectangles are used as scratch storage.
// top => top-left, right => top-right,
// bottom => bottom-right, left => bottom-left.
nsCSSRect dimenX, dimenY;
int32_t countX = 0, countY = 0;
NS_FOR_CSS_SIDES (side) {
CSSParseResult result =
ParseNonNegativeVariant(dimenX.*nsCSSRect::sides[side],
(side > 0 ? 0 : VARIANT_INHERIT) |
VARIANT_LP | VARIANT_CALC,
nullptr);
if (result == CSSParseResult::Error) {
return false;
} else if (result == CSSParseResult::NotFound) {
break;
}
countX++;
}
if (countX == 0)
return false;
if (ExpectSymbol('/', true)) {
NS_FOR_CSS_SIDES (side) {
CSSParseResult result =
ParseNonNegativeVariant(dimenY.*nsCSSRect::sides[side],
VARIANT_LP | VARIANT_CALC, nullptr);
if (result == CSSParseResult::Error) {
return false;
} else if (result == CSSParseResult::NotFound) {
break;
}
countY++;
}
if (countY == 0)
return false;
}
// if 'initial', 'inherit' or 'unset' was used, it must be the only value
if (countX > 1 || countY > 0) {
nsCSSUnit unit = dimenX.mTop.GetUnit();
if (eCSSUnit_Inherit == unit ||
eCSSUnit_Initial == unit ||
eCSSUnit_Unset == unit)
return false;
}
// if we have no Y-values, use the X-values
if (countY == 0) {
dimenY = dimenX;
countY = countX;
}
// Provide missing values by replicating some of the values found
switch (countX) {
case 1: // Make top-right same as top-left
dimenX.mRight = dimenX.mTop;
MOZ_FALLTHROUGH;
case 2: // Make bottom-right same as top-left
dimenX.mBottom = dimenX.mTop;
MOZ_FALLTHROUGH;
case 3: // Make bottom-left same as top-right
dimenX.mLeft = dimenX.mRight;
}
switch (countY) {
case 1: // Make top-right same as top-left
dimenY.mRight = dimenY.mTop;
MOZ_FALLTHROUGH;
case 2: // Make bottom-right same as top-left
dimenY.mBottom = dimenY.mTop;
MOZ_FALLTHROUGH;
case 3: // Make bottom-left same as top-right
dimenY.mLeft = dimenY.mRight;
}
NS_FOR_CSS_SIDES(side) {
nsCSSValue& x = dimenX.*nsCSSRect::sides[side];
nsCSSValue& y = dimenY.*nsCSSRect::sides[side];
if (x == y) {
array[side] = x;
} else {
nsCSSValue pair;
pair.SetPairValue(x, y);
array[side] = pair;
}
}
return true;
}
bool
CSSParserImpl::ParseBoxCornerRadii(const nsCSSPropertyID aPropIDs[])
{
nsCSSValue value[4];
if (!ParseBoxCornerRadiiInternals(value)) {
return false;
}
NS_FOR_CSS_SIDES(side) {
AppendValue(aPropIDs[side], value[side]);
}
return true;
}
// These must be in CSS order (top,right,bottom,left) for indexing to work
static const nsCSSPropertyID kBorderStyleIDs[] = {
eCSSProperty_border_top_style,
eCSSProperty_border_right_style,
eCSSProperty_border_bottom_style,
eCSSProperty_border_left_style
};
static const nsCSSPropertyID kBorderWidthIDs[] = {
eCSSProperty_border_top_width,
eCSSProperty_border_right_width,
eCSSProperty_border_bottom_width,
eCSSProperty_border_left_width
};
static const nsCSSPropertyID kBorderColorIDs[] = {
eCSSProperty_border_top_color,
eCSSProperty_border_right_color,
eCSSProperty_border_bottom_color,
eCSSProperty_border_left_color
};
static const nsCSSPropertyID kBorderRadiusIDs[] = {
eCSSProperty_border_top_left_radius,
eCSSProperty_border_top_right_radius,
eCSSProperty_border_bottom_right_radius,
eCSSProperty_border_bottom_left_radius
};
static const nsCSSPropertyID kOutlineRadiusIDs[] = {
eCSSProperty__moz_outline_radius_topleft,
eCSSProperty__moz_outline_radius_topright,
eCSSProperty__moz_outline_radius_bottomright,
eCSSProperty__moz_outline_radius_bottomleft
};
void
CSSParserImpl::SaveInputState(CSSParserInputState& aState)
{
aState.mToken = mToken;
aState.mHavePushBack = mHavePushBack;
mScanner->SavePosition(aState.mPosition);
}
void
CSSParserImpl::RestoreSavedInputState(const CSSParserInputState& aState)
{
mToken = aState.mToken;
mHavePushBack = aState.mHavePushBack;
mScanner->RestoreSavedPosition(aState.mPosition);
}
bool
CSSParserImpl::ParseProperty(nsCSSPropertyID aPropID)
{
// Can't use AutoRestore<bool> because it's a bitfield.
MOZ_ASSERT(!mHashlessColorQuirk,
"hashless color quirk should not be set");
MOZ_ASSERT(!mUnitlessLengthQuirk,
"unitless length quirk should not be set");
MOZ_ASSERT(aPropID != eCSSPropertyExtra_variable);
if (mNavQuirkMode) {
mHashlessColorQuirk =
nsCSSProps::PropHasFlags(aPropID, CSS_PROPERTY_HASHLESS_COLOR_QUIRK);
mUnitlessLengthQuirk =
nsCSSProps::PropHasFlags(aPropID, CSS_PROPERTY_UNITLESS_LENGTH_QUIRK);
}
// Save the current input state so that we can restore it later if we
// have to re-parse the property value as a variable-reference-containing
// token stream.
CSSParserInputState stateBeforeProperty;
SaveInputState(stateBeforeProperty);
mScanner->ClearSeenVariableReference();
NS_ASSERTION(aPropID < eCSSProperty_COUNT, "index out of range");
bool allowVariables = true;
bool result;
switch (nsCSSProps::PropertyParseType(aPropID)) {
case CSS_PROPERTY_PARSE_INACCESSIBLE: {
// The user can't use these
REPORT_UNEXPECTED(PEInaccessibleProperty2);
allowVariables = false;
result = false;
break;
}
case CSS_PROPERTY_PARSE_FUNCTION: {
result = ParsePropertyByFunction(aPropID);
break;
}
case CSS_PROPERTY_PARSE_VALUE: {
result = false;
nsCSSValue value;
if (ParseSingleValueProperty(value, aPropID) == CSSParseResult::Ok) {
AppendValue(aPropID, value);
result = true;
}
// XXX Report errors?
break;
}
case CSS_PROPERTY_PARSE_VALUE_LIST: {
result = ParseValueList(aPropID);
break;
}
default: {
result = false;
allowVariables = false;
MOZ_ASSERT(false,
"Property's flags field in nsCSSPropList.h is missing "
"one of the CSS_PROPERTY_PARSE_* constants");
break;
}
}
if (result) {
// We need to call ExpectEndProperty() to decide whether to reparse
// with variables. This is needed because the property parsing may
// have stopped upon finding a variable (e.g., 'margin: 1px var(a)')
// in a way that future variable substitutions will be valid, or
// because it parsed everything that's possible but we still want to
// act as though the property contains variables even though we know
// the substitution will never work (e.g., for 'margin: 1px 2px 3px
// 4px 5px var(a)').
//
// It would be nice to find a better solution here
// (and for the SkipUntilOneOf below), though, that doesn't depend
// on using what we don't accept for doing parsing correctly.
if (!ExpectEndProperty()) {
result = false;
}
}
bool seenVariable = mScanner->SeenVariableReference() ||
(stateBeforeProperty.mHavePushBack &&
stateBeforeProperty.mToken.mType == eCSSToken_Function &&
stateBeforeProperty.mToken.mIdent.LowerCaseEqualsLiteral("var"));
bool parseAsTokenStream;
if (!result && allowVariables) {
parseAsTokenStream = true;
if (!seenVariable) {
// We might have stopped parsing the property before its end and before
// finding a variable reference. Keep checking until the end of the
// property.
CSSParserInputState stateAtError;
SaveInputState(stateAtError);
const char16_t stopChars[] = { ';', '!', '}', ')', 0 };
SkipUntilOneOf(stopChars);
UngetToken();
parseAsTokenStream = mScanner->SeenVariableReference();
if (!parseAsTokenStream) {
// If we parsed to the end of the propery and didn't find any variable
// references, then the real position we want to report the error at
// is |stateAtError|.
RestoreSavedInputState(stateAtError);
}
}
} else {
parseAsTokenStream = false;
}
if (parseAsTokenStream) {
// Go back to the start of the property value and parse it to make sure
// its variable references are syntactically valid and is otherwise
// balanced.
RestoreSavedInputState(stateBeforeProperty);
if (!mInSupportsCondition) {
mScanner->StartRecording();
}
CSSVariableDeclarations::Type type;
bool dropBackslash;
nsString impliedCharacters;
nsCSSValue value;
if (ParseValueWithVariables(&type, &dropBackslash, impliedCharacters,
nullptr, nullptr)) {
MOZ_ASSERT(type == CSSVariableDeclarations::eTokenStream,
"a non-custom property reparsed since it contained variable "
"references should not have been 'initial' or 'inherit'");
nsString propertyValue;
if (!mInSupportsCondition) {
// If we are in an @supports condition, we don't need to store the
// actual token stream on the nsCSSValue.
mScanner->StopRecording(propertyValue);
if (dropBackslash) {
MOZ_ASSERT(!propertyValue.IsEmpty() &&
propertyValue[propertyValue.Length() - 1] == '\\');
propertyValue.Truncate(propertyValue.Length() - 1);
}
propertyValue.Append(impliedCharacters);
}
if (mHavePushBack) {
// If we came to the end of a property value that had a variable
// reference and a token was pushed back, then it would have been
// ended by '!', ')', ';', ']' or '}'. We should remove it from the
// recorded property value.
MOZ_ASSERT(mToken.IsSymbol('!') ||
mToken.IsSymbol(')') ||
mToken.IsSymbol(';') ||
mToken.IsSymbol(']') ||
mToken.IsSymbol('}'));
if (!mInSupportsCondition) {
MOZ_ASSERT(!propertyValue.IsEmpty());
MOZ_ASSERT(propertyValue[propertyValue.Length() - 1] ==
mToken.mSymbol);
propertyValue.Truncate(propertyValue.Length() - 1);
}
}
if (!mInSupportsCondition) {
if (nsCSSProps::IsShorthand(aPropID)) {
// If this is a shorthand property, we store the token stream on each
// of its corresponding longhand properties.
CSSPROPS_FOR_SHORTHAND_SUBPROPERTIES(p, aPropID, EnabledState()) {
nsCSSValueTokenStream* tokenStream = new nsCSSValueTokenStream;
tokenStream->mPropertyID = *p;
tokenStream->mShorthandPropertyID = aPropID;
tokenStream->mTokenStream = propertyValue;
tokenStream->mBaseURI = mBaseURI;
tokenStream->mSheetURI = mSheetURI;
tokenStream->mSheetPrincipal = mSheetPrincipal;
// XXX Should store sheet here (see bug 952338).
// tokenStream->mSheet = mSheet;
tokenStream->mLineNumber = stateBeforeProperty.mPosition.LineNumber();
tokenStream->mLineOffset = stateBeforeProperty.mPosition.LineOffset();
value.SetTokenStreamValue(tokenStream);
AppendValue(*p, value);
}
} else {
nsCSSValueTokenStream* tokenStream = new nsCSSValueTokenStream;
tokenStream->mPropertyID = aPropID;
tokenStream->mTokenStream = propertyValue;
tokenStream->mBaseURI = mBaseURI;
tokenStream->mSheetURI = mSheetURI;
tokenStream->mSheetPrincipal = mSheetPrincipal;
// XXX Should store sheet here (see bug 952338).
// tokenStream->mSheet = mSheet;
tokenStream->mLineNumber = stateBeforeProperty.mPosition.LineNumber();
tokenStream->mLineOffset = stateBeforeProperty.mPosition.LineOffset();
value.SetTokenStreamValue(tokenStream);
AppendValue(aPropID, value);
}
}
result = true;
} else {
if (!mInSupportsCondition) {
mScanner->StopRecording();
}
}
}
if (mNavQuirkMode) {
mHashlessColorQuirk = false;
mUnitlessLengthQuirk = false;
}
return result;
}
bool
CSSParserImpl::ParsePropertyByFunction(nsCSSPropertyID aPropID)
{
switch (aPropID) { // handle shorthand or multiple properties
case eCSSProperty_place_content:
return ParsePlaceContent();
case eCSSProperty_place_items:
return ParsePlaceItems();
case eCSSProperty_place_self:
return ParsePlaceSelf();
case eCSSProperty_background:
return ParseImageLayers(nsStyleImageLayers::kBackgroundLayerTable);
case eCSSProperty_background_repeat:
return ParseImageLayerRepeat(eCSSProperty_background_repeat);
case eCSSProperty_background_position:
return ParseImageLayerPosition(nsStyleImageLayers::kBackgroundLayerTable);
case eCSSProperty_background_position_x:
case eCSSProperty_background_position_y:
return ParseImageLayerPositionCoord(aPropID,
aPropID == eCSSProperty_background_position_x);
case eCSSProperty_background_size:
return ParseImageLayerSize(eCSSProperty_background_size);
case eCSSProperty_border:
return ParseBorderSide(kBorderTopIDs, true);
case eCSSProperty_border_color:
return ParseBorderColor();
case eCSSProperty_border_spacing:
return ParseBorderSpacing();
case eCSSProperty_border_style:
return ParseBorderStyle();
case eCSSProperty_border_block_end:
return ParseBorderSide(kBorderBlockEndIDs, false);
case eCSSProperty_border_block_start:
return ParseBorderSide(kBorderBlockStartIDs, false);
case eCSSProperty_border_bottom:
return ParseBorderSide(kBorderBottomIDs, false);
case eCSSProperty_border_inline_end:
return ParseBorderSide(kBorderInlineEndIDs, false);
case eCSSProperty_border_inline_start:
return ParseBorderSide(kBorderInlineStartIDs, false);
case eCSSProperty_border_left:
return ParseBorderSide(kBorderLeftIDs, false);
case eCSSProperty_border_right:
return ParseBorderSide(kBorderRightIDs, false);
case eCSSProperty_border_top:
return ParseBorderSide(kBorderTopIDs, false);
case eCSSProperty__moz_border_bottom_colors:
case eCSSProperty__moz_border_left_colors:
case eCSSProperty__moz_border_right_colors:
case eCSSProperty__moz_border_top_colors:
return ParseBorderColors(aPropID);
case eCSSProperty_border_image_slice:
return ParseBorderImageSlice(true, nullptr);
case eCSSProperty_border_image_width:
return ParseBorderImageWidth(true);
case eCSSProperty_border_image_outset:
return ParseBorderImageOutset(true);
case eCSSProperty_border_image_repeat:
return ParseBorderImageRepeat(true);
case eCSSProperty_border_image:
return ParseBorderImage();
case eCSSProperty_border_width:
return ParseBorderWidth();
case eCSSProperty_border_radius:
return ParseBoxCornerRadii(kBorderRadiusIDs);
case eCSSProperty__moz_outline_radius:
return ParseBoxCornerRadii(kOutlineRadiusIDs);
case eCSSProperty_border_top_left_radius:
case eCSSProperty_border_top_right_radius:
case eCSSProperty_border_bottom_right_radius:
case eCSSProperty_border_bottom_left_radius:
case eCSSProperty__moz_outline_radius_topleft:
case eCSSProperty__moz_outline_radius_topright:
case eCSSProperty__moz_outline_radius_bottomright:
case eCSSProperty__moz_outline_radius_bottomleft:
return ParseBoxCornerRadius(aPropID);
case eCSSProperty_box_shadow:
case eCSSProperty_text_shadow:
return ParseShadowList(aPropID);
case eCSSProperty_clip:
return ParseRect(eCSSProperty_clip);
case eCSSProperty_columns:
return ParseColumns();
case eCSSProperty_column_rule:
return ParseBorderSide(kColumnRuleIDs, false);
case eCSSProperty_content:
return ParseContent();
case eCSSProperty__moz_context_properties:
return ParseContextProperties();
case eCSSProperty_counter_increment:
case eCSSProperty_counter_reset:
return ParseCounterData(aPropID);
case eCSSProperty_cursor:
return ParseCursor();
case eCSSProperty_filter:
return ParseFilter();
case eCSSProperty_flex:
return ParseFlex();
case eCSSProperty_flex_flow:
return ParseFlexFlow();
case eCSSProperty_font:
return ParseFont();
case eCSSProperty_font_variant:
return ParseFontVariant();
case eCSSProperty_grid_auto_flow:
return ParseGridAutoFlow();
case eCSSProperty_grid_auto_columns:
case eCSSProperty_grid_auto_rows:
return ParseGridAutoColumnsRows(aPropID);
case eCSSProperty_grid_template_areas:
return ParseGridTemplateAreas();
case eCSSProperty_grid_template_columns:
case eCSSProperty_grid_template_rows:
return ParseGridTemplateColumnsRows(aPropID);
case eCSSProperty_grid_template:
return ParseGridTemplate();
case eCSSProperty_grid:
return ParseGrid();
case eCSSProperty_grid_column_start:
case eCSSProperty_grid_column_end:
case eCSSProperty_grid_row_start:
case eCSSProperty_grid_row_end:
return ParseGridColumnRowStartEnd(aPropID);
case eCSSProperty_grid_column:
return ParseGridColumnRow(eCSSProperty_grid_column_start,
eCSSProperty_grid_column_end);
case eCSSProperty_grid_row:
return ParseGridColumnRow(eCSSProperty_grid_row_start,
eCSSProperty_grid_row_end);
case eCSSProperty_grid_area:
return ParseGridArea();
case eCSSProperty_grid_gap:
return ParseGridGap();
case eCSSProperty__moz_image_region:
return ParseRect(eCSSProperty__moz_image_region);
case eCSSProperty_align_content:
case eCSSProperty_justify_content:
return ParseAlignJustifyContent(aPropID);
case eCSSProperty_align_items:
return ParseAlignItems();
case eCSSProperty_align_self:
case eCSSProperty_justify_self:
return ParseAlignJustifySelf(aPropID);
case eCSSProperty_initial_letter:
return ParseInitialLetter();
case eCSSProperty_justify_items:
return ParseJustifyItems();
case eCSSProperty_list_style:
return ParseListStyle();
case eCSSProperty_margin:
return ParseMargin();
case eCSSProperty_object_position:
return ParseObjectPosition();
case eCSSProperty_outline:
return ParseOutline();
case eCSSProperty_overflow:
return ParseOverflow();
case eCSSProperty_padding:
return ParsePadding();
case eCSSProperty_quotes:
return ParseQuotes();
case eCSSProperty_text_decoration:
return ParseTextDecoration();
case eCSSProperty_text_emphasis:
return ParseTextEmphasis();
case eCSSProperty_will_change:
return ParseWillChange();
case eCSSProperty_transform:
return ParseTransform(false);
case eCSSProperty__moz_transform:
return ParseTransform(true);
case eCSSProperty_transform_origin:
return ParseTransformOrigin(false);
case eCSSProperty_perspective_origin:
return ParseTransformOrigin(true);
case eCSSProperty_transition:
return ParseTransition();
case eCSSProperty_animation:
return ParseAnimation();
case eCSSProperty_transition_property:
return ParseTransitionProperty();
case eCSSProperty_fill:
case eCSSProperty_stroke:
return ParsePaint(aPropID);
case eCSSProperty_stroke_dasharray:
return ParseDasharray();
case eCSSProperty_marker:
return ParseMarker();
case eCSSProperty_paint_order:
return ParsePaintOrder();
case eCSSProperty_scroll_snap_type:
return ParseScrollSnapType();
#ifdef MOZ_ENABLE_MASK_AS_SHORTHAND
case eCSSProperty_mask:
return ParseImageLayers(nsStyleImageLayers::kMaskLayerTable);
case eCSSProperty_mask_repeat:
return ParseImageLayerRepeat(eCSSProperty_mask_repeat);
case eCSSProperty_mask_position:
return ParseImageLayerPosition(nsStyleImageLayers::kMaskLayerTable);
case eCSSProperty_mask_position_x:
case eCSSProperty_mask_position_y:
return ParseImageLayerPositionCoord(aPropID,
aPropID == eCSSProperty_mask_position_x);
case eCSSProperty_mask_size:
return ParseImageLayerSize(eCSSProperty_mask_size);
#endif
case eCSSProperty__webkit_text_stroke:
return ParseWebkitTextStroke();
case eCSSProperty_all:
return ParseAll();
default:
MOZ_ASSERT(false, "should not be called");
return false;
}
}
// Bits used in determining which background position info we have
#define BG_CENTER NS_STYLE_IMAGELAYER_POSITION_CENTER
#define BG_TOP NS_STYLE_IMAGELAYER_POSITION_TOP
#define BG_BOTTOM NS_STYLE_IMAGELAYER_POSITION_BOTTOM
#define BG_LEFT NS_STYLE_IMAGELAYER_POSITION_LEFT
#define BG_RIGHT NS_STYLE_IMAGELAYER_POSITION_RIGHT
#define BG_CTB (BG_CENTER | BG_TOP | BG_BOTTOM)
#define BG_TB (BG_TOP | BG_BOTTOM)
#define BG_CLR (BG_CENTER | BG_LEFT | BG_RIGHT)
#define BG_LR (BG_LEFT | BG_RIGHT)
CSSParseResult
CSSParserImpl::ParseBoxProperty(nsCSSValue& aValue,
nsCSSPropertyID aPropID)
{
if (aPropID < 0 || aPropID >= eCSSProperty_COUNT_no_shorthands) {
MOZ_ASSERT(false, "must only be called for longhand properties");
return CSSParseResult::NotFound;
}
MOZ_ASSERT(!nsCSSProps::PropHasFlags(aPropID,
CSS_PROPERTY_VALUE_PARSER_FUNCTION),
"must only be called for non-function-parsed properties");
uint32_t variant = nsCSSProps::ParserVariant(aPropID);
if (variant == 0) {
MOZ_ASSERT(false, "must only be called for variant-parsed properties");
return CSSParseResult::NotFound;
}
if (variant & ~(VARIANT_AHKLP | VARIANT_COLOR | VARIANT_CALC)) {
MOZ_ASSERT(false, "must only be called for properties that take certain "
"variants");
return CSSParseResult::NotFound;
}
const KTableEntry* kwtable = nsCSSProps::kKeywordTableTable[aPropID];
uint32_t restrictions = nsCSSProps::ValueRestrictions(aPropID);
return ParseVariantWithRestrictions(aValue, variant, kwtable, restrictions);
}
bool
CSSParserImpl::ParseSingleValuePropertyByFunction(nsCSSValue& aValue,
nsCSSPropertyID aPropID)
{
switch (aPropID) {
case eCSSProperty_clip_path:
return ParseClipPath(aValue);
case eCSSProperty_contain:
return ParseContain(aValue);
case eCSSProperty_font_family:
return ParseFamily(aValue);
case eCSSProperty_font_synthesis:
return ParseFontSynthesis(aValue);
case eCSSProperty_font_variant_alternates:
return ParseFontVariantAlternates(aValue);
case eCSSProperty_font_variant_east_asian:
return ParseFontVariantEastAsian(aValue);
case eCSSProperty_font_variant_ligatures:
return ParseFontVariantLigatures(aValue);
case eCSSProperty_font_variant_numeric:
return ParseFontVariantNumeric(aValue);
case eCSSProperty_font_feature_settings:
return ParseFontFeatureSettings(aValue);
case eCSSProperty_font_variation_settings:
return ParseFontVariationSettings(aValue);
case eCSSProperty_font_weight:
return ParseFontWeight(aValue);
case eCSSProperty_image_orientation:
return ParseImageOrientation(aValue);
case eCSSProperty_list_style_type:
return ParseListStyleType(aValue);
case eCSSProperty_scroll_snap_points_x:
return ParseScrollSnapPoints(aValue, eCSSProperty_scroll_snap_points_x);
case eCSSProperty_scroll_snap_points_y:
return ParseScrollSnapPoints(aValue, eCSSProperty_scroll_snap_points_y);
case eCSSProperty_scroll_snap_destination:
return ParseScrollSnapDestination(aValue);
case eCSSProperty_scroll_snap_coordinate:
return ParseScrollSnapCoordinate(aValue);
case eCSSProperty_shape_outside:
return ParseShapeOutside(aValue);
case eCSSProperty_text_align:
return ParseTextAlign(aValue);
case eCSSProperty_text_align_last:
return ParseTextAlignLast(aValue);
case eCSSProperty_text_decoration_line:
return ParseTextDecorationLine(aValue);
case eCSSProperty_text_combine_upright:
return ParseTextCombineUpright(aValue);
case eCSSProperty_text_emphasis_position:
return ParseTextEmphasisPosition(aValue);
case eCSSProperty_text_emphasis_style:
return ParseTextEmphasisStyle(aValue);
case eCSSProperty_text_overflow:
return ParseTextOverflow(aValue);
case eCSSProperty_touch_action:
return ParseTouchAction(aValue);
default:
MOZ_ASSERT(false, "should not reach here");
return false;
}
}
CSSParseResult
CSSParserImpl::ParseSingleValueProperty(nsCSSValue& aValue,
nsCSSPropertyID aPropID)
{
if (aPropID == eCSSPropertyExtra_x_none_value) {
return ParseVariant(aValue, VARIANT_NONE | VARIANT_INHERIT, nullptr);
}
if (aPropID == eCSSPropertyExtra_x_auto_value) {
return ParseVariant(aValue, VARIANT_AUTO | VARIANT_INHERIT, nullptr);
}
if (aPropID < 0 || aPropID >= eCSSProperty_COUNT_no_shorthands) {
MOZ_ASSERT(false, "not a single value property");
return CSSParseResult::NotFound;
}
if (nsCSSProps::PropHasFlags(aPropID, CSS_PROPERTY_VALUE_PARSER_FUNCTION)) {
uint32_t lineBefore, colBefore;
if (!GetNextTokenLocation(true, &lineBefore, &colBefore)) {
// We're at EOF before parsing.
return CSSParseResult::NotFound;
}
if (ParseSingleValuePropertyByFunction(aValue, aPropID)) {
return CSSParseResult::Ok;
}
uint32_t lineAfter, colAfter;
if (!GetNextTokenLocation(true, &lineAfter, &colAfter) ||
lineAfter != lineBefore ||
colAfter != colBefore) {
// Any single token value that was invalid will have been pushed back,
// so GetNextTokenLocation encountering EOF means we failed while
// parsing a multi-token value.
return CSSParseResult::Error;
}
return CSSParseResult::NotFound;
}
uint32_t variant = nsCSSProps::ParserVariant(aPropID);
if (variant == 0) {
MOZ_ASSERT(false, "not a single value property");
return CSSParseResult::NotFound;
}
const KTableEntry* kwtable = nsCSSProps::kKeywordTableTable[aPropID];
uint32_t restrictions = nsCSSProps::ValueRestrictions(aPropID);
return ParseVariantWithRestrictions(aValue, variant, kwtable, restrictions);
}
// font-descriptor: descriptor ':' value ';'
// caller has advanced mToken to point at the descriptor
bool
CSSParserImpl::ParseFontDescriptorValue(nsCSSFontDesc aDescID,
nsCSSValue& aValue)
{
switch (aDescID) {
// These four are similar to the properties of the same name,
// possibly with more restrictions on the values they can take.
case eCSSFontDesc_Family: {
nsCSSValue value;
if (!ParseFamily(value) ||
value.GetUnit() != eCSSUnit_FontFamilyList)
return false;
// name can only be a single, non-generic name
const FontFamilyList* f = value.GetFontFamilyListValue();
const nsTArray<FontFamilyName>& fontlist = f->GetFontlist();
if (fontlist.Length() != 1 || !fontlist[0].IsNamed()) {
return false;
}
aValue.SetStringValue(fontlist[0].mName, eCSSUnit_String);
return true;
}
case eCSSFontDesc_Style:
// property is VARIANT_HMK|VARIANT_SYSFONT
return ParseSingleTokenVariant(aValue, VARIANT_KEYWORD | VARIANT_NORMAL,
nsCSSProps::kFontStyleKTable);
case eCSSFontDesc_Display:
return ParseSingleTokenVariant(aValue, VARIANT_KEYWORD,
nsCSSProps::kFontDisplayKTable);
case eCSSFontDesc_Weight:
return (ParseFontWeight(aValue) &&
aValue.GetUnit() != eCSSUnit_Inherit &&
aValue.GetUnit() != eCSSUnit_Initial &&
aValue.GetUnit() != eCSSUnit_Unset &&
(aValue.GetUnit() != eCSSUnit_Enumerated ||
(aValue.GetIntValue() != NS_STYLE_FONT_WEIGHT_BOLDER &&
aValue.GetIntValue() != NS_STYLE_FONT_WEIGHT_LIGHTER)));
case eCSSFontDesc_Stretch:
// property is VARIANT_HK|VARIANT_SYSFONT
return ParseSingleTokenVariant(aValue, VARIANT_KEYWORD,
nsCSSProps::kFontStretchKTable);
// These two are unique to @font-face and have their own special grammar.
case eCSSFontDesc_Src:
return ParseFontSrc(aValue);
case eCSSFontDesc_UnicodeRange:
return ParseFontRanges(aValue);
case eCSSFontDesc_FontFeatureSettings:
return ParseFontFeatureSettings(aValue);
case eCSSFontDesc_FontLanguageOverride:
return ParseSingleTokenVariant(aValue, VARIANT_NORMAL | VARIANT_STRING,
nullptr);
case eCSSFontDesc_UNKNOWN:
case eCSSFontDesc_COUNT:
NS_NOTREACHED("bad nsCSSFontDesc code");
}
// explicitly do NOT have a default case to let the compiler
// help find missing descriptors
return false;
}
static nsCSSValue
BoxPositionMaskToCSSValue(int32_t aMask, bool isX)
{
int32_t val = NS_STYLE_IMAGELAYER_POSITION_CENTER;
if (isX) {
if (aMask & BG_LEFT) {
val = NS_STYLE_IMAGELAYER_POSITION_LEFT;
}
else if (aMask & BG_RIGHT) {
val = NS_STYLE_IMAGELAYER_POSITION_RIGHT;
}
}
else {
if (aMask & BG_TOP) {
val = NS_STYLE_IMAGELAYER_POSITION_TOP;
}
else if (aMask & BG_BOTTOM) {
val = NS_STYLE_IMAGELAYER_POSITION_BOTTOM;
}
}
return nsCSSValue(val, eCSSUnit_Enumerated);
}
bool
CSSParserImpl::ParseImageLayers(const nsCSSPropertyID aTable[])
{
nsAutoParseCompoundProperty compound(this);
// background-color can only be set once, so it's not a list.
nsCSSValue color;
// Check first for inherit/initial/unset.
if (ParseSingleTokenVariant(color, VARIANT_INHERIT, nullptr)) {
// must be alone
for (const nsCSSPropertyID* subprops =
nsCSSProps::SubpropertyEntryFor(aTable[nsStyleImageLayers::shorthand]);
*subprops != eCSSProperty_UNKNOWN; ++subprops) {
AppendValue(*subprops, color);
}
return true;
}
nsCSSValue image, repeat, attachment, clip, origin, positionX, positionY, size,
composite, maskMode;
ImageLayersShorthandParseState state(color, image.SetListValue(),
repeat.SetPairListValue(),
attachment.SetListValue(), clip.SetListValue(),
origin.SetListValue(),
positionX.SetListValue(), positionY.SetListValue(),
size.SetPairListValue(), composite.SetListValue(),
maskMode.SetListValue());
for (;;) {
if (!ParseImageLayersItem(state, aTable)) {
return false;
}
// If we saw a color, this must be the last item.
if (color.GetUnit() != eCSSUnit_Null) {
MOZ_ASSERT(aTable[nsStyleImageLayers::color] != eCSSProperty_UNKNOWN);
break;
}
// If there's a comma, expect another item.
if (!ExpectSymbol(',', true)) {
break;
}
#define APPENDNEXT(propID_, propMember_, propType_) \
if (aTable[propID_] != eCSSProperty_UNKNOWN) { \
propMember_->mNext = new propType_; \
propMember_ = propMember_->mNext; \
}
// Chain another entry on all the lists.
APPENDNEXT(nsStyleImageLayers::image, state.mImage,
nsCSSValueList);
APPENDNEXT(nsStyleImageLayers::repeat, state.mRepeat,
nsCSSValuePairList);
APPENDNEXT(nsStyleImageLayers::clip, state.mClip,
nsCSSValueList);
APPENDNEXT(nsStyleImageLayers::origin, state.mOrigin,
nsCSSValueList);
APPENDNEXT(nsStyleImageLayers::positionX, state.mPositionX,
nsCSSValueList);
APPENDNEXT(nsStyleImageLayers::positionY, state.mPositionY,
nsCSSValueList);
APPENDNEXT(nsStyleImageLayers::size, state.mSize,
nsCSSValuePairList);
APPENDNEXT(nsStyleImageLayers::attachment, state.mAttachment,
nsCSSValueList);
APPENDNEXT(nsStyleImageLayers::maskMode, state.mMode,
nsCSSValueList);
APPENDNEXT(nsStyleImageLayers::composite, state.mComposite,
nsCSSValueList);
#undef APPENDNEXT
}
// If we get to this point without seeing a color, provide a default.
if (aTable[nsStyleImageLayers::color] != eCSSProperty_UNKNOWN) {
if (color.GetUnit() == eCSSUnit_Null) {
color.SetIntegerColorValue(NS_RGBA(0,0,0,0), eCSSUnit_RGBAColor);
}
}
#define APPENDVALUE(propID_, propValue_) \
if (propID_ != eCSSProperty_UNKNOWN) { \
AppendValue(propID_, propValue_); \
}
APPENDVALUE(aTable[nsStyleImageLayers::image], image);
APPENDVALUE(aTable[nsStyleImageLayers::repeat], repeat);
APPENDVALUE(aTable[nsStyleImageLayers::clip], clip);
APPENDVALUE(aTable[nsStyleImageLayers::origin], origin);
APPENDVALUE(aTable[nsStyleImageLayers::positionX], positionX);
APPENDVALUE(aTable[nsStyleImageLayers::positionY], positionY);
APPENDVALUE(aTable[nsStyleImageLayers::size], size);
APPENDVALUE(aTable[nsStyleImageLayers::color], color);
APPENDVALUE(aTable[nsStyleImageLayers::attachment], attachment);
APPENDVALUE(aTable[nsStyleImageLayers::maskMode], maskMode);
APPENDVALUE(aTable[nsStyleImageLayers::composite], composite);
#undef APPENDVALUE
return true;
}
// Helper for ParseImageLayersItem. Returns true if the passed-in nsCSSToken is
// a function which is accepted for background-image.
bool
CSSParserImpl::IsFunctionTokenValidForImageLayerImage(
const nsCSSToken& aToken) const
{
MOZ_ASSERT(aToken.mType == eCSSToken_Function,
"Should only be called for function-typed tokens");
const nsAString& funcName = aToken.mIdent;
return funcName.LowerCaseEqualsLiteral("linear-gradient") ||
funcName.LowerCaseEqualsLiteral("radial-gradient") ||
funcName.LowerCaseEqualsLiteral("repeating-linear-gradient") ||
funcName.LowerCaseEqualsLiteral("repeating-radial-gradient") ||
funcName.LowerCaseEqualsLiteral("-moz-linear-gradient") ||
funcName.LowerCaseEqualsLiteral("-moz-radial-gradient") ||
funcName.LowerCaseEqualsLiteral("-moz-repeating-linear-gradient") ||
funcName.LowerCaseEqualsLiteral("-moz-repeating-radial-gradient") ||
funcName.LowerCaseEqualsLiteral("-moz-image-rect") ||
funcName.LowerCaseEqualsLiteral("-moz-element") ||
(sWebkitPrefixedAliasesEnabled &&
(funcName.LowerCaseEqualsLiteral("-webkit-gradient") ||
funcName.LowerCaseEqualsLiteral("-webkit-linear-gradient") ||
funcName.LowerCaseEqualsLiteral("-webkit-radial-gradient") ||
funcName.LowerCaseEqualsLiteral("-webkit-repeating-linear-gradient") ||
funcName.LowerCaseEqualsLiteral("-webkit-repeating-radial-gradient")));
}
// Parse one item of the background shorthand property.
bool
CSSParserImpl::ParseImageLayersItem(
CSSParserImpl::ImageLayersShorthandParseState& aState,
const nsCSSPropertyID aTable[])
{
// Fill in the values that the shorthand will set if we don't find
// other values.
aState.mImage->mValue.SetNoneValue();
aState.mAttachment->mValue.SetIntValue(NS_STYLE_IMAGELAYER_ATTACHMENT_SCROLL,
eCSSUnit_Enumerated);
aState.mClip->mValue.SetEnumValue(StyleGeometryBox::BorderBox);
aState.mRepeat->mXValue.SetIntValue(uint8_t(StyleImageLayerRepeat::Repeat),
eCSSUnit_Enumerated);
aState.mRepeat->mYValue.Reset();
RefPtr<nsCSSValue::Array> positionXArr = nsCSSValue::Array::Create(2);
RefPtr<nsCSSValue::Array> positionYArr = nsCSSValue::Array::Create(2);
aState.mPositionX->mValue.SetArrayValue(positionXArr, eCSSUnit_Array);
aState.mPositionY->mValue.SetArrayValue(positionYArr, eCSSUnit_Array);
if (eCSSProperty_mask == aTable[nsStyleImageLayers::shorthand]) {
aState.mOrigin->mValue.SetEnumValue(StyleGeometryBox::BorderBox);
} else {
aState.mOrigin->mValue.SetEnumValue(StyleGeometryBox::PaddingBox);
}
positionXArr->Item(1).SetPercentValue(0.0f);
positionYArr->Item(1).SetPercentValue(0.0f);
aState.mSize->mXValue.SetAutoValue();
aState.mSize->mYValue.SetAutoValue();
aState.mComposite->mValue.SetIntValue(NS_STYLE_MASK_COMPOSITE_ADD,
eCSSUnit_Enumerated);
aState.mMode->mValue.SetIntValue(NS_STYLE_MASK_MODE_MATCH_SOURCE,
eCSSUnit_Enumerated);
bool haveColor = false,
haveImage = false,
haveRepeat = false,
haveAttach = false,
havePositionAndSize = false,
haveOrigin = false,
haveClip = false,
haveComposite = false,
haveMode = false,
haveSomething = false;
const KTableEntry* originTable =
nsCSSProps::kKeywordTableTable[aTable[nsStyleImageLayers::origin]];
const KTableEntry* clipTable =
nsCSSProps::kKeywordTableTable[aTable[nsStyleImageLayers::clip]];
while (GetToken(true)) {
nsCSSTokenType tt = mToken.mType;
UngetToken(); // ...but we'll still cheat and use mToken
if (tt == eCSSToken_Symbol) {
// ExpectEndProperty only looks for symbols, and nothing else will
// show up as one.
break;
}
if (tt == eCSSToken_Ident) {
nsCSSKeyword keyword = nsCSSKeywords::LookupKeyword(mToken.mIdent);
int32_t dummy;
if (keyword == eCSSKeyword_inherit ||
keyword == eCSSKeyword_initial ||
keyword == eCSSKeyword_unset) {
return false;
} else if (!haveImage && keyword == eCSSKeyword_none) {
haveImage = true;
if (ParseSingleValueProperty(aState.mImage->mValue,
aTable[nsStyleImageLayers::image]) !=
CSSParseResult::Ok) {
NS_NOTREACHED("should be able to parse");
return false;
}
} else if (!haveAttach &&
aTable[nsStyleImageLayers::attachment] !=
eCSSProperty_UNKNOWN &&
nsCSSProps::FindKeyword(
keyword, nsCSSProps::kImageLayerAttachmentKTable, dummy)) {
haveAttach = true;
if (ParseSingleValueProperty(aState.mAttachment->mValue,
aTable[nsStyleImageLayers::attachment]) !=
CSSParseResult::Ok) {
NS_NOTREACHED("should be able to parse");
return false;
}
} else if (!haveRepeat &&
nsCSSProps::FindKeyword(
keyword, nsCSSProps::kImageLayerRepeatKTable, dummy)) {
haveRepeat = true;
nsCSSValuePair scratch;
if (!ParseImageLayerRepeatValues(scratch)) {
NS_NOTREACHED("should be able to parse");
return false;
}
aState.mRepeat->mXValue = scratch.mXValue;
aState.mRepeat->mYValue = scratch.mYValue;
} else if (!havePositionAndSize &&
nsCSSProps::FindKeyword(keyword,
nsCSSProps::kImageLayerPositionKTable, dummy)) {
havePositionAndSize = true;
if (!ParsePositionValueSeparateCoords(aState.mPositionX->mValue,
aState.mPositionY->mValue)) {
return false;
}
if (ExpectSymbol('/', true)) {
nsCSSValuePair scratch;
if (!ParseImageLayerSizeValues(scratch)) {
return false;
}
aState.mSize->mXValue = scratch.mXValue;
aState.mSize->mYValue = scratch.mYValue;
}
} else if (!haveOrigin &&
nsCSSProps::FindKeyword(keyword, originTable, dummy)) {
haveOrigin = true;
if (ParseSingleValueProperty(aState.mOrigin->mValue,
aTable[nsStyleImageLayers::origin]) !=
CSSParseResult::Ok) {
NS_NOTREACHED("should be able to parse");
return false;
}
// Set clip value to origin if clip is not set yet.
// Note that we don't set haveClip here so that it can be
// overridden if we see it later.
if (!haveClip) {
#ifdef DEBUG
for (size_t i = 0; originTable[i].mValue != -1; i++) {
// For each keyword & value in kOriginKTable, ensure that
// kBackgroundKTable has a matching entry at the same position.
MOZ_ASSERT(originTable[i].mKeyword == clipTable[i].mKeyword);
MOZ_ASSERT(originTable[i].mValue == clipTable[i].mValue);
}
#endif
aState.mClip->mValue = aState.mOrigin->mValue;
}
} else if (!haveClip &&
nsCSSProps::FindKeyword(keyword, clipTable, dummy)) {
// It is important that we try parsing clip later than origin
// because if there are two <box> / <geometry-box> values, the
// first should be origin, and the second should be clip.
haveClip = true;
if (ParseSingleValueProperty(aState.mClip->mValue,
aTable[nsStyleImageLayers::clip]) !=
CSSParseResult::Ok) {
NS_NOTREACHED("should be able to parse");
return false;
}
} else if (!haveComposite &&
aTable[nsStyleImageLayers::composite] !=
eCSSProperty_UNKNOWN &&
nsCSSProps::FindKeyword(
keyword, nsCSSProps::kImageLayerCompositeKTable, dummy)) {
haveComposite = true;
if (ParseSingleValueProperty(aState.mComposite->mValue,
aTable[nsStyleImageLayers::composite]) !=
CSSParseResult::Ok) {
NS_NOTREACHED("should be able to parse");
return false;
}
} else if (!haveMode &&
aTable[nsStyleImageLayers::maskMode] != eCSSProperty_UNKNOWN &&
nsCSSProps::FindKeyword(
keyword, nsCSSProps::kImageLayerModeKTable, dummy)) {
haveMode = true;
if (ParseSingleValueProperty(aState.mMode->mValue,
aTable[nsStyleImageLayers::maskMode]) !=
CSSParseResult::Ok) {
NS_NOTREACHED("should be able to parse");
return false;
}
} else if (!haveColor &&
aTable[nsStyleImageLayers::color] != eCSSProperty_UNKNOWN) {
haveColor = true;
if (ParseSingleValueProperty(aState.mColor,
aTable[nsStyleImageLayers::color]) !=
CSSParseResult::Ok) {
return false;
}
} else {
return false;
}
} else if (tt == eCSSToken_URL ||
(tt == eCSSToken_Function &&
IsFunctionTokenValidForImageLayerImage(mToken))) {
if (haveImage)
return false;
haveImage = true;
if (ParseSingleValueProperty(aState.mImage->mValue,
aTable[nsStyleImageLayers::image]) !=
CSSParseResult::Ok) {
return false;
}
} else if (tt == eCSSToken_Dimension ||
tt == eCSSToken_Number ||
tt == eCSSToken_Percentage ||
(tt == eCSSToken_Function &&
mToken.mIdent.LowerCaseEqualsLiteral("calc"))) {
if (havePositionAndSize)
return false;
havePositionAndSize = true;
if (!ParsePositionValueSeparateCoords(aState.mPositionX->mValue,
aState.mPositionY->mValue)) {
return false;
}
if (ExpectSymbol('/', true)) {
nsCSSValuePair scratch;
if (!ParseImageLayerSizeValues(scratch)) {
return false;
}
aState.mSize->mXValue = scratch.mXValue;
aState.mSize->mYValue = scratch.mYValue;
}
} else if (aTable[nsStyleImageLayers::color] != eCSSProperty_UNKNOWN) {
if (haveColor)
return false;
haveColor = true;
// Note: This parses 'inherit', 'initial' and 'unset', but
// we've already checked for them, so it's ok.
if (ParseSingleValueProperty(aState.mColor,
aTable[nsStyleImageLayers::color]) !=
CSSParseResult::Ok) {
return false;
}
} else {
return false;
}
haveSomething = true;
}
return haveSomething;
}
// This function is very similar to ParseScrollSnapCoordinate,
// ParseImageLayerPosition, and ParseImageLayersSize.
bool
CSSParserImpl::ParseValueList(nsCSSPropertyID aPropID)
{
// aPropID is a single value prop-id
nsCSSValue value;
// 'initial', 'inherit' and 'unset' stand alone, no list permitted.
if (!ParseSingleTokenVariant(value, VARIANT_INHERIT, nullptr)) {
nsCSSValueList* item = value.SetListValue();
for (;;) {
if (ParseSingleValueProperty(item->mValue, aPropID) !=
CSSParseResult::Ok) {
return false;
}
if (!ExpectSymbol(',', true)) {
break;
}
item->mNext = new nsCSSValueList;
item = item->mNext;
}
}
AppendValue(aPropID, value);
return true;
}
bool
CSSParserImpl::ParseImageLayerRepeat(nsCSSPropertyID aPropID)
{
nsCSSValue value;
// 'initial', 'inherit' and 'unset' stand alone, no list permitted.
if (!ParseSingleTokenVariant(value, VARIANT_INHERIT, nullptr)) {
nsCSSValuePair valuePair;
if (!ParseImageLayerRepeatValues(valuePair)) {
return false;
}
nsCSSValuePairList* item = value.SetPairListValue();
for (;;) {
item->mXValue = valuePair.mXValue;
item->mYValue = valuePair.mYValue;
if (!ExpectSymbol(',', true)) {
break;
}
if (!ParseImageLayerRepeatValues(valuePair)) {
return false;
}
item->mNext = new nsCSSValuePairList;
item = item->mNext;
}
}
AppendValue(aPropID, value);
return true;
}
bool
CSSParserImpl::ParseImageLayerRepeatValues(nsCSSValuePair& aValue)
{
nsCSSValue& xValue = aValue.mXValue;
nsCSSValue& yValue = aValue.mYValue;
if (ParseEnum(xValue, nsCSSProps::kImageLayerRepeatKTable)) {
int32_t value = xValue.GetIntValue();
// For single values set yValue as eCSSUnit_Null.
if (value == uint8_t(StyleImageLayerRepeat::RepeatX) ||
value == uint8_t(StyleImageLayerRepeat::RepeatY) ||
!ParseEnum(yValue, nsCSSProps::kImageLayerRepeatPartKTable)) {
// the caller will fail cases like "repeat-x no-repeat"
// by expecting a list separator or an end property.
yValue.Reset();
}
return true;
}
return false;
}
bool
CSSParserImpl::ParseImageLayerPosition(const nsCSSPropertyID aTable[])
{
// 'initial', 'inherit' and 'unset' stand alone, no list permitted.
nsCSSValue position;
if (ParseSingleTokenVariant(position, VARIANT_INHERIT, nullptr)) {
AppendValue(aTable[nsStyleImageLayers::positionX], position);
AppendValue(aTable[nsStyleImageLayers::positionY], position);
return true;
}
nsCSSValue itemValueX;
nsCSSValue itemValueY;
if (!ParsePositionValueSeparateCoords(itemValueX, itemValueY)) {
return false;
}
nsCSSValue valueX;
nsCSSValue valueY;
nsCSSValueList* itemX = valueX.SetListValue();
nsCSSValueList* itemY = valueY.SetListValue();
for (;;) {
itemX->mValue = itemValueX;
itemY->mValue = itemValueY;
if (!ExpectSymbol(',', true)) {
break;
}
if (!ParsePositionValueSeparateCoords(itemValueX, itemValueY)) {
return false;
}
itemX->mNext = new nsCSSValueList;
itemY->mNext = new nsCSSValueList;
itemX = itemX->mNext;
itemY = itemY->mNext;
}
AppendValue(aTable[nsStyleImageLayers::positionX], valueX);
AppendValue(aTable[nsStyleImageLayers::positionY], valueY);
return true;
}
bool
CSSParserImpl::ParseImageLayerPositionCoord(nsCSSPropertyID aPropID, bool aIsHorizontal)
{
nsCSSValue value;
// 'initial', 'inherit' and 'unset' stand alone, no list permitted.
if (!ParseSingleTokenVariant(value, VARIANT_INHERIT, nullptr)) {
nsCSSValue itemValue;
if (!ParseImageLayerPositionCoordItem(itemValue, aIsHorizontal)) {
return false;
}
nsCSSValueList* item = value.SetListValue();
for (;;) {
item->mValue = itemValue;
if (!ExpectSymbol(',', true)) {
break;
}
if (!ParseImageLayerPositionCoordItem(itemValue, aIsHorizontal)) {
return false;
}
item->mNext = new nsCSSValueList;
item = item->mNext;
}
}
AppendValue(aPropID, value);
return true;
}
/**
* BoxPositionMaskToCSSValue and ParseBoxPositionValues are used
* for parsing the CSS 2.1 background-position syntax (which has at
* most two values). (Compare to the css3-background syntax which
* takes up to four values.) Some current CSS specifications that
* use background-position-like syntax still use this old syntax.
**
* Parses two values that correspond to positions in a box. These can be
* values corresponding to percentages of the box, raw offsets, or keywords
* like "top," "left center," etc.
*
* @param aOut The nsCSSValuePair in which to place the result.
* @param aAcceptsInherit If true, 'inherit', 'initial' and 'unset' are
* legal values
* @param aAllowExplicitCenter If true, 'center' is a legal value
* @return Whether or not the operation succeeded.
*/
bool CSSParserImpl::ParseBoxPositionValues(nsCSSValuePair &aOut,
bool aAcceptsInherit,
bool aAllowExplicitCenter)
{
// First try a percentage or a length value
nsCSSValue &xValue = aOut.mXValue,
&yValue = aOut.mYValue;
int32_t variantMask =
(aAcceptsInherit ? VARIANT_INHERIT : 0) | VARIANT_LP | VARIANT_CALC;
CSSParseResult result = ParseVariant(xValue, variantMask, nullptr);
if (result == CSSParseResult::Error) {
return false;
} else if (result == CSSParseResult::Ok) {
if (eCSSUnit_Inherit == xValue.GetUnit() ||
eCSSUnit_Initial == xValue.GetUnit() ||
eCSSUnit_Unset == xValue.GetUnit()) { // both are inherit, initial or unset
yValue = xValue;
return true;
}
// We have one percentage/length/calc. Get the optional second
// percentage/length/calc/keyword.
result = ParseVariant(yValue, VARIANT_LP | VARIANT_CALC, nullptr);
if (result == CSSParseResult::Error) {
return false;
} else if (result == CSSParseResult::Ok) {
// We have two numbers
return true;
}
if (ParseEnum(yValue, nsCSSProps::kImageLayerPositionKTable)) {
int32_t yVal = yValue.GetIntValue();
if (!(yVal & BG_CTB)) {
// The second keyword can only be 'center', 'top', or 'bottom'
return false;
}
yValue = BoxPositionMaskToCSSValue(yVal, false);
return true;
}
// If only one percentage or length value is given, it sets the
// horizontal position only, and the vertical position will be 50%.
yValue.SetPercentValue(0.5f);
return true;
}
// Now try keywords. We do this manually to allow for the first
// appearance of "center" to apply to the either the x or y
// position (it's ambiguous so we have to disambiguate). Each
// allowed keyword value is assigned it's own bit. We don't allow
// any duplicate keywords other than center. We try to get two
// keywords but it's okay if there is only one.
int32_t mask = 0;
if (ParseEnum(xValue, nsCSSProps::kImageLayerPositionKTable)) {
int32_t bit = xValue.GetIntValue();
mask |= bit;
if (ParseEnum(xValue, nsCSSProps::kImageLayerPositionKTable)) {
bit = xValue.GetIntValue();
if (mask & (bit & ~BG_CENTER)) {
// Only the 'center' keyword can be duplicated.
return false;
}
mask |= bit;
}
else {
// Only one keyword. See if we have a length, percentage, or calc.
result = ParseVariant(yValue, VARIANT_LP | VARIANT_CALC, nullptr);
if (result == CSSParseResult::Error) {
return false;
} else if (result == CSSParseResult::Ok) {
if (!(mask & BG_CLR)) {
// The first keyword can only be 'center', 'left', or 'right'
return false;
}
xValue = BoxPositionMaskToCSSValue(mask, true);
return true;
}
}
}
// Check for bad input. Bad input consists of no matching keywords,
// or pairs of x keywords or pairs of y keywords.
if ((mask == 0) || (mask == (BG_TOP | BG_BOTTOM)) ||
(mask == (BG_LEFT | BG_RIGHT)) ||
(!aAllowExplicitCenter && (mask & BG_CENTER))) {
return false;
}
// Create style values
xValue = BoxPositionMaskToCSSValue(mask, true);
yValue = BoxPositionMaskToCSSValue(mask, false);
return true;
}
// Parses a CSS <position> value, for e.g. the 'background-position' property.
// Spec reference: http://www.w3.org/TR/css3-background/#ltpositiongt
// Invariants:
// - Always produces a four-value array on a successful parse.
// - The values are: X edge, X offset, Y edge, Y offset.
// - Edges are always keywords or null.
// - A |center| edge will not have an offset.
bool
CSSParserImpl::ParsePositionValue(nsCSSValue& aOut)
{
RefPtr<nsCSSValue::Array> value = nsCSSValue::Array::Create(4);
aOut.SetArrayValue(value, eCSSUnit_Array);
// The following clarifies organisation of the array.
nsCSSValue &xEdge = value->Item(0),
&xOffset = value->Item(1),
&yEdge = value->Item(2),
&yOffset = value->Item(3);
// Parse all the values into the array.
uint32_t valueCount = 0;
for (int32_t i = 0; i < 4; i++) {
CSSParseResult result =
ParseVariant(value->Item(i), VARIANT_LPCALC | VARIANT_KEYWORD,
nsCSSProps::kImageLayerPositionKTable);
if (result == CSSParseResult::Error) {
return false;
} else if (result == CSSParseResult::NotFound) {
break;
}
++valueCount;
}
switch (valueCount) {
case 4:
// "If three or four values are given, then each <percentage> or <length>
// represents an offset and must be preceded by a keyword, which specifies
// from which edge the offset is given."
if (eCSSUnit_Enumerated != xEdge.GetUnit() ||
BG_CENTER == xEdge.GetIntValue() ||
eCSSUnit_Enumerated == xOffset.GetUnit() ||
eCSSUnit_Enumerated != yEdge.GetUnit() ||
BG_CENTER == yEdge.GetIntValue() ||
eCSSUnit_Enumerated == yOffset.GetUnit()) {
return false;
}
break;
case 3:
// "If three or four values are given, then each <percentage> or<length>
// represents an offset and must be preceded by a keyword, which specifies
// from which edge the offset is given." ... "If three values are given,
// the missing offset is assumed to be zero."
if (eCSSUnit_Enumerated != value->Item(1).GetUnit()) {
// keyword offset keyword
// Second value is non-keyword, thus first value must be a non-center
// keyword.
if (eCSSUnit_Enumerated != value->Item(0).GetUnit() ||
BG_CENTER == value->Item(0).GetIntValue()) {
return false;
}
// Remaining value must be a keyword.
if (eCSSUnit_Enumerated != value->Item(2).GetUnit()) {
return false;
}
yOffset.Reset(); // Everything else is in the correct position.
} else if (eCSSUnit_Enumerated != value->Item(2).GetUnit()) {
// keyword keyword offset
// Third value is non-keyword, thus second value must be non-center
// keyword.
if (BG_CENTER == value->Item(1).GetIntValue()) {
return false;
}
// Remaining value must be a keyword.
if (eCSSUnit_Enumerated != value->Item(0).GetUnit()) {
return false;
}
// Move the values to the correct position in the array.
value->Item(3) = value->Item(2); // yOffset
value->Item(2) = value->Item(1); // yEdge
value->Item(1).Reset(); // xOffset
} else {
return false;
}
break;
case 2:
// "If two values are given and at least one value is not a keyword, then
// the first value represents the horizontal position (or offset) and the
// second represents the vertical position (or offset)"
if (eCSSUnit_Enumerated == value->Item(0).GetUnit()) {
if (eCSSUnit_Enumerated == value->Item(1).GetUnit()) {
// keyword keyword
value->Item(2) = value->Item(1); // move yEdge to correct position
xOffset.Reset();
yOffset.Reset();
} else {
// keyword offset
// First value must represent horizontal position.
if ((BG_TOP | BG_BOTTOM) & value->Item(0).GetIntValue()) {
return false;
}
value->Item(3) = value->Item(1); // move yOffset to correct position
xOffset.Reset();
yEdge.Reset();
}
} else {
if (eCSSUnit_Enumerated == value->Item(1).GetUnit()) {
// offset keyword
// Second value must represent vertical position.
if ((BG_LEFT | BG_RIGHT) & value->Item(1).GetIntValue()) {
return false;
}
value->Item(2) = value->Item(1); // move yEdge to correct position
value->Item(1) = value->Item(0); // move xOffset to correct position
xEdge.Reset();
yOffset.Reset();
} else {
// offset offset
value->Item(3) = value->Item(1); // move yOffset to correct position
value->Item(1) = value->Item(0); // move xOffset to correct position
xEdge.Reset();
yEdge.Reset();
}
}
break;
case 1:
// "If only one value is specified, the second value is assumed to be
// center."
if (eCSSUnit_Enumerated == value->Item(0).GetUnit()) {
xOffset.Reset();
} else {
value->Item(1) = value->Item(0); // move xOffset to correct position
xEdge.Reset();
}
yEdge.SetIntValue(NS_STYLE_IMAGELAYER_POSITION_CENTER, eCSSUnit_Enumerated);
yOffset.Reset();
break;
default:
return false;
}
// For compatibility with CSS2.1 code the edges can be unspecified.
// Unspecified edges are recorded as nullptr.
NS_ASSERTION((eCSSUnit_Enumerated == xEdge.GetUnit() ||
eCSSUnit_Null == xEdge.GetUnit()) &&
(eCSSUnit_Enumerated == yEdge.GetUnit() ||
eCSSUnit_Null == yEdge.GetUnit()) &&
eCSSUnit_Enumerated != xOffset.GetUnit() &&
eCSSUnit_Enumerated != yOffset.GetUnit(),
"Unexpected units");
// Keywords in first and second pairs can not both be vertical or
// horizontal keywords. (eg. left right, bottom top). Additionally,
// non-center keyword can not be duplicated (eg. left left).
int32_t xEdgeEnum =
xEdge.GetUnit() == eCSSUnit_Enumerated ? xEdge.GetIntValue() : 0;
int32_t yEdgeEnum =
yEdge.GetUnit() == eCSSUnit_Enumerated ? yEdge.GetIntValue() : 0;
if ((xEdgeEnum | yEdgeEnum) == (BG_LEFT | BG_RIGHT) ||
(xEdgeEnum | yEdgeEnum) == (BG_TOP | BG_BOTTOM) ||
(xEdgeEnum & yEdgeEnum & ~BG_CENTER)) {
return false;
}
// The values could be in an order that is different than expected.
// eg. x contains vertical information, y contains horizontal information.
// Swap if incorrect order.
if (xEdgeEnum & (BG_TOP | BG_BOTTOM) ||
yEdgeEnum & (BG_LEFT | BG_RIGHT)) {
nsCSSValue swapEdge = xEdge;
nsCSSValue swapOffset = xOffset;
xEdge = yEdge;
xOffset = yOffset;
yEdge = swapEdge;
yOffset = swapOffset;
}
return true;
}
static void
AdjustEdgeOffsetPairForBasicShape(nsCSSValue& aEdge,
nsCSSValue& aOffset,
uint8_t aDefaultEdge)
{
// 0 length offsets are 0%
if (aOffset.IsLengthUnit() && aOffset.GetFloatValue() == 0.0) {
aOffset.SetPercentValue(0);
}
// Default edge is top/left in the 4-value case
// In case of 1 or 0 values, the default is center,
// but ParsePositionValue already handles this case
if (eCSSUnit_Null == aEdge.GetUnit()) {
aEdge.SetIntValue(aDefaultEdge, eCSSUnit_Enumerated);
}
// Default offset is 0%
if (eCSSUnit_Null == aOffset.GetUnit()) {
aOffset.SetPercentValue(0.0);
}
if (eCSSUnit_Enumerated == aEdge.GetUnit() &&
eCSSUnit_Percent == aOffset.GetUnit()) {
switch (aEdge.GetIntValue()) {
case NS_STYLE_IMAGELAYER_POSITION_CENTER:
aEdge.SetIntValue(aDefaultEdge, eCSSUnit_Enumerated);
MOZ_ASSERT(aOffset.GetPercentValue() == 0.0,
"center cannot be used with an offset");
aOffset.SetPercentValue(0.5);
break;
case NS_STYLE_IMAGELAYER_POSITION_BOTTOM:
MOZ_ASSERT(aDefaultEdge == NS_STYLE_IMAGELAYER_POSITION_TOP);
aEdge.SetIntValue(aDefaultEdge, eCSSUnit_Enumerated);
aOffset.SetPercentValue(1 - aOffset.GetPercentValue());
break;
case NS_STYLE_IMAGELAYER_POSITION_RIGHT:
MOZ_ASSERT(aDefaultEdge == NS_STYLE_IMAGELAYER_POSITION_LEFT);
aEdge.SetIntValue(aDefaultEdge, eCSSUnit_Enumerated);
aOffset.SetPercentValue(1 - aOffset.GetPercentValue());
}
}
}
// https://drafts.csswg.org/css-shapes/#basic-shape-serialization
// We set values to defaults while parsing for basic shapes
// Invariants:
// - Always produces a four-value array on a successful parse.
// - The values are: X edge, X offset, Y edge, Y offset
// - Edges are always keywords (not including center)
// - Offsets are nonnull
// - Percentage offsets have keywords folded into them,
// so "bottom 40%" or "right 20%" will not exist.
bool
CSSParserImpl::ParsePositionValueForBasicShape(nsCSSValue& aOut)
{
if (!ParsePositionValue(aOut)) {
return false;
}
nsCSSValue::Array* value = aOut.GetArrayValue();
nsCSSValue& xEdge = value->Item(0);
nsCSSValue& xOffset = value->Item(1);
nsCSSValue& yEdge = value->Item(2);
nsCSSValue& yOffset = value->Item(3);
// A keyword edge + percent offset pair can be contracted
// into the percentage with the default value in the edge.
// Offset lengths which are 0 can also be rewritten as 0%
AdjustEdgeOffsetPairForBasicShape(xEdge, xOffset,
NS_STYLE_IMAGELAYER_POSITION_LEFT);
AdjustEdgeOffsetPairForBasicShape(yEdge, yOffset,
NS_STYLE_IMAGELAYER_POSITION_TOP);
return true;
}
bool
CSSParserImpl::ParsePositionValueSeparateCoords(nsCSSValue& aOutX, nsCSSValue& aOutY)
{
nsCSSValue scratch;
if (!ParsePositionValue(scratch)) {
return false;
}
// Separate the four values into two pairs of two values for X and Y.
RefPtr<nsCSSValue::Array> valueX = nsCSSValue::Array::Create(2);
RefPtr<nsCSSValue::Array> valueY = nsCSSValue::Array::Create(2);
aOutX.SetArrayValue(valueX, eCSSUnit_Array);
aOutY.SetArrayValue(valueY, eCSSUnit_Array);
RefPtr<nsCSSValue::Array> value = scratch.GetArrayValue();
valueX->Item(0) = value->Item(0);
valueX->Item(1) = value->Item(1);
valueY->Item(0) = value->Item(2);
valueY->Item(1) = value->Item(3);
return true;
}
// Parses one item in a list of values for the 'background-position-x' or
// 'background-position-y' property. Does not support the start/end keywords.
// Spec reference: https://drafts.csswg.org/css-backgrounds-4/#propdef-background-position-x
bool
CSSParserImpl::ParseImageLayerPositionCoordItem(nsCSSValue& aOut, bool aIsHorizontal)
{
RefPtr<nsCSSValue::Array> value = nsCSSValue::Array::Create(2);
aOut.SetArrayValue(value, eCSSUnit_Array);
nsCSSValue &edge = value->Item(0),
&offset = value->Item(1);
nsCSSValue edgeOrOffset;
CSSParseResult result =
ParseVariant(edgeOrOffset, VARIANT_LPCALC | VARIANT_KEYWORD,
nsCSSProps::kImageLayerPositionKTable);
if (result != CSSParseResult::Ok) {
return false;
}
if (edgeOrOffset.GetUnit() == eCSSUnit_Enumerated) {
edge = edgeOrOffset;
// The edge can be followed by an optional offset.
result = ParseVariant(offset, VARIANT_LPCALC, nullptr);
if (result == CSSParseResult::Error) {
return false;
}
} else {
offset = edgeOrOffset;
}
// Keywords for horizontal properties cannot be vertical keywords, and
// keywords for vertical properties cannot be horizontal keywords.
// Also, if an offset is specified, the edge cannot be center.
int32_t edgeEnum =
edge.GetUnit() == eCSSUnit_Enumerated ? edge.GetIntValue() : 0;
int32_t allowedKeywords =
(aIsHorizontal ? (BG_LEFT | BG_RIGHT) : (BG_TOP | BG_BOTTOM)) |
(offset.GetUnit() == eCSSUnit_Null ? BG_CENTER : 0);
if (edgeEnum & ~allowedKeywords) {
return false;
}
NS_ASSERTION((eCSSUnit_Enumerated == edge.GetUnit() ||
eCSSUnit_Null == edge.GetUnit()) &&
eCSSUnit_Enumerated != offset.GetUnit(),
"Unexpected units");
return true;
}
// This function is very similar to ParseScrollSnapCoordinate,
// ParseImageLayers, and ParseImageLayerPosition.
bool
CSSParserImpl::ParseImageLayerSize(nsCSSPropertyID aPropID)
{
nsCSSValue value;
// 'initial', 'inherit' and 'unset' stand alone, no list permitted.
if (!ParseSingleTokenVariant(value, VARIANT_INHERIT, nullptr)) {
nsCSSValuePair valuePair;
if (!ParseImageLayerSizeValues(valuePair)) {
return false;
}
nsCSSValuePairList* item = value.SetPairListValue();
for (;;) {
item->mXValue = valuePair.mXValue;
item->mYValue = valuePair.mYValue;
if (!ExpectSymbol(',', true)) {
break;
}
if (!ParseImageLayerSizeValues(valuePair)) {
return false;
}
item->mNext = new nsCSSValuePairList;
item = item->mNext;
}
}
AppendValue(aPropID, value);
return true;
}
/**
* Parses two values that correspond to lengths for the background-size
* property. These can be one or two lengths (or the 'auto' keyword) or
* percentages corresponding to the element's dimensions or the single keywords
* 'contain' or 'cover'. 'initial', 'inherit' and 'unset' must be handled by
* the caller if desired.
*
* @param aOut The nsCSSValuePair in which to place the result.
* @return Whether or not the operation succeeded.
*/
#define BG_SIZE_VARIANT (VARIANT_LP | VARIANT_AUTO | VARIANT_CALC)
bool CSSParserImpl::ParseImageLayerSizeValues(nsCSSValuePair &aOut)
{
// First try a percentage or a length value
nsCSSValue &xValue = aOut.mXValue,
&yValue = aOut.mYValue;
CSSParseResult result =
ParseNonNegativeVariant(xValue, BG_SIZE_VARIANT, nullptr);
if (result == CSSParseResult::Error) {
return false;
} else if (result == CSSParseResult::Ok) {
// We have one percentage/length/calc/auto. Get the optional second
// percentage/length/calc/keyword.
result = ParseNonNegativeVariant(yValue, BG_SIZE_VARIANT, nullptr);
if (result == CSSParseResult::Error) {
return false;
} else if (result == CSSParseResult::Ok) {
// We have a second percentage/length/calc/auto.
return true;
}
// If only one percentage or length value is given, it sets the
// horizontal size only, and the vertical size will be as if by 'auto'.
yValue.SetAutoValue();
return true;
}
// Now address 'contain' and 'cover'.
if (!ParseEnum(xValue, nsCSSProps::kImageLayerSizeKTable))
return false;
yValue.Reset();
return true;
}
#undef BG_SIZE_VARIANT
bool
CSSParserImpl::ParseBorderColor()
{
return ParseBoxProperties(kBorderColorIDs);
}
void
CSSParserImpl::SetBorderImageInitialValues()
{
// border-image-source: none
nsCSSValue source;
source.SetNoneValue();
AppendValue(eCSSProperty_border_image_source, source);
// border-image-slice: 100%
nsCSSValue sliceBoxValue;
nsCSSRect& sliceBox = sliceBoxValue.SetRectValue();
sliceBox.SetAllSidesTo(nsCSSValue(1.0f, eCSSUnit_Percent));
nsCSSValue slice;
nsCSSValueList* sliceList = slice.SetListValue();
sliceList->mValue = sliceBoxValue;
AppendValue(eCSSProperty_border_image_slice, slice);
// border-image-width: 1
nsCSSValue width;
nsCSSRect& widthBox = width.SetRectValue();
widthBox.SetAllSidesTo(nsCSSValue(1.0f, eCSSUnit_Number));
AppendValue(eCSSProperty_border_image_width, width);
// border-image-outset: 0
nsCSSValue outset;
nsCSSRect& outsetBox = outset.SetRectValue();
outsetBox.SetAllSidesTo(nsCSSValue(0.0f, eCSSUnit_Number));
AppendValue(eCSSProperty_border_image_outset, outset);
// border-image-repeat: repeat
nsCSSValue repeat;
nsCSSValuePair repeatPair;
repeatPair.SetBothValuesTo(nsCSSValue(NS_STYLE_BORDER_IMAGE_REPEAT_STRETCH,
eCSSUnit_Enumerated));
repeat.SetPairValue(&repeatPair);
AppendValue(eCSSProperty_border_image_repeat, repeat);
}
bool
CSSParserImpl::ParseBorderImageSlice(bool aAcceptsInherit,
bool* aConsumedTokens)
{
// border-image-slice: initial | [<number>|<percentage>]{1,4} && fill?
nsCSSValue value;
if (aConsumedTokens) {
*aConsumedTokens = true;
}
if (aAcceptsInherit &&
ParseSingleTokenVariant(value, VARIANT_INHERIT, nullptr)) {
// Keywords "inherit", "initial" and "unset" can not be mixed, so we
// are done.
AppendValue(eCSSProperty_border_image_slice, value);
return true;
}
// Try parsing "fill" value.
nsCSSValue imageSliceFillValue;
bool hasFill = ParseEnum(imageSliceFillValue,
nsCSSProps::kBorderImageSliceKTable);
// Parse the box dimensions.
nsCSSValue imageSliceBoxValue;
if (!ParseGroupedBoxProperty(VARIANT_PN, imageSliceBoxValue,
CSS_PROPERTY_VALUE_NONNEGATIVE)) {
if (!hasFill && aConsumedTokens) {
*aConsumedTokens = false;
}
return false;
}
// Try parsing "fill" keyword again if the first time failed because keyword
// and slice dimensions can be in any order.
if (!hasFill) {
hasFill = ParseEnum(imageSliceFillValue,
nsCSSProps::kBorderImageSliceKTable);
}
nsCSSValueList* borderImageSlice = value.SetListValue();
// Put the box value into the list.
borderImageSlice->mValue = imageSliceBoxValue;
if (hasFill) {
// Put the "fill" value into the list.
borderImageSlice->mNext = new nsCSSValueList;
borderImageSlice->mNext->mValue = imageSliceFillValue;
}
AppendValue(eCSSProperty_border_image_slice, value);
return true;
}
bool
CSSParserImpl::ParseBorderImageWidth(bool aAcceptsInherit)
{
// border-image-width: initial | [<length>|<number>|<percentage>|auto]{1,4}
nsCSSValue value;
if (aAcceptsInherit &&
ParseSingleTokenVariant(value, VARIANT_INHERIT, nullptr)) {
// Keywords "inherit", "initial" and "unset" can not be mixed, so we
// are done.
AppendValue(eCSSProperty_border_image_width, value);
return true;
}
// Parse the box dimensions.
if (!ParseGroupedBoxProperty(VARIANT_ALPN, value, CSS_PROPERTY_VALUE_NONNEGATIVE)) {
return false;
}
AppendValue(eCSSProperty_border_image_width, value);
return true;
}
bool
CSSParserImpl::ParseBorderImageOutset(bool aAcceptsInherit)
{
// border-image-outset: initial | [<length>|<number>]{1,4}
nsCSSValue value;
if (aAcceptsInherit &&
ParseSingleTokenVariant(value, VARIANT_INHERIT, nullptr)) {
// Keywords "inherit", "initial" and "unset" can not be mixed, so we
// are done.
AppendValue(eCSSProperty_border_image_outset, value);
return true;
}
// Parse the box dimensions.
if (!ParseGroupedBoxProperty(VARIANT_LN, value, CSS_PROPERTY_VALUE_NONNEGATIVE)) {
return false;
}
AppendValue(eCSSProperty_border_image_outset, value);
return true;
}
bool
CSSParserImpl::ParseBorderImageRepeat(bool aAcceptsInherit)
{
nsCSSValue value;
if (aAcceptsInherit &&
ParseSingleTokenVariant(value, VARIANT_INHERIT, nullptr)) {
// Keywords "inherit", "initial" and "unset" can not be mixed, so we
// are done.
AppendValue(eCSSProperty_border_image_repeat, value);
return true;
}
nsCSSValuePair result;
if (!ParseEnum(result.mXValue, nsCSSProps::kBorderImageRepeatKTable)) {
return false;
}
// optional second keyword, defaults to first
if (!ParseEnum(result.mYValue, nsCSSProps::kBorderImageRepeatKTable)) {
result.mYValue = result.mXValue;
}
value.SetPairValue(&result);
AppendValue(eCSSProperty_border_image_repeat, value);
return true;
}
bool
CSSParserImpl::ParseBorderImage()
{
nsAutoParseCompoundProperty compound(this);
// border-image: inherit | initial |
// <border-image-source> ||
// <border-image-slice>
// [ / <border-image-width> |
// / <border-image-width>? / <border-image-outset> ]? ||
// <border-image-repeat>
nsCSSValue value;
if (ParseSingleTokenVariant(value, VARIANT_INHERIT, nullptr)) {
AppendValue(eCSSProperty_border_image_source, value);
AppendValue(eCSSProperty_border_image_slice, value);
AppendValue(eCSSProperty_border_image_width, value);
AppendValue(eCSSProperty_border_image_outset, value);
AppendValue(eCSSProperty_border_image_repeat, value);
// Keywords "inherit", "initial" and "unset" can't be mixed, so we are done.
return true;
}
// No empty property.
if (CheckEndProperty()) {
return false;
}
// Shorthand properties are required to set everything they can.
SetBorderImageInitialValues();
bool foundSource = false;
bool foundSliceWidthOutset = false;
bool foundRepeat = false;
// This loop is used to handle the parsing of border-image properties which
// can appear in any order.
nsCSSValue imageSourceValue;
while (!CheckEndProperty()) {
// <border-image-source>
if (!foundSource) {
CSSParseResult result =
ParseVariant(imageSourceValue, VARIANT_IMAGE, nullptr);
if (result == CSSParseResult::Error) {
return false;
} else if (result == CSSParseResult::Ok) {
AppendValue(eCSSProperty_border_image_source, imageSourceValue);
foundSource = true;
continue;
}
}
// <border-image-slice>
// ParseBorderImageSlice is weird. It may consume tokens and then return
// false, because it parses a property with two required components that
// can appear in either order. Since the tokens that were consumed cannot
// parse as anything else we care about, this isn't a problem.
if (!foundSliceWidthOutset) {
bool sliceConsumedTokens = false;
if (ParseBorderImageSlice(false, &sliceConsumedTokens)) {
foundSliceWidthOutset = true;
// [ / <border-image-width>?
if (ExpectSymbol('/', true)) {
bool foundBorderImageWidth = ParseBorderImageWidth(false);
// [ / <border-image-outset>
if (ExpectSymbol('/', true)) {
if (!ParseBorderImageOutset(false)) {
return false;
}
} else if (!foundBorderImageWidth) {
// If this part has an trailing slash, the whole declaration is
// invalid.
return false;
}
}
continue;
} else {
// If we consumed some tokens for <border-image-slice> but did not
// successfully parse it, we have an error.
if (sliceConsumedTokens) {
return false;
}
}
}
// <border-image-repeat>
if (!foundRepeat && ParseBorderImageRepeat(false)) {
foundRepeat = true;
continue;
}
return false;
}
return true;
}
bool
CSSParserImpl::ParseBorderSpacing()
{
nsCSSValue xValue, yValue;
if (ParseNonNegativeVariant(xValue, VARIANT_HL | VARIANT_CALC, nullptr) !=
CSSParseResult::Ok) {
return false;
}
// If we have one length, get the optional second length.
// set the second value equal to the first.
if (xValue.IsLengthUnit() || xValue.IsCalcUnit()) {
if (ParseNonNegativeVariant(yValue, VARIANT_LENGTH | VARIANT_CALC,
nullptr) == CSSParseResult::Error) {
return false;
}
}
if (yValue == xValue || yValue.GetUnit() == eCSSUnit_Null) {
AppendValue(eCSSProperty_border_spacing, xValue);
} else {
nsCSSValue pair;
pair.SetPairValue(xValue, yValue);
AppendValue(eCSSProperty_border_spacing, pair);
}
return true;
}
bool
CSSParserImpl::ParseBorderSide(const nsCSSPropertyID aPropIDs[],
bool aSetAllSides)
{
const int32_t numProps = 3;
nsCSSValue values[numProps];
int32_t found = ParseChoice(values, aPropIDs, numProps);
if (found < 1) {
return false;
}
if ((found & 1) == 0) { // Provide default border-width
values[0].SetIntValue(NS_STYLE_BORDER_WIDTH_MEDIUM, eCSSUnit_Enumerated);
}
if ((found & 2) == 0) { // Provide default border-style
values[1].SetIntValue(NS_STYLE_BORDER_STYLE_NONE, eCSSUnit_Enumerated);
}
if ((found & 4) == 0) { // text color will be used
values[2].SetIntValue(NS_COLOR_CURRENTCOLOR, eCSSUnit_EnumColor);
}
if (aSetAllSides) {
// Parsing "border" shorthand; set all four sides to the same thing
for (int32_t index = 0; index < 4; index++) {
NS_ASSERTION(numProps == 3, "This code needs updating");
AppendValue(kBorderWidthIDs[index], values[0]);
AppendValue(kBorderStyleIDs[index], values[1]);
AppendValue(kBorderColorIDs[index], values[2]);
}
static const nsCSSPropertyID kBorderColorsProps[] = {
eCSSProperty__moz_border_top_colors,
eCSSProperty__moz_border_right_colors,
eCSSProperty__moz_border_bottom_colors,
eCSSProperty__moz_border_left_colors
};
// Set the other properties that the border shorthand sets to their
// initial values.
nsCSSValue extraValue;
switch (values[0].GetUnit()) {
case eCSSUnit_Inherit:
case eCSSUnit_Initial:
case eCSSUnit_Unset:
extraValue = values[0];
// Set value of border-image properties to initial/inherit/unset
AppendValue(eCSSProperty_border_image_source, extraValue);
AppendValue(eCSSProperty_border_image_slice, extraValue);
AppendValue(eCSSProperty_border_image_width, extraValue);
AppendValue(eCSSProperty_border_image_outset, extraValue);
AppendValue(eCSSProperty_border_image_repeat, extraValue);
break;
default:
extraValue.SetNoneValue();
SetBorderImageInitialValues();
break;
}
NS_FOR_CSS_SIDES(side) {
AppendValue(kBorderColorsProps[side], extraValue);
}
}
else {
// Just set our one side
for (int32_t index = 0; index < numProps; index++) {
AppendValue(aPropIDs[index], values[index]);
}
}
return true;
}
bool
CSSParserImpl::ParseBorderStyle()
{
return ParseBoxProperties(kBorderStyleIDs);
}
bool
CSSParserImpl::ParseBorderWidth()
{
return ParseBoxProperties(kBorderWidthIDs);
}
bool
CSSParserImpl::ParseBorderColors(nsCSSPropertyID aProperty)
{
nsCSSValue value;
// 'inherit', 'initial', 'unset' and 'none' are only allowed on their own
if (!ParseSingleTokenVariant(value, VARIANT_INHERIT | VARIANT_NONE,
nullptr)) {
nsCSSValueList *cur = value.SetListValue();
for (;;) {
if (ParseVariant(cur->mValue, VARIANT_COLOR, nullptr) !=
CSSParseResult::Ok) {
return false;
}
if (CheckEndProperty()) {
break;
}
cur->mNext = new nsCSSValueList;
cur = cur->mNext;
}
}
AppendValue(aProperty, value);
return true;
}
// Parse the top level of a calc() expression.
bool
CSSParserImpl::ParseCalc(nsCSSValue &aValue, uint32_t aVariantMask)
{
// Parsing calc expressions requires, in a number of cases, looking
// for a token that is *either* a value of the property or a number.
// This can be done without lookahead when we assume that the property
// values cannot themselves be numbers.
MOZ_ASSERT(aVariantMask != 0, "unexpected variant mask");
MOZ_ASSERT(!(aVariantMask & VARIANT_LPN) != !(aVariantMask & VARIANT_INTEGER),
"variant mask must intersect with exactly one of VARIANT_LPN "
"or VARIANT_INTEGER");
bool oldUnitlessLengthQuirk = mUnitlessLengthQuirk;
mUnitlessLengthQuirk = false;
// One-iteration loop so we can break to the error-handling case.
do {
// The toplevel of a calc() is always an nsCSSValue::Array of length 1.
RefPtr<nsCSSValue::Array> arr = nsCSSValue::Array::Create(1);
if (!ParseCalcAdditiveExpression(arr->Item(0), aVariantMask))
break;
if (!ExpectSymbol(')', true))
break;
aValue.SetArrayValue(arr, eCSSUnit_Calc);
mUnitlessLengthQuirk = oldUnitlessLengthQuirk;
return true;
} while (false);
SkipUntil(')');
mUnitlessLengthQuirk = oldUnitlessLengthQuirk;
return false;
}
// We optimize away the <value-expression> production given that
// ParseVariant consumes initial whitespace and we call
// ExpectSymbol(')') with true for aSkipWS.
// * If aVariantMask is VARIANT_NUMBER, this function parses the
// <number-additive-expression> production.
// * If aVariantMask does not contain VARIANT_NUMBER, this function
// parses the <value-additive-expression> production.
// * Otherwise (VARIANT_NUMBER and other bits) this function parses
// whichever one of the productions matches ***and modifies
// aVariantMask*** to reflect which one it has parsed by either
// removing VARIANT_NUMBER or removing all other bits.
// It does so iteratively, but builds the correct recursive
// data structure.
bool
CSSParserImpl::ParseCalcAdditiveExpression(nsCSSValue& aValue,
uint32_t& aVariantMask)
{
MOZ_ASSERT(aVariantMask != 0, "unexpected variant mask");
nsCSSValue *storage = &aValue;
for (;;) {
bool haveWS;
if (!ParseCalcMultiplicativeExpression(*storage, aVariantMask, &haveWS))
return false;
if (!haveWS || !GetToken(false))
return true;
nsCSSUnit unit;
if (mToken.IsSymbol('+')) {
unit = eCSSUnit_Calc_Plus;
} else if (mToken.IsSymbol('-')) {
unit = eCSSUnit_Calc_Minus;
} else {
UngetToken();
return true;
}
if (!RequireWhitespace())
return false;
RefPtr<nsCSSValue::Array> arr = nsCSSValue::Array::Create(2);
arr->Item(0) = aValue;
storage = &arr->Item(1);
aValue.SetArrayValue(arr, unit);
}
}
// * If aVariantMask is VARIANT_NUMBER, this function parses the
// <number-multiplicative-expression> production.
// * If aVariantMask does not contain VARIANT_NUMBER, this function
// parses the <value-multiplicative-expression> production.
// * Otherwise (VARIANT_NUMBER and other bits) this function parses
// whichever one of the productions matches ***and modifies
// aVariantMask*** to reflect which one it has parsed by either
// removing VARIANT_NUMBER or removing all other bits.
// It does so iteratively, but builds the correct recursive data
// structure.
// This function always consumes *trailing* whitespace when it returns
// true; whether there was any such whitespace is returned in the
// aHadFinalWS parameter.
bool
CSSParserImpl::ParseCalcMultiplicativeExpression(nsCSSValue& aValue,
uint32_t& aVariantMask,
bool *aHadFinalWS)
{
MOZ_ASSERT(aVariantMask != 0, "unexpected variant mask");
bool gotValue = false; // already got the part with the unit
bool afterDivision = false;
nsCSSValue *storage = &aValue;
for (;;) {
uint32_t variantMask;
if (aVariantMask & VARIANT_INTEGER) {
MOZ_ASSERT(aVariantMask == VARIANT_INTEGER,
"integers in calc expressions can't be mixed with anything "
"else.");
variantMask = aVariantMask;
} else if (afterDivision || gotValue) {
// At this point in the calc expression, we expect a coefficient or a
// divisor, which must be a number. (Not a length/%/etc.)
variantMask = VARIANT_NUMBER;
} else {
// At this point in the calc expression, we'll accept a coefficient
// (a number) or a value of whatever type |aVariantMask| specifies.
variantMask = aVariantMask | VARIANT_NUMBER;
}
if (!ParseCalcTerm(*storage, variantMask))
return false;
MOZ_ASSERT(variantMask != 0,
"ParseCalcTerm did not set variantMask appropriately");
MOZ_ASSERT(!(variantMask & VARIANT_NUMBER) ||
!(variantMask & ~int32_t(VARIANT_NUMBER)),
"ParseCalcTerm did not set variantMask appropriately");
if (variantMask & VARIANT_NUMBER) {
// Simplify the value immediately so we can check for division by
// zero.
mozilla::css::ReduceNumberCalcOps ops;
float number = mozilla::css::ComputeCalc(*storage, ops);
if (number == 0.0 && afterDivision)
return false;
storage->SetFloatValue(number, eCSSUnit_Number);
} else {
gotValue = true;
if (storage != &aValue) {
// Simplify any numbers in the Times_L position (which are
// not simplified by the check above).
MOZ_ASSERT(storage == &aValue.GetArrayValue()->Item(1),
"unexpected relationship to current storage");
nsCSSValue &leftValue = aValue.GetArrayValue()->Item(0);
if (variantMask & VARIANT_INTEGER) {
mozilla::css::ReduceIntegerCalcOps ops;
int integer = mozilla::css::ComputeCalc(leftValue, ops);
leftValue.SetIntValue(integer, eCSSUnit_Integer);
} else {
mozilla::css::ReduceNumberCalcOps ops;
float number = mozilla::css::ComputeCalc(leftValue, ops);
leftValue.SetFloatValue(number, eCSSUnit_Number);
}
}
}
bool hadWS = RequireWhitespace();
if (!GetToken(false)) {
*aHadFinalWS = hadWS;
break;
}
nsCSSUnit unit;
if (mToken.IsSymbol('*')) {
unit = gotValue ? eCSSUnit_Calc_Times_R : eCSSUnit_Calc_Times_L;
afterDivision = false;
} else if (mToken.IsSymbol('/')) {
if (variantMask & VARIANT_INTEGER) {
// Integers aren't mixed with anything else (see the assert at the top
// of CSSParserImpl::ParseCalc).
// We don't allow division at all in calc()s for expressions where an
// integer is expected, because calc() division can't be resolved to
// an integer, as implied by spec text about '/' here:
// https://drafts.csswg.org/css-values-3/#calc-type-checking
// We've consumed the '/' token, but it doesn't matter as we're in an
// error-handling situation where we've already consumed a lot of
// other tokens (e.g. the token before the '/'). ParseVariant will
// indicate this with CSSParseResult::Error.
return false;
}
unit = eCSSUnit_Calc_Divided;
afterDivision = true;
} else {
UngetToken();
*aHadFinalWS = hadWS;
break;
}
RefPtr<nsCSSValue::Array> arr = nsCSSValue::Array::Create(2);
arr->Item(0) = aValue;
storage = &arr->Item(1);
aValue.SetArrayValue(arr, unit);
}
// Adjust aVariantMask (see comments above function) to reflect which
// option we took.
if (aVariantMask & VARIANT_NUMBER) {
if (gotValue) {
aVariantMask &= ~int32_t(VARIANT_NUMBER);
} else {
aVariantMask = VARIANT_NUMBER;
}
} else {
if (!gotValue) {
// We had to find a value, but we didn't.
return false;
}
}
return true;
}
// * If aVariantMask is VARIANT_NUMBER, this function parses the
// <number-term> production.
// * If aVariantMask does not contain VARIANT_NUMBER, this function
// parses the <value-term> production.
// * Otherwise (VARIANT_NUMBER and other bits) this function parses
// whichever one of the productions matches ***and modifies
// aVariantMask*** to reflect which one it has parsed by either
// removing VARIANT_NUMBER or removing all other bits.
bool
CSSParserImpl::ParseCalcTerm(nsCSSValue& aValue, uint32_t& aVariantMask)
{
MOZ_ASSERT(aVariantMask != 0, "unexpected variant mask");
if (!GetToken(true))
return false;
// Either an additive expression in parentheses...
if (mToken.IsSymbol('(') ||
// Treat nested calc() as plain parenthesis.
IsCSSTokenCalcFunction(mToken)) {
if (!ParseCalcAdditiveExpression(aValue, aVariantMask) ||
!ExpectSymbol(')', true)) {
SkipUntil(')');
return false;
}
return true;
}
// ... or just a value
UngetToken();
if (aVariantMask & VARIANT_INTEGER) {
// Integers aren't mixed with anything else (see the assert at the
// top of CSSParserImpl::ParseCalc).
if (ParseVariant(aValue, aVariantMask, nullptr) != CSSParseResult::Ok) {
return false;
}
} else {
// Always pass VARIANT_NUMBER to ParseVariant so that unitless zero
// always gets picked up (we want to catch unitless zeroes using
// VARIANT_NUMBER and then error out)
if (ParseVariant(aValue, aVariantMask | VARIANT_NUMBER, nullptr) !=
CSSParseResult::Ok) {
return false;
}
// ...and do the VARIANT_NUMBER check ourselves.
if (!(aVariantMask & VARIANT_NUMBER) && aValue.GetUnit() == eCSSUnit_Number) {
return false;
}
}
// If we did the value parsing, we need to adjust aVariantMask to
// reflect which option we took (see above).
if (aVariantMask & VARIANT_NUMBER) {
if (aValue.GetUnit() == eCSSUnit_Number) {
aVariantMask = VARIANT_NUMBER;
} else {
aVariantMask &= ~int32_t(VARIANT_NUMBER);
}
}
return true;
}
// This function consumes all consecutive whitespace and returns whether
// there was any.
bool
CSSParserImpl::RequireWhitespace()
{
if (!GetToken(false))
return false;
if (mToken.mType != eCSSToken_Whitespace) {
UngetToken();
return false;
}
// Skip any additional whitespace tokens.
if (GetToken(true)) {
UngetToken();
}
return true;
}
bool
CSSParserImpl::ParseRect(nsCSSPropertyID aPropID)
{
nsCSSValue val;
if (ParseSingleTokenVariant(val, VARIANT_INHERIT | VARIANT_AUTO, nullptr)) {
AppendValue(aPropID, val);
return true;
}
if (! GetToken(true)) {
return false;
}
if (mToken.mType == eCSSToken_Function &&
mToken.mIdent.LowerCaseEqualsLiteral("rect")) {
nsCSSRect& rect = val.SetRectValue();
bool useCommas;
NS_FOR_CSS_SIDES(side) {
if (!ParseSingleTokenVariant(rect.*(nsCSSRect::sides[side]),
VARIANT_AL, nullptr)) {
return false;
}
if (side == 0) {
useCommas = ExpectSymbol(',', true);
} else if (useCommas && side < 3) {
// Skip optional commas between elements, but only if the first
// separator was a comma.
if (!ExpectSymbol(',', true)) {
return false;
}
}
}
if (!ExpectSymbol(')', true)) {
return false;
}
} else {
UngetToken();
return false;
}
AppendValue(aPropID, val);
return true;
}
bool
CSSParserImpl::ParseColumns()
{
// We use a similar "fake value" hack to ParseListStyle, because
// "auto" is acceptable for both column-count and column-width.
// If the fake "auto" value is found, and one of the real values isn't,
// that means the fake auto value is meant for the real value we didn't
// find.
static const nsCSSPropertyID columnIDs[] = {
eCSSPropertyExtra_x_auto_value,
eCSSProperty_column_count,
eCSSProperty_column_width
};
const int32_t numProps = MOZ_ARRAY_LENGTH(columnIDs);
nsCSSValue values[numProps];
int32_t found = ParseChoice(values, columnIDs, numProps);
if (found < 1) {
return false;
}
if ((found & (1|2|4)) == (1|2|4) &&
values[0].GetUnit() == eCSSUnit_Auto) {
// We filled all 3 values, which is invalid
return false;
}
if ((found & 2) == 0) {
// Provide auto column-count
values[1].SetAutoValue();
}
if ((found & 4) == 0) {
// Provide auto column-width
values[2].SetAutoValue();
}
// Start at index 1 to skip the fake auto value.
for (int32_t index = 1; index < numProps; index++) {
AppendValue(columnIDs[index], values[index]);
}
return true;
}
#define VARIANT_CONTENT (VARIANT_STRING | VARIANT_URL | VARIANT_COUNTER | VARIANT_ATTR | \
VARIANT_KEYWORD)
bool
CSSParserImpl::ParseContent()
{
// We need to divide the 'content' keywords into two classes for
// ParseVariant's sake, so we can't just use nsCSSProps::kContentKTable.
static const KTableEntry kContentListKWs[] = {
{ eCSSKeyword_open_quote, NS_STYLE_CONTENT_OPEN_QUOTE },
{ eCSSKeyword_close_quote, NS_STYLE_CONTENT_CLOSE_QUOTE },
{ eCSSKeyword_no_open_quote, NS_STYLE_CONTENT_NO_OPEN_QUOTE },
{ eCSSKeyword_no_close_quote, NS_STYLE_CONTENT_NO_CLOSE_QUOTE },
{ eCSSKeyword_UNKNOWN, -1 }
};
static const KTableEntry kContentSolitaryKWs[] = {
{ eCSSKeyword__moz_alt_content, NS_STYLE_CONTENT_ALT_CONTENT },
{ eCSSKeyword_UNKNOWN, -1 }
};
// Verify that these two lists add up to the size of
// nsCSSProps::kContentKTable.
MOZ_ASSERT(nsCSSProps::kContentKTable[
ArrayLength(kContentListKWs) +
ArrayLength(kContentSolitaryKWs) - 2].mKeyword ==
eCSSKeyword_UNKNOWN &&
nsCSSProps::kContentKTable[
ArrayLength(kContentListKWs) +
ArrayLength(kContentSolitaryKWs) - 2].mValue == -1,
"content keyword tables out of sync");
nsCSSValue value;
// 'inherit', 'initial', 'unset', 'normal', 'none', and 'alt-content' must
// be alone
if (!ParseSingleTokenVariant(value, VARIANT_HMK | VARIANT_NONE,
kContentSolitaryKWs)) {
nsCSSValueList* cur = value.SetListValue();
for (;;) {
if (ParseVariant(cur->mValue, VARIANT_CONTENT, kContentListKWs) !=
CSSParseResult::Ok) {
return false;
}
if (CheckEndProperty()) {
break;
}
cur->mNext = new nsCSSValueList;
cur = cur->mNext;
}
}
AppendValue(eCSSProperty_content, value);
return true;
}
bool
CSSParserImpl::ParseCounterData(nsCSSPropertyID aPropID)
{
static const nsCSSKeyword kCounterDataKTable[] = {
eCSSKeyword_none,
eCSSKeyword_UNKNOWN
};
nsCSSValue value;
if (!ParseSingleTokenVariant(value, VARIANT_INHERIT | VARIANT_NONE,
nullptr)) {
if (!GetToken(true)) {
return false;
}
if (mToken.mType != eCSSToken_Ident) {
UngetToken();
return false;
}
nsCSSValuePairList *cur = value.SetPairListValue();
for (;;) {
if (!ParseCustomIdent(cur->mXValue, mToken.mIdent, kCounterDataKTable)) {
return false;
}
int32_t value = aPropID == eCSSProperty_counter_increment ? 1 : 0;
if (GetToken(true)) {
if (mToken.mType == eCSSToken_Number && mToken.mIntegerValid) {
value = mToken.mInteger;
} else {
UngetToken();
}
}
cur->mYValue.SetIntValue(value, eCSSUnit_Integer);
if (!GetToken(true)) {
break;
}
if (mToken.mType != eCSSToken_Ident) {
UngetToken();
break;
}
cur->mNext = new nsCSSValuePairList;
cur = cur->mNext;
}
}
AppendValue(aPropID, value);
return true;
}
bool
CSSParserImpl::ParseCursor()
{
nsCSSValue value;
// 'inherit', 'initial' and 'unset' must be alone
if (!ParseSingleTokenVariant(value, VARIANT_INHERIT, nullptr)) {
nsCSSValueList* cur = value.SetListValue();
for (;;) {
if (!ParseSingleTokenVariant(cur->mValue, VARIANT_UK,
nsCSSProps::kCursorKTable)) {
return false;
}
if (cur->mValue.GetUnit() != eCSSUnit_URL) { // keyword must be last
break;
}
// We have a URL, so make a value array with three values.
RefPtr<nsCSSValue::Array> val = nsCSSValue::Array::Create(3);
val->Item(0) = cur->mValue;
// Parse optional x and y position of cursor hotspot (css3-ui).
if (ParseSingleTokenVariant(val->Item(1), VARIANT_NUMBER, nullptr)) {
// If we have one number, we must have two.
if (!ParseSingleTokenVariant(val->Item(2), VARIANT_NUMBER, nullptr)) {
return false;
}
}
cur->mValue.SetArrayValue(val, eCSSUnit_Array);
if (!ExpectSymbol(',', true)) { // url must not be last
return false;
}
cur->mNext = new nsCSSValueList;
cur = cur->mNext;
}
}
AppendValue(eCSSProperty_cursor, value);
return true;
}
bool
CSSParserImpl::ParseFont()
{
nsCSSValue family;
if (ParseSingleTokenVariant(family, VARIANT_HK, nsCSSProps::kFontKTable)) {
if (eCSSUnit_Inherit == family.GetUnit() ||
eCSSUnit_Initial == family.GetUnit() ||
eCSSUnit_Unset == family.GetUnit()) {
AppendValue(eCSSProperty__x_system_font, nsCSSValue(eCSSUnit_None));
AppendValue(eCSSProperty_font_family, family);
AppendValue(eCSSProperty_font_style, family);
AppendValue(eCSSProperty_font_weight, family);
AppendValue(eCSSProperty_font_size, family);
AppendValue(eCSSProperty_line_height, family);
AppendValue(eCSSProperty_font_stretch, family);
AppendValue(eCSSProperty_font_size_adjust, family);
AppendValue(eCSSProperty_font_feature_settings, family);
AppendValue(eCSSProperty_font_language_override, family);
AppendValue(eCSSProperty_font_kerning, family);
AppendValue(eCSSProperty_font_variant_alternates, family);
AppendValue(eCSSProperty_font_variant_caps, family);
AppendValue(eCSSProperty_font_variant_east_asian, family);
AppendValue(eCSSProperty_font_variant_ligatures, family);
AppendValue(eCSSProperty_font_variant_numeric, family);
AppendValue(eCSSProperty_font_variant_position, family);
}
else {
AppendValue(eCSSProperty__x_system_font, family);
nsCSSValue systemFont(eCSSUnit_System_Font);
AppendValue(eCSSProperty_font_family, systemFont);
AppendValue(eCSSProperty_font_style, systemFont);
AppendValue(eCSSProperty_font_weight, systemFont);
AppendValue(eCSSProperty_font_size, systemFont);
AppendValue(eCSSProperty_line_height, systemFont);
AppendValue(eCSSProperty_font_stretch, systemFont);
AppendValue(eCSSProperty_font_size_adjust, systemFont);
AppendValue(eCSSProperty_font_feature_settings, systemFont);
AppendValue(eCSSProperty_font_language_override, systemFont);
AppendValue(eCSSProperty_font_kerning, systemFont);
AppendValue(eCSSProperty_font_variant_alternates, systemFont);
AppendValue(eCSSProperty_font_variant_caps, systemFont);
AppendValue(eCSSProperty_font_variant_east_asian, systemFont);
AppendValue(eCSSProperty_font_variant_ligatures, systemFont);
AppendValue(eCSSProperty_font_variant_numeric, systemFont);
AppendValue(eCSSProperty_font_variant_position, systemFont);
}
return true;
}
// Get optional font-style, font-variant, font-weight, font-stretch
// (in any order)
// Indexes into fontIDs[] and values[] arrays.
const int kFontStyleIndex = 0;
const int kFontVariantIndex = 1;
const int kFontWeightIndex = 2;
const int kFontStretchIndex = 3;
// The order of the initializers here must match the order of the indexes
// defined above!
static const nsCSSPropertyID fontIDs[] = {
eCSSProperty_font_style,
eCSSProperty_font_variant_caps,
eCSSProperty_font_weight,
eCSSProperty_font_stretch
};
const int32_t numProps = MOZ_ARRAY_LENGTH(fontIDs);
nsCSSValue values[numProps];
int32_t found = ParseChoice(values, fontIDs, numProps);
if (found < 0 ||
eCSSUnit_Inherit == values[kFontStyleIndex].GetUnit() ||
eCSSUnit_Initial == values[kFontStyleIndex].GetUnit() ||
eCSSUnit_Unset == values[kFontStyleIndex].GetUnit()) { // illegal data
return false;
}
if ((found & (1 << kFontStyleIndex)) == 0) {
// Provide default font-style
values[kFontStyleIndex].SetIntValue(NS_FONT_STYLE_NORMAL,
eCSSUnit_Enumerated);
}
if ((found & (1 << kFontVariantIndex)) == 0) {
// Provide default font-variant
values[kFontVariantIndex].SetNormalValue();
} else {
if (values[kFontVariantIndex].GetUnit() == eCSSUnit_Enumerated &&
values[kFontVariantIndex].GetIntValue() !=
NS_FONT_VARIANT_CAPS_SMALLCAPS) {
// only normal or small-caps is allowed in font shorthand
// this also assumes other values for font-variant-caps never overlap
// possible values for style or weight
return false;
}
}
if ((found & (1 << kFontWeightIndex)) == 0) {
// Provide default font-weight
values[kFontWeightIndex].SetIntValue(NS_FONT_WEIGHT_NORMAL,
eCSSUnit_Enumerated);
}
if ((found & (1 << kFontStretchIndex)) == 0) {
// Provide default font-stretch
values[kFontStretchIndex].SetIntValue(NS_FONT_STRETCH_NORMAL,
eCSSUnit_Enumerated);
}
// Get mandatory font-size
nsCSSValue size;
if (!ParseSingleTokenNonNegativeVariant(size, VARIANT_KEYWORD | VARIANT_LP,
nsCSSProps::kFontSizeKTable)) {
return false;
}
// Get optional "/" line-height
nsCSSValue lineHeight;
if (ExpectSymbol('/', true)) {
if (ParseNonNegativeVariant(lineHeight,
VARIANT_NUMBER | VARIANT_LP |
VARIANT_NORMAL | VARIANT_CALC,
nullptr) != CSSParseResult::Ok) {
return false;
}
}
else {
lineHeight.SetNormalValue();
}
// Get final mandatory font-family
nsAutoParseCompoundProperty compound(this);
if (ParseFamily(family)) {
if (eCSSUnit_Inherit != family.GetUnit() &&
eCSSUnit_Initial != family.GetUnit() &&
eCSSUnit_Unset != family.GetUnit()) {
AppendValue(eCSSProperty__x_system_font, nsCSSValue(eCSSUnit_None));
AppendValue(eCSSProperty_font_family, family);
AppendValue(eCSSProperty_font_style, values[kFontStyleIndex]);
AppendValue(eCSSProperty_font_variant_caps, values[kFontVariantIndex]);
AppendValue(eCSSProperty_font_weight, values[kFontWeightIndex]);
AppendValue(eCSSProperty_font_size, size);
AppendValue(eCSSProperty_line_height, lineHeight);
AppendValue(eCSSProperty_font_stretch, values[kFontStretchIndex]);
AppendValue(eCSSProperty_font_size_adjust, nsCSSValue(eCSSUnit_None));
AppendValue(eCSSProperty_font_feature_settings, nsCSSValue(eCSSUnit_Normal));
AppendValue(eCSSProperty_font_language_override, nsCSSValue(eCSSUnit_Normal));
AppendValue(eCSSProperty_font_kerning,
nsCSSValue(NS_FONT_KERNING_AUTO, eCSSUnit_Enumerated));
AppendValue(eCSSProperty_font_variant_alternates,
nsCSSValue(eCSSUnit_Normal));
AppendValue(eCSSProperty_font_variant_east_asian,
nsCSSValue(eCSSUnit_Normal));
AppendValue(eCSSProperty_font_variant_ligatures,
nsCSSValue(eCSSUnit_Normal));
AppendValue(eCSSProperty_font_variant_numeric,
nsCSSValue(eCSSUnit_Normal));
AppendValue(eCSSProperty_font_variant_position,
nsCSSValue(eCSSUnit_Normal));
return true;
}
}
return false;
}
bool
CSSParserImpl::ParseFontSynthesis(nsCSSValue& aValue)
{
if (!ParseSingleTokenVariant(aValue, VARIANT_HK | VARIANT_NONE,
nsCSSProps::kFontSynthesisKTable)) {
return false;
}
// first value 'none' ==> done
if (eCSSUnit_None == aValue.GetUnit() ||
eCSSUnit_Initial == aValue.GetUnit() ||
eCSSUnit_Inherit == aValue.GetUnit() ||
eCSSUnit_Unset == aValue.GetUnit())
{
return true;
}
// look for a second value
int32_t intValue = aValue.GetIntValue();
nsCSSValue nextValue;
if (ParseEnum(nextValue, nsCSSProps::kFontSynthesisKTable)) {
int32_t nextIntValue = nextValue.GetIntValue();
if (nextIntValue & intValue) {
return false;
}
aValue.SetIntValue(nextIntValue | intValue, eCSSUnit_Enumerated);
}
return true;
}
// font-variant-alternates allows for a combination of multiple
// simple enumerated values and functional values. Functional values have
// parameter lists with one or more idents which are later resolved
// based on values defined in @font-feature-value rules.
//
// font-variant-alternates: swash(flowing) historical-forms styleset(alt-g, alt-m);
//
// So for this the nsCSSValue is set to a pair value, with one
// value for a bitmask of both simple and functional property values
// and another value containing a ValuePairList with lists of idents
// for each functional property value.
//
// pairValue
// o intValue
// NS_FONT_VARIANT_ALTERNATES_SWASH |
// NS_FONT_VARIANT_ALTERNATES_STYLESET
// o valuePairList, each element with
// - intValue - indicates which alternate
// - string or valueList of strings
//
// Note: when only 'historical-forms' is specified, there are no
// functional values to store, in which case the valuePairList is a
// single element dummy list. In all other cases, the length of the
// list will match the number of functional values.
#define MAX_ALLOWED_FEATURES 512
static uint16_t
MaxElementsForAlternateType(nsCSSKeyword keyword)
{
uint16_t maxElems = 1;
if (keyword == eCSSKeyword_styleset ||
keyword == eCSSKeyword_character_variant) {
maxElems = MAX_ALLOWED_FEATURES;
}
return maxElems;
}
bool
CSSParserImpl::ParseSingleAlternate(int32_t& aWhichFeature,
nsCSSValue& aValue)
{
if (!GetToken(true)) {
return false;
}
bool isIdent = (mToken.mType == eCSSToken_Ident);
if (mToken.mType != eCSSToken_Function && !isIdent) {
UngetToken();
return false;
}
// ident ==> simple enumerated prop val (e.g. historical-forms)
// function ==> e.g. swash(flowing) styleset(alt-g, alt-m)
nsCSSKeyword keyword = nsCSSKeywords::LookupKeyword(mToken.mIdent);
if (!nsCSSProps::FindKeyword(keyword,
(isIdent ?
nsCSSProps::kFontVariantAlternatesKTable :
nsCSSProps::kFontVariantAlternatesFuncsKTable),
aWhichFeature))
{
// failed, pop token
UngetToken();
return false;
}
if (isIdent) {
aValue.SetIntValue(aWhichFeature, eCSSUnit_Enumerated);
return true;
}
return ParseFunction(keyword, nullptr, VARIANT_IDENTIFIER,
1, MaxElementsForAlternateType(keyword), aValue);
}
bool
CSSParserImpl::ParseFontVariantAlternates(nsCSSValue& aValue)
{
if (ParseSingleTokenVariant(aValue, VARIANT_INHERIT | VARIANT_NORMAL,
nullptr)) {
return true;
}
// iterate through parameters
nsCSSValue listValue;
int32_t feature, featureFlags = 0;
// if no functional values, this may be a list with a single, unused element
listValue.SetListValue();
nsCSSValueList* list = nullptr;
nsCSSValue value;
while (ParseSingleAlternate(feature, value)) {
// check to make sure value not already set
if (feature == 0 ||
feature & featureFlags) {
return false;
}
featureFlags |= feature;
// if function, need to add to the list of functions
if (value.GetUnit() == eCSSUnit_Function) {
if (!list) {
list = listValue.GetListValue();
} else {
list->mNext = new nsCSSValueList;
list = list->mNext;
}
list->mValue = value;
}
}
if (featureFlags == 0) {
// ParseSingleAlternate failed the first time through the loop.
return false;
}
nsCSSValue featureValue;
featureValue.SetIntValue(featureFlags, eCSSUnit_Enumerated);
aValue.SetPairValue(featureValue, listValue);
return true;
}
bool
CSSParserImpl::MergeBitmaskValue(int32_t aNewValue,
const int32_t aMasks[],
int32_t& aMergedValue)
{
// check to make sure value not already set
if (aNewValue & aMergedValue) {
return false;
}
const int32_t *m = aMasks;
int32_t c = 0;
while (*m != MASK_END_VALUE) {
if (*m & aNewValue) {
c = aMergedValue & *m;
break;
}
m++;
}
if (c) {
return false;
}
aMergedValue |= aNewValue;
return true;
}
// aMasks - array of masks for mutually-exclusive property values,
// e.g. proportial-nums, tabular-nums
bool
CSSParserImpl::ParseBitmaskValues(nsCSSValue& aValue,
const KTableEntry aKeywordTable[],
const int32_t aMasks[])
{
// Parse at least one keyword
if (!ParseEnum(aValue, aKeywordTable)) {
return false;
}
// look for more values
nsCSSValue nextValue;
int32_t mergedValue = aValue.GetIntValue();
while (ParseEnum(nextValue, aKeywordTable))
{
if (!MergeBitmaskValue(nextValue.GetIntValue(), aMasks, mergedValue)) {
return false;
}
}
aValue.SetIntValue(mergedValue, eCSSUnit_Enumerated);
return true;
}
static const int32_t maskEastAsian[] = {
NS_FONT_VARIANT_EAST_ASIAN_VARIANT_MASK,
NS_FONT_VARIANT_EAST_ASIAN_WIDTH_MASK,
MASK_END_VALUE
};
bool
CSSParserImpl::ParseFontVariantEastAsian(nsCSSValue& aValue)
{
if (ParseSingleTokenVariant(aValue, VARIANT_INHERIT | VARIANT_NORMAL,
nullptr)) {
return true;
}
NS_ASSERTION(maskEastAsian[ArrayLength(maskEastAsian) - 1] ==
MASK_END_VALUE,
"incorrectly terminated array");
return ParseBitmaskValues(aValue, nsCSSProps::kFontVariantEastAsianKTable,
maskEastAsian);
}
bool
CSSParserImpl::ParseContain(nsCSSValue& aValue)
{
if (ParseSingleTokenVariant(aValue, VARIANT_INHERIT | VARIANT_NONE,
nullptr)) {
return true;
}
static const int32_t maskContain[] = { MASK_END_VALUE };
if (!ParseBitmaskValues(aValue, nsCSSProps::kContainKTable, maskContain)) {
return false;
}
if (aValue.GetIntValue() & NS_STYLE_CONTAIN_STRICT) {
if (aValue.GetIntValue() != NS_STYLE_CONTAIN_STRICT) {
// Disallow any other keywords in combination with 'strict'.
return false;
}
// Strict implies layout, style, and paint.
// However, for serialization purposes, we keep the strict bit around.
aValue.SetIntValue(NS_STYLE_CONTAIN_STRICT |
NS_STYLE_CONTAIN_ALL_BITS, eCSSUnit_Enumerated);
}
return true;
}
static const int32_t maskLigatures[] = {
NS_FONT_VARIANT_LIGATURES_COMMON_MASK,
NS_FONT_VARIANT_LIGATURES_DISCRETIONARY_MASK,
NS_FONT_VARIANT_LIGATURES_HISTORICAL_MASK,
NS_FONT_VARIANT_LIGATURES_CONTEXTUAL_MASK,
MASK_END_VALUE
};
bool
CSSParserImpl::ParseFontVariantLigatures(nsCSSValue& aValue)
{
if (ParseSingleTokenVariant(aValue,
VARIANT_INHERIT | VARIANT_NORMAL | VARIANT_NONE,
nullptr)) {
return true;
}
NS_ASSERTION(maskLigatures[ArrayLength(maskLigatures) - 1] ==
MASK_END_VALUE,
"incorrectly terminated array");
return ParseBitmaskValues(aValue, nsCSSProps::kFontVariantLigaturesKTable,
maskLigatures);
}
static const int32_t maskNumeric[] = {
NS_FONT_VARIANT_NUMERIC_FIGURE_MASK,
NS_FONT_VARIANT_NUMERIC_SPACING_MASK,
NS_FONT_VARIANT_NUMERIC_FRACTION_MASK,
MASK_END_VALUE
};
bool
CSSParserImpl::ParseFontVariantNumeric(nsCSSValue& aValue)
{
if (ParseSingleTokenVariant(aValue, VARIANT_INHERIT | VARIANT_NORMAL,
nullptr)) {
return true;
}
NS_ASSERTION(maskNumeric[ArrayLength(maskNumeric) - 1] ==
MASK_END_VALUE,
"incorrectly terminated array");
return ParseBitmaskValues(aValue, nsCSSProps::kFontVariantNumericKTable,
maskNumeric);
}
bool
CSSParserImpl::ParseFontVariant()
{
// parse single values - normal/inherit/none
nsCSSValue value;
nsCSSValue normal(eCSSUnit_Normal);
if (ParseSingleTokenVariant(value,
VARIANT_INHERIT | VARIANT_NORMAL | VARIANT_NONE,
nullptr)) {
AppendValue(eCSSProperty_font_variant_ligatures, value);
if (eCSSUnit_None == value.GetUnit()) {
// 'none' applies the value 'normal' to all properties other
// than 'font-variant-ligatures'
value.SetNormalValue();
}
AppendValue(eCSSProperty_font_variant_alternates, value);
AppendValue(eCSSProperty_font_variant_caps, value);
AppendValue(eCSSProperty_font_variant_east_asian, value);
AppendValue(eCSSProperty_font_variant_numeric, value);
AppendValue(eCSSProperty_font_variant_position, value);
return true;
}
// set each of the individual subproperties
int32_t altFeatures = 0, capsFeatures = 0, eastAsianFeatures = 0,
ligFeatures = 0, numericFeatures = 0, posFeatures = 0;
nsCSSValue altListValue;
nsCSSValueList* altList = nullptr;
// if no functional values, this may be a list with a single, unused element
altListValue.SetListValue();
bool foundValid = false; // found at least one proper value
while (GetToken(true)) {
// only an ident or a function at this point
bool isFunction = (mToken.mType == eCSSToken_Function);
if (mToken.mType != eCSSToken_Ident && !isFunction) {
UngetToken();
break;
}
nsCSSKeyword keyword = nsCSSKeywords::LookupKeyword(mToken.mIdent);
if (keyword == eCSSKeyword_UNKNOWN) {
UngetToken();
return false;
}
int32_t feature;
// function? ==> font-variant-alternates
if (isFunction) {
if (!nsCSSProps::FindKeyword(keyword,
nsCSSProps::kFontVariantAlternatesFuncsKTable,
feature) ||
(feature & altFeatures)) {
UngetToken();
return false;
}
altFeatures |= feature;
nsCSSValue funcValue;
if (!ParseFunction(keyword, nullptr, VARIANT_IDENTIFIER, 1,
MaxElementsForAlternateType(keyword), funcValue) ||
funcValue.GetUnit() != eCSSUnit_Function) {
UngetToken();
return false;
}
if (!altList) {
altList = altListValue.GetListValue();
} else {
altList->mNext = new nsCSSValueList;
altList = altList->mNext;
}
altList->mValue = funcValue;
} else if (nsCSSProps::FindKeyword(keyword,
nsCSSProps::kFontVariantCapsKTable,
feature)) {
if (capsFeatures != 0) {
// multiple values for font-variant-caps
UngetToken();
return false;
}
capsFeatures = feature;
} else if (nsCSSProps::FindKeyword(keyword,
nsCSSProps::kFontVariantAlternatesKTable,
feature)) {
if (feature & altFeatures) {
// same value repeated
UngetToken();
return false;
}
altFeatures |= feature;
} else if (nsCSSProps::FindKeyword(keyword,
nsCSSProps::kFontVariantEastAsianKTable,
feature)) {
if (!MergeBitmaskValue(feature, maskEastAsian, eastAsianFeatures)) {
// multiple mutually exclusive values
UngetToken();
return false;
}
} else if (nsCSSProps::FindKeyword(keyword,
nsCSSProps::kFontVariantLigaturesKTable,
feature)) {
if (keyword == eCSSKeyword_none ||
!MergeBitmaskValue(feature, maskLigatures, ligFeatures)) {
// none or multiple mutually exclusive values
UngetToken();
return false;
}
} else if (nsCSSProps::FindKeyword(keyword,
nsCSSProps::kFontVariantNumericKTable,
feature)) {
if (!MergeBitmaskValue(feature, maskNumeric, numericFeatures)) {
// multiple mutually exclusive values
UngetToken();
return false;
}
} else if (nsCSSProps::FindKeyword(keyword,
nsCSSProps::kFontVariantPositionKTable,
feature)) {
if (posFeatures != 0) {
// multiple values for font-variant-caps
UngetToken();
return false;
}
posFeatures = feature;
} else {
// bogus keyword, bail...
UngetToken();
return false;
}
foundValid = true;
}
if (!foundValid) {
return false;
}
if (altFeatures) {
nsCSSValue featureValue;
featureValue.SetIntValue(altFeatures, eCSSUnit_Enumerated);
value.SetPairValue(featureValue, altListValue);
AppendValue(eCSSProperty_font_variant_alternates, value);
} else {
AppendValue(eCSSProperty_font_variant_alternates, normal);
}
if (capsFeatures) {
value.SetIntValue(capsFeatures, eCSSUnit_Enumerated);
AppendValue(eCSSProperty_font_variant_caps, value);
} else {
AppendValue(eCSSProperty_font_variant_caps, normal);
}
if (eastAsianFeatures) {
value.SetIntValue(eastAsianFeatures, eCSSUnit_Enumerated);
AppendValue(eCSSProperty_font_variant_east_asian, value);
} else {
AppendValue(eCSSProperty_font_variant_east_asian, normal);
}
if (ligFeatures) {
value.SetIntValue(ligFeatures, eCSSUnit_Enumerated);
AppendValue(eCSSProperty_font_variant_ligatures, value);
} else {
AppendValue(eCSSProperty_font_variant_ligatures, normal);
}
if (numericFeatures) {
value.SetIntValue(numericFeatures, eCSSUnit_Enumerated);
AppendValue(eCSSProperty_font_variant_numeric, value);
} else {
AppendValue(eCSSProperty_font_variant_numeric, normal);
}
if (posFeatures) {
value.SetIntValue(posFeatures, eCSSUnit_Enumerated);
AppendValue(eCSSProperty_font_variant_position, value);
} else {
AppendValue(eCSSProperty_font_variant_position, normal);
}
return true;
}
bool
CSSParserImpl::ParseFontWeight(nsCSSValue& aValue)
{
if (ParseSingleTokenVariant(aValue, VARIANT_HKI | VARIANT_SYSFONT,
nsCSSProps::kFontWeightKTable)) {
if (eCSSUnit_Integer == aValue.GetUnit()) { // ensure unit value
int32_t intValue = aValue.GetIntValue();
if ((100 <= intValue) &&
(intValue <= 900) &&
(0 == (intValue % 100))) {
return true;
} else {
UngetToken();
return false;
}
}
return true;
}
return false;
}
bool
CSSParserImpl::ParseOneFamily(nsAString& aFamily,
bool& aOneKeyword,
bool& aQuoted)
{
if (!GetToken(true))
return false;
nsCSSToken* tk = &mToken;
aOneKeyword = false;
aQuoted = false;
if (eCSSToken_Ident == tk->mType) {
aOneKeyword = true;
aFamily.Append(tk->mIdent);
for (;;) {
if (!GetToken(false))
break;
if (eCSSToken_Ident == tk->mType) {
aOneKeyword = false;
// We had at least another keyword before.
// "If a sequence of identifiers is given as a font family name,
// the computed value is the name converted to a string by joining
// all the identifiers in the sequence by single spaces."
// -- CSS 2.1, section 15.3
// Whitespace tokens do not actually matter,
// identifier tokens can be separated by comments.
aFamily.Append(char16_t(' '));
aFamily.Append(tk->mIdent);
} else if (eCSSToken_Whitespace != tk->mType) {
UngetToken();
break;
}
}
return true;
} else if (eCSSToken_String == tk->mType) {
aQuoted = true;
aFamily.Append(tk->mIdent); // XXX What if it had escaped quotes?
return true;
} else {
UngetToken();
return false;
}
}
static bool
AppendGeneric(nsCSSKeyword aKeyword, FontFamilyList *aFamilyList)
{
switch (aKeyword) {
case eCSSKeyword_serif:
aFamilyList->Append(FontFamilyName(eFamily_serif));
return true;
case eCSSKeyword_sans_serif:
aFamilyList->Append(FontFamilyName(eFamily_sans_serif));
return true;
case eCSSKeyword_monospace:
aFamilyList->Append(FontFamilyName(eFamily_monospace));
return true;
case eCSSKeyword_cursive:
aFamilyList->Append(FontFamilyName(eFamily_cursive));
return true;
case eCSSKeyword_fantasy:
aFamilyList->Append(FontFamilyName(eFamily_fantasy));
return true;
case eCSSKeyword__moz_fixed:
aFamilyList->Append(FontFamilyName(eFamily_moz_fixed));
return true;
default:
break;
}
return false;
}
bool
CSSParserImpl::ParseFamily(nsCSSValue& aValue)
{
RefPtr<css::FontFamilyListRefCnt> familyList =
new css::FontFamilyListRefCnt();
nsAutoString family;
bool single, quoted;
// keywords only have meaning in the first position
if (!ParseOneFamily(family, single, quoted))
return false;
// check for keywords, but only when keywords appear by themselves
// i.e. not in compounds such as font-family: default blah;
bool foundGeneric = false;
if (single) {
nsCSSKeyword keyword = nsCSSKeywords::LookupKeyword(family);
switch (keyword) {
case eCSSKeyword_inherit:
aValue.SetInheritValue();
return true;
case eCSSKeyword_default:
// 605231 - don't parse unquoted 'default' reserved keyword
return false;
case eCSSKeyword_initial:
aValue.SetInitialValue();
return true;
case eCSSKeyword_unset:
if (nsLayoutUtils::UnsetValueEnabled()) {
aValue.SetUnsetValue();
return true;
}
break;
case eCSSKeyword__moz_use_system_font:
if (!IsParsingCompoundProperty()) {
aValue.SetSystemFontValue();
return true;
}
break;
default:
foundGeneric = AppendGeneric(keyword, familyList);
}
}
if (!foundGeneric) {
familyList->Append(
FontFamilyName(family, (quoted ? eQuotedName : eUnquotedName)));
}
for (;;) {
if (!ExpectSymbol(',', true))
break;
nsAutoString nextFamily;
if (!ParseOneFamily(nextFamily, single, quoted))
return false;
// at this point unquoted keywords are not allowed
// as font family names but can appear within names
foundGeneric = false;
if (single) {
nsCSSKeyword keyword = nsCSSKeywords::LookupKeyword(nextFamily);
switch (keyword) {
case eCSSKeyword_inherit:
case eCSSKeyword_initial:
case eCSSKeyword_default:
case eCSSKeyword__moz_use_system_font:
return false;
case eCSSKeyword_unset:
if (nsLayoutUtils::UnsetValueEnabled()) {
return false;
}
break;
default:
foundGeneric = AppendGeneric(keyword, familyList);
break;
}
}
if (!foundGeneric) {
familyList->Append(
FontFamilyName(nextFamily, (quoted ? eQuotedName : eUnquotedName)));
}
}
if (familyList->IsEmpty()) {
return false;
}
aValue.SetFontFamilyListValue(familyList);
return true;
}
// src: ( uri-src | local-src ) (',' ( uri-src | local-src ) )*
// uri-src: uri [ 'format(' string ( ',' string )* ')' ]
// local-src: 'local(' ( string | ident ) ')'
bool
CSSParserImpl::ParseFontSrc(nsCSSValue& aValue)
{
// could we maybe turn nsCSSValue::Array into InfallibleTArray<nsCSSValue>?
InfallibleTArray<nsCSSValue> values;
nsCSSValue cur;
for (;;) {
if (!GetToken(true))
break;
if (mToken.mType == eCSSToken_URL) {
SetValueToURL(cur, mToken.mIdent);
values.AppendElement(cur);
if (!ParseFontSrcFormat(values))
return false;
} else if (mToken.mType == eCSSToken_Function &&
mToken.mIdent.LowerCaseEqualsLiteral("local")) {
// css3-fonts does not specify a formal grammar for local().
// The text permits both unquoted identifiers and quoted
// strings. We resolve this ambiguity in the spec by
// assuming that the appropriate production is a single
// <family-name>, possibly surrounded by whitespace.
nsAutoString family;
bool single, quoted;
if (!ParseOneFamily(family, single, quoted)) {
SkipUntil(')');
return false;
}
if (!ExpectSymbol(')', true)) {
SkipUntil(')');
return false;
}
// reject generics
if (single) {
nsCSSKeyword keyword = nsCSSKeywords::LookupKeyword(family);
switch (keyword) {
case eCSSKeyword_serif:
case eCSSKeyword_sans_serif:
case eCSSKeyword_monospace:
case eCSSKeyword_cursive:
case eCSSKeyword_fantasy:
case eCSSKeyword__moz_fixed:
return false;
default:
break;
}
}
cur.SetStringValue(family, eCSSUnit_Local_Font);
values.AppendElement(cur);
} else {
// We don't know what to do with this token; unget it and error out
UngetToken();
return false;
}
if (!ExpectSymbol(',', true))
break;
}
if (values.Length() == 0)
return false;
RefPtr<nsCSSValue::Array> srcVals
= nsCSSValue::Array::Create(values.Length());
uint32_t i;
for (i = 0; i < values.Length(); i++)
srcVals->Item(i) = values[i];
aValue.SetArrayValue(srcVals, eCSSUnit_Array);
return true;
}
bool
CSSParserImpl::ParseFontSrcFormat(InfallibleTArray<nsCSSValue> & values)
{
if (!GetToken(true))
return true; // EOF harmless here
if (mToken.mType != eCSSToken_Function ||
!mToken.mIdent.LowerCaseEqualsLiteral("format")) {
UngetToken();
return true;
}
do {
if (!GetToken(true))
return false; // EOF - no need for SkipUntil
if (mToken.mType != eCSSToken_String) {
UngetToken();
SkipUntil(')');
return false;
}
nsCSSValue cur(mToken.mIdent, eCSSUnit_Font_Format);
values.AppendElement(cur);
} while (ExpectSymbol(',', true));
if (!ExpectSymbol(')', true)) {
SkipUntil(')');
return false;
}
return true;
}
// font-ranges: urange ( ',' urange )*
bool
CSSParserImpl::ParseFontRanges(nsCSSValue& aValue)
{
InfallibleTArray<uint32_t> ranges;
for (;;) {
if (!GetToken(true))
break;
if (mToken.mType != eCSSToken_URange) {
UngetToken();
break;
}
// An invalid range token is a parsing error, causing the entire
// descriptor to be ignored.
if (!mToken.mIntegerValid)
return false;
uint32_t low = mToken.mInteger;
uint32_t high = mToken.mInteger2;
// A range that descends, or high end exceeds the current range of
// Unicode (U+0-10FFFF) invalidates the descriptor.
if (low > high || high > 0x10FFFF) {
return false;
}
ranges.AppendElement(low);
ranges.AppendElement(high);
if (!ExpectSymbol(',', true))
break;
}
if (ranges.Length() == 0)
return false;
RefPtr<nsCSSValue::Array> srcVals
= nsCSSValue::Array::Create(ranges.Length());
for (uint32_t i = 0; i < ranges.Length(); i++)
srcVals->Item(i).SetIntValue(ranges[i], eCSSUnit_Integer);
aValue.SetArrayValue(srcVals, eCSSUnit_Array);
return true;
}
// font-feature-settings: normal | <feature-tag-value> [, <feature-tag-value>]*
// <feature-tag-value> = <string> [ <integer> | on | off ]?
// minimum - "tagx", "tagy", "tagz"
// edge error case - "tagx" on 1, "tagx" "tagy", "tagx" -1, "tagx" big
// pair value is always x = string, y = int
// font feature tags must be four ASCII characters
#define FEATURE_TAG_LENGTH 4
static bool
ValidFontFeatureTag(const nsString& aTag)
{
if (aTag.Length() != FEATURE_TAG_LENGTH) {
return false;
}
uint32_t i;
for (i = 0; i < FEATURE_TAG_LENGTH; i++) {
uint32_t ch = aTag[i];
if (ch < 0x20 || ch > 0x7e) {
return false;
}
}
return true;
}
bool
CSSParserImpl::ParseFontFeatureSettings(nsCSSValue& aValue)
{
if (ParseSingleTokenVariant(aValue, VARIANT_INHERIT | VARIANT_NORMAL,
nullptr)) {
return true;
}
auto resultHead = MakeUnique<nsCSSValuePairList>();
nsCSSValuePairList* cur = resultHead.get();
for (;;) {
// feature tag
if (!GetToken(true)) {
return false;
}
if (mToken.mType != eCSSToken_String ||
!ValidFontFeatureTag(mToken.mIdent)) {
UngetToken();
return false;
}
cur->mXValue.SetStringValue(mToken.mIdent, eCSSUnit_String);
if (!GetToken(true)) {
cur->mYValue.SetIntValue(1, eCSSUnit_Integer);
break;
}
// optional value or on/off keyword
if (mToken.mType == eCSSToken_Number && mToken.mIntegerValid &&
mToken.mInteger >= 0) {
cur->mYValue.SetIntValue(mToken.mInteger, eCSSUnit_Integer);
} else if (mToken.mType == eCSSToken_Ident &&
mToken.mIdent.LowerCaseEqualsLiteral("on")) {
cur->mYValue.SetIntValue(1, eCSSUnit_Integer);
} else if (mToken.mType == eCSSToken_Ident &&
mToken.mIdent.LowerCaseEqualsLiteral("off")) {
cur->mYValue.SetIntValue(0, eCSSUnit_Integer);
} else {
// something other than value/on/off, set default value
cur->mYValue.SetIntValue(1, eCSSUnit_Integer);
UngetToken();
}
if (!ExpectSymbol(',', true)) {
break;
}
cur->mNext = new nsCSSValuePairList;
cur = cur->mNext;
}
aValue.AdoptPairListValue(Move(resultHead));
return true;
}
bool
CSSParserImpl::ParseFontVariationSettings(nsCSSValue& aValue)
{
if (ParseSingleTokenVariant(aValue, VARIANT_INHERIT | VARIANT_NORMAL,
nullptr)) {
return true;
}
auto resultHead = MakeUnique<nsCSSValuePairList>();
nsCSSValuePairList* cur = resultHead.get();
for (;;) {
// variation tag
if (!GetToken(true)) {
return false;
}
// variation tags are subject to the same validation as feature tags
if (mToken.mType != eCSSToken_String ||
!ValidFontFeatureTag(mToken.mIdent)) {
UngetToken();
return false;
}
cur->mXValue.SetStringValue(mToken.mIdent, eCSSUnit_String);
if (!GetToken(true)) {
return false;
}
if (mToken.mType == eCSSToken_Number) {
cur->mYValue.SetFloatValue(mToken.mNumber, eCSSUnit_Number);
} else {
UngetToken();
return false;
}
if (!ExpectSymbol(',', true)) {
break;
}
cur->mNext = new nsCSSValuePairList;
cur = cur->mNext;
}
aValue.AdoptPairListValue(Move(resultHead));
return true;
}
bool
CSSParserImpl::ParseListStyle()
{
// 'list-style' can accept 'none' for two different subproperties,
// 'list-style-type' and 'list-style-image'. In order to accept
// 'none' as the value of either but still allow another value for
// either, we need to ensure that the first 'none' we find gets
// allocated to a dummy property instead. Since parse function for
// 'list-style-type' could accept values for 'list-style-position',
// we put position in front of type.
static const nsCSSPropertyID listStyleIDs[] = {
eCSSPropertyExtra_x_none_value,
eCSSProperty_list_style_position,
eCSSProperty_list_style_type,
eCSSProperty_list_style_image
};
nsCSSValue values[MOZ_ARRAY_LENGTH(listStyleIDs)];
int32_t found =
ParseChoice(values, listStyleIDs, ArrayLength(listStyleIDs));
if (found < 1) {
return false;
}
if ((found & (1|4|8)) == (1|4|8)) {
if (values[0].GetUnit() == eCSSUnit_None) {
// We found a 'none' plus another value for both of
// 'list-style-type' and 'list-style-image'. This is a parse
// error, since the 'none' has to count for at least one of them.
return false;
} else {
NS_ASSERTION(found == (1|2|4|8) && values[0] == values[1] &&
values[0] == values[2] && values[0] == values[3],
"should be a special value");
}
}
if ((found & 2) == 0) {
values[1].SetIntValue(NS_STYLE_LIST_STYLE_POSITION_OUTSIDE,
eCSSUnit_Enumerated);
}
if ((found & 4) == 0) {
// Provide default values
nsIAtom* type = (found & 1) ? nsGkAtoms::none : nsGkAtoms::disc;
values[2].SetAtomIdentValue(do_AddRef(type));
}
if ((found & 8) == 0) {
values[3].SetNoneValue();
}
// Start at 1 to avoid appending fake value.
for (uint32_t index = 1; index < ArrayLength(listStyleIDs); ++index) {
AppendValue(listStyleIDs[index], values[index]);
}
return true;
}
bool
CSSParserImpl::ParseListStyleType(nsCSSValue& aValue)
{
if (ParseSingleTokenVariant(aValue, VARIANT_INHERIT | VARIANT_STRING,
nullptr)) {
return true;
}
if (ParseCounterStyleNameValue(aValue) || ParseSymbols(aValue)) {
return true;
}
return false;
}
bool
CSSParserImpl::ParseMargin()
{
static const nsCSSPropertyID kMarginSideIDs[] = {
eCSSProperty_margin_top,
eCSSProperty_margin_right,
eCSSProperty_margin_bottom,
eCSSProperty_margin_left
};
return ParseBoxProperties(kMarginSideIDs);
}
bool
CSSParserImpl::ParseObjectPosition()
{
nsCSSValue value;
if (!ParseSingleTokenVariant(value, VARIANT_INHERIT, nullptr) &&
!ParsePositionValue(value)) {
return false;
}
AppendValue(eCSSProperty_object_position, value);
return true;
}
bool
CSSParserImpl::ParseOutline()
{
const int32_t numProps = 3;
static const nsCSSPropertyID kOutlineIDs[] = {
eCSSProperty_outline_color,
eCSSProperty_outline_style,
eCSSProperty_outline_width
};
nsCSSValue values[numProps];
int32_t found = ParseChoice(values, kOutlineIDs, numProps);
if (found < 1) {
return false;
}
// Provide default values
if ((found & 1) == 0) { // Provide default outline-color
values[0].SetIntValue(NS_COLOR_CURRENTCOLOR, eCSSUnit_EnumColor);
}
if ((found & 2) == 0) { // Provide default outline-style
values[1].SetIntValue(NS_STYLE_BORDER_STYLE_NONE, eCSSUnit_Enumerated);
}
if ((found & 4) == 0) { // Provide default outline-width
values[2].SetIntValue(NS_STYLE_BORDER_WIDTH_MEDIUM, eCSSUnit_Enumerated);
}
int32_t index;
for (index = 0; index < numProps; index++) {
AppendValue(kOutlineIDs[index], values[index]);
}
return true;
}
bool
CSSParserImpl::ParseOverflow()
{
nsCSSValue overflow;
if (!ParseSingleTokenVariant(overflow, VARIANT_HK,
nsCSSProps::kOverflowKTable)) {
return false;
}
nsCSSValue overflowX(overflow);
nsCSSValue overflowY(overflow);
if (eCSSUnit_Enumerated == overflow.GetUnit())
switch(overflow.GetIntValue()) {
case NS_STYLE_OVERFLOW_SCROLLBARS_HORIZONTAL:
overflowX.SetIntValue(NS_STYLE_OVERFLOW_SCROLL, eCSSUnit_Enumerated);
overflowY.SetIntValue(NS_STYLE_OVERFLOW_HIDDEN, eCSSUnit_Enumerated);
break;
case NS_STYLE_OVERFLOW_SCROLLBARS_VERTICAL:
overflowX.SetIntValue(NS_STYLE_OVERFLOW_HIDDEN, eCSSUnit_Enumerated);
overflowY.SetIntValue(NS_STYLE_OVERFLOW_SCROLL, eCSSUnit_Enumerated);
break;
}
AppendValue(eCSSProperty_overflow_x, overflowX);
AppendValue(eCSSProperty_overflow_y, overflowY);
return true;
}
bool
CSSParserImpl::ParsePadding()
{
static const nsCSSPropertyID kPaddingSideIDs[] = {
eCSSProperty_padding_top,
eCSSProperty_padding_right,
eCSSProperty_padding_bottom,
eCSSProperty_padding_left
};
return ParseBoxProperties(kPaddingSideIDs);
}
bool
CSSParserImpl::ParseQuotes()
{
nsCSSValue value;
if (!ParseSingleTokenVariant(value, VARIANT_HOS, nullptr)) {
return false;
}
if (value.GetUnit() == eCSSUnit_String) {
nsCSSValue open = value;
nsCSSValuePairList* quotes = value.SetPairListValue();
for (;;) {
quotes->mXValue = open;
// get mandatory close
if (!ParseSingleTokenVariant(quotes->mYValue, VARIANT_STRING, nullptr)) {
return false;
}
// look for another open
if (!ParseSingleTokenVariant(open, VARIANT_STRING, nullptr)) {
break;
}
quotes->mNext = new nsCSSValuePairList;
quotes = quotes->mNext;
}
}
AppendValue(eCSSProperty_quotes, value);
return true;
}
bool
CSSParserImpl::ParseTextDecoration()
{
static const nsCSSPropertyID kTextDecorationIDs[] = {
eCSSProperty_text_decoration_line,
eCSSProperty_text_decoration_style,
eCSSProperty_text_decoration_color
};
const int32_t numProps = MOZ_ARRAY_LENGTH(kTextDecorationIDs);
nsCSSValue values[numProps];
int32_t found = ParseChoice(values, kTextDecorationIDs, numProps);
if (found < 1) {
return false;
}
// Provide default values
if ((found & 1) == 0) { // Provide default text-decoration-line
values[0].SetIntValue(NS_STYLE_TEXT_DECORATION_LINE_NONE,
eCSSUnit_Enumerated);
}
if ((found & 2) == 0) { // Provide default text-decoration-style
values[1].SetIntValue(NS_STYLE_TEXT_DECORATION_STYLE_SOLID,
eCSSUnit_Enumerated);
}
if ((found & 4) == 0) { // Provide default text-decoration-color
values[2].SetIntValue(NS_COLOR_CURRENTCOLOR, eCSSUnit_EnumColor);
}
for (int32_t index = 0; index < numProps; index++) {
AppendValue(kTextDecorationIDs[index], values[index]);
}
return true;
}
bool
CSSParserImpl::ParseTextEmphasis()
{
static constexpr nsCSSPropertyID kTextEmphasisIDs[] = {
eCSSProperty_text_emphasis_style,
eCSSProperty_text_emphasis_color
};
constexpr int32_t numProps = MOZ_ARRAY_LENGTH(kTextEmphasisIDs);
nsCSSValue values[numProps];
int32_t found = ParseChoice(values, kTextEmphasisIDs, numProps);
if (found < 1) {
return false;
}
if (!(found & 1)) { // Provide default text-emphasis-style
values[0].SetNoneValue();
}
if (!(found & 2)) { // Provide default text-emphasis-color
values[1].SetIntValue(NS_COLOR_CURRENTCOLOR, eCSSUnit_EnumColor);
}
for (int32_t index = 0; index < numProps; index++) {
AppendValue(kTextEmphasisIDs[index], values[index]);
}
return true;
}
bool
CSSParserImpl::ParseTextEmphasisPosition(nsCSSValue& aValue)
{
static_assert((NS_STYLE_TEXT_EMPHASIS_POSITION_OVER ^
NS_STYLE_TEXT_EMPHASIS_POSITION_UNDER ^
NS_STYLE_TEXT_EMPHASIS_POSITION_LEFT ^
NS_STYLE_TEXT_EMPHASIS_POSITION_RIGHT) ==
(NS_STYLE_TEXT_EMPHASIS_POSITION_OVER |
NS_STYLE_TEXT_EMPHASIS_POSITION_UNDER |
NS_STYLE_TEXT_EMPHASIS_POSITION_LEFT |
NS_STYLE_TEXT_EMPHASIS_POSITION_RIGHT),
"text-emphasis-position constants should be bitmasks");
if (ParseSingleTokenVariant(aValue, VARIANT_INHERIT, nullptr)) {
return true;
}
nsCSSValue first, second;
const auto& kTable = nsCSSProps::kTextEmphasisPositionKTable;
if (!ParseSingleTokenVariant(first, VARIANT_KEYWORD, kTable) ||
!ParseSingleTokenVariant(second, VARIANT_KEYWORD, kTable)) {
return false;
}
auto firstValue = first.GetIntValue();
auto secondValue = second.GetIntValue();
if ((firstValue == NS_STYLE_TEXT_EMPHASIS_POSITION_OVER ||
firstValue == NS_STYLE_TEXT_EMPHASIS_POSITION_UNDER) ==
(secondValue == NS_STYLE_TEXT_EMPHASIS_POSITION_OVER ||
secondValue == NS_STYLE_TEXT_EMPHASIS_POSITION_UNDER)) {
return false;
}
aValue.SetIntValue(firstValue | secondValue, eCSSUnit_Enumerated);
return true;
}
bool
CSSParserImpl::ParseTextEmphasisStyle(nsCSSValue& aValue)
{
static_assert((NS_STYLE_TEXT_EMPHASIS_STYLE_SHAPE_MASK ^
NS_STYLE_TEXT_EMPHASIS_STYLE_FILL_MASK) ==
(NS_STYLE_TEXT_EMPHASIS_STYLE_SHAPE_MASK |
NS_STYLE_TEXT_EMPHASIS_STYLE_FILL_MASK),
"text-emphasis-style shape and fill constants "
"should not intersect");
static_assert(NS_STYLE_TEXT_EMPHASIS_STYLE_FILLED == 0,
"Making 'filled' zero ensures that if neither 'filled' nor "
"'open' is specified, we compute it to 'filled' per spec");
if (ParseSingleTokenVariant(aValue, VARIANT_HOS, nullptr)) {
return true;
}
nsCSSValue first, second;
const auto& fillKTable = nsCSSProps::kTextEmphasisStyleFillKTable;
const auto& shapeKTable = nsCSSProps::kTextEmphasisStyleShapeKTable;
// Parse a fill value and/or a shape value, in either order.
// (Require at least one of them, and treat the second as optional.)
if (ParseSingleTokenVariant(first, VARIANT_KEYWORD, fillKTable)) {
Unused << ParseSingleTokenVariant(second, VARIANT_KEYWORD, shapeKTable);
} else if (ParseSingleTokenVariant(first, VARIANT_KEYWORD, shapeKTable)) {
Unused << ParseSingleTokenVariant(second, VARIANT_KEYWORD, fillKTable);
} else {
return false;
}
auto value = first.GetIntValue();
if (second.GetUnit() == eCSSUnit_Enumerated) {
value |= second.GetIntValue();
}
aValue.SetIntValue(value, eCSSUnit_Enumerated);
return true;
}
bool
CSSParserImpl::ParseTextAlign(nsCSSValue& aValue, const KTableEntry aTable[])
{
if (ParseSingleTokenVariant(aValue, VARIANT_INHERIT, nullptr)) {
// 'inherit', 'initial' and 'unset' must be alone
return true;
}
nsCSSValue left;
if (!ParseSingleTokenVariant(left, VARIANT_KEYWORD, aTable)) {
return false;
}
if (!nsLayoutUtils::IsTextAlignUnsafeValueEnabled()) {
aValue = left;
return true;
}
nsCSSValue right;
if (ParseSingleTokenVariant(right, VARIANT_KEYWORD, aTable)) {
// 'true' must be combined with some other value than 'true'.
if (left.GetIntValue() == NS_STYLE_TEXT_ALIGN_UNSAFE &&
right.GetIntValue() == NS_STYLE_TEXT_ALIGN_UNSAFE) {
return false;
}
aValue.SetPairValue(left, right);
} else {
// Single value 'true' is not allowed.
if (left.GetIntValue() == NS_STYLE_TEXT_ALIGN_UNSAFE) {
return false;
}
aValue = left;
}
return true;
}
bool
CSSParserImpl::ParseTextAlign(nsCSSValue& aValue)
{
return ParseTextAlign(aValue, nsCSSProps::kTextAlignKTable);
}
bool
CSSParserImpl::ParseTextAlignLast(nsCSSValue& aValue)
{
return ParseTextAlign(aValue, nsCSSProps::kTextAlignLastKTable);
}
bool
CSSParserImpl::ParseTextDecorationLine(nsCSSValue& aValue)
{
static_assert((NS_STYLE_TEXT_DECORATION_LINE_NONE ^
NS_STYLE_TEXT_DECORATION_LINE_UNDERLINE ^
NS_STYLE_TEXT_DECORATION_LINE_OVERLINE ^
NS_STYLE_TEXT_DECORATION_LINE_LINE_THROUGH ^
NS_STYLE_TEXT_DECORATION_LINE_BLINK) ==
(NS_STYLE_TEXT_DECORATION_LINE_NONE |
NS_STYLE_TEXT_DECORATION_LINE_UNDERLINE |
NS_STYLE_TEXT_DECORATION_LINE_OVERLINE |
NS_STYLE_TEXT_DECORATION_LINE_LINE_THROUGH |
NS_STYLE_TEXT_DECORATION_LINE_BLINK),
"text decoration constants need to be bitmasks");
if (ParseSingleTokenVariant(aValue, VARIANT_HK,
nsCSSProps::kTextDecorationLineKTable)) {
if (eCSSUnit_Enumerated == aValue.GetUnit()) {
int32_t intValue = aValue.GetIntValue();
if (intValue != NS_STYLE_TEXT_DECORATION_LINE_NONE) {
// look for more keywords
nsCSSValue keyword;
int32_t index;
for (index = 0; index < 3; index++) {
if (ParseEnum(keyword, nsCSSProps::kTextDecorationLineKTable)) {
int32_t newValue = keyword.GetIntValue();
if (newValue == NS_STYLE_TEXT_DECORATION_LINE_NONE ||
newValue & intValue) {
// 'none' keyword in conjuction with others is not allowed, and
// duplicate keyword is not allowed.
return false;
}
intValue |= newValue;
}
else {
break;
}
}
aValue.SetIntValue(intValue, eCSSUnit_Enumerated);
}
}
return true;
}
return false;
}
bool
CSSParserImpl::ParseTextOverflow(nsCSSValue& aValue)
{
if (ParseSingleTokenVariant(aValue, VARIANT_INHERIT, nullptr)) {
// 'inherit', 'initial' and 'unset' must be alone
return true;
}
nsCSSValue left;
if (!ParseSingleTokenVariant(left, VARIANT_KEYWORD | VARIANT_STRING,
nsCSSProps::kTextOverflowKTable))
return false;
nsCSSValue right;
if (ParseSingleTokenVariant(right, VARIANT_KEYWORD | VARIANT_STRING,
nsCSSProps::kTextOverflowKTable))
aValue.SetPairValue(left, right);
else {
aValue = left;
}
return true;
}
bool
CSSParserImpl::ParseTouchAction(nsCSSValue& aValue)
{
// Avaliable values of property touch-action:
// auto | none | [pan-x || pan-y] | manipulation
if (!ParseSingleTokenVariant(aValue, VARIANT_HK,
nsCSSProps::kTouchActionKTable)) {
return false;
}
// Auto and None keywords aren't allowed in conjunction with others.
// Also inherit, initial and unset values are available.
if (eCSSUnit_Enumerated != aValue.GetUnit()) {
return true;
}
int32_t intValue = aValue.GetIntValue();
nsCSSValue nextValue;
if (ParseEnum(nextValue, nsCSSProps::kTouchActionKTable)) {
int32_t nextIntValue = nextValue.GetIntValue();
// duplicates aren't allowed.
if (nextIntValue & intValue) {
return false;
}
// Auto and None and Manipulation is not allowed in conjunction with others.
if ((intValue | nextIntValue) & (NS_STYLE_TOUCH_ACTION_NONE |
NS_STYLE_TOUCH_ACTION_AUTO |
NS_STYLE_TOUCH_ACTION_MANIPULATION)) {
return false;
}
aValue.SetIntValue(nextIntValue | intValue, eCSSUnit_Enumerated);
}
return true;
}
bool
CSSParserImpl::ParseTextCombineUpright(nsCSSValue& aValue)
{
if (!ParseSingleTokenVariant(aValue, VARIANT_HK,
nsCSSProps::kTextCombineUprightKTable)) {
return false;
}
// if 'digits', need to check for an explicit number [2, 3, 4]
if (eCSSUnit_Enumerated == aValue.GetUnit() &&
aValue.GetIntValue() == NS_STYLE_TEXT_COMBINE_UPRIGHT_DIGITS_2) {
if (!nsLayoutUtils::TextCombineUprightDigitsEnabled()) {
return false;
}
if (!GetToken(true)) {
return true;
}
if (mToken.mType == eCSSToken_Number && mToken.mIntegerValid) {
switch (mToken.mInteger) {
case 2: // already set, nothing to do
break;
case 3:
aValue.SetIntValue(NS_STYLE_TEXT_COMBINE_UPRIGHT_DIGITS_3,
eCSSUnit_Enumerated);
break;
case 4:
aValue.SetIntValue(NS_STYLE_TEXT_COMBINE_UPRIGHT_DIGITS_4,
eCSSUnit_Enumerated);
break;
default:
// invalid digits value
return false;
}
} else {
UngetToken();
}
}
return true;
}
///////////////////////////////////////////////////////
// transform Parsing Implementation
/* Reads a function list of arguments and consumes the closing parenthesis.
* Do not call this function directly; it's meant to be called from
* ParseFunction.
*/
bool
CSSParserImpl::ParseFunctionInternals(const uint32_t aVariantMask[],
uint32_t aVariantMaskAll,
uint16_t aMinElems,
uint16_t aMaxElems,
InfallibleTArray<nsCSSValue> &aOutput)
{
NS_ASSERTION((aVariantMask && !aVariantMaskAll) ||
(!aVariantMask && aVariantMaskAll),
"only one of the two variant mask parameters can be set");
for (uint16_t index = 0; index < aMaxElems; ++index) {
nsCSSValue newValue;
uint32_t m = aVariantMaskAll ? aVariantMaskAll : aVariantMask[index];
if (ParseVariant(newValue, m, nullptr) != CSSParseResult::Ok) {
break;
}
if (nsCSSValue::IsFloatUnit(newValue.GetUnit())) {
// Clamp infinity or -infinity values to max float or -max float to avoid
// calculations with infinity.
newValue.SetFloatValue(
mozilla::clamped(newValue.GetFloatValue(),
-std::numeric_limits<float>::max(),
std::numeric_limits<float>::max()),
newValue.GetUnit());
}
aOutput.AppendElement(newValue);
if (ExpectSymbol(',', true)) {
// Move on to the next argument if we see a comma.
continue;
}
if (ExpectSymbol(')', true)) {
// Make sure we've read enough symbols if we see a closing parenthesis.
return (index + 1) >= aMinElems;
}
// Only a comma or a closing parenthesis is valid after an argument.
break;
}
// If we're here, we've hit an error without seeing a closing parenthesis or
// we've read too many elements without seeing a closing parenthesis.
SkipUntil(')');
return false;
}
/* Parses a function [ input of the form (a [, b]*) ] and stores it
* as an nsCSSValue that holds a function of the form
* function-name arg1 arg2 ... argN
*
* On error, the return value is false.
*
* @param aFunction The name of the function that we're reading.
* @param aAllowedTypes An array of values corresponding to the legal
* types for each element in the function. The zeroth element in the
* array corresponds to the first function parameter, etc. The length
* of this array _must_ be greater than or equal to aMaxElems or the
* behavior is undefined. If not null, aAllowTypesAll must be 0.
* @param aAllowedTypesAll If set, every element tested for these types
* @param aMinElems Minimum number of elements to read. Reading fewer than
* this many elements will result in the function failing.
* @param aMaxElems Maximum number of elements to read. Reading more than
* this many elements will result in the function failing.
* @param aValue (out) The value that was parsed.
*/
bool
CSSParserImpl::ParseFunction(nsCSSKeyword aFunction,
const uint32_t aAllowedTypes[],
uint32_t aAllowedTypesAll,
uint16_t aMinElems, uint16_t aMaxElems,
nsCSSValue &aValue)
{
NS_ASSERTION((aAllowedTypes && !aAllowedTypesAll) ||
(!aAllowedTypes && aAllowedTypesAll),
"only one of the two allowed type parameter can be set");
typedef InfallibleTArray<nsCSSValue>::size_type arrlen_t;
/* 2^16 - 2, so that if we have 2^16 - 2 transforms, we have 2^16 - 1
* elements stored in the the nsCSSValue::Array.
*/
static const arrlen_t MAX_ALLOWED_ELEMS = 0xFFFE;
/* Read in a list of values as an array, failing if we can't or if
* it's out of bounds.
*
* We reserve 16 entries in the foundValues array in order to avoid
* having to resize the array dynamically when parsing some well-formed
* functions. The number 16 is coming from the number of arguments that
* matrix3d() accepts.
*/
AutoTArray<nsCSSValue, 16> foundValues;
if (!ParseFunctionInternals(aAllowedTypes, aAllowedTypesAll, aMinElems,
aMaxElems, foundValues)) {
return false;
}
/*
* In case the user has given us more than 2^16 - 2 arguments,
* we'll truncate them at 2^16 - 2 arguments.
*/
uint16_t numArgs = std::min(foundValues.Length(), MAX_ALLOWED_ELEMS);
RefPtr<nsCSSValue::Array> convertedArray =
aValue.InitFunction(aFunction, numArgs);
/* Copy things over. */
for (uint16_t index = 0; index < numArgs; ++index)
convertedArray->Item(index + 1) = foundValues[static_cast<arrlen_t>(index)];
/* Return it! */
return true;
}
/**
* Given a token, determines the minimum and maximum number of function
* parameters to read, along with the mask that should be used to read
* those function parameters. If the token isn't a transform function,
* returns an error.
*
* @param aToken The token identifying the function.
* @param aIsPrefixed If true, parse matrices using the matrix syntax
* for -moz-transform.
* @param aDisallowRelativeValues If true, only allow variants that are
* numbers or have non-relative dimensions.
* @param aMinElems [out] The minimum number of elements to read.
* @param aMaxElems [out] The maximum number of elements to read
* @param aVariantMask [out] The variant mask to use during parsing
* @return Whether the information was loaded successfully.
*/
static bool GetFunctionParseInformation(nsCSSKeyword aToken,
bool aIsPrefixed,
bool aDisallowRelativeValues,
uint16_t &aMinElems,
uint16_t &aMaxElems,
const uint32_t *& aVariantMask)
{
/* These types represent the common variant masks that will be used to
* parse out the individual functions. The order in the enumeration
* must match the order in which the masks are declared.
*/
enum { eLengthPercentCalc,
eLengthCalc,
eAbsoluteLengthCalc,
eTwoLengthPercentCalcs,
eTwoAbsoluteLengthCalcs,
eTwoLengthPercentCalcsOneLengthCalc,
eThreeAbsoluteLengthCalc,
eAngle,
eTwoAngles,
eNumber,
eNonNegativeLength,
eNonNegativeAbsoluteLength,
eTwoNumbers,
eThreeNumbers,
eThreeNumbersOneAngle,
eMatrix,
eMatrixPrefixed,
eMatrix3d,
eMatrix3dPrefixed,
eNumVariantMasks };
static const int32_t kMaxElemsPerFunction = 16;
static const uint32_t kVariantMasks[eNumVariantMasks][kMaxElemsPerFunction] = {
{VARIANT_LPCALC},
{VARIANT_LCALC},
{VARIANT_LB},
{VARIANT_LPCALC, VARIANT_LPCALC},
{VARIANT_LBCALC, VARIANT_LBCALC},
{VARIANT_LPCALC, VARIANT_LPCALC, VARIANT_LCALC},
{VARIANT_LBCALC, VARIANT_LBCALC, VARIANT_LBCALC},
{VARIANT_ANGLE_OR_ZERO},
{VARIANT_ANGLE_OR_ZERO, VARIANT_ANGLE_OR_ZERO},
{VARIANT_NUMBER},
{VARIANT_LENGTH|VARIANT_NONNEGATIVE_DIMENSION},
{VARIANT_LB|VARIANT_NONNEGATIVE_DIMENSION},
{VARIANT_NUMBER, VARIANT_NUMBER},
{VARIANT_NUMBER, VARIANT_NUMBER, VARIANT_NUMBER},
{VARIANT_NUMBER, VARIANT_NUMBER, VARIANT_NUMBER, VARIANT_ANGLE_OR_ZERO},
{VARIANT_NUMBER, VARIANT_NUMBER, VARIANT_NUMBER, VARIANT_NUMBER,
VARIANT_NUMBER, VARIANT_NUMBER},
{VARIANT_NUMBER, VARIANT_NUMBER, VARIANT_NUMBER, VARIANT_NUMBER,
VARIANT_LPNCALC, VARIANT_LPNCALC},
{VARIANT_NUMBER, VARIANT_NUMBER, VARIANT_NUMBER, VARIANT_NUMBER,
VARIANT_NUMBER, VARIANT_NUMBER, VARIANT_NUMBER, VARIANT_NUMBER,
VARIANT_NUMBER, VARIANT_NUMBER, VARIANT_NUMBER, VARIANT_NUMBER,
VARIANT_NUMBER, VARIANT_NUMBER, VARIANT_NUMBER, VARIANT_NUMBER},
{VARIANT_NUMBER, VARIANT_NUMBER, VARIANT_NUMBER, VARIANT_NUMBER,
VARIANT_NUMBER, VARIANT_NUMBER, VARIANT_NUMBER, VARIANT_NUMBER,
VARIANT_NUMBER, VARIANT_NUMBER, VARIANT_NUMBER, VARIANT_NUMBER,
VARIANT_LPNCALC, VARIANT_LPNCALC, VARIANT_LNCALC, VARIANT_NUMBER}};
// Map from a mask to a congruent mask that excludes relative variants.
static const int32_t kNonRelativeVariantMap[eNumVariantMasks] = {
eAbsoluteLengthCalc,
eAbsoluteLengthCalc,
eAbsoluteLengthCalc,
eTwoAbsoluteLengthCalcs,
eTwoAbsoluteLengthCalcs,
eThreeAbsoluteLengthCalc,
eThreeAbsoluteLengthCalc,
eAngle,
eTwoAngles,
eNumber,
eNonNegativeAbsoluteLength,
eNonNegativeAbsoluteLength,
eTwoNumbers,
eThreeNumbers,
eThreeNumbersOneAngle,
eMatrix,
eMatrix,
eMatrix3d,
eMatrix3d };
#ifdef DEBUG
static const uint8_t kVariantMaskLengths[eNumVariantMasks] =
{1, 1, 1, 2, 2, 3, 3, 1, 2, 1, 1, 1, 2, 3, 4, 6, 6, 16, 16};
#endif
int32_t variantIndex = eNumVariantMasks;
switch (aToken) {
case eCSSKeyword_translatex:
case eCSSKeyword_translatey:
/* Exactly one length or percent. */
variantIndex = eLengthPercentCalc;
aMinElems = 1U;
aMaxElems = 1U;
break;
case eCSSKeyword_translatez:
/* Exactly one length */
variantIndex = eLengthCalc;
aMinElems = 1U;
aMaxElems = 1U;
break;
case eCSSKeyword_translate3d:
/* Exactly two lengthds or percents and a number */
variantIndex = eTwoLengthPercentCalcsOneLengthCalc;
aMinElems = 3U;
aMaxElems = 3U;
break;
case eCSSKeyword_scalez:
case eCSSKeyword_scalex:
case eCSSKeyword_scaley:
/* Exactly one scale factor. */
variantIndex = eNumber;
aMinElems = 1U;
aMaxElems = 1U;
break;
case eCSSKeyword_scale3d:
/* Exactly three scale factors. */
variantIndex = eThreeNumbers;
aMinElems = 3U;
aMaxElems = 3U;
break;
case eCSSKeyword_rotatex:
case eCSSKeyword_rotatey:
case eCSSKeyword_rotate:
case eCSSKeyword_rotatez:
/* Exactly one angle. */
variantIndex = eAngle;
aMinElems = 1U;
aMaxElems = 1U;
break;
case eCSSKeyword_rotate3d:
variantIndex = eThreeNumbersOneAngle;
aMinElems = 4U;
aMaxElems = 4U;
break;
case eCSSKeyword_translate:
/* One or two lengths or percents. */
variantIndex = eTwoLengthPercentCalcs;
aMinElems = 1U;
aMaxElems = 2U;
break;
case eCSSKeyword_skew:
/* Exactly one or two angles. */
variantIndex = eTwoAngles;
aMinElems = 1U;
aMaxElems = 2U;
break;
case eCSSKeyword_scale:
/* One or two scale factors. */
variantIndex = eTwoNumbers;
aMinElems = 1U;
aMaxElems = 2U;
break;
case eCSSKeyword_skewx:
/* Exactly one angle. */
variantIndex = eAngle;
aMinElems = 1U;
aMaxElems = 1U;
break;
case eCSSKeyword_skewy:
/* Exactly one angle. */
variantIndex = eAngle;
aMinElems = 1U;
aMaxElems = 1U;
break;
case eCSSKeyword_matrix:
/* Six values, all numbers. */
variantIndex = aIsPrefixed ? eMatrixPrefixed : eMatrix;
aMinElems = 6U;
aMaxElems = 6U;
break;
case eCSSKeyword_matrix3d:
/* 16 matrix values, all numbers */
variantIndex = aIsPrefixed ? eMatrix3dPrefixed : eMatrix3d;
aMinElems = 16U;
aMaxElems = 16U;
break;
case eCSSKeyword_perspective:
/* Exactly one scale number. */
variantIndex = eNonNegativeLength;
aMinElems = 1U;
aMaxElems = 1U;
break;
default:
/* Oh dear, we didn't match. Report an error. */
return false;
}
if (aDisallowRelativeValues) {
variantIndex = kNonRelativeVariantMap[variantIndex];
}
NS_ASSERTION(aMinElems > 0, "Didn't update minimum elements!");
NS_ASSERTION(aMaxElems > 0, "Didn't update maximum elements!");
NS_ASSERTION(aMinElems <= aMaxElems, "aMinElems > aMaxElems!");
NS_ASSERTION(variantIndex >= 0, "Invalid variant mask!");
NS_ASSERTION(variantIndex < eNumVariantMasks, "Invalid variant mask!");
#ifdef DEBUG
NS_ASSERTION(aMaxElems <= kVariantMaskLengths[variantIndex],
"Invalid aMaxElems for this variant mask.");
#endif
// Convert the index into a mask.
aVariantMask = kVariantMasks[variantIndex];
return true;
}
bool CSSParserImpl::ParseWillChange()
{
nsCSSValue listValue;
nsCSSValueList* currentListValue = listValue.SetListValue();
bool first = true;
for (;;) {
const uint32_t variantMask = VARIANT_IDENTIFIER |
VARIANT_INHERIT |
VARIANT_NONE |
VARIANT_ALL |
VARIANT_AUTO;
nsCSSValue value;
if (!ParseSingleTokenVariant(value, variantMask, nullptr)) {
return false;
}
if (value.GetUnit() == eCSSUnit_None ||
value.GetUnit() == eCSSUnit_All)
{
return false;
}
if (value.GetUnit() != eCSSUnit_Ident) {
if (first) {
AppendValue(eCSSProperty_will_change, value);
return true;
} else {
return false;
}
}
value.AtomizeIdentValue();
nsIAtom* atom = value.GetAtomValue();
if (atom == nsGkAtoms::_default || atom == nsGkAtoms::willChange) {
return false;
}
currentListValue->mValue = Move(value);
if (!ExpectSymbol(',', true)) {
break;
}
currentListValue->mNext = new nsCSSValueList;
currentListValue = currentListValue->mNext;
first = false;
}
AppendValue(eCSSProperty_will_change, listValue);
return true;
}
/* Reads a single transform function from the tokenizer stream, reporting an
* error if something goes wrong.
*/
bool
CSSParserImpl::ParseSingleTransform(bool aIsPrefixed,
bool aDisallowRelativeValues,
nsCSSValue& aValue)
{
if (!GetToken(true))
return false;
if (mToken.mType != eCSSToken_Function) {
UngetToken();
return false;
}
const uint32_t* variantMask;
uint16_t minElems, maxElems;
nsCSSKeyword keyword = nsCSSKeywords::LookupKeyword(mToken.mIdent);
if (!GetFunctionParseInformation(keyword, aIsPrefixed,
aDisallowRelativeValues,
minElems, maxElems,
variantMask))
return false;
return ParseFunction(keyword, variantMask, 0, minElems, maxElems, aValue);
}
/* Parses a transform property list by continuously reading in properties
* and constructing a matrix from it.
*/
bool
CSSParserImpl::ParseTransform(bool aIsPrefixed, bool aDisallowRelativeValues)
{
nsCSSValue value;
// 'inherit', 'initial', 'unset' and 'none' must be alone
if (!ParseSingleTokenVariant(value, VARIANT_INHERIT | VARIANT_NONE,
nullptr)) {
nsCSSValueSharedList* list = new nsCSSValueSharedList;
value.SetSharedListValue(list);
list->mHead = new nsCSSValueList;
nsCSSValueList* cur = list->mHead;
for (;;) {
if (!ParseSingleTransform(aIsPrefixed, aDisallowRelativeValues,
cur->mValue)) {
return false;
}
if (CheckEndProperty()) {
break;
}
cur->mNext = new nsCSSValueList;
cur = cur->mNext;
}
}
AppendValue(eCSSProperty_transform, value);
return true;
}
/* Reads a polygon function's argument list.
*/
bool
CSSParserImpl::ParsePolygonFunction(nsCSSValue& aValue)
{
uint16_t numArgs = 1;
nsCSSValue fillRuleValue;
if (ParseEnum(fillRuleValue, nsCSSProps::kFillRuleKTable)) {
numArgs++;
// The fill-rule must be comma separated from the polygon points.
if (!ExpectSymbol(',', true)) {
REPORT_UNEXPECTED_TOKEN(PEExpectedComma);
SkipUntil(')');
return false;
}
}
nsCSSValue coordinates;
nsCSSValuePairList* item = coordinates.SetPairListValue();
for (;;) {
nsCSSValue xValue, yValue;
if (ParseVariant(xValue, VARIANT_LPCALC, nullptr) != CSSParseResult::Ok ||
ParseVariant(yValue, VARIANT_LPCALC, nullptr) != CSSParseResult::Ok) {
REPORT_UNEXPECTED_TOKEN(PECoordinatePair);
SkipUntil(')');
return false;
}
item->mXValue = xValue;
item->mYValue = yValue;
// See whether to continue or whether to look for end of function.
if (!ExpectSymbol(',', true)) {
// We need to read the closing parenthesis.
if (!ExpectSymbol(')', true)) {
REPORT_UNEXPECTED_TOKEN(PEExpectedCloseParen);
SkipUntil(')');
return false;
}
break;
}
item->mNext = new nsCSSValuePairList;
item = item->mNext;
}
RefPtr<nsCSSValue::Array> functionArray =
aValue.InitFunction(eCSSKeyword_polygon, numArgs);
functionArray->Item(numArgs) = coordinates;
if (numArgs > 1) {
functionArray->Item(1) = fillRuleValue;
}
return true;
}
bool
CSSParserImpl::ParseCircleOrEllipseFunction(nsCSSKeyword aKeyword,
nsCSSValue& aValue)
{
nsCSSValue radiusX, radiusY, position;
bool hasRadius = false, hasPosition = false;
int32_t mask = VARIANT_LPCALC | VARIANT_NONNEGATIVE_DIMENSION |
VARIANT_KEYWORD;
CSSParseResult result =
ParseVariant(radiusX, mask, nsCSSProps::kShapeRadiusKTable);
if (result == CSSParseResult::Error) {
return false;
} else if (result == CSSParseResult::Ok) {
if (aKeyword == eCSSKeyword_ellipse) {
if (ParseVariant(radiusY, mask, nsCSSProps::kShapeRadiusKTable) !=
CSSParseResult::Ok) {
REPORT_UNEXPECTED_TOKEN(PEExpectedRadius);
SkipUntil(')');
return false;
}
}
hasRadius = true;
}
if (!ExpectSymbol(')', true)) {
if (!GetToken(true)) {
REPORT_UNEXPECTED_EOF(PEPositionEOF);
return false;
}
if (mToken.mType != eCSSToken_Ident ||
!mToken.mIdent.LowerCaseEqualsLiteral("at") ||
!ParsePositionValueForBasicShape(position)) {
REPORT_UNEXPECTED_TOKEN(PEExpectedPosition);
SkipUntil(')');
return false;
}
if (!ExpectSymbol(')', true)) {
REPORT_UNEXPECTED_TOKEN(PEExpectedCloseParen);
SkipUntil(')');
return false;
}
hasPosition = true;
}
size_t count = aKeyword == eCSSKeyword_circle ? 2 : 3;
RefPtr<nsCSSValue::Array> functionArray =
aValue.InitFunction(aKeyword, count);
if (hasRadius) {
functionArray->Item(1) = radiusX;
if (aKeyword == eCSSKeyword_ellipse) {
functionArray->Item(2) = radiusY;
}
}
if (hasPosition) {
functionArray->Item(count) = position;
}
return true;
}
bool
CSSParserImpl::ParseInsetFunction(nsCSSValue& aValue)
{
RefPtr<nsCSSValue::Array> functionArray =
aValue.InitFunction(eCSSKeyword_inset, 5);
int count = 0;
while (count < 4) {
CSSParseResult result =
ParseVariant(functionArray->Item(count + 1), VARIANT_LPCALC, nullptr);
if (result == CSSParseResult::Error) {
count = 0;
break;
} else if (result == CSSParseResult::NotFound) {
break;
}
++count;
}
if (count == 0) {
REPORT_UNEXPECTED_TOKEN(PEExpectedShapeArg);
SkipUntil(')');
return false;
}
if (!ExpectSymbol(')', true)) {
if (!GetToken(true)) {
NS_NOTREACHED("ExpectSymbol should have returned true");
return false;
}
RefPtr<nsCSSValue::Array> radiusArray = nsCSSValue::Array::Create(4);
functionArray->Item(5).SetArrayValue(radiusArray, eCSSUnit_Array);
if (mToken.mType != eCSSToken_Ident ||
!mToken.mIdent.LowerCaseEqualsLiteral("round") ||
!ParseBoxCornerRadiiInternals(radiusArray->ItemStorage())) {
REPORT_UNEXPECTED_TOKEN(PEExpectedRadius);
SkipUntil(')');
return false;
}
if (!ExpectSymbol(')', true)) {
REPORT_UNEXPECTED_TOKEN(PEExpectedCloseParen);
SkipUntil(')');
return false;
}
}
return true;
}
bool
CSSParserImpl::ParseBasicShape(nsCSSValue& aValue, bool* aConsumedTokens)
{
if (!GetToken(true)) {
return false;
}
if (mToken.mType != eCSSToken_Function) {
UngetToken();
return false;
}
// Specific shape function parsing always consumes tokens.
*aConsumedTokens = true;
nsCSSKeyword keyword = nsCSSKeywords::LookupKeyword(mToken.mIdent);
switch (keyword) {
case eCSSKeyword_polygon:
return ParsePolygonFunction(aValue);
case eCSSKeyword_circle:
case eCSSKeyword_ellipse:
return ParseCircleOrEllipseFunction(keyword, aValue);
case eCSSKeyword_inset:
return ParseInsetFunction(aValue);
default:
return false;
}
}
bool
CSSParserImpl::ParseReferenceBoxAndBasicShape(
nsCSSValue& aValue,
const KTableEntry aBoxKeywordTable[])
{
nsCSSValue referenceBox;
bool hasBox = ParseEnum(referenceBox, aBoxKeywordTable);
const bool boxCameFirst = hasBox;
nsCSSValue basicShape;
bool basicShapeConsumedTokens = false;
bool hasShape = ParseBasicShape(basicShape, &basicShapeConsumedTokens);
// Parsing wasn't successful if ParseBasicShape consumed tokens but failed
// or if the token was neither a reference box nor a basic shape.
if ((!hasShape && basicShapeConsumedTokens) || (!hasBox && !hasShape)) {
return false;
}
// Check if the second argument is a reference box if the first wasn't.
if (!hasBox) {
hasBox = ParseEnum(referenceBox, aBoxKeywordTable);
}
RefPtr<nsCSSValue::Array> fullValue =
nsCSSValue::Array::Create((hasBox && hasShape) ? 2 : 1);
if (hasBox && hasShape) {
fullValue->Item(boxCameFirst ? 0 : 1) = referenceBox;
fullValue->Item(boxCameFirst ? 1 : 0) = basicShape;
} else if (hasBox) {
fullValue->Item(0) = referenceBox;
} else {
MOZ_ASSERT(hasShape, "should've bailed if we got neither box nor shape");
fullValue->Item(0) = basicShape;
}
aValue.SetArrayValue(fullValue, eCSSUnit_Array);
return true;
}
// Parse a clip-path url to a <clipPath> element or a basic shape.
bool
CSSParserImpl::ParseClipPath(nsCSSValue& aValue)
{
if (ParseSingleTokenVariant(aValue, VARIANT_HUO, nullptr)) {
return true;
}
if (!nsLayoutUtils::CSSClipPathShapesEnabled()) {
// With CSS Clip Path Shapes disabled, we should only accept
// SVG clipPath reference and none.
REPORT_UNEXPECTED_TOKEN(PEExpectedNoneOrURL);
return false;
}
return ParseReferenceBoxAndBasicShape(
aValue, nsCSSProps::kClipPathGeometryBoxKTable);
}
// none | [ <basic-shape> || <shape-box> ] | <image>
bool
CSSParserImpl::ParseShapeOutside(nsCSSValue& aValue)
{
if (ParseSingleTokenVariant(aValue, VARIANT_HUO, nullptr)) {
// 'inherit', 'initial', 'unset', 'none', and <image> url must be alone.
return true;
}
return ParseReferenceBoxAndBasicShape(
aValue, nsCSSProps::kShapeOutsideShapeBoxKTable);
}
bool CSSParserImpl::ParseTransformOrigin(bool aPerspective)
{
nsCSSValuePair position;
if (!ParseBoxPositionValues(position, true))
return false;
nsCSSPropertyID prop = eCSSProperty_transform_origin;
if (aPerspective) {
prop = eCSSProperty_perspective_origin;
}
// Unlike many other uses of pairs, this position should always be stored
// as a pair, even if the values are the same, so it always serializes as
// a pair, and to keep the computation code simple.
if (position.mXValue.GetUnit() == eCSSUnit_Inherit ||
position.mXValue.GetUnit() == eCSSUnit_Initial ||
position.mXValue.GetUnit() == eCSSUnit_Unset) {
MOZ_ASSERT(position.mXValue == position.mYValue,
"inherit/initial/unset only half?");
AppendValue(prop, position.mXValue);
} else {
nsCSSValue value;
if (aPerspective) {
value.SetPairValue(position.mXValue, position.mYValue);
} else {
nsCSSValue depth;
CSSParseResult result =
ParseVariant(depth, VARIANT_LENGTH | VARIANT_CALC, nullptr);
if (result == CSSParseResult::Error) {
return false;
} else if (result == CSSParseResult::NotFound) {
depth.SetFloatValue(0.0f, eCSSUnit_Pixel);
}
value.SetTripletValue(position.mXValue, position.mYValue, depth);
}
AppendValue(prop, value);
}
return true;
}
/**
* Reads a drop-shadow value. At the moment the Filter Effects specification
* just expects one shadow item. Should this ever change to a list of shadow
* items, use ParseShadowList instead.
*/
bool
CSSParserImpl::ParseDropShadow(nsCSSValue* aValue)
{
// Use nsCSSValueList to reuse the shadow resolving code in
// nsRuleNode and nsComputedDOMStyle.
nsCSSValue shadow;
nsCSSValueList* cur = shadow.SetListValue();
if (!ParseShadowItem(cur->mValue, false))
return false;
if (!ExpectSymbol(')', true))
return false;
nsCSSValue::Array* dropShadow = aValue->InitFunction(eCSSKeyword_drop_shadow, 1);
// Copy things over.
dropShadow->Item(1) = shadow;
return true;
}
/**
* Reads a single url or filter function from the tokenizer stream, reporting an
* error if something goes wrong.
*/
bool
CSSParserImpl::ParseSingleFilter(nsCSSValue* aValue)
{
if (ParseSingleTokenVariant(*aValue, VARIANT_URL, nullptr)) {
return true;
}
if (!nsLayoutUtils::CSSFiltersEnabled()) {
// With CSS Filters disabled, we should only accept an SVG reference filter.
REPORT_UNEXPECTED_TOKEN(PEExpectedNoneOrURL);
return false;
}
if (!GetToken(true)) {
REPORT_UNEXPECTED_EOF(PEFilterEOF);
return false;
}
if (mToken.mType != eCSSToken_Function) {
REPORT_UNEXPECTED_TOKEN(PEExpectedNoneOrURLOrFilterFunction);
UngetToken();
return false;
}
nsCSSKeyword functionName = nsCSSKeywords::LookupKeyword(mToken.mIdent);
// Parse drop-shadow independently of the other filter functions
// because of its more complex characteristics.
if (functionName == eCSSKeyword_drop_shadow) {
if (ParseDropShadow(aValue)) {
return true;
} else {
// Unrecognized filter function.
REPORT_UNEXPECTED_TOKEN(PEExpectedNoneOrURLOrFilterFunction);
SkipUntil(')');
return false;
}
}
// Set up the parsing rules based on the filter function.
uint32_t variantMask = VARIANT_PN;
bool rejectNegativeArgument = true;
bool clampArgumentToOne = false;
switch (functionName) {
case eCSSKeyword_blur:
variantMask = VARIANT_LCALC | VARIANT_NONNEGATIVE_DIMENSION;
// VARIANT_NONNEGATIVE_DIMENSION will already reject negative lengths.
rejectNegativeArgument = false;
break;
case eCSSKeyword_brightness:
case eCSSKeyword_contrast:
case eCSSKeyword_saturate:
break;
case eCSSKeyword_grayscale:
case eCSSKeyword_invert:
case eCSSKeyword_sepia:
case eCSSKeyword_opacity:
clampArgumentToOne = true;
break;
case eCSSKeyword_hue_rotate:
variantMask = VARIANT_ANGLE;
rejectNegativeArgument = false;
break;
default:
// Unrecognized filter function.
REPORT_UNEXPECTED_TOKEN(PEExpectedNoneOrURLOrFilterFunction);
SkipUntil(')');
return false;
}
// Parse the function.
uint16_t minElems = 1U;
uint16_t maxElems = 1U;
uint32_t allVariants = 0;
if (!ParseFunction(functionName, &variantMask, allVariants,
minElems, maxElems, *aValue)) {
REPORT_UNEXPECTED(PEFilterFunctionArgumentsParsingError);
return false;
}
// Get the first and only argument to the filter function.
MOZ_ASSERT(aValue->GetUnit() == eCSSUnit_Function,
"expected a filter function");
MOZ_ASSERT(aValue->UnitHasArrayValue(),
"filter function should be an array");
MOZ_ASSERT(aValue->GetArrayValue()->Count() == 2,
"filter function should have exactly one argument");
nsCSSValue& arg = aValue->GetArrayValue()->Item(1);
if (rejectNegativeArgument &&
((arg.GetUnit() == eCSSUnit_Percent && arg.GetPercentValue() < 0.0f) ||
(arg.GetUnit() == eCSSUnit_Number && arg.GetFloatValue() < 0.0f))) {
REPORT_UNEXPECTED(PEExpectedNonnegativeNP);
return false;
}
if (clampArgumentToOne) {
if (arg.GetUnit() == eCSSUnit_Number &&
arg.GetFloatValue() > 1.0f) {
arg.SetFloatValue(1.0f, arg.GetUnit());
} else if (arg.GetUnit() == eCSSUnit_Percent &&
arg.GetPercentValue() > 1.0f) {
arg.SetPercentValue(1.0f);
}
}
return true;
}
/**
* Parses a filter property value by continuously reading in urls and/or filter
* functions and constructing a list.
*
* When CSS Filters are enabled, the filter property accepts one or more SVG
* reference filters and/or CSS filter functions.
* e.g. filter: url(#my-filter-1) blur(3px) url(#my-filter-2) grayscale(50%);
*
* When CSS Filters are disabled, the filter property only accepts one SVG
* reference filter.
* e.g. filter: url(#my-filter);
*/
bool
CSSParserImpl::ParseFilter()
{
nsCSSValue value;
// 'inherit', 'initial', 'unset' and 'none' must be alone
if (!ParseSingleTokenVariant(value, VARIANT_INHERIT | VARIANT_NONE,
nullptr)) {
nsCSSValueList* cur = value.SetListValue();
while (cur) {
if (!ParseSingleFilter(&cur->mValue)) {
return false;
}
if (CheckEndProperty()) {
break;
}
if (!nsLayoutUtils::CSSFiltersEnabled()) {
// With CSS Filters disabled, we should only accept one SVG reference
// filter.
REPORT_UNEXPECTED_TOKEN(PEExpectEndValue);
return false;
}
cur->mNext = new nsCSSValueList;
cur = cur->mNext;
}
}
AppendValue(eCSSProperty_filter, value);
return true;
}
bool
CSSParserImpl::ParseTransitionProperty()
{
nsCSSValue value;
// 'inherit', 'initial', 'unset' and 'none' must be alone
if (!ParseSingleTokenVariant(value, VARIANT_INHERIT | VARIANT_NONE,
nullptr)) {
// Accept a list of arbitrary identifiers. They should be
// CSS properties, but we want to accept any so that we
// accept properties that we don't know about yet, e.g.
// transition-property: invalid-property, left, opacity;
nsCSSValueList* cur = value.SetListValue();
for (;;) {
if (!ParseSingleTokenVariant(cur->mValue,
VARIANT_IDENTIFIER | VARIANT_ALL,
nullptr)) {
return false;
}
if (cur->mValue.GetUnit() == eCSSUnit_Ident) {
nsDependentString str(cur->mValue.GetStringBufferValue());
// Exclude 'none', 'inherit', 'initial' and 'unset' according to the
// same rules as for 'counter-reset' in CSS 2.1.
if (str.LowerCaseEqualsLiteral("none") ||
str.LowerCaseEqualsLiteral("inherit") ||
str.LowerCaseEqualsLiteral("initial") ||
(str.LowerCaseEqualsLiteral("unset") &&
nsLayoutUtils::UnsetValueEnabled())) {
return false;
}
}
if (!ExpectSymbol(',', true)) {
break;
}
cur->mNext = new nsCSSValueList;
cur = cur->mNext;
}
}
AppendValue(eCSSProperty_transition_property, value);
return true;
}
bool
CSSParserImpl::ParseTransitionTimingFunctionValues(nsCSSValue& aValue)
{
NS_ASSERTION(!mHavePushBack &&
mToken.mType == eCSSToken_Function &&
mToken.mIdent.LowerCaseEqualsLiteral("cubic-bezier"),
"unexpected initial state");
RefPtr<nsCSSValue::Array> val = nsCSSValue::Array::Create(4);
float x1, x2, y1, y2;
if (!ParseTransitionTimingFunctionValueComponent(x1, ',', true) ||
!ParseTransitionTimingFunctionValueComponent(y1, ',', false) ||
!ParseTransitionTimingFunctionValueComponent(x2, ',', true) ||
!ParseTransitionTimingFunctionValueComponent(y2, ')', false)) {
return false;
}
val->Item(0).SetFloatValue(x1, eCSSUnit_Number);
val->Item(1).SetFloatValue(y1, eCSSUnit_Number);
val->Item(2).SetFloatValue(x2, eCSSUnit_Number);
val->Item(3).SetFloatValue(y2, eCSSUnit_Number);
aValue.SetArrayValue(val, eCSSUnit_Cubic_Bezier);
return true;
}
bool
CSSParserImpl::ParseTransitionTimingFunctionValueComponent(float& aComponent,
char aStop,
bool aIsXPoint)
{
if (!GetToken(true)) {
return false;
}
nsCSSToken* tk = &mToken;
if (tk->mType == eCSSToken_Number) {
float num = tk->mNumber;
// Clamp infinity or -infinity values to max float or -max float to avoid
// calculations with infinity.
num = mozilla::clamped(num, -std::numeric_limits<float>::max(),
std::numeric_limits<float>::max());
// X control point should be inside [0, 1] range.
if (aIsXPoint && (num < 0.0 || num > 1.0)) {
return false;
}
aComponent = num;
if (ExpectSymbol(aStop, true)) {
return true;
}
}
return false;
}
bool
CSSParserImpl::ParseTransitionStepTimingFunctionValues(nsCSSValue& aValue)
{
NS_ASSERTION(!mHavePushBack &&
mToken.mType == eCSSToken_Function &&
mToken.mIdent.LowerCaseEqualsLiteral("steps"),
"unexpected initial state");
RefPtr<nsCSSValue::Array> val = nsCSSValue::Array::Create(2);
if (!ParseSingleTokenOneOrLargerVariant(val->Item(0), VARIANT_INTEGER,
nullptr)) {
return false;
}
int32_t type = -1; // indicates an implicit end value
if (ExpectSymbol(',', true)) {
if (!GetToken(true)) {
return false;
}
if (mToken.mType == eCSSToken_Ident) {
if (mToken.mIdent.LowerCaseEqualsLiteral("start")) {
type = NS_STYLE_TRANSITION_TIMING_FUNCTION_STEP_START;
} else if (mToken.mIdent.LowerCaseEqualsLiteral("end")) {
type = NS_STYLE_TRANSITION_TIMING_FUNCTION_STEP_END;
}
}
if (type == -1) {
UngetToken();
return false;
}
}
val->Item(1).SetIntValue(type, eCSSUnit_Enumerated);
if (!ExpectSymbol(')', true)) {
return false;
}
aValue.SetArrayValue(val, eCSSUnit_Steps);
return true;
}
bool
CSSParserImpl::ParseTransitionFramesTimingFunctionValues(nsCSSValue& aValue)
{
NS_ASSERTION(!mHavePushBack &&
mToken.mType == eCSSToken_Function &&
mToken.mIdent.LowerCaseEqualsLiteral("frames"),
"unexpected initial state");
nsCSSKeyword functionName = nsCSSKeywords::LookupKeyword(mToken.mIdent);
MOZ_ASSERT(functionName == eCSSKeyword_frames);
nsCSSValue frameNumber;
if (!ParseSingleTokenOneOrLargerVariant(frameNumber, VARIANT_INTEGER,
nullptr)) {
return false;
}
MOZ_ASSERT(frameNumber.GetIntValue() >= 1,
"Parsing function should've enforced OneOrLarger, per its name");
// The number of frames must be a positive integer greater than one.
if (frameNumber.GetIntValue() == 1) {
return false;
}
if (!ExpectSymbol(')', true)) {
return false;
}
RefPtr<nsCSSValue::Array> val = aValue.InitFunction(functionName, 1);
val->Item(1) = frameNumber;
return true;
}
static nsCSSValueList*
AppendValueToList(nsCSSValue& aContainer,
nsCSSValueList* aTail,
const nsCSSValue& aValue)
{
nsCSSValueList* entry;
if (aContainer.GetUnit() == eCSSUnit_Null) {
MOZ_ASSERT(!aTail, "should not have an entry");
entry = aContainer.SetListValue();
} else {
MOZ_ASSERT(!aTail->mNext, "should not have a next entry");
MOZ_ASSERT(aContainer.GetUnit() == eCSSUnit_List, "not a list");
entry = new nsCSSValueList;
aTail->mNext = entry;
}
entry->mValue = aValue;
return entry;
}
CSSParserImpl::ParseAnimationOrTransitionShorthandResult
CSSParserImpl::ParseAnimationOrTransitionShorthand(
const nsCSSPropertyID* aProperties,
const nsCSSValue* aInitialValues,
nsCSSValue* aValues,
size_t aNumProperties)
{
nsCSSValue tempValue;
// first see if 'inherit', 'initial' or 'unset' is specified. If one is,
// it can be the only thing specified, so don't attempt to parse any
// additional properties
if (ParseSingleTokenVariant(tempValue, VARIANT_INHERIT, nullptr)) {
for (uint32_t i = 0; i < aNumProperties; ++i) {
AppendValue(aProperties[i], tempValue);
}
return eParseAnimationOrTransitionShorthand_Inherit;
}
static const size_t maxNumProperties = 8;
MOZ_ASSERT(aNumProperties <= maxNumProperties,
"can't handle this many properties");
nsCSSValueList *cur[maxNumProperties];
bool parsedProperty[maxNumProperties];
for (size_t i = 0; i < aNumProperties; ++i) {
cur[i] = nullptr;
}
bool atEOP = false; // at end of property?
for (;;) { // loop over comma-separated transitions or animations
// whether a particular subproperty was specified for this
// transition or animation
bool haveAnyProperty = false;
for (size_t i = 0; i < aNumProperties; ++i) {
parsedProperty[i] = false;
}
for (;;) { // loop over values within a transition or animation
bool foundProperty = false;
// check to see if we're at the end of one full transition or
// animation definition (either because we hit a comma or because
// we hit the end of the property definition)
if (ExpectSymbol(',', true))
break;
if (CheckEndProperty()) {
atEOP = true;
break;
}
// else, try to parse the next transition or animation sub-property
for (uint32_t i = 0; !foundProperty && i < aNumProperties; ++i) {
if (!parsedProperty[i]) {
// if we haven't found this property yet, try to parse it
CSSParseResult result =
ParseSingleValueProperty(tempValue, aProperties[i]);
if (result == CSSParseResult::Error) {
return eParseAnimationOrTransitionShorthand_Error;
}
if (result == CSSParseResult::Ok) {
parsedProperty[i] = true;
cur[i] = AppendValueToList(aValues[i], cur[i], tempValue);
foundProperty = true;
haveAnyProperty = true;
break; // out of inner loop; continue looking for next sub-property
}
}
}
if (!foundProperty) {
// We're not at a ',' or at the end of the property, but we couldn't
// parse any of the sub-properties, so the declaration is invalid.
return eParseAnimationOrTransitionShorthand_Error;
}
}
if (!haveAnyProperty) {
// Got an empty item.
return eParseAnimationOrTransitionShorthand_Error;
}
// We hit the end of the property or the end of one transition
// or animation definition, add its components to the list.
for (uint32_t i = 0; i < aNumProperties; ++i) {
// If all of the subproperties were not explicitly specified, fill
// in the missing ones with initial values.
if (!parsedProperty[i]) {
cur[i] = AppendValueToList(aValues[i], cur[i], aInitialValues[i]);
}
}
if (atEOP)
break;
// else we just hit a ',' so continue parsing the next compound transition
}
return eParseAnimationOrTransitionShorthand_Values;
}
bool
CSSParserImpl::ParseTransition()
{
static const nsCSSPropertyID kTransitionProperties[] = {
eCSSProperty_transition_duration,
eCSSProperty_transition_timing_function,
// Must check 'transition-delay' after 'transition-duration', since
// that's our assumption about what the spec means for the shorthand
// syntax (the first time given is the duration, and the second
// given is the delay).
eCSSProperty_transition_delay,
// Must check 'transition-property' after
// 'transition-timing-function' since 'transition-property' accepts
// any keyword.
eCSSProperty_transition_property
};
static const uint32_t numProps = MOZ_ARRAY_LENGTH(kTransitionProperties);
// this is a shorthand property that accepts -property, -delay,
// -duration, and -timing-function with some components missing.
// there can be multiple transitions, separated with commas
nsCSSValue initialValues[numProps];
initialValues[0].SetFloatValue(0.0, eCSSUnit_Seconds);
initialValues[1].SetIntValue(NS_STYLE_TRANSITION_TIMING_FUNCTION_EASE,
eCSSUnit_Enumerated);
initialValues[2].SetFloatValue(0.0, eCSSUnit_Seconds);
initialValues[3].SetAllValue();
nsCSSValue values[numProps];
ParseAnimationOrTransitionShorthandResult spres =
ParseAnimationOrTransitionShorthand(kTransitionProperties,
initialValues, values, numProps);
if (spres != eParseAnimationOrTransitionShorthand_Values) {
return spres != eParseAnimationOrTransitionShorthand_Error;
}
// Make two checks on the list for 'transition-property':
// + If there is more than one item, then none of the items can be
// 'none'.
// + None of the items can be 'inherit', 'initial' or 'unset'.
{
MOZ_ASSERT(kTransitionProperties[3] == eCSSProperty_transition_property,
"array index mismatch");
nsCSSValueList *l = values[3].GetListValue();
bool multipleItems = !!l->mNext;
do {
const nsCSSValue& val = l->mValue;
if (val.GetUnit() == eCSSUnit_None) {
if (multipleItems) {
// This is a syntax error.
return false;
}
// Unbox a solitary 'none'.
values[3].SetNoneValue();
break;
}
if (val.GetUnit() == eCSSUnit_Ident) {
nsDependentString str(val.GetStringBufferValue());
if (str.EqualsLiteral("inherit") ||
str.EqualsLiteral("initial") ||
(str.EqualsLiteral("unset") &&
nsLayoutUtils::UnsetValueEnabled())) {
return false;
}
}
} while ((l = l->mNext));
}
// Save all parsed transition sub-properties in mTempData
for (uint32_t i = 0; i < numProps; ++i) {
AppendValue(kTransitionProperties[i], values[i]);
}
return true;
}
bool
CSSParserImpl::ParseAnimation()
{
static const nsCSSPropertyID kAnimationProperties[] = {
eCSSProperty_animation_duration,
eCSSProperty_animation_timing_function,
// Must check 'animation-delay' after 'animation-duration', since
// that's our assumption about what the spec means for the shorthand
// syntax (the first time given is the duration, and the second
// given is the delay).
eCSSProperty_animation_delay,
eCSSProperty_animation_direction,
eCSSProperty_animation_fill_mode,
eCSSProperty_animation_iteration_count,
eCSSProperty_animation_play_state,
// Must check 'animation-name' after 'animation-timing-function',
// 'animation-direction', 'animation-fill-mode',
// 'animation-iteration-count', and 'animation-play-state' since
// 'animation-name' accepts any keyword.
eCSSProperty_animation_name
};
static const uint32_t numProps = MOZ_ARRAY_LENGTH(kAnimationProperties);
// this is a shorthand property that accepts -property, -delay,
// -duration, and -timing-function with some components missing.
// there can be multiple animations, separated with commas
nsCSSValue initialValues[numProps];
initialValues[0].SetFloatValue(0.0, eCSSUnit_Seconds);
initialValues[1].SetIntValue(NS_STYLE_TRANSITION_TIMING_FUNCTION_EASE,
eCSSUnit_Enumerated);
initialValues[2].SetFloatValue(0.0, eCSSUnit_Seconds);
initialValues[3].SetIntValue(static_cast<int32_t>(dom::PlaybackDirection::Normal),
eCSSUnit_Enumerated);
initialValues[4].SetIntValue(static_cast<int32_t>(dom::FillMode::None),
eCSSUnit_Enumerated);
initialValues[5].SetFloatValue(1.0f, eCSSUnit_Number);
initialValues[6].SetIntValue(NS_STYLE_ANIMATION_PLAY_STATE_RUNNING, eCSSUnit_Enumerated);
initialValues[7].SetNoneValue();
nsCSSValue values[numProps];
ParseAnimationOrTransitionShorthandResult spres =
ParseAnimationOrTransitionShorthand(kAnimationProperties,
initialValues, values, numProps);
if (spres != eParseAnimationOrTransitionShorthand_Values) {
return spres != eParseAnimationOrTransitionShorthand_Error;
}
// Save all parsed animation sub-properties in mTempData
for (uint32_t i = 0; i < numProps; ++i) {
AppendValue(kAnimationProperties[i], values[i]);
}
return true;
}
bool
CSSParserImpl::ParseShadowItem(nsCSSValue& aValue, bool aIsBoxShadow)
{
// A shadow list item is an array, with entries in this sequence:
enum {
IndexX,
IndexY,
IndexRadius,
IndexSpread, // only for box-shadow
IndexColor,
IndexInset // only for box-shadow
};
RefPtr<nsCSSValue::Array> val = nsCSSValue::Array::Create(6);
if (aIsBoxShadow) {
// Optional inset keyword (ignore errors)
Unused << ParseSingleTokenVariant(val->Item(IndexInset), VARIANT_KEYWORD,
nsCSSProps::kBoxShadowTypeKTable);
}
nsCSSValue xOrColor;
bool haveColor = false;
if (ParseVariant(xOrColor, VARIANT_COLOR | VARIANT_LENGTH | VARIANT_CALC,
nullptr) != CSSParseResult::Ok) {
return false;
}
if (xOrColor.IsLengthUnit() || xOrColor.IsCalcUnit()) {
val->Item(IndexX) = xOrColor;
} else {
// Must be a color (as string or color value)
NS_ASSERTION(xOrColor.GetUnit() == eCSSUnit_Ident ||
xOrColor.GetUnit() == eCSSUnit_EnumColor ||
xOrColor.IsNumericColorUnit(),
"Must be a color value");
val->Item(IndexColor) = xOrColor;
haveColor = true;
// X coordinate mandatory after color
if (ParseVariant(val->Item(IndexX), VARIANT_LENGTH | VARIANT_CALC,
nullptr) != CSSParseResult::Ok) {
return false;
}
}
// Y coordinate; mandatory
if (ParseVariant(val->Item(IndexY), VARIANT_LENGTH | VARIANT_CALC,
nullptr) != CSSParseResult::Ok) {
return false;
}
// Optional radius. Ignore errors except if they pass a negative
// value which we must reject. If we use ParseNonNegativeVariant
// we can't tell the difference between an unspecified radius
// and a negative radius.
CSSParseResult result =
ParseVariant(val->Item(IndexRadius), VARIANT_LENGTH | VARIANT_CALC,
nullptr);
if (result == CSSParseResult::Error) {
return false;
} else if (result == CSSParseResult::Ok) {
if (val->Item(IndexRadius).IsLengthUnit() &&
val->Item(IndexRadius).GetFloatValue() < 0) {
return false;
}
}
if (aIsBoxShadow) {
// Optional spread
if (ParseVariant(val->Item(IndexSpread), VARIANT_LENGTH | VARIANT_CALC,
nullptr) == CSSParseResult::Error) {
return false;
}
}
if (!haveColor) {
// Optional color
if (ParseVariant(val->Item(IndexColor), VARIANT_COLOR, nullptr) ==
CSSParseResult::Error) {
return false;
}
}
if (aIsBoxShadow && val->Item(IndexInset).GetUnit() == eCSSUnit_Null) {
// Optional inset keyword (ignore errors)
Unused << ParseSingleTokenVariant(val->Item(IndexInset), VARIANT_KEYWORD,
nsCSSProps::kBoxShadowTypeKTable);
}
aValue.SetArrayValue(val, eCSSUnit_Array);
return true;
}
bool
CSSParserImpl::ParseShadowList(nsCSSPropertyID aProperty)
{
nsAutoParseCompoundProperty compound(this);
bool isBoxShadow = aProperty == eCSSProperty_box_shadow;
nsCSSValue value;
// 'inherit', 'initial', 'unset' and 'none' must be alone
if (!ParseSingleTokenVariant(value, VARIANT_INHERIT | VARIANT_NONE,
nullptr)) {
nsCSSValueList* cur = value.SetListValue();
for (;;) {
if (!ParseShadowItem(cur->mValue, isBoxShadow)) {
return false;
}
if (!ExpectSymbol(',', true)) {
break;
}
cur->mNext = new nsCSSValueList;
cur = cur->mNext;
}
}
AppendValue(aProperty, value);
return true;
}
int32_t
CSSParserImpl::GetNamespaceIdForPrefix(const nsString& aPrefix)
{
NS_PRECONDITION(!aPrefix.IsEmpty(), "Must have a prefix here");
int32_t nameSpaceID = kNameSpaceID_Unknown;
if (mNameSpaceMap) {
// user-specified identifiers are case-sensitive (bug 416106)
nsCOMPtr<nsIAtom> prefix = NS_Atomize(aPrefix);
nameSpaceID = mNameSpaceMap->FindNameSpaceID(prefix);
}
// else no declared namespaces
if (nameSpaceID == kNameSpaceID_Unknown) { // unknown prefix, dump it
REPORT_UNEXPECTED_P(PEUnknownNamespacePrefix, aPrefix);
}
return nameSpaceID;
}
void
CSSParserImpl::SetDefaultNamespaceOnSelector(nsCSSSelector& aSelector)
{
if (mNameSpaceMap) {
aSelector.SetNameSpace(mNameSpaceMap->FindNameSpaceID(nullptr));
} else {
aSelector.SetNameSpace(kNameSpaceID_Unknown); // wildcard
}
}
bool
CSSParserImpl::ParsePaint(nsCSSPropertyID aPropID)
{
nsCSSValue x, y;
if (ParseVariant(x, VARIANT_HC | VARIANT_NONE | VARIANT_URL | VARIANT_KEYWORD,
nsCSSProps::kContextPatternKTable) != CSSParseResult::Ok) {
return false;
}
bool hasFallback = false;
bool canHaveFallback = x.GetUnit() == eCSSUnit_URL ||
x.GetUnit() == eCSSUnit_Enumerated;
if (canHaveFallback) {
CSSParseResult result =
ParseVariant(y, VARIANT_COLOR | VARIANT_NONE, nullptr);
if (result == CSSParseResult::Error) {
return false;
}
hasFallback = (result != CSSParseResult::NotFound);
}
if (hasFallback) {
nsCSSValue val;
val.SetPairValue(x, y);
AppendValue(aPropID, val);
} else {
AppendValue(aPropID, x);
}
return true;
}
bool
CSSParserImpl::ParseDasharray()
{
nsCSSValue value;
// 'inherit', 'initial', 'unset' and 'none' are only allowed on their own
if (!ParseSingleTokenVariant(value, VARIANT_INHERIT | VARIANT_NONE |
VARIANT_OPENTYPE_SVG_KEYWORD,
nsCSSProps::kStrokeContextValueKTable)) {
nsCSSValueList *cur = value.SetListValue();
for (;;) {
if (!ParseSingleTokenNonNegativeVariant(cur->mValue, VARIANT_LPN,
nullptr)) {
return false;
}
if (CheckEndProperty()) {
break;
}
// skip optional commas between elements
(void)ExpectSymbol(',', true);
cur->mNext = new nsCSSValueList;
cur = cur->mNext;
}
}
AppendValue(eCSSProperty_stroke_dasharray, value);
return true;
}
bool
CSSParserImpl::ParseMarker()
{
nsCSSValue marker;
if (ParseSingleValueProperty(marker, eCSSProperty_marker_end) ==
CSSParseResult::Ok) {
AppendValue(eCSSProperty_marker_end, marker);
AppendValue(eCSSProperty_marker_mid, marker);
AppendValue(eCSSProperty_marker_start, marker);
return true;
}
return false;
}
bool
CSSParserImpl::ParsePaintOrder()
{
static_assert
((1 << NS_STYLE_PAINT_ORDER_BITWIDTH) > NS_STYLE_PAINT_ORDER_LAST_VALUE,
"bitfield width insufficient for paint-order constants");
static const KTableEntry kPaintOrderKTable[] = {
{ eCSSKeyword_normal, NS_STYLE_PAINT_ORDER_NORMAL },
{ eCSSKeyword_fill, NS_STYLE_PAINT_ORDER_FILL },
{ eCSSKeyword_stroke, NS_STYLE_PAINT_ORDER_STROKE },
{ eCSSKeyword_markers, NS_STYLE_PAINT_ORDER_MARKERS },
{ eCSSKeyword_UNKNOWN, -1 }
};
static_assert(MOZ_ARRAY_LENGTH(kPaintOrderKTable) ==
NS_STYLE_PAINT_ORDER_LAST_VALUE + 2,
"missing paint-order values in kPaintOrderKTable");
nsCSSValue value;
if (!ParseSingleTokenVariant(value, VARIANT_HK, kPaintOrderKTable)) {
return false;
}
uint32_t seen = 0;
uint32_t order = 0;
uint32_t position = 0;
// Ensure that even cast to a signed int32_t when stored in CSSValue,
// we have enough space for the entire paint-order value.
static_assert
(NS_STYLE_PAINT_ORDER_BITWIDTH * NS_STYLE_PAINT_ORDER_LAST_VALUE < 32,
"seen and order not big enough");
if (value.GetUnit() == eCSSUnit_Enumerated) {
uint32_t component = static_cast<uint32_t>(value.GetIntValue());
if (component != NS_STYLE_PAINT_ORDER_NORMAL) {
bool parsedOK = true;
for (;;) {
if (seen & (1 << component)) {
// Already seen this component.
UngetToken();
parsedOK = false;
break;
}
seen |= (1 << component);
order |= (component << position);
position += NS_STYLE_PAINT_ORDER_BITWIDTH;
if (!ParseEnum(value, kPaintOrderKTable)) {
break;
}
component = value.GetIntValue();
if (component == NS_STYLE_PAINT_ORDER_NORMAL) {
// Can't have "normal" in the middle of the list of paint components.
UngetToken();
parsedOK = false;
break;
}
}
// Fill in the remaining paint-order components in the order of their
// constant values.
if (parsedOK) {
for (component = 1;
component <= NS_STYLE_PAINT_ORDER_LAST_VALUE;
component++) {
if (!(seen & (1 << component))) {
order |= (component << position);
position += NS_STYLE_PAINT_ORDER_BITWIDTH;
}
}
}
}
static_assert(NS_STYLE_PAINT_ORDER_NORMAL == 0,
"unexpected value for NS_STYLE_PAINT_ORDER_NORMAL");
value.SetIntValue(static_cast<int32_t>(order), eCSSUnit_Enumerated);
}
AppendValue(eCSSProperty_paint_order, value);
return true;
}
bool
CSSParserImpl::BackslashDropped()
{
return mScanner->GetEOFCharacters() &
nsCSSScanner::eEOFCharacters_DropBackslash;
}
void
CSSParserImpl::AppendImpliedEOFCharacters(nsAString& aResult)
{
nsCSSScanner::AppendImpliedEOFCharacters(mScanner->GetEOFCharacters(),
aResult);
}
bool
CSSParserImpl::ParseAll()
{
nsCSSValue value;
if (!ParseSingleTokenVariant(value, VARIANT_INHERIT, nullptr)) {
return false;
}
// It's unlikely we'll want to use 'all' from within a UA style sheet, so
// instead of computing the correct EnabledState value we just expand out
// to all content-visible properties.
CSSPROPS_FOR_SHORTHAND_SUBPROPERTIES(p, eCSSProperty_all,
CSSEnabledState::eForAllContent) {
AppendValue(*p, value);
}
return true;
}
bool
CSSParserImpl::ParseVariableDeclaration(CSSVariableDeclarations::Type* aType,
nsString& aValue)
{
CSSVariableDeclarations::Type type;
nsString variableValue;
bool dropBackslash;
nsString impliedCharacters;
// Record the token stream while parsing a variable value.
if (!mInSupportsCondition) {
mScanner->StartRecording();
}
if (!ParseValueWithVariables(&type, &dropBackslash, impliedCharacters,
nullptr, nullptr)) {
if (!mInSupportsCondition) {
mScanner->StopRecording();
}
return false;
}
if (!mInSupportsCondition) {
if (type == CSSVariableDeclarations::eTokenStream) {
// This was indeed a token stream value, so store it in variableValue.
mScanner->StopRecording(variableValue);
if (dropBackslash) {
MOZ_ASSERT(!variableValue.IsEmpty() &&
variableValue[variableValue.Length() - 1] == '\\');
variableValue.Truncate(variableValue.Length() - 1);
}
variableValue.Append(impliedCharacters);
} else {
// This was either 'inherit' or 'initial'; we don't need the recorded
// input.
mScanner->StopRecording();
}
}
if (mHavePushBack && type == CSSVariableDeclarations::eTokenStream) {
// If we came to the end of a valid variable declaration and a token was
// pushed back, then it would have been ended by '!', ')', ';', ']' or '}'.
// We need to remove it from the recorded variable value.
MOZ_ASSERT(mToken.IsSymbol('!') ||
mToken.IsSymbol(')') ||
mToken.IsSymbol(';') ||
mToken.IsSymbol(']') ||
mToken.IsSymbol('}'));
if (!mInSupportsCondition) {
MOZ_ASSERT(!variableValue.IsEmpty());
MOZ_ASSERT(variableValue[variableValue.Length() - 1] == mToken.mSymbol);
variableValue.Truncate(variableValue.Length() - 1);
}
}
*aType = type;
aValue = variableValue;
return true;
}
bool
CSSParserImpl::ParseScrollSnapType()
{
nsCSSValue value;
if (!ParseSingleTokenVariant(value, VARIANT_HK,
nsCSSProps::kScrollSnapTypeKTable)) {
return false;
}
AppendValue(eCSSProperty_scroll_snap_type_x, value);
AppendValue(eCSSProperty_scroll_snap_type_y, value);
return true;
}
bool
CSSParserImpl::ParseScrollSnapPoints(nsCSSValue& aValue, nsCSSPropertyID aPropID)
{
if (ParseSingleTokenVariant(aValue, VARIANT_INHERIT | VARIANT_NONE,
nullptr)) {
return true;
}
if (!GetToken(true)) {
return false;
}
if (mToken.mType == eCSSToken_Function &&
nsCSSKeywords::LookupKeyword(mToken.mIdent) == eCSSKeyword_repeat) {
nsCSSValue lengthValue;
if (ParseNonNegativeVariant(lengthValue,
VARIANT_LENGTH | VARIANT_PERCENT | VARIANT_CALC,
nullptr) != CSSParseResult::Ok) {
REPORT_UNEXPECTED(PEExpectedNonnegativeNP);
SkipUntil(')');
return false;
}
if (!ExpectSymbol(')', true)) {
REPORT_UNEXPECTED(PEExpectedCloseParen);
SkipUntil(')');
return false;
}
RefPtr<nsCSSValue::Array> functionArray =
aValue.InitFunction(eCSSKeyword_repeat, 1);
functionArray->Item(1) = lengthValue;
return true;
}
UngetToken();
return false;
}
bool
CSSParserImpl::ParseScrollSnapDestination(nsCSSValue& aValue)
{
if (ParseSingleTokenVariant(aValue, VARIANT_INHERIT, nullptr)) {
return true;
}
nsCSSValue itemValue;
if (!ParsePositionValue(aValue)) {
REPORT_UNEXPECTED_TOKEN(PEExpectedPosition);
return false;
}
return true;
}
// This function is very similar to ParseImageLayerPosition, and ParseImageLayerSize.
bool
CSSParserImpl::ParseScrollSnapCoordinate(nsCSSValue& aValue)
{
if (ParseSingleTokenVariant(aValue, VARIANT_INHERIT | VARIANT_NONE,
nullptr)) {
return true;
}
nsCSSValue itemValue;
if (!ParsePositionValue(itemValue)) {
REPORT_UNEXPECTED_TOKEN(PEExpectedPosition);
return false;
}
nsCSSValueList* item = aValue.SetListValue();
for (;;) {
item->mValue = itemValue;
if (!ExpectSymbol(',', true)) {
break;
}
if (!ParsePositionValue(itemValue)) {
REPORT_UNEXPECTED_TOKEN(PEExpectedPosition);
return false;
}
item->mNext = new nsCSSValueList;
item = item->mNext;
}
return true;
}
bool
CSSParserImpl::ParseValueWithVariables(CSSVariableDeclarations::Type* aType,
bool* aDropBackslash,
nsString& aImpliedCharacters,
void (*aFunc)(const nsAString&, void*),
void* aData)
{
// A property value is invalid if it contains variable references and also:
//
// * has unbalanced parens, brackets or braces
// * has any BAD_STRING or BAD_URL tokens
// * has any ';' or '!' tokens at the top level of a variable reference's
// fallback
//
// If the property is a custom property (i.e. a variable declaration), then
// it is also invalid if it consists of no tokens, such as:
//
// --invalid:;
//
// Note that is valid for a custom property to have a value that consists
// solely of white space, such as:
//
// --valid: ;
// Stack of closing characters for currently open constructs.
StopSymbolCharStack stack;
// Indexes into ')' characters in |stack| that correspond to "var(". This
// is used to stop parsing when we encounter a '!' or ';' at the top level
// of a variable reference's fallback.
AutoTArray<uint32_t, 16> references;
if (!GetToken(false)) {
// Variable value was empty since we reached EOF.
REPORT_UNEXPECTED_EOF(PEVariableEOF);
return false;
}
if (mToken.mType == eCSSToken_Symbol &&
(mToken.mSymbol == '!' ||
mToken.mSymbol == ')' ||
mToken.mSymbol == ';' ||
mToken.mSymbol == ']' ||
mToken.mSymbol == '}')) {
// Variable value was empty since we reached the end of the construct.
UngetToken();
REPORT_UNEXPECTED_TOKEN(PEVariableEmpty);
return false;
}
if (mToken.mType == eCSSToken_Whitespace) {
if (!GetToken(true)) {
// Variable value was white space only. This is valid.
MOZ_ASSERT(!BackslashDropped());
*aType = CSSVariableDeclarations::eTokenStream;
*aDropBackslash = false;
AppendImpliedEOFCharacters(aImpliedCharacters);
return true;
}
}
// Look for 'initial', 'inherit' or 'unset' as the first non-white space
// token.
CSSVariableDeclarations::Type type = CSSVariableDeclarations::eTokenStream;
if (mToken.mType == eCSSToken_Ident) {
if (mToken.mIdent.LowerCaseEqualsLiteral("initial")) {
type = CSSVariableDeclarations::eInitial;
} else if (mToken.mIdent.LowerCaseEqualsLiteral("inherit")) {
type = CSSVariableDeclarations::eInherit;
} else if (mToken.mIdent.LowerCaseEqualsLiteral("unset")) {
type = CSSVariableDeclarations::eUnset;
}
}
if (type != CSSVariableDeclarations::eTokenStream) {
if (!GetToken(true)) {
// Variable value was 'initial' or 'inherit' followed by EOF.
MOZ_ASSERT(!BackslashDropped());
*aType = type;
*aDropBackslash = false;
AppendImpliedEOFCharacters(aImpliedCharacters);
return true;
}
UngetToken();
if (mToken.mType == eCSSToken_Symbol &&
(mToken.mSymbol == '!' ||
mToken.mSymbol == ')' ||
mToken.mSymbol == ';' ||
mToken.mSymbol == ']' ||
mToken.mSymbol == '}')) {
// Variable value was 'initial' or 'inherit' followed by the end
// of the declaration.
MOZ_ASSERT(!BackslashDropped());
*aType = type;
*aDropBackslash = false;
return true;
}
}
do {
switch (mToken.mType) {
case eCSSToken_Symbol:
if (mToken.mSymbol == '(') {
stack.AppendElement(')');
} else if (mToken.mSymbol == '[') {
stack.AppendElement(']');
} else if (mToken.mSymbol == '{') {
stack.AppendElement('}');
} else if (mToken.mSymbol == ';' ||
mToken.mSymbol == '!') {
if (stack.IsEmpty()) {
UngetToken();
MOZ_ASSERT(!BackslashDropped());
*aType = CSSVariableDeclarations::eTokenStream;
*aDropBackslash = false;
return true;
} else if (!references.IsEmpty() &&
references.LastElement() == stack.Length() - 1) {
REPORT_UNEXPECTED_TOKEN(PEInvalidVariableTokenFallback);
SkipUntilAllOf(stack);
return false;
}
} else if (mToken.mSymbol == ')' ||
mToken.mSymbol == ']' ||
mToken.mSymbol == '}') {
for (;;) {
if (stack.IsEmpty()) {
UngetToken();
MOZ_ASSERT(!BackslashDropped());
*aType = CSSVariableDeclarations::eTokenStream;
*aDropBackslash = false;
return true;
}
char16_t c = stack.LastElement();
stack.TruncateLength(stack.Length() - 1);
if (!references.IsEmpty() &&
references.LastElement() == stack.Length()) {
references.TruncateLength(references.Length() - 1);
}
if (mToken.mSymbol == c) {
break;
}
}
}
break;
case eCSSToken_Function:
if (mToken.mIdent.LowerCaseEqualsLiteral("var")) {
if (!GetToken(true)) {
// EOF directly after "var(".
REPORT_UNEXPECTED_EOF(PEExpectedVariableNameEOF);
return false;
}
if (mToken.mType != eCSSToken_Ident ||
!nsCSSProps::IsCustomPropertyName(mToken.mIdent)) {
// There must be an identifier directly after the "var(" and
// it must be a custom property name.
UngetToken();
REPORT_UNEXPECTED_TOKEN(PEExpectedVariableName);
SkipUntil(')');
SkipUntilAllOf(stack);
return false;
}
if (aFunc) {
MOZ_ASSERT(Substring(mToken.mIdent, 0,
CSS_CUSTOM_NAME_PREFIX_LENGTH).
EqualsLiteral("--"));
// remove '--'
const nsDependentSubstring varName =
Substring(mToken.mIdent, CSS_CUSTOM_NAME_PREFIX_LENGTH);
aFunc(varName, aData);
}
if (!GetToken(true)) {
// EOF right after "var(<ident>".
stack.AppendElement(')');
} else if (mToken.IsSymbol(',')) {
// Variable reference with fallback.
if (!GetToken(false) || mToken.IsSymbol(')')) {
// Comma must be followed by at least one fallback token.
REPORT_UNEXPECTED(PEExpectedVariableFallback);
SkipUntilAllOf(stack);
return false;
}
UngetToken();
references.AppendElement(stack.Length());
stack.AppendElement(')');
} else if (mToken.IsSymbol(')')) {
// Correctly closed variable reference.
} else {
// Malformed variable reference.
REPORT_UNEXPECTED_TOKEN(PEExpectedVariableCommaOrCloseParen);
SkipUntil(')');
SkipUntilAllOf(stack);
return false;
}
} else {
stack.AppendElement(')');
}
break;
case eCSSToken_Bad_String:
SkipUntilAllOf(stack);
return false;
case eCSSToken_Bad_URL:
SkipUntil(')');
SkipUntilAllOf(stack);
return false;
default:
break;
}
} while (GetToken(true));
// Append any implied closing characters.
*aDropBackslash = BackslashDropped();
AppendImpliedEOFCharacters(aImpliedCharacters);
uint32_t i = stack.Length();
while (i--) {
aImpliedCharacters.Append(stack[i]);
}
*aType = type;
return true;
}
bool
CSSParserImpl::IsValueValidForProperty(const nsCSSPropertyID aPropID,
const nsAString& aPropValue)
{
mData.AssertInitialState();
mTempData.AssertInitialState();
nsCSSScanner scanner(aPropValue, 0);
css::ErrorReporter reporter(scanner, mSheet, mChildLoader, nullptr);
InitScanner(scanner, reporter, nullptr, nullptr, nullptr);
// We normally would need to pass in a sheet principal to InitScanner,
// because we might parse a URL value. However, we will never use the
// parsed nsCSSValue (and so whether we have a sheet principal or not
// doesn't really matter), so to avoid failing the assertion in
// SetValueToURL, we set mSheetPrincipalRequired to false to declare
// that it's safe to skip the assertion.
AutoRestore<bool> autoRestore(mSheetPrincipalRequired);
mSheetPrincipalRequired = false;
nsAutoSuppressErrors suppressErrors(this);
mSection = eCSSSection_General;
// Check for unknown properties
if (eCSSProperty_UNKNOWN == aPropID) {
ReleaseScanner();
return false;
}
// Check that the property and value parse successfully
bool parsedOK = ParseProperty(aPropID);
// Check for priority
parsedOK = parsedOK && ParsePriority() != ePriority_Error;
// We should now be at EOF
parsedOK = parsedOK && !GetToken(true);
mTempData.ClearProperty(aPropID);
mTempData.AssertInitialState();
mData.AssertInitialState();
CLEAR_ERROR();
ReleaseScanner();
return parsedOK;
}
} // namespace
// Recycling of parser implementation objects
static CSSParserImpl* gFreeList = nullptr;
/* static */ void
nsCSSParser::Startup()
{
Preferences::AddBoolVarCache(&sOpentypeSVGEnabled,
"gfx.font_rendering.opentype_svg.enabled");
Preferences::AddBoolVarCache(&sWebkitPrefixedAliasesEnabled,
"layout.css.prefixes.webkit");
Preferences::AddBoolVarCache(&sWebkitDevicePixelRatioEnabled,
"layout.css.prefixes.device-pixel-ratio-webkit");
Preferences::AddBoolVarCache(&sMozGradientsEnabled,
"layout.css.prefixes.gradients");
Preferences::AddBoolVarCache(&sControlCharVisibility,
"layout.css.control-characters.visible");
}
nsCSSParser::nsCSSParser(mozilla::css::Loader* aLoader,
CSSStyleSheet* aSheet)
{
CSSParserImpl *impl = gFreeList;
if (impl) {
gFreeList = impl->mNextFree;
impl->mNextFree = nullptr;
} else {
impl = new CSSParserImpl();
}
if (aLoader) {
impl->SetChildLoader(aLoader);
impl->SetQuirkMode(aLoader->GetCompatibilityMode() ==
eCompatibility_NavQuirks);
}
if (aSheet) {
impl->SetStyleSheet(aSheet);
}
mImpl = static_cast<void*>(impl);
}
nsCSSParser::~nsCSSParser()
{
CSSParserImpl *impl = static_cast<CSSParserImpl*>(mImpl);
impl->Reset();
impl->mNextFree = gFreeList;
gFreeList = impl;
}
/* static */ void
nsCSSParser::Shutdown()
{
CSSParserImpl *tofree = gFreeList;
CSSParserImpl *next;
while (tofree)
{
next = tofree->mNextFree;
delete tofree;
tofree = next;
}
}
// Wrapper methods
nsresult
nsCSSParser::ParseSheet(const nsAString& aInput,
nsIURI* aSheetURI,
nsIURI* aBaseURI,
nsIPrincipal* aSheetPrincipal,
uint32_t aLineNumber,
css::LoaderReusableStyleSheets* aReusableSheets)
{
return static_cast<CSSParserImpl*>(mImpl)->
ParseSheet(aInput, aSheetURI, aBaseURI, aSheetPrincipal, aLineNumber,
aReusableSheets);
}
already_AddRefed<css::Declaration>
nsCSSParser::ParseStyleAttribute(const nsAString& aAttributeValue,
nsIURI* aDocURI,
nsIURI* aBaseURI,
nsIPrincipal* aNodePrincipal)
{
return static_cast<CSSParserImpl*>(mImpl)->
ParseStyleAttribute(aAttributeValue, aDocURI, aBaseURI, aNodePrincipal);
}
nsresult
nsCSSParser::ParseDeclarations(const nsAString& aBuffer,
nsIURI* aSheetURI,
nsIURI* aBaseURI,
nsIPrincipal* aSheetPrincipal,
css::Declaration* aDeclaration,
bool* aChanged)
{
return static_cast<CSSParserImpl*>(mImpl)->
ParseDeclarations(aBuffer, aSheetURI, aBaseURI, aSheetPrincipal,
aDeclaration, aChanged);
}
nsresult
nsCSSParser::ParseRule(const nsAString& aRule,
nsIURI* aSheetURI,
nsIURI* aBaseURI,
nsIPrincipal* aSheetPrincipal,
css::Rule** aResult)
{
return static_cast<CSSParserImpl*>(mImpl)->
ParseRule(aRule, aSheetURI, aBaseURI, aSheetPrincipal, aResult);
}
void
nsCSSParser::ParseProperty(const nsCSSPropertyID aPropID,
const nsAString& aPropValue,
nsIURI* aSheetURI,
nsIURI* aBaseURI,
nsIPrincipal* aSheetPrincipal,
css::Declaration* aDeclaration,
bool* aChanged,
bool aIsImportant,
bool aIsSVGMode)
{
static_cast<CSSParserImpl*>(mImpl)->
ParseProperty(aPropID, aPropValue, aSheetURI, aBaseURI,
aSheetPrincipal, aDeclaration, aChanged,
aIsImportant, aIsSVGMode);
}
void
nsCSSParser::ParseLonghandProperty(const nsCSSPropertyID aPropID,
const nsAString& aPropValue,
nsIURI* aSheetURI,
nsIURI* aBaseURI,
nsIPrincipal* aSheetPrincipal,
nsCSSValue& aResult)
{
static_cast<CSSParserImpl*>(mImpl)->
ParseLonghandProperty(aPropID, aPropValue, aSheetURI, aBaseURI,
aSheetPrincipal, aResult);
}
bool
nsCSSParser::ParseTransformProperty(const nsAString& aPropValue,
bool aDisallowRelativeValues,
nsCSSValue& aResult)
{
return static_cast<CSSParserImpl*>(mImpl)->
ParseTransformProperty(aPropValue, aDisallowRelativeValues, aResult);
}
void
nsCSSParser::ParseVariable(const nsAString& aVariableName,
const nsAString& aPropValue,
nsIURI* aSheetURI,
nsIURI* aBaseURI,
nsIPrincipal* aSheetPrincipal,
css::Declaration* aDeclaration,
bool* aChanged,
bool aIsImportant)
{
static_cast<CSSParserImpl*>(mImpl)->
ParseVariable(aVariableName, aPropValue, aSheetURI, aBaseURI,
aSheetPrincipal, aDeclaration, aChanged, aIsImportant);
}
void
nsCSSParser::ParseMediaList(const nsSubstring& aBuffer,
nsIURI* aURI,
uint32_t aLineNumber,
nsMediaList* aMediaList)
{
static_cast<CSSParserImpl*>(mImpl)->
ParseMediaList(aBuffer, aURI, aLineNumber, aMediaList);
}
bool
nsCSSParser::ParseSourceSizeList(const nsAString& aBuffer,
nsIURI* aURI,
uint32_t aLineNumber,
InfallibleTArray< nsAutoPtr<nsMediaQuery> >& aQueries,
InfallibleTArray<nsCSSValue>& aValues)
{
return static_cast<CSSParserImpl*>(mImpl)->
ParseSourceSizeList(aBuffer, aURI, aLineNumber, aQueries, aValues);
}
bool
nsCSSParser::ParseFontFamilyListString(const nsSubstring& aBuffer,
nsIURI* aURI,
uint32_t aLineNumber,
nsCSSValue& aValue)
{
return static_cast<CSSParserImpl*>(mImpl)->
ParseFontFamilyListString(aBuffer, aURI, aLineNumber, aValue);
}
bool
nsCSSParser::ParseColorString(const nsSubstring& aBuffer,
nsIURI* aURI,
uint32_t aLineNumber,
nsCSSValue& aValue,
bool aSuppressErrors /* false */)
{
return static_cast<CSSParserImpl*>(mImpl)->
ParseColorString(aBuffer, aURI, aLineNumber, aValue, aSuppressErrors);
}
bool
nsCSSParser::ParseMarginString(const nsSubstring& aBuffer,
nsIURI* aURI,
uint32_t aLineNumber,
nsCSSValue& aValue,
bool aSuppressErrors /* false */)
{
return static_cast<CSSParserImpl*>(mImpl)->
ParseMarginString(aBuffer, aURI, aLineNumber, aValue, aSuppressErrors);
}
nsresult
nsCSSParser::ParseSelectorString(const nsSubstring& aSelectorString,
nsIURI* aURI,
uint32_t aLineNumber,
nsCSSSelectorList** aSelectorList)
{
return static_cast<CSSParserImpl*>(mImpl)->
ParseSelectorString(aSelectorString, aURI, aLineNumber, aSelectorList);
}
already_AddRefed<nsCSSKeyframeRule>
nsCSSParser::ParseKeyframeRule(const nsSubstring& aBuffer,
nsIURI* aURI,
uint32_t aLineNumber)
{
return static_cast<CSSParserImpl*>(mImpl)->
ParseKeyframeRule(aBuffer, aURI, aLineNumber);
}
bool
nsCSSParser::ParseKeyframeSelectorString(const nsSubstring& aSelectorString,
nsIURI* aURI,
uint32_t aLineNumber,
InfallibleTArray<float>& aSelectorList)
{
return static_cast<CSSParserImpl*>(mImpl)->
ParseKeyframeSelectorString(aSelectorString, aURI, aLineNumber,
aSelectorList);
}
bool
nsCSSParser::EvaluateSupportsDeclaration(const nsAString& aProperty,
const nsAString& aValue,
nsIURI* aDocURL,
nsIURI* aBaseURL,
nsIPrincipal* aDocPrincipal)
{
return static_cast<CSSParserImpl*>(mImpl)->
EvaluateSupportsDeclaration(aProperty, aValue, aDocURL, aBaseURL,
aDocPrincipal);
}
bool
nsCSSParser::EvaluateSupportsCondition(const nsAString& aCondition,
nsIURI* aDocURL,
nsIURI* aBaseURL,
nsIPrincipal* aDocPrincipal,
SupportsParsingSettings aSettings)
{
return static_cast<CSSParserImpl*>(mImpl)->
EvaluateSupportsCondition(aCondition, aDocURL, aBaseURL,
aDocPrincipal, aSettings);
}
bool
nsCSSParser::EnumerateVariableReferences(const nsAString& aPropertyValue,
VariableEnumFunc aFunc,
void* aData)
{
return static_cast<CSSParserImpl*>(mImpl)->
EnumerateVariableReferences(aPropertyValue, aFunc, aData);
}
bool
nsCSSParser::ResolveVariableValue(const nsAString& aPropertyValue,
const CSSVariableValues* aVariables,
nsString& aResult,
nsCSSTokenSerializationType& aFirstToken,
nsCSSTokenSerializationType& aLastToken)
{
return static_cast<CSSParserImpl*>(mImpl)->
ResolveVariableValue(aPropertyValue, aVariables,
aResult, aFirstToken, aLastToken);
}
void
nsCSSParser::ParsePropertyWithVariableReferences(
nsCSSPropertyID aPropertyID,
nsCSSPropertyID aShorthandPropertyID,
const nsAString& aValue,
const CSSVariableValues* aVariables,
nsRuleData* aRuleData,
nsIURI* aDocURL,
nsIURI* aBaseURL,
nsIPrincipal* aDocPrincipal,
CSSStyleSheet* aSheet,
uint32_t aLineNumber,
uint32_t aLineOffset)
{
static_cast<CSSParserImpl*>(mImpl)->
ParsePropertyWithVariableReferences(aPropertyID, aShorthandPropertyID,
aValue, aVariables, aRuleData, aDocURL,
aBaseURL, aDocPrincipal, aSheet,
aLineNumber, aLineOffset);
}
already_AddRefed<nsIAtom>
nsCSSParser::ParseCounterStyleName(const nsAString& aBuffer, nsIURI* aURL)
{
return static_cast<CSSParserImpl*>(mImpl)->
ParseCounterStyleName(aBuffer, aURL);
}
bool
nsCSSParser::ParseCounterDescriptor(nsCSSCounterDesc aDescID,
const nsAString& aBuffer,
nsIURI* aSheetURL,
nsIURI* aBaseURL,
nsIPrincipal* aSheetPrincipal,
nsCSSValue& aValue)
{
return static_cast<CSSParserImpl*>(mImpl)->
ParseCounterDescriptor(aDescID, aBuffer,
aSheetURL, aBaseURL, aSheetPrincipal, aValue);
}
bool
nsCSSParser::ParseFontFaceDescriptor(nsCSSFontDesc aDescID,
const nsAString& aBuffer,
nsIURI* aSheetURL,
nsIURI* aBaseURL,
nsIPrincipal* aSheetPrincipal,
nsCSSValue& aValue)
{
return static_cast<CSSParserImpl*>(mImpl)->
ParseFontFaceDescriptor(aDescID, aBuffer,
aSheetURL, aBaseURL, aSheetPrincipal, aValue);
}
bool
nsCSSParser::IsValueValidForProperty(const nsCSSPropertyID aPropID,
const nsAString& aPropValue)
{
return static_cast<CSSParserImpl*>(mImpl)->
IsValueValidForProperty(aPropID, aPropValue);
}
/* static */
uint8_t
nsCSSParser::ControlCharVisibilityDefault()
{
return sControlCharVisibility
? NS_STYLE_CONTROL_CHARACTER_VISIBILITY_VISIBLE
: NS_STYLE_CONTROL_CHARACTER_VISIBILITY_HIDDEN;
}
Ссылка в новой задаче Показать git blame Копировать постоянную ссылку